ZUNI TEXTS
PUBLICATIONS
of the American Ethnological Society
Edited by FRANZ BOAS
VOLUME XV
ZUNI TEXTS
BY
RUTH L. BUNZEL
i frS O ' GB ' Cfr i'*
G. E. STECHERT & CO., New York, Agents
1933
10 3 2
PRINTED IN GERMANY
. J. AUGUSTIN. GLttCKSTADT AND HAMBURG.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Ethnological Texts Pages
Planting 1
Planting 2 1
Housebuilding 2
Making an oven 3
Weaving 4
Weaving 2 5
Women's work 5
Women's work 2 10
Preparations for cctlako 13
The summer solstice IV
Retreats of the priests 18
The installation of a priestess 20
The Santu dance 25
Ancient times . . 26
Ancient times 2 29
War 31
War 2 35
War 3 39
Witchcraft 44
\ landslide 52
Famine 59
Dancing at Ojo Caliente 62
Atocle visits the peach orchards 67
Two girls are shot 69
An autobiography 74
Tales
Deer Youth 97
Deer Youth 2 121
The wife of Ahaiyute 123
The lame and the blind , 139
The wife of Kana* kwe 165
The runaway girl 185
The box boat 199
The ghost wife 210
The bear wife 235
tfe'we-kwe Youth's revenge 248
l Mexican tale ; 263
vhaiyute contest with Bear 277
Ahaiyute kill Cloud Swallower 281
Ahaiyute kill Suyuki 282
Sandhill crane 285
875295
FOREWORD.
Most of the texts in the following pages were collected at Zuni
during the summer of 1926 while the author was engaged in a study
of the Zuni language for the Department of Anthropology of
Columbia University. On her return the following year as a fellow
of the Social Science Research Council the texts were completely
revised and annotated, and additional material was added, notably
the autobiography to be found on pages 74ff . The author wishes grate-
fully to acknowledge the assistence and cooperation of all who have
helped her, notably Columbia University and the Social Science
Research Council; Professor Franz Boas and Professor Ruth
F. Benedict of Columbia University, the traders and Government
employees on the Zuni reservation, all of whom were unfailingly hos-
pitable and helpful, and especially Mr. Trotter, the Superintendent;
and also her Zuni informants, in particular Flora Zuni, for the
patient and intelligent cooperation which alone made progress
possible.
The only material in the Zuni language previously published has
been ritual text. Cushing published a few brief texts in Zuni Fetishes
(Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology 2, pp. 33ff.). Steven-
son prints an incomplete text in Zuni Indians (Report of the Bureau
of American Ethnology 23, pp. 68 — 88). Two origin myths and a
large body of ritual text in the form of poetic prayers and chants
have been published in the 47th Annual Report of the Bureau of
American Ethnology. (Bunzel: Zuni Origin Myths and Zuni Ritual
Poetry). Some of these texts have interlinear as well as free trans-
lations. Narrative text with interlinear translation will be included
in a forthcoming publication on Zuni grammar.
The complete discussion of Zuni phonology will be deferred to a
later publication. The following alphabet is submitted as a key to
the transcription.
p non-aspirated labial stop
p glottalized labial stop, with very slight force of articula-
tion ; tends to be confused with medial b
t non-aspirated dental stop.
t glottalized dental; tending towards medial d
k non aspirated, pre-palatal stop ; in women's speech tends
, to become palatalized alveolar (ty).
k pre-palatal, glottalized.
T^j/w.rjpZ, Zuni (Texts VII
k palatal, non-aspirated.
U palatal, glottalized.
c English sh.
ts unaspirated dental af fricative.
ts glottalized dental affricative, with slight force of articula-
tion, tending towards medial dz.
tc unaspirated.
tc glottalized, tending towards dj.
f) palatal nasal, variant of n before k.
I voiceless lateral.
J glottal stop.
I, m„ n, s, h, y, w have English values.
a
u I
o close.
o open.
Length indicated by a point (*) following lengthened sound.
Accent is always on the first syllable of the word, and on the first
syllable of each part of a compound.
LIST OF INFORMANTS.
1. Flora Zuni. Female, age 36; speaks English.
2. Clarence. Male, age 30; speaks English.
3. Margaret Zuni. Female; age 42, sister of 1 ; no English.
4. Lina Zuni. Female, age 70, mother of 1 and 3; no English.
5. Walelio. Male, age 55. No English.
6. Leo Zuni. Male, age 45; half brother of 1 and 3. No English.
7. Nick. Male, age 65. Speaks English and Spanish.
8. Zuni. Male, age 80; father of 1, 3. No English.
Flora had excellent command of English and translated her own
texts and interpreted for her father, mother and sisters, and helped
with the revision and analysis of all texts. Clarence and Nick did
their own translating. Texts recorded from three other individuals
were omitted from the present volume because of uncertainties
of dictation. Most of these texts were rituals.
ETHNOLOGICAL TEXTS.
PLANTING (1). 1
laoifc tcuwe tfoweye^an'iha. yam t'asakwin ace*a. an oye tfoco-
wace'a. yam t'asakwins ya'lja^a. an oye an t'o'cow wahtanaka
wo*jJups s'a'ne. yam teatcinakwin te^inans iJoweye*a. ke*la yam
t'asakwin aj£*a a*anan tcuwe wo'tihnan a*a*an wo'jJunan sopunan s
ko*wi yatcunan a^'a cet'an mo*la kwaPhva. tfoweyena ya^ap cea*
kwa^nra. an eean haiyap lala^an'a. ta ,c t?c wilo'ap wilocan*a.
lacijj ^eanici i*yan*a. an J^atsena Jfapu^an'a. rnan uhsona
tutmra. tcim rton'a. yu'te'tcin ryan*a. :
PLANTING (2). : / . ,J : ; e . : >0
hie fca'kol kwa tem pwanan atture teamapa a*ciwi kwa lrfaio
teatcina'koa kwa ^a t'oweyena'wanre^a. a^'ap kwa ko'lea ^atuna
fee'lanre^a. a^'a telipalto'koa ^a tfoweyena^alj'a rwohaiyape^a.
ham'eUoyakwin a*weletco^a lal hanre hecot'atfsinakwin a*weletco^a
lal t'a ham*e J^anakwi a'weletcofea. al^'ap isnokon ka'tfi jjatlowe- is
yena^a. lal lrl hiwaPona hie tcuwe te*tci tfoweyenap^a. hiwala*
i*wohaiyape^a. lesap hie li*l tfewuacona^a. le'w a*nap ^awanan
PLANTING (1).
A man is going to plant corn. He makes his digging stick. His
wife prepares the seeds, | He has finished his digging stick. His
wife puts his seeds in a sack | and so he goes. When he reaches
his field he plants. First with his | (5) digging stick he makes a hole,
then he removes kernels of corn and puts them in the hole and
covering them with dirt, | he stamps on it a little so that the stalks
may come out straight. When he has finished planting the corn
stalks | will come out. When there are weeds in his young corn
he will hoe. Or else, if there are worms, he will dig out the worms. |
A man will come back thirsty. Then one will get cold water for
him. When he comes back, that | he will drink. Then he will eat.
He will come home tired.
do) PLANTING (2).
Long ago, when there was still no dam at Blackrock theZunis | did
not | plant wheat here in the fields, because there was no way of
irrigating | at first. Therefore in order to plant wheat in the distant
villages they spread out; ( some used to go to Nutria, and others
used to go to Pescado, | us) and others used to go to Ojo Caliente,
because there they planted wheat with irrigation. | Then here the
2 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
althre yo'katekwi li'lno ^ateatci'we yo'^a. ak*a kwa kwas
imacthofi hiwala rwohaiyapena'ma. t'omt ko'w'ona t'oweyena-
20 Jja^'a i'u.^iaiyapVa. tern telipaltan te*tci tfoweyenakapa le'na
kolotap t( ini hiwala hapellja. lal t'elakwaPipa tcim t'a t'oweyena-
JfajpL hiwala* rwohaiyapel^a.
HOUSE BUILDING (1).
Jjakwen o^antiahnan kwahol ak'a ya'natun'ona rhapopin'a.
25 l^e'la awe yala*we lewe J^e'la woticnakan-a. lal scrwe. lal soticna-
karra. tcims pananpaloka ako^ap ako ya^ap awe wopupura.
awelan tfunakwaPip tcims he'ipura. tcims heli*wo > *an*a a*lana
helrhinan lal tfa a'le yalton'a. lesna he'ikaira. ko'wi tetaca'ap
acowa* a'want'ehwa etcipan'a. acowan an rte'tci tetaca*ap acowa*
so a'wan-tfaHfiatra lal t'a tcims he'i yattoJ£an*a. tcims he*! tetaca'ap
a'laei^s 'tiatepololowa^'a yala* wo'tihnanan trkwaPiira. yala"
a^wiyaps a*yalucnakan*a. tenrl a*wi^o*kcil^aps yala" woli^an'a.
wo*H -ya'ap ta' le'tihnan kwai'hra letihnan a*wi*nan le ko'kcuna*-
wa a*wiko*kcuptps lelipnan a'matojJan-a hekatsota"wa^'a a'mato.
people planted only corn. The people | all separated, and so here
it was very lonesome. But after a while when the Blackrock | dam
was made, wheat fields were made here. And so it was | the people
of the village did not have to scatter. Only a few | (20 ) scatter
to plant. They just planted in the distant villages and then | in
the autumn the villages all came together. And then in the spring |
the people scattered again to plant.
HOUSE BUILDING (1).
When a house is to be built all the things necessary for finishing
it will be gathered together. | (25) First the stone, the beams, the
planks. These will be gotten first. Then the dirt. Then they
will bring in the dirt. | Then they dig for the foundations. When
they are finished digging they will lay in the stones. | When it is
level with the ground, then they build the wall. First there will be
mud and stone, | then they will put down mud and then again they
will lay a stone on top of that. That is the way the wall will be. When
it is high enough | they will leave space open for the windows.
When it is just as high as the window openings | (30) then they will
set up the lintels of the windows, and then again they will build up
the wall above them. Then when the wall is high | the men will go
out in wagons to get the beams. When the beams | come they will
scrape them. When they all become smooth they will put up the
beams. | When they have finished putting them up then they will
go out again to get planks. When the planks come they will plane
the planks. | When these become smooth then they will put up the
planks and fasten them down. They will fasten them down with
Bunzeh Zuni Texts 3
ya**aps peahnan kwai*hva. t'atepololona^'a periil'arja a*wi*yan'a. 35
pewe wo'hina'wa wo*li ya*'ap helrw o**an*a heir envaps tewak'a
heir wo'riawan'a toniwa^'a tewe a*pi^aiapan'a. toninak'a helipa'we
a*wanah-ye*maktcon*a helo^anan a*wokatsiks heli' pewana*koa
wotenan wolraiyena'wa. tern*]; helo ya**ap tcims soKkan*a. soli
temia ya'*ap aiyalapan'a. tenrl itulapna po*yan ya^an^a. lal tcims 40
apkoskwi hiwapan'a. luwa ya'*aps hepanapan*a. etokwin ke*la
tekwanakwin yalu hepanapan*a. hepana ya**ap hepana lutsi^ana-
Ijan'a. tcims hekoconaplira. lal hepewipin'a. tern hepana cilo-
wate lemotinan o'*an*a. lemotinan ya"*aps aklijjantiahnan watsita
muha tsi*lal£a rii^aiakna mola anahkwai*nra a^'a mola li^aia 45
kwai*ina. ^akwen tenrla ya'l^a. kwa tern hekoconananre lemo-
tinan*e o*an*a.
MAKING AN OVEN (3).
^a'kholi kwa hon hepokon. il'a'wamelja. ana ho 5 hepokon
acaira le* ho* ikwalja. ho* awe hapolja^a. hapokanan ho* hrwe 50
ho* wo'tu^a. ho* wo'tunan ho* so'we wo'tic^a. lal ho* ^awicl^a.
ho* helrwac^a. so* hepewulja. so* he*ujga. ho* he*i* tetaca^a^a.
nails. I (35) When they have finished they will go out to get hay.
They will load the hay in wagons and they will come back. | They
will put up the hay. And when they have finished putting it up they
will mix mud. When they have much mud | they will put the mud
into jars and will tie the jars to ropes, the will haul the jars of mud
up with ropes. | They will spread the mud out. The old women will
empty the mud on the hay | and will spread it out. When they
have finished with all the mud then they will put down more
dirt. [ (40) When they are all finished putting down dirt they will lay
the cornice. The cornice will be around the roof. Then | the windows
will be hung. When they have finished hanging the windows they
will plaster the walls; inside first, | and afterwards outside, they
will plaster. When they have finished plastering they will put on the
fine plaster. | Then they will whitewash. Then they will make the
mud floor. When the plaster is still red | they will build the fire-
place. When the fireplace is finished before they make a fire, (45)
they will tie dog dung to a hair and pull it up straight so that the
smoke | will go out straight. Now the house is all finished. When it
is not yet whitewashed, | the fireplace is built.
MAKING AN OVEN (3).
For a long time we have had no oven. Well, then, 1 1 (so) shall make
an oven. So I said. I gathered stones. After gathering them I | put-
down ashes. I put them down and took sand. Then I brought
water. | I mixed mortar. I spread the mud floor. I built the wall.
I made the walls high. | I laid an iron bar across it. It was round.
1*
4 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
he*le yala %& . il^amolial^a . s*uhson ihapo^at'ap tihkwahna so >
acowan ac^:a. acowa ya**ap awe'nan ho* acka. uhsona ho* ac^ia.
55 so* tcim hepanafca. tcimstfa lal ho* ljalolo^aka. tfa ho* acowan ho*
^alolo^a^a. s*ist herjoljon ya^a.
si* horn hani tfo* mulo*mra le* ho* ikwa^a. J^e'la so* aklu^a.
s*ya*^a. Kusaira. hepokon'e Jpis^a. som hani motsa acka. motsa
ko'kculja. son muwe a'wac^a. tenrla son a'wac^a. tfa lal ho*
60 hepokokwin ho* aklu^a. hepokon Ijalipa son homa* wo'ltco^a. son
Jjapu^an a'^a. som hani ma^e* wo*pih^a. ^atotci'w wo'pu^a
tihkwahna a*sosap s*uhsona wo'pih^a. son tcim muwe wo'pu^a.
s*uhsona ko*wi tenala*ap son a-wuna^a. tihkwahnans a*soso*^a.
t'opin*te so* mu*le ulih^a. son anite*tcu^a. tihkwahna s*a}pia. son
65 wcrpihfea. eha* ho*na hepokon'e ko'kci. le* hon ikwapi. son
hepokon il'i le* hon ikwal^a elahkwa son hepokon il*i. lu^as le*wi.
WEAVING
horn lacik kwa pisal il'anrep ho* an acan*iha. ho* ^awionkwin
u'we wo'kocopura. wo*koconan a'kusap so* siwi^al^a. ho* ko*wac-
nan ho* liphva. so* ^amowacan'a so* pitun*a. le* ho* ikwa^a.
70 lal so* t'awe wo'tihnan no* letihlja pitij^a tewe. so tewe hiwajja.
so* isnokon tfapi^a. so* jiitujfa. so* wcrtuka. so* pipila^a. so* piyali^a.
So when it came together neatly I | made the opening. When the
opening was finished I made the doorway. That I made. | (55) So
now I plastered it. Then again I smoothed it. And also I | smoothed
the opening. So now the oven was finished.
"Now, my sister, you may make bread," so I said. First I made
a fire. | So it was finished. It will dry. The oven got dry. My
younger sister made the dough. | She kneaded the dough. We made
the loaves. We made all of them. Then again I ] (60) made a fire in
the oven. When the oven was hot we tied cedar branches to a pole.
We | went for water. My younger sister swept out the coals. We
put in the bran. | That got nicely brown and we took it out. We
put the loaves in. | After a short time we looked at them. They were
nicely brown. [ I took out one loaf. We tried it. It was well done.
We | (60) took them out. "Yes indeed, our oven is good." So we
said. Now we | have an oven. So we said. Thanks that we have an
oven. That is all of this.
WEAVING.
"My man has no saddle blanket, so I shall make him one. In the
river I | shall wash the wool." When it was washed and dry I cleaned
it. I drew out a little | and "I shall spin it. I shall roll it into balls
and place it in the loom." So I said. | (70) Then I took sticks, and
I took boards, loom boards. I set up the boards. | I put the sticks
in there. So I set up the loom. I set it up. I placed the warp. I made
BunzeL Zuni Texts 5
so' copitofea. ho' lapulalta. so* teli*tokwin lem ah^a. so ela^a.
so* pitin elal^a. so* an acl^a. so* a*lakuka. so* yam rmotuntean
jJewu^a. so* i'mul^a so* uiaka. ko*wi yulajjapa so* tJsina^a. so*
ace*a so* itiwana ula*u. so' notekla elaka. iskon ho* ula^a. so*tfa 75
emulal^a. s*itiwa ya'pL^a. ya**an*ihap so* copitohpL so* wo'slacna
ya'^a^a. so* elahj^a. so* yam teli*tokwin tVtulja s'ele^a. s*le*wi.
WEAVING II (1).
^e*la uwe wokoconal£an*a a'kusap a'kohana o*sosona a^*a
a*waconal£an*a. tcims lesnen lipnapiira. l$;amo*ana. pmo la*aps 80
rjitij£an'a piti ya"*ap ula kwai*inan ace lemaj^a tunuatina^an*a
alp a ula lo*opln*a.
WOMEN*S WORK I (4).
ho* ewactofei a'wiH tewac^a. ko'macko'na ho* ikwaniljal^a. ho*
sato'we o'wac^a. ho* oiutsilja^a. kune'we ho* ^aku^a. apewan 85
ho* sato'we wotufca. ho* he^atco acj^a. ko'macko'na ho* hetfsu'afea.
ho* apalhve iskon sa*le ho* etofea. t'otcure J£alikwi ho* ^aiajca.
tfotchve ho* l^i^a^a. ho* a^** ac^a. sa*le ho* acfea. kusap ho*
ko'kcu^a. ho* ko'kcunan ho* tekwanakwi tfe^alna ho* a*u^a.
the edge. ! I set the heddles. I put in the shed. I took a board from
the back room. I set it up. | So I put up the loom. So I made it.
I put in the boards to hold it straight. At the place where I was going
to sit, I | spread out a blanket. I sat down. I started to weave. When
a little bit was woven I made the design. So I (75) am making it.
I wove half of it. Then I set it upside down. Then I wove the other
side. So again I | wove much. So that half was finished. When
it was about to be finished, I took out the heddles. So the threads
came together | and it was finished. I took it down. I put the
boards in the back room. It was ready now. So that is all.
WEAVING II (1).
First the wool should be washed. When it is dry it is white then
with brown dye | (80) it should be dyed. Then it should be spun
thus. It will he wound into a ball. When the ball is large | the loom
will be made. When the loom is finished they will start weaving.
They will pound it down hard with a sword | so that the web may
be firm.
WOMEN'S WORK I (4).
With the girls I made jars. Much I worked. I | (85) pulverized
potsherds. I ground them into fine powder. The clay I soaked in
water. 1 1 put down the ground potsherds on the stone floor. I made
the paste. Much I kneaded it. | There in the mould I put the bowl.
I dipped the gourd scraper in water. | I wet the scraper. I worked
6 Publications, American Ethnological Soci$y Vol. XV
90 kusaira. kusap a*la^'a ota a^*a ho* tainan-A.. W Viepala*u. hekoha-
kwa a^*a ho* hepala*u. ho' l^awaclja hepala*u. ho* sa*lak'a heko-
hakwa jjawac^a. okciko an kem a^'a ho* hepala'^a. kusap a } jjamon'e
a^*a ho* {£aloJ£a. ho* tsina*u akwina'we a*le kwirre a*coktan*e ho'
isko helinac^a, ho*lafe:'a ho* utecle^a. ho*le lutsipinan ho* helinan
95 ^aialja. ma'tcikwa ho* wo'lu^a. helinan ak'a ko*kcipln*a. ho > -
tfsina'lja. sa*le so* ya^alja.
so* tatekwikwi a*^a. ho* muhe*we ho* hapo^aka. ho* hapo^anan
ho* a*l eto^a. ho* hepilafca. muhe*we hepila ya'^a. tetaca^a.
sato'we ho* po*ya^a. ho* alopij^a. hie muhe'we ko*kci*^a. hie
ioo ace* alofea. hie a'ko*kci%a. hie ace* alo^a. hrwe yo'^a. ho*
i wo*yatih^a. hie ko*kci*^a. accwe alj'a. horn sa*le hie ko*kci hie
muhe* a'ko'kci*lja. lesnapa ljane'lu muhe'we a^'a ko*kci*^a al$*a
ace'we hie onean*e.
t'a ho* te*le acan"a — ho* yam tcawe — ta ho* te*l acan*a. hie
5 muhe* ko'kci. t'a ho* te*l acan*a yam tcawe le*kwe^a. — iya c
to* act c u. kwa hon te*l il'a*wanre. to* act'u. — ho* acan*a — hie
ko'macko'na to a*waca sawe. melika*ni ko'macko'na to* sawaca
to* ko'macko'na ikwanifea melik a'ni aj^-a torn a'ciwi a'wo^atsilj
torn ko*antikwa — horn tcawe horn lesantikwa^a. ele torn ko*an-
with it. I made a bowl. When it was dry I | smoothed it. After I
had smoothed it I set it outside in the sun | (90) that it might dry.
When it was dry I rubbed it with a stone, with a rough stone. I put
on the white slip, j I slipped it with whitewash. I mixed the paint,
and put it on. In a bowl I | mixed the whitewash. I put the slip
on with a rabbit-skin. When it was dry with a round stone | I
polished it. Now I painted the black designs. [I put] a black stone
in a mortar. So I | made the paint. I chewed up a yucca leaf. When
the yucca leaf was soft, in the paint | (95) I dipped it. I put in sugar.
Therefore the paint will be good. I | painted it. So I finished the
bowl.
I went to the corral. I gathered manure. After I had gathered it |
I put down a stone and built a wall around it. I built up a wall of
manure. It became high | I spread potsherds over it. I set fire
to it. The manure was very good. | (ioo) It burned hard. They were
very good. They burned hard. It burned to ashes. | d) I took out
the pots; they were very good, because they were well fired. My
bowl was very good. | The manure was very good, because it was
sheep manure. It was very good because | it was bright yellow.
"And now I shall make a jar," [I told] my children. "And now
I shall make a jar. | (5) The manure is very good, so I shall make a
jar," so I said to my children. "All right, [ make it. We have no jar,
so go on, make one." "I shall make it." | "You make many bowls;
for the white people you make many bowls. | You work a great deal
for the white people. Therefore the Zuni women | have something
to say about you." So my children said to me. "It's all right for
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 7
tikwa kwa hewe il'a'wanve a£*a t'om ko*antikwa. t'o kwa yam 10
hanate kwa t'o' kola t'oweyena*ma hanate a^:*a t'om ko*antikwa. ele
tern holomace tenat t'o* t'oyen'a — horn oyemci horn laciki horn
lesanikwa. tern holomace tern yato^a holomace tenati t'o* Uoweyen'a*
tern a'ciwi kwa tenvl tJoweyena'wanve.
tfo homan kuwe molaknan*e kuwe ^akut*u to* ota J uira. — i&
kuwe ho* wcrkocopt. ho* te*lak*a ho* wopuc^a. yoto^ap tfom
kuwe yo'to^a. ^a'kipi tJo*t'oweyen'a. t'om kuwe otoye. — wanairi
kwa tern tcuwe tem'la t'oweyena*ma. wanan'i kwa tern temla
ho* t'oweyena^a. t'a t'o* ^akut c u kuwe alnate. ele ematapte. ko*-
macko'na horn tcawe. halowil'apa lenapa rii^aia'we halowil'apa 20
molaknan'e hom tcawe i*tona*wa. molapa horn a*hota horn tcawe
i'tona*wa. ko*macko'na hom pi^aiapa. ko'macko'na. kwa litanre
hie t'e^ali. hie pi^aia*we a*kusa. ko*macko*na hie haiyapa ak*a
a'kusa. kwa litam'e. hie tfepth honkwati ko'wi tenala*ap lito^an*a.
honkwati koko a"wi*yapa lito^aira. honkwati kwa ho* aiyu*ya"- 25
nanve. e'te a*ciwan*i i*cemena*we. honkwati a*wi*yan'a litoJj:a.
J^akwa'mosi tfinaiye. tcimna*kwe a'wa yatoye. honkwati hon
a*halowil*ajia litopura. a'ciwan'i tfinaiye. honkwati a*wan itiwi-
ha^ipa koko a*wa yaton'e i*lona^an*a. koyemci ukwai'in'a.
lawaptsiclenap^a tumitcimtci ukwai'hra. hanat hrno ^apunan 30
them to talk about you. ] (io) They have no money. Therefore
they talk about you. | You don't | plant your chile early, therefore
they have something to say about you. It's all right. | There is
still a long time. You will plant it yet." So my husband, my | old
man, said to me. "It's still far off. The sun is still far off. You
will plant your chile yet. | Not all the Zunis have planted yet.
(15) "Soak some seeds for me, watermelon seeds. You will make
them sprout." | I washed the seeds. I put them in a jar. They
sprouted. "Your [ seeds have sprouted. When are you going to
plant? Your seeds have sprouts." "Wait | I have not yet planted
all my corn. I have not yet | planted all of it, and soak the seeds
again. It is good to have a lot." | (20) Many are my children. If
I am lucky my vines may grow. If I am lucky) my children may
eat melons. If there are melons, my grandchildren and my children |
may eat. I have many vines. For a long time it has not rained. | It
is very hot. The vines are very dry. There are many weeds, and
so I they are dry. It does not rain. It is very hot. Perhaps after
a little while it may rain. | (25) Perhaps when the katcinas come it
may rain. Perhaps, I do not know. | But the priests are calling for
rain. Perhaps it will come, the rain. | The chief priests are staying
in. This is their first day. Perhaps, if we | are lucky, it may rain.
The priests are sitting. Perhaps at the middle | division of their
days, on the day of the katcinas, it may become cloudy. The
Koyemci will come out. | (30) They have cut their prayersticks.
Tumitcimtci will come out. "Hurry up ! Go and get water | and go
8 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV
kwai'ice tumitcimtci ukwaPhra. pwe antecemana'w^ hto*we
teliacena'we al$:*a lesnena'wa koyemci. honkwati ko*wi t^nala^pa
holno antecemana*we lito^an'a. ko'yemci teliace'a &)&% ]£ a lrpa.
tcuwetcanve litowe antecema lesnarja ho'na'wa lenaria miwe
35 jji^:aia*we tcimaiya'we kola mokwi'we hie Materia, hie antoiana
^atejJa. hie asikoa uwe IfajJiyaria. alj'a ho' iito'we antecema.
ko*macko*na ho' tcawiH. kwahol tenrla uwa^n'a a'la'an'a
litoptpa uhsona ho* antecema. ko'macko'na kwahol tfoweyenappl.
horn tcawe a*^*a Iito'we antecema. yam ema tcawil'i ko'macko'na.
40 ele tV yu > te > tca ho'na'wan tatcu. ko'macko'na ho'na tcawe.
ele tfo* yu'te'tca. ko'macko'na to ikwanil^a. a*wan tatcu. ele
Ua tenati t'o* a'wan tatcu. ko'macko'na tV ikwani^a. ele torn
tcawe i'tona*wa. a*ya* J apa miwe mo'we ko'macko'na tV ikwanike*a.
a*wa tcawe a^*a i'ket'sanan'a t'om a'hota t'om a*nana kwanawa-
45 tan'i. a^a ho* yu'te'tcinan'te ho* t'oweye^a. kwa ho* itciana'ma.
tla tenati ko'macko'na ho'na a'ho'i kwa ho* ak'* itciana^a. Ua
tenati hon aniktcia c . ko'macko'na hon a'hota hon a'nan'a. hon
aniktcia*. holno hanre ko'macko'na tcawacnap^a kwa tem'i a'wu-
na'wam'e. a'tewuko'lPya. ko'macko'na e't tcawacnap^a a'wan
so i^e*na uwe, a'koye'a a'hanasima a'koye'a. kwa i'^etJsanam'e.
ta tenati kwa hi'nina ona'we il'a'wanve. ham a'tewuko'li'ya a'wa
out. Tumitcimtci are coming out! They want water!" | They
represent the rain, therefore they do thus, the Koyemci. Perhaps
after a little while, | just as we wish, it may rain. The Koyemci
represent the rain, therefore they throw water on them. | Everyone
without exception wants rain because this way is very difficult ; we
irrigate all our crops, the corn, | (35) the vines, the wheat, the chile,
the onions. It is very hard | to irrigate. The hands ache when
one carries water in buckets. Therefore I want rain. |
I have many children. All our growing things will get large | if
it rains; that is what I wish for. Many things they have planted, j
my children, therefore they want rain. You have many children.
There are many. | <40) It is all right for you to get tired. You are
ourfather. Our children are many. | It is all right for you to get tired.
Much you work for them; you are their father. It is all right, | it
can't be helped; you are their father. Much you work. All right,
your | children will eat. When they ripen the corn and the melons.
Much you work. | They are our children, therefore they are happy.
Your granddaughters, your grandsons want for nothing. | (45) There-
fore even though I am tired, I have planted. I am not lazy. | It can't
be helped. We are many people. Therefore I am not lazy. | It
can't be helped; we are blessed. Many are our granddaughters and
our grandsons. We | are blessed. Elsewhere others have borne
many children, but they do not see them all. | They are poor.
Although they have borne many children their | (50) hearts ache.
They cry. They are unfortunate. They cry. They are not happy. |
Bunzely Zuni Texts 9
ona* potca. ham a'wa kwa hi'ninam'e" ona'we. hie ten'i. kwahol
eletearJa. a'wa tca'le yaiyu'ya'napa eletel£an*a. a^'a tikwahna
oyemc il*i^an a a. yam tca'le tikwahna ampeyepa a*wa anhatia*-
wan'a a*ka elete^an'a. homo kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. ak*a 55
kotileye'a l^akwenipa. ak'a yam tcawe ho* a'wampeye'a al^- 5 hon
tikwahna ^akweniye. horn tcawe rjdet'sana. el a'teaiye. ko*macko-
na a'wilapona horn a'talaki kwaholi ho'no elan-il'apa. horn tcawe
ansamo i'ket'sana. kwahol yam anteceman'ona yunatipin'a. ute-
na*we yaniktcia. a^*a ho' ket'sana. horn tcawe kwahol horn eo
leyena'we. kwahol horn i'to^ana'we. horn tcawe horn el" il'apa.
a£*a lesnati^a. ko*macko*na kwaholi ho 5 yu'makwe ko*macko*na.
ele ho s yu'makwe. fa tenati horn tcawe. ele ho* yu'makwe. kwa
tcuweholi honra. yam tcawe. kwa horn han'ona team'e. kwa an
tea team'e. kwa horn ljawu kwa an tea team'e horn tsilu kwa an tea 65
team'e. homa te*tci tcawe. koplea ho' sam*ul£an'a ho' yam tcawe
a'witcema. honkwat tcuwehol horn han J ona an tcawe honkwati
ho 5 sam'u^an'a. homo lesna ^akwenipa. alj:'a l^akwe'koa upohpa.
ko'macko'na hon ^akweniye t'opinte'a. holno potca. kwilimona
^akwen'te kwa ko'kcanre. i'yanapena'we. kwahol ikwani'we 70
i'ha^awa^a i'yanapena'we. hie potca. hie kwa kokcanre.
It cannot be helped ; we do not have the same road. Some are poor,
their | roads are bad. The roads of others are not the same. It is
very hard. | We have prospered in everything. If our child has
understanding she will prosper. So that | she may marry a kind
husband. If one speaks kindly to one's child, he will listen to one | (55)
and so he will prosper. Somewheres they have no understanding,
therefore | they live together rudely. Therefore I always talk to
my children, so that we | may live together kindly. My children are
happy. We live well. Many | have married into our family, my
sons-in-law. They protect us in everything. My children [ all are
happy together. Whatever they wish they see. | (60) They have been
blessed with property, therefore I am happy. My children | clothe
me. They feed me. My children look after me. | Therefore it has
happened thus. I have toiled hard in all things. | It is alright that
I have toiled hard. It cannot be helped, for they are my children.
It is alright that I toil for them. | They are no one's but my own.
They are my children ; they are not my younger sister's ; they are
not I (65) her children. They are not my elder sister's children; they
are not my aunt's children. | They are my very own children. Why
should I be cross ? | I love my children. | Perhaps if they were
someone else's children, sister's children, perhaps 1 1 should be cross.
Somewheres they live that way. And therefore they divide their
houses. I There are many of us living here in one house. Elsewhere
it is bad. Even with two | uo households it is not good. They
quarrel with each other. | Some order the others to do all the work.
They quarrel together. That is bad; it is not good. |
10 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
WOMEN'S WORK II (4).
yam ho* tcawe ho* Kola t?oweye^an*a. — iya*. tfo* a'tfu. horn tcawe
le*anikwaj£a. ho 3 helrwaclfa. ho* kune* hajJo^a^a. kune*we ho*
75 he*uka. ya'^a. so* ^aptsic^a. ho* t'e^i^alja. ho* wapa*anan a^*a
ca^a^a^a. ho* he'kowacka. ho* Kola l^apu^a. uhsona ya*^a. lal
mokwi'we t'a ho* he'kowaclja. wapa*anan a^'a ho* ca^a^a^a.
so* mokwi* ^awe ho*tfoweyepL uhsona ya'^a. ho* pttulja lal scrwe
a'lana lal tirci am muhe'we uhsona ho* iyasev^afea. ho* po*yepL
so lal ho* ^atu^a. lal mcrkwi. a'tacaka. lal ho* haktco^a. lal Kola
a'taca^a. t'a ho* haktcoka. lal yutea^a. lal hakohana uhsona ho*
hajio^alja. lal copa jJijjawe piwa*apa ho* an t'am ela^a. isKon
pijjan'e ye'ma^a. t'am elakwi ye*maknan mo*le i'mup copa
mo*letfam elakwin lal laci^a. lal coko'we. a*wo^a ajja £awicna*j?;a
85 te*le. isKon kwato^a coKon'e. ko'macko'na ho* mo*la^a. uhsona
lesi hon rkwanijga^a.
hon Kuyoh^a^a. ko'macko'na Kuwe hon kuyoh^ajja. hon
a*te*tcinan hon j^akwen ac^a. hon imo^a. hon antfewalja. ko'-
macko'na horn Kuwe, a*wite wahta'we. kwilipin antfewa^a.
90 kwili wahta'we Kuwe wopon'e i'yo'^a. lal a'wite antfewanan
WOMEN'S WORK II (4).
I [said to] my children, "I am going to plant chile." — "All
right, go ahead," my children | said. I mixed mud. I gathered
dried mud. I | (75) built up little walls of dried mud. It was finished.
Then I sprinkled it with water. I moistened it. With a hoe | I
softened it. I made little square plots. I put in the chile seed. This
was finished. So then | again I made little square plots for onions.
With a hoe I softened them | and I planted onion seeds. That was
finished. I watered them. Then 1 1 mixed together coarse sand and
horse manure. I covered them over. | <80) Then I watered them.
Then the onions got tall and I thinned them out. Then the chile
got tall and I thinned them out. Then when they bloomed I
gathered hakoha. 1 Now the gourd vines spread out and I set up
sticks for them. There | the young vines climbed. They climbed
where the sticks were standing. Then there were fruits on the vine,
gourd | fruits, where the sticks were standing. Then they got ripe.
I made dippers from them in order to dip water | (85) from the
jar. There I put in the dippers. I had many gourds. This | much
we worked. |
We picked nuts. There are many pinon nuts, and we picked
pinon nuts. We | got there. We built a house and stayed there.
We stayed over night. | My piiions were many, four sacks. We
stayed over two nights. | <90) The pinon nuts made two sacks. Then
we stayed over there for four nights | and the pinon nuts made
1 An unidentified plant with yellow blossoms.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 11
a'witen wahta'we kuwe wopon'e lal ha'ele^a ant'ewanan Uopale^a
kuwe wojjon'e wahta'we. t?oj5ale^a wojion'e kuwe t'a a'wite-
na^an antfewanan ha 5 elel^a wahta'we. kuwe. ko'macko'ne hewe.
hie ho* yu*te*tcika. hie horn tuna*koa kuw a'wan hrhcrwe
horn tJuna*koa ukwatelka. lu*ho*we. hie ho* yu*te*tci^:a. was 95
so* hapelpLira. so* acku^a t'si'lalja. t'elajja ho* a'kokcu^a. ko*-
macko'na ku'we kwililjan astemla kupon'e. ko'macko'na wahtarre.
horn hanela" ter^a. hon a*wa*t c u. ciwinakwin hon a'wat'u. lal
a*te*tcinan hon halisona*wa. hon ito'we wo'ticmvwa t'a hon
a*wi*yan'a. notcapiwe ma'tcikwa uhsona hon ^apatumvwa. 100
lal son a'wal'ufea. ko'macko'na a*patcu haponaiye horn etci* 1
kuwe terj^anappt. ko'macko'na a'patcu hie ho*inaiye. hon a*wa*t c u
kuwe teg^a. hie potca kwa kokcanre. hon a*wa*t c u. ca**lak
a*wi'yan*a. s*el'e. hinik saiyataca we'an'a. ho* te*tcinan ho* yam
J^akwen ko'kcmra hekocon'a. ho* hepewun-a. t'a yam hepokon*e 5
anhejJanmva. iskon t'om mulomvwa. saiyataca we*apa ito*w
o**an'a. ta'htcic he*lacan*a. ta'htcic wo'leana'wa. a'ho*i a'wi'nan
i'tona'wa. a*ho* haponan i'tona'wa. rtowacmvwa el'e ematapte
a^*a kwa hon i'cil^anapcukwa. enrat'apte i'tona'wa. a^'a i'^et*sa-
nan*a. tfa tenati hono icattema tse*manan hon il'apa. uhsona 10
i'mola^apa homo yam a'wi'tun tfekwi ta'htcic tse'manapan'a.
four sacks. Then we stayed over for eight nights | and the pinon
nuts made six sacks. There were six sacks of pinon nuts. And |
staying four days, eight sacks of pinons. It was much money. 1 1 was
very tired. The dust from the pinons got into my eyes. | (95) The
dust got into my eyes. I got very tired. First 1 1 brushed them up.
Then I winnowed them with a basket. At night I cleaned them.
There were many pinon nuts. Twenty sacks of pinon nuts. There
were many sacks. | Then we ran out of food. "Let us go. Let us go
back to Zuni. Then | when we get there we shall sell these and get
things to eat. Then we | (ioo> shall come again. We shall get coffee
and sugar. That we shall boil in our water."
(i) Then we wandered around out there. Many Navahos were
gathered there. | All of the pinons that I had left were gone.
There were many Navahos. Many people were staying there. "Let
us go. | The pinons are all gone. It's too bad. It's not right. Let us
go. Ca'lako | will be coming, so we had better[go]. I think Saiyataca
will call out. When I get back I [ (5) shall fix up my house. I shall
whitewash. I shall plaster the floor and then | I shall plaster the
oven. Then we shall make bread for you. When Saiyataca calls out |
we shall cook, and also make paper bread, and cook stew. People
will come | and eat. People will come from different places and they
will eat. We will cook for them. It is best to have a lot | so that we
may not be criticised. Even if we have a lot they will eat it, so that
they may feel happy. | uo) Well, it can't be helped. We have them
always in our thoughts. When that | is concluded and they go
12 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
^a'^amacko # na tse^makwi'we i'molapana'wa. ca^lako tse J manan*a.
ko'yemci a'wan i'to'w o^an'a. uhsona rtse'manan ho' yam tsawaj^i
ho* lesanikwa^a a*watan*i ko'yemci. ma ho* tse'ma ho* aiyu'ya'na.
is ho* a*ni mansana wo'jJe ho* tapl^a. ta'htcic ho* i^ina o*we wo*-
lacnan o'we wo'lehaktol^a. kwahol i'leye^a kwan a'^o'kci horn e'le
olehaktol^a. ko'yemci kocol^an a'ka. olhakto^a. ko'macko'na an
a'kuku a'wan i'to'we an a'tatcu a'wan hine'we mo'we mulo'we o*we
o'la'we an a'tatcu an a'kuku an hapo^anapjja. iskon lapowa*
20 a'wukna^a. s'iskon nine seto^a s'an a'kuku il'apa ukwe'fea
t'sia'akwi il'apa a'wa'p. yam a'kuku yam a'tatcu t'atfapololon
a^'a an hincwe wopo^a. t'sia'akwi an iHnt'in-a^a. tfsiaVwa ko'-
macko'na a'wan i'to'we hapo 5 l$:a — ko'yemci a'wa.
sunhapa pautiwa i'l^a. tsia'akwi i'^a. molawina'kwe a'wi'ya
25 jiautiwa a'wil- i*^a. uhsona yalakwe'^a. t'elapa ko'yemci a*wan
a*woye a*wan tcawe i*to*we ko'macko'na o'we mulo'we hine'we
mo*we moteala ko'macko'na i'to'we an tcawe yam J^akwc a*we-
letcel^anapka. an o'we mulo'we hine'we ko'macko'na an a'kuku
an a'tatcu an hapo^anap^a. yam tatcu ko'yemci yam tatc
back to the place from whence they come they will stfll think
about it. | It is still a long time until their thoughts may be fulfilled.
We must think of Ca'lako, J and the food which we must give to
the Koyemci; of that I am thinking." So I said to my son. | "The
Koyemci are dangerous." "Yes, I am thinking about it. I know.|<i5>
I have bought a box of apples for them." 1 And meanwhile my
sister filled a basket with meal. | She took the basket of meal on
the head. She was dressed up in fine clothes. My daughter | took
the basket of meal on her head. She went to "wash" the Koyemci,
carrying the basket of meal on her head. He had much | food
from his aunts. His fathers brought him | butchered sheep, melons
bread, flour, | baskets of meal, his fathers and his aunts gathered
together for him. Then | (so) they gave them a bundle of prayer-
sticks. Then they put the butchered sheep on his back. So he went
out with his aunts. | They took him to Tsia'awa. His aunts and his
fathers | loaded his sheep in a wagon and took them to him at
Tsia'awa. In Tsia'awa | great quantities of food were gathered
fort hem — for the 9 Koyemci. j
In the evening Pautiwa came. He came to Tsia'awa. The
Squash-Bringers came. | (25) Pautiwa brought them. That was all
over. At night, | the wives and children of the Koyemci (came for)
the food. There were great quantities of meal and bread and mutton, |
melons, squashes ; there was much food. His children took it to their
houses. [ His meal and bread and mutton were much. His aunts |
and his fathers had gathered it together for him. The Koyemci | <so>
went to their fathers' house. There they were bathed. After the
1 The text here changes without transition from direct discourse to narrative,,
and from future to past time.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 13
inkwin a*wa*]$;a. iskon wokocona'Jga. ko*yemci wokoconaknan so
a'tutu^anapirra. tutu'we a'teckwi^a. kwa yatoniH kwa tutuna*-
wam'^a. yatoniH a'teckwP^a. yam tatc inkwin a'te'tcipa a*tu-
tul^ana'^a. a'teckwihna'lja. i*to*napl$:a. kwa i'teckwinanr^a. ko"-
yemci a*wan tatcu yam tcawe a # teckwihnapka. s'uhsona yalakwe*-
^a. lal akwe^apakwin la'tunan ukwai'ij^a. ko'yemci yanulona 35
ko'wi tse'makwi rmolanap^a. le*wi.
PREPARATIONS FOR CA'LAKO (4).
ko'yemci a'wi'^a. a'witen t'ewapa saiyataca a*wi*yan*a. iskon
al^'a honan ^akwan ca*lako im'ona an i'towo^an'a. horn tcawe
an i'to*w hapo}£ana*wa. tehaktconapura ca^lak a*ni. su'nharja 40
ya*telaj5a ca^lako u'kweile^ana^an*a tenrla. le'wi ca^lako t'orJa-
leka temla u"kwe*ilepinakan*a. a*wan lesna tenrla t'ina'koa a*wan
i'to'w hapona' su'nhapa ciwe hme*we ^ane*lu uhsona wo*leapan*a.
ya'telarja i'tona^an'a. kcrmacko'na ho'na'wa ryani^ina'we i'tona
harjon*a. i'tona hapop ^:e*la ca^lak a'wa a*wa wo'we lal anulon 45
a*tci luknoko ^e'l i'tona*wa. wo'latij^ajra. ca ,: *lak anuion a'tci
a'tci tehaktcon*a wo*la- tenrla. ko'wi i'to'w hapo'koa tenrl i*to*-
Koyemci were bathed | they were given to drink. They had
been forbidden to drink. All day long they had not drunk. | All
day it was forbidden to them. When they reached their father's
house, they were given to drink. | The prohibition was removed.
They ate. They were not taboo. | The Koyemci's father removed
the prohibition from his children. Then that was all over. | (35)
Then they went out to Wide River to plant their prayersticks.
Those who had impersonated the Koyemci | had fulfilled their
thoughts. That is all. |
PREPARATIONS FOR CA'LAKO (4).
The Koyemci came. After four days Saiyataca will come. Then |
for that we shall cook for the Ca'lako who stays in our house. My
children | (40) will collect food for him. They will take off a little
from each dish for Ca'lako, At night, | when the people are asleep
thoy will take the Ca'lako out, all of them, all six of the Ca'lako,
they will take them all out. So in all the houses where they stay
they collect food for them in the evening, meat, dressed sheep, sheep,
these they will cook. | After the people are asleep, they will give
them to eat. Many of our relatives | will bring (45) food here. After
they have brought food, then first the Ca'lako wowe 1 and then the
two impersonators, | these will eat first. They will set down food
for them. The Ca'lako impersonators | will make an offering from
each dish. A little from all the food that has been brought, from
all that has been cooked. | Just about the time Saiyataca calls out
1 "Servants", a group of officials in charge of the Ca*lako ritual.
14 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
wo'Jja saiyataca weapa leshapi lesna peye'a ca^laka'wa a*wa wo'we.
iton tetcunapa isko horn tcawe ko'wi haj>okoa ko'macko'na horn
so a*wulairi ola'we hapolja. hanre mulo'we hapolja. ko'macko'na
horn tcawe a* wots a'teona mo* we mo'teala notcapi'we ma'tcikwa
kwahol temia rtowatun'ona saiyataca weajia tfewajja yam tcawa*-
wa hoMwe a^*a ola* hajfc^koa a'wa horn tcawe wo'lika. horn
a'ma^i a*wa wcrlahaiyanap^a.
55 tfomt ha'i t'ewajja ca^lak a'wi'ya. ca^lak a*wi*yap ha'i t'ewapa
tJa lesna ko'macko'na o'we ola'we ^ala'we lune'we mo'teala
mo'we komacko'na ca^lak* a*wiyanakona a'wa t'elna* wo'tPkoa
hajJela* hiwalan tenrla kwa tcuhol i'to'w itcemana'ma kokw
a'watan'i tcuhol yam i*to*w itcemana piyaharra taht'c etat'ajJa
eo iyaktohan'a ihacirra. lesna^a kwa tcuhol kwa i'to'w itce-
mana'wam'e. holno ca ,:> lak a-wrtun teakoa ant'sumehna i'towo*-
'an'a. hiwalan tem'la i'tonaj^an'a asteml te'le tela'wa^'a wo'lea-
pan'a. ciwe ko'macko'na mukrwe a-witen a'yatfcokwi he'loan'a.
ko'macko'na hewe le'wi wo'tijian*a hewe. iskon ho'i tem'la tfehnan
65-ten'a koko ca^lako ko'yemci saiyataca salimojJiya o'ti'wa. tfelinan
t'en*a i'tonapura a'patcu ca^lak a'wryana saiyataca a*wi*yana
ko'yemci a'wiyana tem'la i'tona^aira. kwa tcuhol alcukwa hie
t'ekohatijJa oti'wa luwan-lanhra yatokwai'ijja hiwan-lanipa a*wo-
they speak thus, the Ca'lako wowe. | After they have finished eating,
then my children eat, as many as have come together. | <50) My
daughters-in-law have brought many baskets of meal. Others have
brought bread. | I have many children; the men bring melons and
squash and coffee and sugar, | all the things that they will eat. The
day after Saiyataca calls out, | my children fill their children's
baskets in which they brought the meal. My | daughters take the
baskets out to them.
(55) Then, in just three days, Ca'lako come. When Ca'lako have
come after three days, then again they take food, flour, and baskets
of meal, baskets of wheat, dressed sheep, squash. | melons, great
quantities of food, to the places where the Ca'lako will come, to
where their crooks are lying. | In all the village, no one withholds
food. The katcinas | are dangerous; if anyone withholds food from
them, she will fall, or else if not that, <eo) she will strike herself,
she will injure herself. Therefore no one withholds food. | In all
the places where the Ca'lako are to come they will be cooking for
them eagerly. | All the village will eat. In about ten jars, large
cooking jars, they will make the stew. | There will be much meat,
and bread; on four stones they will be making paper bread. | There
will be much paper bread; it will be piled up so high the paper
bread. For everyone will be there. All night | (65) long the katcinas,
Ca'lako, Koyemci, Saiyataca, Salimopiya, will dance. All night |
long they will give them to eat, even to the Navahos. Where the
Ca'lako come, where Saiyataca comes, | where the Koyemci come,
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 15
J^atsijj: yam wolea'we yam helacnapkoa a'mal^i yam mulowenapkoa
i'to* wo*la'wacna*wa. ca ,J lak a*wa ko*yemc a*wa saiyataca a*wa 70
tenvla koko a*wa ko*macko*na rfcrwe mukrwe heteala hewe
cilea'we hie ko*macko*na ito'we ikwan'an*a ca^lak rtonapkat'apa
wola'we etcunapkoa ca**lak a*wa a # wa wo'we anulon a*tci a'wa
wo'lea'we a'wan J^akwekoa ewactojp wo*lahaiyena*wa.
uhsona yele^atapa ho'i tenrla temaiya^a^'a kwaniieajjan'a. 75
ca^lako tifeil'apona yam miwe teckwihna'wa i*wo*ponana'wa
tfa yam tcPmxrwe. ca°lako elemakun*a tilplariona panrkana'wa.
a'paniie^anajjaira te'mla. ca^lak'o akwMtiwakwin i't'inakna a'wa
wo'we a'wilapa tenrla a*pani*upa tikilapona tena*wak'a a'wan
tenena*wa. itfinakna la*tena*wa. ca^lako Huwacan*a. a'witena^a 80
hiwalemaktcorra. uhsona ite'tca^ana saiyataca a'pani'una. luk-
nokon t'a la^tuna'wa cula'witsi an tatcu iW la*tun'a. an lawe wo # -
leaye a*tc ehkwiye saiyataca a-yaluye. tikilapona cohkona'wa
a-wan tenena'wa tenenak'a a*pani*^ana^an-a. ak'witiwakwi iskot'a
la'tuna*wa salimopiya ca°lako hiwalemakmra l$;e"la cula'witsi. an 85
tatcu ehkwapa cula'witsi yalu^an'a. iskon saiyataca ayalu^an'a
a'wa'napa ca ,3 lako rhrwacan*a. rte'tcil^ana a*wa wo'we hiwalema-
they will give every one to eat. No one will sleep. I At daybreak
they will stop dancing. At sunrise when they stop the old women |
set out the stew which they have cooked, and the paper bread that
they have baked, and the young women the bread that they have
baked. | (70) They dish out food for them, for Ca*lako and for
Koyemci and for Saiyataca, | and for all the katcinas. Great
quantities of food: bread, paper bread, | cooked meat, great quan-
tities of food they will get ready for them. After Ca'lako have
eaten, | the girls will take the stew that is left to the houses of the
Ca'lako wowe and the two impersonators.
(75) When that is all finished all the people will get dressed to go
out to the dance. | The society people will take their miwe 1 from
the altars and will take them | and their rattles. The Ca'lako
will arise, and the society people will take them down. | They
will take them all down. When all the Ca'lako will sit down
across the river their | wowe will be with them. When all of
them have gone down, the society people will sing for them their
songs. I (80) After they have sat down they will plant prayer
sticks. The Ca'lako will run. Four times | they will stand up. When
that is finished Saiyataca will come down. | They also will plant
prayersticks. Culawitsi's father will plant with them. He carries
his prayersticks in a basket. | These two go first. Saiyataca follows.
The society people blow on their flutes. | They will sing for them.
They will take them down with singing. At the middle crossing of
the river, there again | (85) they will plant prayersticks. The Sali-
mopiya and Ca'lako will arise. First Culawitsi's | father will go
ahead. Culawitsi will be behind. Then Saiyataca will be behind
1 Ears of corn covered with feathers, personal fetishes of medicine men.
16 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ptna'wa. s^'wa-nuwa. he'ikwa'wa ehkwil^aira. isko he^apa-
kw } a*wa isko a*na^an*a lal isko tcupakw*a'wa isko muhekwVwa
90 isko a*na^an'a lal ohe'kw'a'wa isko a'na^an'a lal isko uptfsana'-
kw*a"wa isko le*wi ca #> lako. lesna i*t'apanaiye. hie uptsanakw'a'wa
uhson hie a'yaluye. isko s'a'wa'p. s^'wa^a ca ,:> lako. te^ahrja.
ta^tcic hoi ko'yemci ukwe'^a. oa^lak a'wa*napa ca ,:> lak a'wrtelana*-
kona hoh6^ana*wa. a'wal'u'ya. ptwaia'wa^'a oneal acna hali-
95 liku ko'yemci fea'^ol ino*te kolehol yam tcimi^a'koa teliahna uh-
sona anteliahna kwahol on elanrepte ko'yemci ye"makun*a hob6-
J£an*a. ca^lako a'wryana^oa tfopalejta te*a lal ko'yemci a'wryana
lal saiyataca a*wi*yana tem'lat'aria tfojtelel^a ca ,J lako lal saiyataca
ko'yemci le'wi te*a ha'ele^a les*i te'a kokw* a*wra ko'macko'na
ioo i'to'we ikwanan*a. pikwe'we tcim'ona a'wo^a lesi te*a ha'elel^a
i te'a ca^lako yaincokya t?ewana*we a*wa pikwe'we ikwana* a*wan
itonaptun'ona tcimaiyacnapm'a. tem'la mi'we mo'we mo'teala
kwahol tem'la ca^ako ko'yemci saiyataca tenria koko yaincokya
t?ewana*we i'co'aiyarla. ukwati horn tcawe yam*i yam ca*lak a*ni
5 tcimaiyahn haitocna'we. J$:ane*lu lakna*wa honkwati itcitholi ho*-
na*wan ca^lak im'on a*ni. ho* il'i ca^lako horn ^akwen ime. hie
them. | After they have gone, the Ca'lako will run. When this is at
an end, their wowe will make them arise. | So they will go. Heiwa's
will be first, then Hel^apawa's | will be next. Then Tcupawa's,
then Muhewa's | (90) will be next, then Ohewa*s will be next, then
Uptsanawa's. | That is all. Thus the Ca*lako follow one another.
Uptsanawa's | will be the very last one. So they went. So they
went, the Ca'lako. Then when it was warm, | the Koyemci came
out. After the Ca'lako are gone, at all the places where Ca'lako have
come, | they will do "h6 ho". They go about. They make their
road with prayermeal. | (95) They dance Mountain- Goat, the
Koyemci, as they did long ago in ancient times. Perpetuating what
has been since the first beginning, | perpetuating that, even where
is no good road, the Koyemci will climb up. They will do "ho ho". |
Wherever the Ca'lako have come, at six places, and then where the
Koyemci have come, | and then where Saiyataca have come,
altogether six places forCa'lako, and Saiyataca's, | and theKoyem-
ci's, in all, eight places; in all these places, for the coming of the
katcinas | (ioo) they will work on quantities of food. They will
make new houses, in this many places, in eight | d) places, while
they are waiting for Ca'lako; every day they will work on new
houses for them. | They will cut the wheat for them to eat. All the
corn and squash and melons, | everything. While they are waiting
for Ca'lako and Koyemci and Saiyataca and all the katcinas, |
every day they will have work parties. And so they order my
children to cut wheat, for their own Ca'lako. | (5) They will kill a
sheep. Perhaps tomorrow | they will do this for our Ca'lako, for
the one who stays here. For I have Ca'lako. He stays in my house. |
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 17
mosiye hie ca ,:> lak a*wa mosiye a'wam papa horn l^akwan itne. an
ikwanaira itcitholi a wo'we lal anulona a*tci ca ,J lako a'tc ikwani-
l^aira* a wo'we ca^lak a*ni ko*macko*na a*ho*i he'ikwe tcimaiyahna*-
wa. ka'Jp saiyataca weapa yam rtonaptun'ona alj*a tern te'a 10
ikwaniljana*wa. upa'we tenrla lesna te*tci yam a'wi'tunteakona
ikwani^amvwa tcimaiyacna*wa kiawacna'wa miyacna'wa ^akwe*-
wacna*wa ca^lako a'wrtun teakona tcuwetcarrre ant'sume'a.
hanre aiyu'ya'naria yace t*a tenati isko i*na^a ten'i. holon tern
ihoMtea te'tcinaJtaira. tern holomace. tern ^a^amackona. hon- is
kwati elho} te'tcina^an'a. uhsona hon antfsumehna hon a*teaiye.
THE SUMMER SOLSTICE (1).
tecukwa a'ciwan^i yujJolja. tecukwa lawaptsiclenap^a. lawe
yele^ap su'nhap ^apunapka. tapnnrte s'a'want'ewa^a. la^ a*wan
kwiH yatoye t'ewan ha J i yatopura. honkwat a*wan itiwa rha- 20
^inan'te kokokwe lawaptsiclena'wa. hompic tfewapa lawaptsiclena-
de^en tJewap su*nhapa su'nhakwin kokwa'wiyan*a. komosona
a*wil i*yan*a. ohe'wan upo^an'a. tutu a*teckwi^an*a tern itiwap
tcim tutuna*wa a*witena£an u*kwe*nan otipe'en tcim tutuna'wa.
He is the leader. He is the leader of all the Ca'lako. Their eldest
brother stays in my house. | They will work for him. Tomorrow
his wowe and the two impersonators, the two Ca*lako, will work. |
Ca'lako's wowe and many He'iwa people will cut wheat. | (io)
Whenever Saiyataca calls out, they will work beforehand on what
they are to eat. | All the kivas will work just the same way at
the places where they are to come. | They will cut wheat; they
will thresh wheat; they will harvest the corn; they will build
houses. J Where the Ca'lako are to come everyone is anxious. |
Some expect to die. It can't be helped. It is hard to come so
far. I (is) We cannot tell whether we shall reach that time alive.
It is still far off. It is still a long ways. | Perhaps we shall get there
all right. Desiring that we live. |
THE SUMMER SOLSTICE (1).
Yesterday the priests went in. Yesterday they cut pray ersticks.
When their prayersticks | were ready, in the evening they went for
water. Now they have passed their first night. Today is their | (20
second day and tomorrow will be the third day. Maybe at the
middle division of their days | they will cut prayersticks for the
katcinas. Or else on the next day after they have cut prayersticks [
on the following day in the evening the katcinas will come from
the west. Komosona | will bring them. They will be in at Ohewa
kiva. They are forbidden to drink until noon. | Only then may they
drink. After they have come out four times and danced, then
18 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
25 a'wan a*woye ta ,c tci a*wan a'wikinholi e^holi a'wam masiena*wa.
tenria masiakap tcims i'tona'wa. i'tonape^ns t'a otin-kwaPhva
tfsia'akwi. isko kcryemei t'inaiye. t'a ko'yemci a'sam'a upokarra.
tomt a*witenakan koko otin-kwaPhva camli a*witenakant'ap su*n-
faap a'witenakan. tomt ha'elelsanakan otrwe. kokw a'wan wo'we
30 t'a lal ca^lako yanulona haporra upo^an*a. kok upan koyemci
upan a'ciwan'itap lal saiyatacakwe yanulona lal tonacikwe a'wotsi
upokan'a kopekwin an kakwan. itiwap kopekwin an a*wolpina'we
^apa hakto-a *wr nan. ^apa* kwatokana*wap a'wan otsina* co-
kona^'a kalunan tapnhvte a'tutu^anan upe tenria. tcims ya-
35 man*te l£apa* t'inakwin a*wa*nan tutuna'wa. ta'htci liton i*yap
kwa a'teckwicukwa. kwa litanrep su*nhap awiyanan rtonape'ens
t'elinan ten'a kwa tutunapcukwa tern itiwap tcim tutuna'wa.
RETREATS OF THE PRIESTS (1).
tfewans fea^a laiyahna'we. kwili t'ewanans yupopura. wan son
40 haliso a'teckwi^an'a ha'eleka t'ewawe. hinik tcuhol uponawan
halisoika ak*a kwa litanre. ho'na'wan a'nana sunhap i'yu'heto^an
a'wiyan*a la we lenahna haitocnan a*wiyan*a. cokyapa ke*si.
they may drink. | (25) Their wives, or else their sisters, or their
daughters, will bring food for them. | After they have all brought
their food, then they will eat. After they have eaten, then again
they will go out to dance [ in Tsia'awa. There the Koyemci are
staying. The Koyemci also will be in by themselves. | The katcinas
will come out just four times to dance. In the morning four times
and then in the afternoon | four times. They will dance just eight
times. The katcina wowe | (30) and the Ca'lako impersonators will
meet and be in where the katcinas are in. Where the Koyemci |
are in will be the priests and the Saiyataca people, the imper-
sonators, and the men of the Badger clan. | They will be in at the
house of Kopekwin. At noon Kopekwin's sisters | will bring jars of
water on their heads. When they have brought in the water their
brothers | will dip out the water with a gourd. Once the will give
all those inside to drink. Then | (35) they will go by themselves
to where the jars of water are standing and they will drink. Or else
if rain comes | it will not be forbidden to them. If it does not rain
in the evening when they come, after they have eaten | they may
not drink all night, nor until noon. Only then may they drink. |
RETREAT OF THE PRIESTS (1).
Tomorrow uncle will go to gather sticks. In two days they will
go in. For a while we | <40) shall be forbidden to trade. For eight
days. I think that someone of the ones who are in now | has traded,
and therefore it does not rain. In the evening our grandfathers will
come to show themselves. | They will come to tell them to gather
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 19
kwili t'ewana lawaptsiclenans sunhaps l£apuna*wa so'^akwinakwi*
ha*eleka t'elina* a'wan t'ewana yam upe. tcim a'wan itiwi'hakinan'te
t'sulana t'as akci tfewanan ace^. t'a hekapa*kwe a'wan t'ewanan 45
rhakinan'te laiyacena*we. astemlan kwili yalto a'teckwike'a.
tomt laiyahnairte rteckwena*we. hekapa'kwe a'wan itiwi'hakip
koyemci wosla it'inajie'a.
luknokon ukwaPip tahtcic pekwin tcim i'mun'a. kwa eton il'-
am'e tomt hie i'yat'suman i*muna yam mPl il'i rmun*a. tcim 50
i'munan kwa Malm iWcukwa. tern hie ka'Ki litokap tcim sa 5 le
aliyala'up iskon ikalil^ap tcim ^alin acan'a. a-witen t'ewa'we
utcu^an*a tcim piilaciwan*i a'tci al*un*te a'tci teckwikan*a. a'tc
utcairte teckwapte a'tc al'mva. a'tc i'nan ^awaian'a. a'tci temla
tekwin ^awaiakana eletcon'a. a'witen tewa*wc a'tci teckwikitira. 55
a'tc rte'tcijtap tcims tfekwinaka a'ciwan'i ta'htcic i'tJinajJan'a.
uhson a'ciwan'i tahtcic a*tfowa a'lacikana'wa.
tecukwa horn han a'tci ifea^a J£apukan a*^a. t?op akwinakwi
a'tc aiyulacina teu^a. lito pikwe'Jsat'ap a*tc a'ka. a'tcia a'ho'i
sticks. They are waiting for them now. | In two days they will cut
prayer sticks. Then in the evening they will go for water, to Sandy
Spring. I For eight nights they will stay in the place of their retreat.
When they reach their middle day, | (45) then the Great Shell will
count days along with them, and Hefcapakwe also divide their
days. I From the time that they get their sticks they teckwi 1 for
twelve days. | Even though they only gather sticks, they teckwi.
On Hefeapakwe's middle day | the Koyemci join them in their
retreat. |
When these come out then pekwin will go in. He has no
etone. | <50) He goes in in order to try himself. He goes in with his
mile. When first he | goes in he will not have any medicine water.
But as soon as it rains, then [ he will set a bowl outside and when
that is filled with water, only then will he make his medicine water.
For four days | he will stay in. Then the two bow priests, although
they go about, will teckwi. Although they are "in" and teckwi
they may go about. They will come to sprinkle corn meal. | They (55)
will go out to all the directions to sprinkle prayermeal (at the
shrines of Ahaiyute). For four days they will teckwi. \
Then when they have come to the end, then the Darkness
Priests will follow them. | These are the priests. Now they make
the corn ripen.
Yesterday brother went with uncle to get water. They went to
Fur ther-Bla ck-Rock-Spring. | They did admirably. A shower
1 i. e. observe sexual or other taboos.
2*
20 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
60 antehtconapka. ace konhol horn i^cnan uwetika. ho 'yam hani
unatiljap tern hie tfsana. tfsanan'thol t'ewusu tse^a le'hatinan ho*
koyejja. honkwat hon a'halowilap Ktokaira.
han*i yam ^aka'wan he'lacan'iha. a'citeckwiye a^'a motsa-
^anana^a. a*wan he'lacan'iha. honkwat kwa tcuhol itiwap
65 awamasiya^mkwa. itcite e*ye sam'a masiya^a. hie a*wito^ana]ja
ten*i. ace* teckwapa kwa tcuhol a'wan awati icana pbpan tutu-
cukwa. a'wan a'sama l£ap teljan'a t'a cokon^e sanva. hie hon
aiyu'ya'napa a'waiyupatci^ena'we. et tomt awiten t'ewap les*i.
INSTALLATION OF A PRIESTESS (3).
70 som hota lacitifea horn feafca a'tci yam hota t?os ampatcmra.
le' horn ate anikwa^a e*t t'om han*i te^anarjjja tern tfsinawace'a
tV teat'u le J horn a*tc anikwa^a. iya c ho' le'kwa^a.
so'na'wan tatcu pekwin*e yatoj£ an t'ewanan ac^a. astenvla
tfewanan aclja. s*an t'ewanan tVtcip astenrla t'ewap ti|$a*we ho'i
75 tenrla * lawaptsiclenap^a. tfewaps Ha'tip^a. rla'tipl^atap apte
tfewap som fcajfa laiyoh^a. tfewap lawaptsiclenap]$:a. lawaptsiclena c
tem'l haponaiye ha'i nanatap kwili ^a^atap hota soman ihifci
passed over as they went. The people | (60) all watched them. My
heart ached bitterly when I saw my younger brother | for he is
still so young. Even though he is young he is always thinking of
prayers. So I thought and I | cried. Perhaps, if w T e are lucky, it
will rain. |
Sister will make corn cakes for her uncles. They must eat no
meat or grease. Therefore | she will make corn cakes with yeast.
She will make paperbread. Perhaps no one will bring food to them
at noon. | (65) This morning our niece was the only one who brought
them food. It is very hard to feed them. | When they are strictly
taboo no one whose mouth is greasy may drink from the water
jar. | They alone will use the water jar, and they alone the gourd.
We are very | particular about looking after them. But it is only
like this for four days. |
THE INSTALLATION OF A PRIESTESS (3)
(70) My grandmother grew old. My two uncles said, "You will
succeed your grandmother." | So they said to me. "It would have
been your sister, but she is still at school, | so it shall be you." So
they said to me. "All right," I said. |
Our father, pekwin, kept days for the sun. Ten | days he kept.
When he reached his day, the tenth day, the society people | (75) all
cut prayersticks. So next day they planted. After they had
planted on the fifth | day my uncle gathered sticks. Next day they
cut prayersticks. | They all met together to cut prayersticks, | my
R<m«i.?«7, _Zi««4 Tenets 21
lawaptsiclenap^a. homan ihiki som yat'enap^a. hom a*nanat'ap
horn hota hom ^al^a a*tci. som asi'koa yat'enap^a. hom tca'le lufca
yaton'e hon yatoka tatc il'apona yam t'elacinakwi ye'lana kwai*- so
ij^a^a. s'yam a^a a'ho^ a'teona s^snakon t'oman hon acna'wa.
le' hom antikwanan hom asi'koa yat'enapfca. le* to' yam ulohn
iH^aira yam tcawetV a'wiyat'en-t'sumelgan'a. le* hom antikwal^a.
tV yam a'tatcu tcimijjanapkoa tihkwahna tV a'waiyupatci tV ho*i
te^an*a. luik:iJom hota s'amina yo'^a lacipL li'lno ant'ehwa'koat'os 85
ho'i. el tV itcianamt'u a]£*a Vo y hal'owil'i hoi yam yatoka tatcu
an onaya'na^a oneala kwai'inakwi oneal te'tcina iyawokwil'apa
ansamote yam hon i*yona-ya*^an*a rtse'mak-telakwi li'l hon
tse'makwi* il'apa yatcu pi'lana'koa itiwan'a yatcun*e rmujJa yam
atatcu teliljinan a'leana uhsona yatcun t'enajJa t'ayamtco yatcmre 90
rmupa tern tfa kwilikana'na yam a'tatcu teli^ina hon a'leanap^a.
uhsona yatcun t'enapa tern t'a onan-u'la^akwanre uhsona imup
tern tfa ha'il^ana'na yam a'tatcu hon telikinan a'leanaplta. uhsona
yatcun t'enapa htekwa^a t'sana uhsona yatcun i'mupa yam a'tatcu
hon telikinan a'leanapka. yatcu pPle te'tci^a son a'citeckwi^a. 95
son ant'sumehna t'ewanan a'tea^a. son tatc il'apona pekwin'e
yam tatcu yatoka an t'ewanan acka. ha*ele^a t'ewanan ac^a.
three grandfathers, and two uncles, and grandmother; for me also |
they cut prayersticks. So they laid hold of me. My grandfathers,
and | my grandmother, and my two uncles took me by the hand.
"My child, this | (8o> day, the sun, who is our father, has come out
standing to his sacred place. | Into a person such as we are, right
here, we shall make you." | Saying this to me they took hold of
me by the hand. "You will have care of all your world. | All your
children you will hold fast." So they said to me. | "Carefully you
will watch over your fathers, the Ones-Who-First-Had-Being. This
sort of person you [ (85) shall be. This one, your grandmother, has
become feeble. She has grown old. Now you shall be the one to
be here in her place. | Do not be lazy, so that you may have good
fortune ; yonder to where our Sun Father's | life-giving road comes
forth may our roads reach. Taking counsel together | jointly
may our roads be fulfilled. Our thoughts bend to one another.
So here may we | hold our thoughts. Throughout the sequence of
the months, at the new moon of the middle month, | <90) we offered
our fathers prayersticks ; and when the moon had waned, at the
new moon of the month of broken branches, J then again, for the
second time, we offered our fathers prayersticks. [ When the moon
waned, then again at the new moon of the month of no snow on the
road, | again for the third time we offered our fathers prayersticks.
When the | moon waned, at the new moon of the month of little
sand storms, | (95) we offered our fathers prayersticks. Then the
sequence of the months was at an end. We abstained from meat. |
We passed our days in anticipation. The one who is our father,
22 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
kwilileka tfewap ho'i tenrla lawaptsiclenapka. ha'eleka t'ewap
s'Ha'tipka. uhsona a*ho*i a'teckwi^a a'witen t'ewa* a'ho'i a*-
100 teckwPka. alnas a*teckwapa kakwa*mos'i kapunapl^a. ^apunan
1 rt'ina^a. le* yam ulohnan antse'mans rt'inal^a. htotun'ona a'tfowa
tenrla i'ho'-i'ya^kanaptun'ona a^'as rt'inapl. ulohnan tenrla
haiyaptun'ona peaptunona le* ho*na*wan tcawe t'owa ciwan an
tcawe rket'sanan'a. a*wa wo*we ljane'lu wa'kaci t'u'ci a*wolana}jan"a
5 uhson antecemana 1H hon akat'ewus a-peye'a le'kwan ^akwa'mosi
tfewanan acnapka. uhson anteceman s J uhsonas a'wan itiwihakijia
koko'kwe ta*waptsiclenap^:a. a'wan itiwihaki'koa t'ewapa koko'kwe
la'tunan kwaPika. su*nhaps kohiwala*kwin a'wrja. t'ewaps
otipkia. s^'wan tfopalekanan yaton*a otrwe su*nhaps koko te-
10 tcuneka. s^'wan ha'elel^a tfewapa kakwa^mosi s'u'kwe'^a. ta* c tcic
parto'kwe yam a'tatcu tcimiljanapkoa a'wan t'ewanan acnapka.
lawaptsiclenapka t'as ^apunapka. s'itfinalja. le* yam ulohnan
antse J mans rtfinapL titotun'onak'a le* letsilon panrnantfowa ciwan
an tcawe ^acima tcim'ona i'kahkuna aka rket'sana le # ho'na'wan
is a'tsita at'owa holno teatcimvwa'koa luwanul-paltoye luknokon
^acima tcim'ona il^ahkuna t'eapkunan*e i'yona-ya*J£an*a. uhson
pekwin, | kept the days of his Sun Father. He kept eight days. |
On the seventh day all the people cut prayersticks. On the eighth
day | they planted them. The people all abstained. For four days
the people abstained. | (ioo On the last day of abstinence the
house chiefs went for water. They went for water and | d) sat
down. They sat down meditating for all their world: that it might
rain, that the corn | all might come to maturity, for that they sat
down. That over all the country | there might be green plants,
that there might be grass, that all our children, the corn priest's |
children, might be happy, that their animals, their sheep, their
cows and horses might be fat; | (5) desiring this we speak our
prayers. Saying this the house chiefs | keep their days. Desiring this
also, on the middle division of their days, | the katcina people cut
prayer-sticks. On the middle division of their days, the katcina
people | went out to plant prayersticks. In the evening they came
from Katcina Village. Next day | they danced. On the priests'
sixth day they danced. In the evening the katcinas | (io) finished.
After eight days the House Chiefs came out. Immediately | pal-
to-kwe 1 kept the days of their fathers, The-Ones-Who-First-Had-
Being. | They cut prayersticks. Then also they went for water.
Then they sat down. Meditating for all their world | they sat down:
That it might rain, that all the ladder descending children of the
Corn Priest | nourishing themselves with fresh waters might
thereby be happy; that all our | us) mothers, the corn, wherever
they stand in the fields at the borders of the land. | nourishing
themselves with fresh waters, might bring their young to maturity; |
so that of them we may make our flesh; so that we may nourish
1 "End people", the priesthood of the East, named from the location of
their house.
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 23
aka hon a'cinaya'naiye ak*a hon l^acima tcim'on a'ahl^unakwi
lrm hon al^'a t'ewusu tse'makwi il'ap a'teaiye. le'tikwaka.
^alici a*ciwan*i palto'kwe s'a'wan ha*eleka t'ewaka. t'a'tcic
ho s no yam a'tatcu tcimi^anapkoa a'wan t'ewanan acnapka. la- 20
waptsiclenapka. su'nhap horn han'it'ap horn kalta s'a'tci kapu^an
a*ka. son rt'ina^a. le' yam ulohnan antse'manan hon rt'inafea.
litotunonak/a le' letsilon panrnan yam tcawe l^acima tcim > ona
le' ho'na'wan a'tsitat'owa tenrla hiwanul-paltoye luknakon l^acima
tcim'ona a'^ahkuna litotun^na kawakwe'li^atun'ona al^*a li'mo 25
tfewusu tse'makwi' il'apa hon t'ewanan a'teaiye. hon a'wonel'ajia
ulohna tenrla litopapa uhson antecemana li'mo t'ewusu tse^akwi
ilapa. le' hon tikwaka.
ho'mvwan t'ewanan i'te'tcapa ha'elel^a t'ewapa ta ,c tcic hejfapa'-
kwe yam a'tatcu tcimi^anapkoa a'wan t'ewanan acnapka. lawapt- 30
siclenap^a. s'apunan kwai'i^a alapatsikwi. yam a'tatcu s*a"wan
tfewanan acnan s'it'inaka. le* yam ulohnan antse'man lito'tun'on-
ak*a le* letsilon pani'nan yam tcawe ^acima tcim'ona a'kahkuna
li'ln hon ajra t'ewusu tse J makwi il'apa tfewanan a'teaiye. le*
ulohnan uteapot'i ulohnan tekan'a ak'a lrm hon t'ewusu tse^akwi* 35
il*apa tfewanan hon a'teaiye. le'tikwaka.
s^'wan t'ewanan i'te'tcika. ha^leka tewa^a. ha'elelja t'ewajja
t?a*<tcic pekwin'e iyan a'tatcu pekwi'w a'laci lehok u ton a'yala-
ourselves with fresh waters ; | holding our thoughts to this prayer,
we live. So they said. |
The priests of the west, palto'kwe, had eight days. And then
immediately | (20) we made days for our fathers, The-Ones-Who-
First-Had-Being. | We cut prayersticks. In the evening my younger
brother and my uncle went to get water. | So we sat down. Meditat-
ing for all our world we sat down. | That it might rain, that all our
ladder descending children might have fresh waters; | that all our
mothers, all the different kinds of corn, that stand at the borders
of the land, that these | (25) might nourish themselves with fresh
waters, that it might rain; that all the canyons might run with
water; | holding our thoughts to these prayers we live. If we be
fortunate ! over all the country it may rain. Desiring this, to this
we hold our thoughts. | So we said. |
When our days were at an end, after eight days, then hejcd-
pa'kwe 1 I (30) made days for their fathers, The-Ones-Who First-
Had-Being. | They cut prayersticks. They went out to get water
at Rock W^edge. To keep the days of their fathers | they sat down.
Meditating for all their world, that it might rain, | that all their
ladder descending children might nourish themselves with fresh
waters; | holding our thoughts to this prayer we live. That all | (35)
the world may be full of blossoms, holding our thoughts to this
prayer | we live. So they said. [
So their days were at an end, eight days. Then after eight days,
rJekwin, for his fathers the ancient pekwins, those who had passed
1 "Hack wall people", the priesthood of the West.
24 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
kwe'Pkoa pekwi'w a'laci a'wan t'ewanan ac^a. lawaptsiclefca.
40 latul^a. s'i'mu^a. le* yam ulohnan antse'mana lito'tun'ona uhsona
antecemana s'imo'ka. tern t'a le* yam a*tsita t'owa tenvla le' yam
teatcina'koa hrwanul-partoye ^acima tcim'onalpa a*jj£ahkunakwi
tern tfa le* yam letsilon panrnan tcawe J£acima tcin^ona a'ljah-
kunakwi uhsi te'tci ant'sumehna im-la^iye. lito'tun'ona uhson
45 te'tc an jtena*we ak* hc^na'wan ulohnan tehya^an'a le*kwanan
im-la]£iye.
s'an tfewanan i*te*tci an t'ewanan tealja. ta ,l tcic pPlaciwan'i
yam a'tatc a*tcian t'ewanan ac^a. iawaptsicleka. sla*tul$:a. kwa
imam'e yam teatcina*wa*koa uwananvi yaincokya al'u'ya. Irfo^tun-
50 ona peye*a. yam teatcinawa'koa al*un*te teckwiye. le* ulohnan
tenvla antse'man teckwiye. yam a*tsita t'owa tem'la le* teatciwa-
'koa luwanul-partoye lukniakon l£acima tcim'ona a*^ahkunakwi
tse'makwi* il*i teaiye. le* letsilon pani'nan yam tcawe t'owa ciwan
an tcawe j^acima tcim*ona i'kahkuna hoi yam yato^a tatcu an
53 oneal kwai'ina oneal te'tcina yam i*yona-ya'^anaptunona^*a li'bx
al£*at'ewusu tse > makwi' il*i t'ewanan tea^a.
s 3 le*wi yam t'ewanan i*te J tcika. awiten t'ewa^a le*wi son i*t'a-
panapa hon t'ewusu tse^akwi* ilapa hon a*tea^a. lesi t'ewanan
olo'i^anan'e olo'ipinan ko'kcitun'ona anUsumehnan hon tfewanan
away, I for the ancient jJekwins, he kept days. He cut prayer-
sticks. J (40) He planted them. So he sat down. Meditating for all
his world, that it might rain; | desiring that he sat down. Then
also that all his mothers, all the different kinds of corn, | wherever
they stand in the fields at the borders of the land, might nourish
themselves with fresh water; | then also that all his ladder de-
scending children might nourish themselves with fresh waters; j
desiring only that, he sits quietly. That it might rain, of that | (45)
only are his words; so that our world may be valuable, he says, I
as he sits quietly. I
Until his days are at an end he keeps his days. Then immediately
the Bow Priest | made days for his two fathers. He cut prayer-
sticks. He planted them. | He does not stay in. Over all his fields
he goes about waiting for the Rain-Makers. That it may rain, | (50)
he prays. Though he goes about in the field, yet he abstains. |
Meditating on all his world, he abstains. That his mothers, all the
different kinds of corn, in all the fields | at the borders of the land,
that these may nourish themselves with fresh waters ; | holding this
in his thoughts he lives. That all his ladder descending children,
the Corn Priest's | children, may nourish themselves with fresh
waters; that yonder to where their Sun Father's | (55) road comes
forth, their roads may reach; that all their roads may by fulfilled; [
holding his thoughts to this prayer, he passes his days. |
So he reaches the end of all his days, four days. That is all. So
we | follow each other. Holding our thoughts to these prayers we
BuuzpI, Zuni Texts 25
a'tea^a. hon a'halo'wilapa kwahol lenapl^a miyap^a ^ayapka eo
molapl^a noljapl^a le* ho'na'wan tcawe a*wona miyap^a. a*wan
itonaJ£ em*a^a. tern t'a t'opa tepikwai'ipa lesnatik ulohnan teatun-
*ona uhsi te'tci ant'sumehna hons li'ln a^'a t'ewusu tse'makwi'
ilapa hon a'teaiye. le* ho 3 na*wan tcawe a*wan wo'we a'tehya'tun-
J ona uhsi te'tci hon a'peye'a. «o
le'wis t'oraan ho* pena* ya'ka^a horn han'i.
SANTU DANCE (1).
la^ t'ap ha'elel^a t'ewana sate'tci otrwetiha. la^: haito^a. la^
su*nhap saljista we^tcon'a tena'wacn haitocan we'atcon'a. al^'a
a'tsawalj tena'waca rhapelan'a* upa* tenrla. we'atco'koa a'witen 70
t'ewap a*wemosona ewe ota oti*ha^apan*a. t'opa^an a*witenona
mos*ap t'a tfopa^an a'witenona mos'ij£an*a. kwil'imakte otr
u*kwe*len*a we'atco'koa a*witen tfewap e'hapelen'a. kona sunhana*
a'wemos'ona ewacto^ hape^ana'wa. kwil'i tean haponaJ£an a a.
tenrla ewe hajio^at'ap tena* a*wanikona a*wi'yan*a. atsawal^ oti* 7*
i'te'tcipan'a. atsawa^ yam tena* tsaltcona*wa. kwatikol tena*we
a'tso'yap uhsonawalra oti'we. a'witen tfehna' i'te'tcina'wa haM
t'ehna # i*woh'aiya^an*a lal a"witena^an t'elinana upt'ewanan, uhsite
live. So many are the days | of summer. Desiring that the summer
may be good we pass our days. | (60) When we were fortunate the
crops grew; there was corn, there was wheat, | there was squash,
there were beans. All our children had corn. Their | food was
plentiful. Then again, when another year passed, in order that the
world might be the same; | desiring only that, holding our thoughts
to this prayer, | we live. That all our children's flocks may be
preserved, | (65) of that only we speak. |
This is all. So I have finished my words for you, my sister.
SANTU DANCE (1)
Eight days from today they will dance the Santu dance. Today
they set the date. This | evening Sakisti will call out. He will
call out to tell them to make songs. So | (70) the young men will
meet together to make songs; all the kivas. Four days after he has
called out | the chiefs of the girls will invite the girls to dance. On
one side there will be four | chiefs and on the other side there will be
four chiefs. They will come out to dance on both sides. | Four days
after he has called out the girls will meet. Every evening | the
chiefs of the girls will gather the girls together. They will meet in
two places, | (75) After all the girls have met, those who know the
songs will come. The young men | will practice dancing. The
young men will rehearse their songs. Any | pretty songs, they
will dance to those. For four nights they will rehearse. For three |
nights they will separate and go home. But on the fourth night
26 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
yatonans sant 5 an oti'we. t'ekalips luwalan tenvla i'watena*wa.
so yanula rwatenape'ens sant J an poltcinulan acna'wa. iskon santu
j)oula^an*a an otiwapa. ewactoks rwatenapkat'ap a'wemosona
hariokana*wa. kwili tean upt'sana*wantfap tcupa'wa. ak*a kwili-
makte u'kwe*len*a ewactok hapokat'ap a'wan a'waconaptunona
kwanlea woponapa haponans ewe a*wacona*wa awate'ena'wa
85 pila a*yato^ana*wa molimopikwrwe a*wikwipan'a lal a*wasi-
hiptsinakan*a. tcito*wet'ap alpiyana a*pasikwipan # a. ko'macko'na
a*takupan*a. a*kwanlea ya* 3 aps tenena'kwe a*wi*yaps t'omtonan
Heanan otin kwai'hra t'ehwitokwi. t'ehwitans oti'we tophrte
tenenak'a oti'pe'en irkwatop t'opakan hanre u'kwai'hra t'a oti'we.
90 tfehwito a*ciwan'it'ap lal yanula sant il*apa poltcinulan t'inulaljan*a.
a'wan oti'wapa oti* tetcunap t'opakan a'te'ona santu animunan
kwaPina. wan ke'la il*apa a'wulaphra. tcims an J^akwan ani-
muna'wa. ewactok ryalicna rldeckwina a'wulaphra.
ANCIENT TIMES (5).
95 ino'te iste akwe tetacana lal a'patcu hie a*ciwi a'wiyat'enapj^a.
mecoka^'a o^a patcu rwo'lacka. oka imo^a. lal sanra i*k;a
they will stay in all night. And that | day they will dance for the
Santu. When it gets sunny, all the people in the village will wash
their hair. | (80) After they have washed their hair the officers will
make a bower for the Santu. There the Santu | will sit quietly
while they dance for her. After the girls have washed their hair,
their leaders | will gather them together in two places, Uptsanawa
and Tcupawa, so that | they may come out on both sides. After the
girls have come together the "dyers" | will come bringing their
clothing. They will "dye" the girls, they will put squash blossoms
in their hair. | (85) They will put embroidered kilts over their
shoulders and will tie tassled belts around their waists. And their
hands | will be yellow, and they will have yarn and ribbon tied
about their wrists. They will wear many | necklaces. When they
are finished dressing them, the singers will come | carrying the
drum, and they will go out to dance in the plaza. They will dance
in the plaza. | After they have danced to one song, they will go
in, and the other group will come out and dance. | (90) In the
plaza the priests and the officers will be sitting in the bower with
the Santu { while they dance for them. After they have stopped
dancing the ones on the other side will come out to take home the
Santu. | But first they will go around with her. Then they will set
her down in her house. | The girls will take turns going around
carrying her.
ANCIENT TIMES (5).
(95) Long ago there in Steep Canyon some Navahos seized many
Zunis. | A Navaho woman came out on a burro. The woman stayed
Biinacl) Zuni Texts 27
ko*macko'na. hie a'patcu pi J lanak"a i'laknap^a a'ciwi hie he*mokwi
hie ^ane'lu aiyo'hka. lal t'u'ci a u wakon*e pacten*e pisa*li te'ml
i*yo*hk;a. hie taku'we ryo'h'ka hampowe tcapi^a. wihatsana
tcapika. 100
hie alaci mecoko hie t'ap^e'napka ^epil£aia*w ak*a iyap i
u'kwe*nan tekwanakwin rwo*tu*!ka. lal miwe pisa'li a^a pehan
set-i'ka. lal mo'we kuto we ya^:a. peha acka rseto^a. wcrpon-i'l^a.
yam ljakwi wo'tulja. hie an lenre wapa'anan teaka hie tekwana-
kwin mecok a*ni itonaka l^akwe. lal hie yaman'te t'apalan'e set-i'ya. 5
hie ^a'^oli a*ciwi hie a'tewuko'liya'^a. kwai*to'wekwa il'ame^a.
tfewankwin tcu cemajjan a*ka a'wukna'ka. yaman'te setop a*wi*-
telka. t'a pwe cemanan kwaPilelja. hie tewuko'liya a'wi'telelja.
a*wite yato'we kwa i'towena'wanre. kwa tutuna'wanve. hie
^eat'sume. hie oce*we a't'sume^a. hie tewuko'li a*wal*u^a. hie 10
nana'kwe yaman'te a'waluka. nawe iatan kwai'ilek;a. na 5 lupenap-
^a. hie kcrmackcrna ciwe t'alpo'ka. Iatan kwai'ileka. t'a okciko
latenapka. t'amaka yaktopa acen*a. ahana yam t'ueana yaltona
yam ^akwin i'yan'a. mi'le pakwi^an'a an kawuiapura. hie t'u*ci
a^:* a'nuwa. hie holomace mawe wo'punan ryaltonan i'yan'a. is
there. She came alone. | Then many Navahos fought with bows.
The Zunis were very brave. | They took from them many sheep,
and also horses and saddles and bridles and saddle blankets. | They
took them all away. They took away their beads. They burnt
their hogans. A baby | (ioo) was burned.
(i) The old people always went for wood with burros. He tied
it up with thongs, and when he came back | he went out and piled
the wood up in the yard. And then he would bring corn on his
back wrapped in blankets. | And melons he wrapped in bundles
and put on his back. He brought them in. | He left them in his
house. There was only a wooden hoe. (5) His burro's food trough
was right outside in the yard. Then he always went on foot and
came carrying a bundle of wood on his back. (
Long ago the Zunis were very poor. They had nothing to eat. |
They went to the east to ask for corn. It was given them. And they
came back on foot carrying it. | They went out to ask for wheat.
They were very poor when they came back. | For four days they
had not eaten and had not drunk. | do They were very thirsty.
They held their sides because of hunger. They wandered about
very poor. | Our grandfathers always wandered around on foot.
They went out to hunt deer. They surrounded the deer. | They
had many sheds hung with meat when they went hunting. | They
also went around, after rabbits. They struck them with sticks and they
would die. Then they would pick them up and put them on their
horses, | and would go back to their houses. They would put it to bed
with an ear of corn, and sprinkle prayermeal over it. Then | (15) he
would go on horseback far off. He would put the salt in a sack and
28 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i XV
yam pikwin ryaira. hie ko*wi mawe il'ipjra hie te^ u k >jjy a
a-weletco^a. yaman*te £o w8 yenap|:a. yamam : teHg'^I. miyace-
napl^a peha* setop a'wi'teleka. yamairtene^a. ^awacenap^a
rsulenapl^a yaman'tene^a. a*wulaptcol$;a J$:awe woponol*:a i*se-
20 toka yam J£akwen set-a*l^a he'mukwan wopu^a henaka ikwal-
tena^a. henak'a. la - } he^okwa'a wopu^a.
hie camli tJo we ye^an*a mehe*totatcima ^ap seto^a. kwa iti-
wap kwa rtowena'wamefca hie tewuko'lPan'te hie em rkwanil^e-
nap^a. tewuko'li'an'te kwa ^ane*lu kwa il-anve^a. kwa ciwe
25 rtowenawanve^a. kwa wa^aci il'anrelja hie a'tewukoli'a^a.
hie hewe itowenapj^a. kwa hie yepna*we kwa yepna* il*a*-
wam'ep. hie lale^ankwin tewuko'li'a hiwala^a. kwa kwahot
hie il'awanre^a. kwa hetcolton*e il'a'wanvelja. kwa ya'nawe
il*a*wameka. hie as'ina^'a i'kwanil^enaplja. a'witen hekon*e an
30 ^alo^an*a topint aptsiire an tcule^an*a. t'asakwins aka t'o we yen'a.
cea kwai'ip homan a}pa ayala'mra ak*a kwa pPnak'a latacukwa
a^*a taca'an*a. rmiya'kaira miyahan'a yam kakwen awi'^an'a
wo'tiljan*a. lal kuwe t»o we yen*a pikaia kwaPinan a'lalj'a an ham-
jJo'un'a atea|£an*a mo'lermmra la*an*a. tapnakan'a ilintin i*yan*a.
put it on his horse and come back. | When he came to his house
he would have very little salt. They were very poor | when they
went. He would go on foot to plant. They did all their work by
hand. | They picked the corn and came back carrying bundles of
it on their back. They did everything without horses. They
threshed | without horses . They ran around [the threshing floor]
without horses. Then they put the wheat in sacks | (20) and put
the sacks on their backs and so carried it to their houses. They
dumped it into bins | and sealed the bins with mud. Then they
opened them up and put some more into the bin.
They would go out to plant very early in the morning. They
would take their water in canteens on their backs. | At noon they
did not eat. Although they were very poor they worked hard. | They
were very poor. They had no sheep. They had no meat j (25) to eat.
They had no cattle. They were very poor. | They ate only paper
bread. There were no delicacies. They had no delicacies. | Long ago
the village was very poor. | They didn't have anything. They had
no plows. They had no harnesses. | oo> They worked entirely by
hand. They would plant square fields | with wheat, and one acre
of corn. They would plant with a digging stick. | And when the
young leaves came up they made a windbreak of cedar branches
so that the plants would not be killed by the wind. | so that they
might get tall and bear ears. Then he would pick the ears and
bring them to his house. | Then he would put them down. Then
also he planted melons from seeds. When the vines came out he
would build a shelter of stones. | They would blossom. Then the
fruits would appear and get large. He would get them and bring
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 29
cotca pewurra iskon animurra peha'mra i'seto^n'a hajja yatto 35
set-i*yan*a. animun*a yam pikwan. lals teml a'lacina. a'wipiira.
yaman'tena^a a*wi'telpin*a.
hie ^a'^oli hie mu'kwinakwi i'to* ceman kwai'ile^a. tcuwe
tfopnrte wo'pon'e ukna^apa i'yatto'nan ryaira. hie a'ciwi yaman't
cotce'we ehe*we yaman'te kutca Kohana acan*a t'a utcun li'ana 40
yaman'te acan'a. pilaire li'ana t'sinalyala uhsona acan'a. ^ewu-
la'we uhsona i'kwani 3 Hap^a. hie e'ni'we uhsona i'kwani^enap^a.
kwan a'wanikwajja. kwa a'tewuk'olianre^a. a*woka ehe'wacenppt
a-wotsi mokwa'we a'wanikwa^a. t'owa mokwa'we. a'wo^an'te
mokwa* a'wacenap^a. hie asinapi utcuwacenap^a. a*wotsi t'a 45
yaman'te kutciwacenaplja. a*wotsi t?a a*wo^a yaman'te utcu-
wacenapjja. simin t'sana^'a utcuwacenap^a. rjiwe yaman'te
piwacna. yaman'te t'suto^a e'nin yaman'te acan'a ^ewul-ikwin'e
Jal^apanan a^*a o'fca.
ANCIENT TIMES (6). 50
hie ho'na'wan a'lacina' hoi yam tcimi^anapjjatekwin a'wi*na
lu^a ulohnan*e li*l a u wanapka. lil rtuwalapfca halonawan j5i*na-
them home. | (35) He would spread out a blanket and put them down
in that and wrap them up and put them on his back. He would
tie the blanket around his forehead | and carry them on his back.
He would put them down in his house. Then, as everything got
ripe, he would bring them in. | He would bring them in one after
the other on foot. |
Long ago they used to go to the Hopis to ask for food. | One
sack of corn would be given him. He would put it on his horse
and come back. Then the Zunis themselves always j (40) would
make their own blankets and dresses and white blankets. And
they would make their own blue shirts, | and blue breech cloths and
bordered kilts, | and buckskin leggins. On these things they
used to work. And they used to work on red belts. | They knew
how to do all these things. They were not poor. The women made
dresses | and the men knew how to make moccasins, native
moccasins. Even the women | (45) knew how to make moccasins.
They made all their clothing by hand. The men | themselves made
their trousers. The men and the women themselves | made their
clothing. They made their clothing with little needles and they
spun their own thread. | They made their own hair bands and
garters. | They made them on a narrow loom.
(50) ANCIENT TIMES (6).
When our ancestors came from the place where they had their
first beginning, | they found this country here. Here they built
30 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i XV
wan ma*tsa*^a l^atJi^a wiffiaya'Wa hecokta a'inosa lesna lrmo
hiwala-ulapna a'teal^a. iyo kwa kwahol rtcrnaka teanreria itfon-
55 tekwin a'tewuko'li'a luwala* u'lapna'ka. lestikle*a kwahol rleana-
katekwin a'tewuko'lPa a'hoVteaka. kwahol wema a*wan ^ewalf'a
rt'en*ahna a'ho* a'teaka. crkcik kewe welutsikanan we'hpnan
lahewacnan lesna a*ho s a'tea^a.
a'tewuko'li'an'te kwahol yam tfewusu a^:* a'ho* a'te'ona hie
go hiyolucna yanil'temana aho* a'teajja lu^ ulohnan'e tehtsinan
Ko'kci le'anakapa a*witen t'amyalawaiya u'lala^elja ak*a telakwai*-
ij>a lujj akwen pikwai'inana icalte'ma ^aplan i'na a*lac a'ho* a'te-
a^a. ak*a kwahol kawawulawak'a te^i a'ho' a*tea^a. alaci pil*e-
mankwin yam a'tewuko'l^anak'a a*patc a'wan kwahol wo*w
65 antse > man i'lata* anawanapka holno kajjol telina a'patc a*wan
lj:ane"lu t'u'ci hanlina a*wal*u^a lesna te^na^a samuna yo'ap
Irl lufc ulohnankwin a*patcu a*ciwi laknal^al^a a'witelep al^*a
luwala-paltokoa li'l halomvkwin tenrta luwala hapoka. tewana'-
kona a*ciwi a*patc a*wan kane*lu t'u'ci wakac antse'man holno
70 pa-tfinawa^oa rlaknapilj'a a*ho J a*teaka. kwa hanelawam*en*te
imacte ka'lp holi kane'lu kwahol wo'we hanlina^ak'a al'un a'ho*
a*tea^:a. hoi jjaljol tfelinanan a'patcu t'inakwin a'te'tcika t'awa^a
i'latenapkaa'halowil* ina'patcu kane'lryohnan a*wil*ap a*wi*teleka
their villages, Halonawa, Pinawa, | Matsaka, Katika, (Kakima),
Wimayawa, Hecokta, A'mosa, all these | villages were around
here. There was nothing to eat. | (55) In all the places round about
they were poor in food. And also | they were poor in clothing.
Thus the people lived. With the skins of animals | they clothed
themselves, and so the people lived. They cured rabbit skins and
wove them | into rabbit skin blankets. Thus the people lived. |
Although they were poor the people lived by all their prayers. |
(60) They lived by believing very earnestly. In this country they had
a good winter, | so they say. The snow lay on the ground to the
fourth rung of the ladder. Therefore in the spring | in the river
course that passes through here there w r ere always heavy floods.
Thus our ancestors lived. | On wild grasses only they lived. And
because our ancestors long ago | were very poor they wished for the
flocks of the Navahos | (65) and decided to make war upon them.
Sometimes late at night they went about stealing the Navaho
sheep and horses. That is the reason that they were always fighting.
Here in this country the Navahos fought against the Zunis. Because
they were always coming, | the ones who lived in the outside villages
all came together here at Halonawa. All the time |the Zunis were
wishing for the Navaho sheep and horses and cattle. | (70) Therefore
they lived by fighting somewhere in the Navaho country. They
used to go about without provisions | becaiise without fail some-
where they would steal sheep or some kind of animal. | Sometimes
late at night they came to a Navaho camp. | They fought together
BunzeL, Zuni Texts 31
ak*a luka ulohnanan tenrla a*ciwi hapoka lje'si. le'na ho'na'wan
a'nana pena'wil'apka. kale'mankwin meHka yeiana^atekwi tcim 75
son wet'si kwahol ak*a hon elitea'napka. lewi.
WAR I (7).
hie k&*¥°l ino'te hota'kwe nana'kwe lewapa'awa^'a i'kwaniga-
na*wap hie kwa ljane'lu hie ko*wi miwe hie ko*wi no*we hie kwa
pwe. hie yu'otip ^awelana'ka. hie amposiya^a. hie rtona^a 80
otip hie potca. metcaptcowena^a. hamato pwe ^atsana uhsona
te'tci rtowena'^a. lalhol kwahol aiyu 5 ya*napona telea il'apa
lalhol ham a'wan sus^i watopa sus^ iwaiya^ap set rnan tsikwahnan
homan uli woleaj£an*a. lal tetea iTapon a*wan naw kwatop luk-
nokon ciwetapte ei i*tona*we. lalhol t'ehtsinan okcik yacip tsu 85
kus^anaknan konnvtcap a'wanan wepotci woha ulipnan ku^apuk-
nan he^i* ihi^i i'tonakan*a. kwa sa kwihocukwa. hota'kwe
a*coktanan sa heyaknan tsupeaptnakna.
lesnapa ^akwa'mosi ^a'wucu pociyan^i kwa tihkwahn a*ho'
a'teanve. tem pekwi'we tihkwahna. yam ho 5 il*apa*wanap t'as 90
with war clubs. If they were lucky they would run off the Navaho
sheep and bring them back with them. | Therefore all the Zunis
came together here in this country. This is what our | (75) grand-
fathers used to say. When it came close to the time when there were
many Americans here, then | somehow things began to be a little
better for us. That is all. I
WAR I (7).
Long ago, in ancient times, when our grandmothers and grand-
fathers worked with wooden hoes, | there were no sheep, and very
little corn and a few beans. There was no | <80) wheat. Very rarely
was there any wheat. They had heavy trials. Food | was scarce.
It was bad. They roasted cactus and wild grass. That | only^hey
ate. Then those who understood something had deadfalls some-
wheres, and others had coyote traps. When a coyote was trapped
they brought it back and skinned it, | and boiled it with cedar
branches. And those who had deadfalls, when a deer entered,
(85)these ate well, evenmeat. Thenin winter, when they killed rabbits,
they dried the stomachs. They chopped up the intestines and the
feet and hung it up with these inside. They would boiled it
with squash seeds | and eat it with gravy. They would not throw
away the bones. The grandmothers | would grind the bones in
stone mortars and dip up the mixture with their fingers. |
, When things were like this the house chiefs, Ka*wucu and
Pocaxyanki were not good people. | oo> The good pekwin was still
taking care of his people. So then | they changed and someone
32 Publications, American Ethnological Society y \ XV
i'yalihan tcuhol kwa yu'ya-nanren pekwrw yo' J anan t'as kwahol
lena* lowo^nap t'as i'yalihan hot tcuhol pekwrw yo* J anan rtona}£
uwa'ap. ho'na'wan a'ho^ lehol luwala-ya'tcr i'tona^a teha-
to #> kona oye ehkwiwilapa tcawe ehkwiwil'apa luwala wo'hhaiya'-
95 kona tas tenvl hapelan kolotapa uhson ho'na'wan haiton-lana
rmolalja. t'ehtsinan'e rwi'to^an'iyahnan hoi i*to*we elana'kona
wohhaiyaiye. kona t'elina* a'pi'laciwan'i yam Ijakwan haponaiye
a^'ap sam*unan*e. lesi tekwi tenikwipa t'owa yala nopona yala
lana koli'wa nomilta^tcic ho^antikol yulal^ ukwaPi. yu* woloh^a'.
100 le'anal^a amposiye. a'pi'la'ciwan'i yu'la^a tse'makwi ya'pLna'wap
i yanula* we'atcona'wap a'pi'la'ciwan jjakwin hapona iskon i'yanteh-
kunana'wap lehol tseiptkwi ljahpilikwi yu*laka penan kwai'ina
iskon yacuwapan a'ho* rwohhaiyaknan yam jjakwin t^tcinan
i'tse'man a'want'ewanant'ewap a*wan a'wilariona yantehkunana'wa.
s ma yu'la^a riewo*. — haiyi — heko akc a*nuwa. tekwanhol wo
harjojfanaj^ap a'wapatcina^ap uhson itona^an'a.
nomilta^tci ko*wi t'ewap a*wan hanelawan rtowil'ajfcma yam
a'wilapon a'wa he^acna'wa. lal tewuko'lPona satokna*wa lal
itehwa tcusli iyan owo'a. met'capi'we ^at'sana kwamas ryanhanela--
10 wa. nomilta* c tcic yeleteap a*wa*nuwa. a*wawatena}£an*a. a'tsuto-
with no understanding became pekwin. And so | when the crops
were burned by the sun, they changed and someone became
pekwin. All the things to eat | grew. Our people, those who had
plenty of food scattered to all the village branches | taking their
wives with them and their children with them. | (95) Then again,
all came together in the fall, when our great ceremonies | are
brought to an end. In the winter they would give one another to
eat. They scattered to wherever they had plenty of food. | Every
night the bow priests met in their house ' because there was war.
On all sides they posted guards, on Corn Mountain, on Face Moun-
tain, | on Great Mountain, at Crows' Nest. And so, finally, the
raiders came out. "They are coming out of hiding!' 1 | <ioo> so they
said* There was great trouble. The bow priests made up their
minds to make war. | <n The officers called a meeting in the bow
priests' house. | There they questioned one another. The word
went forth to make war yonder at Chaco Canyon, at Many Springs. |
There they discussed it, and the people separated. When they
came to their houses | they spent the night thinking it over. Next
day their wives would question them, | (5) "Well, there is talk of
war." "Is that so?" "Well, I think I shall go along." "If you
capture any animals | divide them with me, and that we shall eat." |
And so, finally, after a few days, the ones who had something
had their | wives make paper bread, for their lunch and the poor
ones pounded bones and | made it into meal for them with a few
kernels of corn. Roasted cactus and wild grass, rubbish, wouldmakc
their lunch. | <io> So finally when they were ready they would go
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 33
jjarra* yeleljap itiwaphol a'pPla'ciwan'i a'wan lgakwen hajfelaira
i"wiyalenaj£an*a as'i astenrla hoti aptena^an astenrlayalto haponan
kec tJon tenrla — e* — le*tikwap s'a'wipiyapan'a. ta ,c tcic hohio
a'wojja kwahol a'yu'ya'napona a'wan a*wil*arjona yam hanelan
rsetcrna yam inasna Heana kwai'in'iha a*wan a^wil'apona a*wi'- is
^eckwin*a a'wrpiyana'wap letsilokwin te'tcinan tcimnakwe tamya-
lan yelealto'up an il*ona anahkwato^ap t'a kwai'ina kwili^anan
t'amyalana yelealto'up t'a anahkwatonan t?a kwai'inan ha J ik;anan
t'amyalanan yeleteatto'up t'a anah kwatonantfa kwaiMna awitena-
Ijana'na yelealto'up t'a anahkwatonan tcims kwai'inan a*nuwa. 20
t'sulan inkwin iskon i*hepala*nan yalupip t'a r^eckwipin*a iriiya-
]£an*a ta iskon kwaiMp t'a anahkwatonan t?a a*witenajjan anah-
kwatonan kwaiMnan pa'eton* inkwin a*nuwa. t'a iskon te'tcinan
kwai'inan yalujnp ta yatfenaljan*a. rrjiya^an'a t'a kwaPi^an a'nap
t'a anackwatelan'a. awitenakan anahkwatop kwaPinan s^'nuwa. 25
holtfehwate ^akwa'mosi pekwin t'ekwina'kon a'ciwani hajJonakwin
a'te'tcilap a'wiyattenaljan'a yal a'tci imo^an'a. kwilim'ona le*n
ryakna^an'a a'pikwai'ilena. yele^ap sVwa*nuwa.
They would wash their hair and tie it up. | When they were ready,
at noon, they would meet in the bow priests' house. | They would
count one another. Ten times ten, or five times ten and some over
would meet. | "Are you all here?" "Yes," they would say, and
they would clasp one anothers' hands. Meanwhile | wherever the
women knew something, their husbands would put provisions on |
(is) their backs and holding their weapons would be about to go out.
Then their wives | would embrace them. Holding their hands they
would come to the ladder. When he stepped on the first rung | his
wife would pull him in. Then again he would go out. When he
stepped on the second | rung, again she would pull him in. Again
he would go out. When he stepped on the third | rung, again she
would pull him in. Then again he would go out. When he stepped
on the fourth | (20 ) rung, again she would pull him in. Then he
would go out and go. | When they reached the house of the
Great Shell they would turn around and again they would
embrace and hold hands. | Then again he would come out from
there, and again she would pull him in. She would pull him in
four times, | and then he would go out and would go to the
house of pa'etone. When they came there | they came out and
turned around, and again they would clasp hands. After clasping
hands he would go out and go. | (25) Again he would come back
in. Four times she would pull him in. And so he would go out
and go away. | A little ways off they would come to where the
chief priests and jJekwin and the dark priests were meeting. |
They would clasp hands where the two mountains were standing.
Twice holding hands thus they would pass through. When they
were finished they would go. |
34 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
sunhapte ko*wi tfehwan rtehnan a'want'ewanan wetsi tena-
30 lana t'elap mosan^n a*tci t'ehwate a'tc ulohnan ya'pura. a'tc
ryana. iskon otsial^a tenapan*a. tena' yalakwai*ip luwalemakuira.
hekusna tehaktcona'kona lal poncwe telikinaw i'wopone'nan a'wa 1 -
nuwa. ko'witean itfinakana. kwa kwahol yu'he'tanre luwalemak-
nantfa ko'w a'nan i'tina^an'at'ayamtconal^an'a. kwahol teseanarre
35 kwahol wo'we kwakwakwaan'a. s'iskon hiwalemaknans a*wa f -
nuwa. a'te'tcinan t'ekohanan cemana'wa. s'iskon kwilim'ona
a'tc optsi wopona te'tcinan. te'tcip nomilta c tci kwahol wo'w
a'teanapan'a. li'tcinal£an*a s'aiyu'ya'na'wa hoi kwahol wo'wil
a u wanaptun > ona yu'he'tonan tel^aira. ta* c t'cet elatap aincot teana-
40 ]£arra kwa elanrepura. iskon pPlaciwairi leskwanan sP horn
tcawe kwa elanre. ele toms hon tfekohanan cemanaplja. 8*011
a*wa*nuwa. kwa t'on a^"a tcu'wa koleahol tse^acukwa le'ana-
^an*a tfewaps rlohan'a. t'a-'t'cet elatap kwa kwahol tse'mai^on
tea^ap rnakwa'wan ulohnakwin a'wa'nuwa.
45 nomiltactci t'elinan'e aklinal^holi t'inan ankohan*a. iskon t'elialj
aincema^a. a'want'ewanan t'ewap tcim awel£ etsakatip i*wolohna
kwai'nva. t'inan tenan. nomiltactci kolehol l^ane'lu tciwa'tu
kohol J^ane'ltanan Usana^anawap tem'la yacen*a i'yuknapln'a.
Even though it was late in the afternoon a little ways off they would
camp for the night. A little later | <30) in the night the two leaders
would go off a little ways. They would make the world. They |
would come there and they would sing male songs. When the songs
were all over they would stand up. | Carrying an offering of dried
paper bread and cigarettes and prayersticks, they would go. | A
little ways off they would sit down. If nothing appeared they would
get up I and sit down again a little further on. Then a branch
would break, or there would be a thump, | (35) or the footfalls of
some animal. Then they would arise and go. | When they came
there they would ask for life. Then two of them [ would come there
carrying a torch. When they came there, finally | there would
be the tracks of some animal. | The ground would be trampled.
So they would know. That they would find some people with
animals | would be revealed to them. Or else if there were bear
tracks | (40) it would not be good. So the bow priests would say,
"Now my | children, it is not good. It is well that we have just
asked for life. Now we | shall go. Therefore let none of you think
anything of it," he would say. | Then next day they would return.
Or if it were not this way, and if there was nothing to worry about, |
they would go to the enemy's country. [
(45) And so finally, at night, they would locate their camp by
the fires. So the night | helped them. They would camp for the
night, and next day, just as the ground became visible, | they
would come out to fight. The whole camp would be destroyed
and so finally there would be some sheep and goats. | If it should
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 35
t'inawa'kona tcim ciwetap el rtona^aira. lal tfewap ha'iljanan hoi
hapopinapip s*uhson a'wiHn-tina^rra. nomitta^tci otco teatin*a. so
hoi tfat'ekwin lana upopura. Uewap ryuknaljan'a. a*wa*kona ha*!
elhol ljane'lu lal yetci^an^ona eleteli* t'inan'kona yaknapura. lal
pamosona a'tcia a'wukna^arra. lal masiatui^on a*tci puckwai-
'ina^an'a. lal t'sulan inkwin pa*eton inkwin t'a yaknaljarra. lal
ko'wihol yetci^ap tfatekwi'kona wo'tcoltapona les a*wanikan'a si* 55
ho^a'wan a*ho s i luk ta ,c tcic t'on i*cematin*a. le'anapip kwihopanr
mra ^:ane*l rcematiira. a'he'mokona a't'sun^ona kwili hot awi-
yat'ena'wa otcoteatina. tcim ciwetapte rtonakaira.
le'na a'tea^a incrte. le*wi.
WAR II (4). 60
iskon hie hawikuh hie ino'te horn tatcu hie nawe latelga horn
tatcu. hie ko'macko'na. hawikuh an tatcu nawe late^a. horn
tsita horn atine^a. ko^ehol yam horn isana'koa horn atine^a.
patcu kohana ^apkwe'nakwi te*tcika. kwilim > ona patcu a'tci
te'tci^a. yam ham'e a'tecul^a. hop a*patcu a*wa*ka a'patcu patcu 65
be just a small herd of sheep they would kill all of them and give
them out | to the whole camp. Then they would all have enough
meat. Then, next day, three times | (50) they would round up the
animals. And so they would drive them home with them. Indeed,
this was to be envied. [ They would put them into large corrals.
Next day they would distribute them. Those who had gone would
have about three | sheep and those that were left over they would
give to the houses where sacred possessions are kept. Then | they
would give to the two scalp chiefs. And the two who were to be
initiated into the bow priesthood would get the most. | And then
they would give also to the house of the Great Shell and to the
house of Pa'etone. Then, | (55) if there were a few left they would
say ,to those who were standing on the posts of the corral, "Now, |
our people, now you will grab for these," they would say. Then
they would jump down | and scramble for the sheep. The rough
ones and the strong ones would seize perhaps two. | They were to
be envied. And now they would eat nothing but meat.
Thus they lived in ancient times. That is all.
<60) WAR II (4).
Long ago, right over there at Hawiku, my father used to kill deer.
My I father, [killed] lots of them. "At Hawiku her father killed
deer." My j mother told me about it. She told me what happened
when she was pregnant with me. | An albino Navaho came to
Caliente; two Navahos | (65) came. They were looking for their
companions. "Where have the Navahos gone?" | the albino Na-
36 Publications, American Ethnological Society V l t X V
kohana a'tci yam ham* atecu^a a*tci. a*ciwi tuwala/JIja ^apkwe*-
na'a a*ciwi ko'*ona hiwala'ka. patcu Kohana a'tci te'tcika. yam
hanre a'tci a'tecuka. kwa hon a*wuna*wam*e a'ciwi lestikwe^a.
pi'laciwan'i haitoce'a hon a'tcia ainanapt'u. — kople'a hon a'tci
70 ainana'wa. hinik a'tci atcian leave honkwat ak;*a a'tci ho'na
latan'a atcian'e. cPle ati^ap a*tc itop ko'kci^an'a alj'a yam atcian*e
yaknahan'a. hanat horn t'on ansatuna*wa ho 5 yat'epa pi'laciwan'i
leskwa. a*tc i'to'ya atcian ak'a. tcic ci'l i'to'ya. uhkwat'cati a*tc
atcian lea^a. si' ho* le'kwana le'kwa^a pPlaciwan'i. patcu
75 i'to'^a. hekonPtokwi pulahina kwato^al^a. t'ojja patcu yatfefea.
horn tatcu tfopa yatfelja. takupona yatfe^a horn tatcu. le J tatcima
takuha an tatcu lesanikwa^a. takuhan'ihap a'wiyat'e^a. wo'ptsic^a
Kumoh^al^a. yam takun'e patcu kohana. kwa a'patcu a'walu
i'nam'l^a. i'latenappi, a*ciwikwi. a'patcu a'tci el ahan-tim-pani'lga.
so el lesna teamet'u ist hon ham* a*wi*ya a'tci yose^al^a. horn tatcu
yat'epa. aina^a. yam suski'kwe ti^iPon ajpa kwa teclananriia.
ainajja. a*tc ace^a. horn tsita horn isana^a. horn papa le* tacana'-
lja. topin'te tca'1 il'ipL horn tsita. horn kuku horn papona iseto'-
l^a. hon yu'tulajja. a'patc a'tci ainana^ajJa hon yu-tulalja. a'tci
85 ace^a. horn tatcu le'kwa J£alem awa*ne a'tci ace^a. horn tatcu
vaho said. They were looking for their companions. There were
Zunis living at Caliente. | There were just a few Zunis living there.
The albino Navaho (and the other) reached there. | They were
looking for their companions. "We have not seen them," the
Zunis said. | "The bow priest orders us to kill them. But how
shall we | (70) kill them ? I think they are carrying a knife. Maybe
they | will kill us with it. When we have roasted meat for them and
when they are eating, will be a good time. Because | then they will
lay aside their knife. Come along, you must help me, when I grab
him," the bow priest | said. They two .were eating. They were
eating meat with their knife. "Just as I thought, they | brought
a knife. I shall say, 'Now,'" the bow priest said. The Navahos | (75)
were eating in an enclosure. He jumped in. He grabbed one Navaho |
and my father grabbed the other. He grabbed the one who was wear-
ing a necklace, my father [did.] "First of all | take off your beads,"
father said to him. As he was about to take off his beads he grabbed
them. He pulled them | and they broke. The albino Navaho broke
his necklace. The Navahos were not around there. | They used
to fight with the Zunis. They dragged the two Navahos down.
| (80) "Don't do that, our companions are coming." They lied.
My father | took hold of him. He killed him. Because he be-
longed to the hunters society he was not afraid. | He killed him.
So the two died. My mother was pregnant. My older brother was
so tall. | She had only one child, my mother. My aunt took my
brother on her back, | We ran away. While they were killing the
Navahos we ran away. So the two | (85) died. My father said,
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 37
le'kwal^a. horn tsita le'kwaka kwap t'o* a'tcian ah^a ? e*t ho*
takuhap tenrla KumohpJja. ho* t'o]3 an tirci ho' yatfefea. horn
pi*laciwan'i horn o*'antiha tomt ho' a'wamatcika. horn tu*c
aiyonawetiha kwa ho* pi'laciwan'i tea'mep hom tu*ci aiyona'wetiha
tomt ho* a'wamatcika. ko'atcic tikwe'a. pi'laciwan'i yam ya- 90
t'entun'ona peye'a. ele wan utce tirci lol yat'ek:an iyapa ho*
antowo*atin*a hom tatcu le*kwe*a. i^ane'a. hom pi'laciwan'i
o'*antihap ho' ik:ane*a hom tatcu le'kwa. mokwa*wace'a tu'ci
tfatekwikwi lahina kwai*i^aka. i'tsukwatci^a. acelja, ttrc ace^a.
a'patcu a*tcia a'tc yam tu*c il' ace^a. lal patcu kohana yam taku 95
tem'la kumoh^al^a. a'ciwi ko*wi takuw wo''yonap^a atela'koa
tenrla wo'pt'sicl^a. kwa tcuhol a'tcian kwahol il'am'e^a. a'tcian
tu'ci ihik aceka. kakhoti a'ciwi tfapa a'patcu i'latenap^a.
ko'wi tomt t'ewapa hom tatcu patcuna'kwin a'napa patcu
kohana an oye hom tatcona anape^a. kople'a kwa homan to* 100
takuanre. hom tfo* oyemc'ona aina^a. t'o' an taku il'i a'patcu 1
hom atinenap^a. lesanikwa^a. kwa ho* ainananr^a. a*pi'la*-
ciwan'i ainanapka. kwa tcuhol an taku il'anre tenrla kumoh-
^a^a. atela*koa wo'ptfsicka. hom tatcu le'kwa an oyona atine^a.
i^anika pate o^a. hom tatc*ona ace* anape^a. kwa rto^ananr^a. 5
"Come over here, they are dead." So my father | said. My mother
said, "What did you get from them?" "I | was going to take his
necklace but it broke. I took a horse from the other one. | The
bow priest wanted to 'catch' me but I just laughed at them. |
Then he wanted to take the horse away from me. Because I would
not become a bow priest he wanted to take the horse away. | (90>
But I just laughed at them. Let them talk. The bow priest | is
talking about taking it away. Well, let them stay in there awhile.
If he comes to take the horse I | will shoot it, ' ' my father said . He was
angry. | "He wanted to catch me for the bow priesthood, so I got
angry," my father said. He was making moccasins. The horse j
jumped out of the corral. He ripped open his stomach and died.
The horse died. | (95) The two Navahos died along with their
horse. The albino Navaho | had broken his necklace. The Zunis
picked up a few of the beads. | He had thrown them all among
the rocks. No one got anything from them. Their | horse died
along with them. So long ago the Zunis and the Navahos fought
together. |
Just a short time afterwards, my father went to the Navaho
country and | (ioo> the albino Navaho's wife scolded my father.
"Why don't you wear my beads? | <i) You killed my husband.
You have his beads, the Navahos | told me," she said to him.
"I didn't kill him. The bow | priests killed him. No one has his
beads. He broke them all. | He threw them down among the rocks,"
my father said. He told his wife. | <5) Then she got angry, the
Navaho woman. She scolded my father severely. She wouldn't
38 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
an top oyemci anapeka. kopla'ttV sanru Jj&'ljamaca'kona imatcic
kohol leatifea patcu kohan an oyona le'ana'^a. yam kuwaye
i'to^a! an tcawe anapenap^a. kwa tcuhol a*tcian kwahol il*am*e.
a'tcia tu'ci ace^a. e't ilte homan tV taku il'i tern lfa'^i to*
10 leryan'a ho 5 ^etsanan'a. ma e*te t'emi Kumoh^a^a. kwa ho*
yosekena'ma. kwa tcuhol a*tcian kwahol ilanre. a*tci ace^a.
horn tatcu leskwa. horn tsita horn tatcu leskwa. horn a*tc
atineka. a'ciwi a*wo^a horn aiyalena*we. patcu kohana acepa
t'oc hoM teal^a ? a*woka horn aiyatenap^a. kwa ho* aiyu'ya*-
15 nanveka. yam ho* tsita aiyala^a. ka'Jjip patcu kohana ace^a ?
kwa ho* aiyu'ya^nanre a*ciwi a*woka horn aiyalena'we horn tatcu
aina'koa horn aiyalena'we. kwa ho* aiyu'ya-nanve. — tern to*
kwa ho'i teanre^a. torn papa sama ho*i teaka. ho* yam isan > on
ak*a ho 1 yu*tula^a. kwa to* ho*i team*e^a. torn papa sam ho*i
20 tea^a. kwa tern to* ho*i teanreka ak/a to kwa aiyu*ya*nam*e.
torn aiyalenap]$;a ? — horn aiyalenap^a. a*wok:atsilp al$:*a tcim
horn tatcu horn tsita yam ko*lehol a'tci tea*koa tcim horn ati-
neka. kwa tern to* aiyu*ya*nanre. torn ho* isana^a. horn tsita
le*anikwal$;a. horn tatcu ak:*a ko*lehoi yam patcu kohana ainakoa
25 horn atineka. ko*lehol yam te*ukoa pilaciwan*i o**aniahl$:a horn
atineka. le*wi horn a*tc atineka.
give him anything to eat. | Her other husband scolded her. "Why
are you still angry ? Don't you know | that it happened a long time
ago?" he said to the albino Navaho's wife. "Give your friend |
something to eat." Her children scolded her. "No one got anything
from them. | Their horse died." "Yes indeed! You have my
beads! Not until you [ (io) bring them shall I be happy." "But I
tell you they were all broken. I am not | lying. Nobody got any-
thing from them. They died," | my father said. My mother and my
father said this. They | told me. The Zuni women asked me about
it. "Were you living when the albino Navaho died?" | the
women asked me. "I don't know anything about it." | So I asked
my mother. "When did the albino Navaho die? | (is) I don't
know about it. The Zuni women asked me about it. | They asked
me about the one my father killed. I don't know about it." "You |
were not yet born. Only your brother was living then. I was
carrying you | and I ran away. You were not born then. Only
your brother was living. | <20) No, you were not alive then. That's
why you don't know about it. [ Did they ask you about it?"
"They asked me about it. | The old women." So then | my father
and my mother told me then just what had happened. "Of
course you don't know about it. I was carrying you at the
time." my mother | said. So my father told me all about how
he killed the albino Navaho. | (25) He told me what he had done,
and how the Bow Priest had wanted to "catch" him. | All this
they told me. |
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 39
WAR III (4).
ino'te t?owa yala luwala yalto^a hie a*waiyutciana%a. kwa
tcu'wa kwahol ak*a rhanukwacukwa. hie a'waiyutciaxra^a.
rsamupa a^halikwi rhanukwe'naplja. hie pikwe'na a'waiyutcian'-
a^a. t-suti^an il'apka. rsamapa a*patcu a*ciwi a'wan rwo'loce*- 30
napka. a*ciwi a'tewuko'hVka. tern astenrla Ijane'l il'apka. hie
a'tewuko^ia'ka. hie a'patcu a'samu^a. a'ciwikwin Hate*nap^a.
tfsutifcan'e hie atan'i^a a*patcu rlakna'wap a*ciwikwi hanat
kwai'i tfsuti^an iPona wairan hie a'wiyulat'u. e'te hecina u'kwa-
ton'iha hanate ticomaha* hanate! u'kwaton'iha a'patcu. tfsutil^an 35
iPona kwai'i^a. rpacte'Jja yam Usu'le lana t'owo'a'ti^al^a. uh-
kwatci hie a'watani. ho* yanhatiak:a. a*patcu i'yatinena*we.
heci^ana*we. — wairan horn aincokya. kwa elanre. horn yat?e.
kwa horn elanre uhkwatfcati ho* peyel^a. hie a*watani. horn
at?-i"potJil£a. ace^a. a*patcu yacel^a. i*wiyat?enapka. tfa tenati hon 40
antecemanaplj:a. hie a*watan*i.
tern t'a hatikwi ikatika. tfowa yalakwi tJsutikan il'apona a*wan
o^ana'we tfophrt okan a*wil*a]ja. a'wan hatikwi ainan'iha. a*wan
ojgana^ona. halikwi aiyutcian*a lal holic t'suti^an'e hie pikwai'i.
hie at'an'i hahkwi ^alete hanukwahnapka. a*wan ofeana^ona 45
WAR III (4).
In ancient times the village was on top of Corn Mountain. Then
they used to be wise. | No one could overcome them with anything.
They were very wise. | During war time they overcame the witches.
They were exceedingly wise. | (30) They had a Shell Society, During
war time the Navahos fought the Zunis from ambush. | The Zunis
were very poor. They had only ten sheep. | They were very poor.
The Navahos were very mean. They fought with the Zunis. | The
Shell Society was very dangerous. | Now when the Navahos were
fighting with the Zunis they called "Hurry! | Come out!" Those
who belonged to the Shell Society said, "Wait until they come
close." "Oh, but they are going to come right in! | (35) Hurry!
Oh dear, hurry! They are going to come right in, the Navahos!"
Now the one who belonged to the Shell Society | came out. He put the
great shell to his mouth and blew through it. | "I told you so. They
are very dangerous. I heard them," the Navahos told one another. |
"Hurry up!" "Wait a minute, wait for me! I am not well. Hold
me. 1 1 am not well." "I told you so ! I told you about it ! They are
very dangerous! | (40) I am bleeding to death!" He died. The
Navahos died. They held one another. "Well, it can't be helped.
We | wanted to come. They are very dangerous."
Then again, some witch got angry. On Corn Mountain he tried
to kill the sister of the Shell Society. | They had only one sister, and
the witch wanted to kill their | sister. The witch was wise. However,
on the other hand, the Shell Society was exceedingly | (45) dangerous.
40 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
an'ace^a. wewiloVka t'a tenati kwa tV alcukwa. tfekohatip
s'lesi ko'witfapte tV i'hapis^anan tV aceira. sic halikwi ho'n
ihanukwahna. t'sutikan ibapona a - wan tealakwi halikwi ye'ma^a.
tenrla tekwi imatcic kohol telalewunap^a. iceltema halikwi
so ye'maka. ticomaha' t'ekohati horn pani*^ana*we! ko ahtci leye'a.
wan el'e a'ho' unapt'u. halikwi iceltema ayaye, tealakwi. hie
yato kwai J ipa tcim pani*l£anapk;a. halikwi hie t'on a*waiyutcian*a.
le'wite tea^a. kwa ho* lalhol lesnucukwa. hict'on a^pikwai'i. a "wan
o^anawe kwa acenanr^a. ten hie a*waiyutcian*a.
55 son itiwanakwin a*wa*t c u. kwa li'l Ion a'teapa kwa elecukwa.
\r\ a'wi'ka. tfowa yalakwin li'l a*wi'^a. itiwanakwi a'wi'ka.
a^a pate acepa a'pPla'ciwan'i o*kwe*n*a patcu tcolto'^an*a.
ahaiyut a*tci po'ulapa uhsona t'sulana l^a'^hol ko'lehol teatiko*
a^'a teliahna t'owowoke'a. a'patcu lateko'al^a uhsona teliahna
60 a£'a tJowowoke'a. ahaiyut a*tci po'ulapa t'ehwito lanakwin hie
at'ani^a. t'sulana akwa*we i'te'tc il'ika. hie a-wat'ani^a kwa
elecukwa a'pi^a'ciwan'i a*tci kwa elecukwa tfopint'on ho'i tfsuti-
^an iPona sanra. ^a'^ acepa kwa elecukwa. s'ele yalakwe't'u.
The witch had not gone so far. They prevailed over him. He
bewitched their sister. | "Keep calm. It cannot be helped. You
must not sleep until it is daylight, | for that long. But if you shut
your eyes, even for a little while, then you will die. Then the witch |
will prevail over us." The witch climbed up to the housetop of
the Shell Society. | On all sides it seems they had done something
to the housetop. All the time the witch | climbed up. 1 (50) "Alas,
it is daylight. Let me go down!" "Never mind what he is doing. |
Let him alone. Let the people see him." The witch stayed up there
for a long time on the housetop. | Only when it was full daylight,
they let him come down. The witch said. "You are very wise. | It
has been enough. I will never do it again. You have surpassed me."
Their | sister did not die, for they were really very wise. |
(55) "Now let us go to Itiwana. If we stay here it will not be
right." | So they came here. They came from Corn Mountain. They
came to Itiwana. | Then when a Navaho died, the Bow Priests
came out to dance. They put the Navaho 2 on the top of a pole | and
the two Ahaiyute sat outside. Then imitating what had happened
long ago [ they blew upon the great shell. Imitating the way they
had killed the Navahos, | <eo) they blew upon it. When the Ahaiyute
sat outside in the great plaza, | they were very dangerous. They
had all the medicine needful for the great shell. They were very
dangerous. | "It will not be right," the two Bow Priests (said).
"It will not be right. There is only one single person | who belongs
to the Great Shell Society. Whenever he dies it will not be well.
1 That is, he couldn't get down.
2 That is, the scalp.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 41
a'pPla'ciwairi a*tc a*n ako'^a. a'tc ako*na a'tc wo'lo'^a akwa'we,
kwa hon a'wanikwacukwa. hie at'ani eles yalakwei/u. uhson 6*
a'tea'l^a.
lrl rlakna^ap hana*ha' anakatcic t'on wo*lo*napka. uhkwatfcati
kwa hon a'wanikwanre. honkwati la^hol al^' ele^an # anlja. tJon
te^aialanap^a. uhkwat'cati ho'na melika rhanakwana'we. hinik
elepura. tern yu'he'to'l^an'a. uhsitika ho' aiyu'ya'na lacilf 70
leskwe'a. hecina hana' ko'ma* a*wan elete'u laciki kwahol aiyu*-
ya-n'ona lacik aiyirtcian'a hie hrnina t'suti^an iPona ^ana*we
Ijewuna'we an elete'u'^a. hie aiyutcian'a. iskon kana'koa sonta*-
lu'kwe yam mu'la a*tutul£anapka. a'wa ko'macko'na a'wa*l$:a.
aince ^anakwi so*^akwe*nakwi iskon a'te^tcilja. ko*macko*na xt
mu'la yace^a. hie laciki hie aiyutcian'a. nawet'apte wa^aci a*wan
elete J upa. rhalicoti^a. sonta'hrkw a'wa mu'la lesnu^a. a*wan
elete'uka. hie pikwe*na'ka hie aiyutcian'a%a t'suti^an hrnina^a
a^'a.
ahaiyute po'ulapa apatcu temaiya'wi'yapa a*wo^ o*tiwaj3a so
a*patcu temaiya'wi'yapa. t'sulana t?owowoti^an*a. ko'lehol &&*]£-
holi teatikoa ham a*patcu a'yu'ya'napa a^:a t'sulana t'owowoti-
^ajja a'patcu yirtulape'a hie a'tana*we. ^a'^hol alj'a rwolocapa
Better let him destroy it." | The two bow priests dug a hole. They
dug a hole and they buried it, the medicine. | (65) "We do not
understand it. It is very dangerous. Better let it be destroyed." |
They were the ones who did it. |
They were fighting here. "Oh dear, now you have done it! You
buried it. I told you so." | "We do not understand it." "Well,
maybe it would be all right if we had it now. You | made a mistake.
I told you so! The white men will prevail over us. But I think |
(70) it will be all right. I still remember something. Iknowwhatused
to be," an old man | said. "Hurry up, be quick! Get everything
ready." This old man, the one who knew something, | this old
man was wise. He was just like the members of the Shell Society. |
He poisoned all the springs and the wells. He was very wise. When
the soldiers | watered their mules at the springs, they lost many of
them. | (75) From Fort Wingate (Bear Spring) they came to White
Sand Spring. Many | mules died. The old man was very wise. He
poisoned it for them with deer and cattle. | Then they become
crazy. This happened to the soldiers' mules. | He poisoned them.
He surpassed them because he was very wise. Because he was
just like the Shell Society. |
(80) When the Ahaiyute were sitting outside, the Navahos came
to see the dance. The women were dancing | and the Navahos came
to see the dance. "They will blow upon the great shell." | Some
of the Navahos knew what had happened long ago, and so when
they blew upon the great shell, | the Navahos ran away. They
were very much afraid of it. Because when they used to raid long
42 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
a*patcu yace^a. a'wan atfrpot'r'ka. t'sulana t'owowo^apa hie
85 atfani.
hie ino'te horn nana horn atineka awic-im-koskwikwi a'patcu
tf inacnapljia . hie nana 'kwe hie a 'samu^a . a * patcu t'inacnapka.
a'wan hampop^a. a*wan pisa'liwe cotce*we a*wacnapka. tfatVkoa
a*wan cotce* hiwap^a, a'patc a'wo^a. hom nana a'pi'la'ciwan'i
90 a'ciwi a*he'mokona a'sam^na a*patcu t'inacnan kwaiMka. hom
a*nana a'te'tci^a. t'inakwin a'te'tci^a. si* hon i'wolohnan kwaPhra
le'kwap hana* ko'ma. u'kwe'^a, a'ciwi. a'patcu tern iyo cotce*-
wacena*we. hame pisali a*wacena*we a'wan rwo'loh^a. ako^a.
a*patc a*woka a'wan wihatfsana'we a'wiyat'enaplja. a*wan aklPkoa
95 hitcawe wo'lpocnap^a. uhson a^*a laknapl^a. wihatfsan*a hom
nana yat'el^a. ainaka. ko'macko'na a*patcu yace^a. we'atcol^a.
pi'laciwan'i we'atco^a. paten'kanapka. rwo'locnapl^a. %al hajfo
hom a'hoM kcrwi'kona kwaholi tVno yunati^anapka. a'ho'i
hapo^a. pisa'liwe cotce'we taku*we sato'we ^ewe awako*we
ioo a*patc a*wa a'ciwi yunati^anapka. a^'a yul J al'una^a. ko-
l Kwatewutcina'^a. hom nana le'kweka. hom atineka. si' le*wi.
^att a*wa*ne hon J£acima a'jjo'yacnapce a*patcu a'pPla'ciwan'i
ago, | the Navahos had died. They had bled to death, when they
blew upon the great shell. It is very | (85) dangerous. |
Long ago my grandfather told me about it. They drove the
Navahos away from Where-Moss-Lies-in-the-Doorway. | Our grand-
fathers were very angry. They drove the Navahos away. | There
they had their hogans. They made saddle blankets and robes. |
Their blanket looms were standing under the trees. The Navaho
women (worked there). My grandfather and the bow priests |
(90) and those Zunis who were brave, the ones who were angry, they
drove the Navahos out. My | grandfathers came there. They came
to where they were staying, "Now we shall come out of hiding," j
they said. "All right, hurry up!" They came out, the Zunis.
The Navahos, poor things, | were still weaving their robes, and
others were weaving saddle blankets. They raided them. They
cried. | The Navaho women grabbed their babies. | (95) They pulled
out charred wood from their fireplaces and with that they struck
them. My | grandfather took a Navaho baby. He killed it. Many
Navahos died. They called out. | The bow priest called out, "The
Navahos have all been killed off. They raided them. Come here, |
my people. Here quantities of things that you have wished for
you will see." The people | came together. Saddle blankets,
robes, necklaces, earrings, buckskin's saddles, | (ioo) all the Navahos'
things, the Zunis saw. Therefore they went around fighting. | <n
We feasted in plenty. So my grandfather said. He told me.
That is all. |
"Come here! Let us take their scalps, the Navahos'," the bow
priests | said. They came together. They scalped them. They
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 43
lestikwa. hapo^a. apo'yacnapl^a. a u wati^apnan we'anap^a. hie
kokwatewutcina. kwac at'ananre. yam ho* nana le'anikwa^a.
kwa atfananre horn le'anikwaka. na'le ainan hi'nina. kwa atJa- 5
nanre hie kokwatewutcina. a*wan l^epo^ya'we simonlana hon
rcemaljanapka. hie a*w emat'apa hie ho* ljjiet'san^a. kople'a tfon
wo'jionap a-wi'l^a. a*wan kwanlea*wak'a hon wcrpowacnap^a.
hon a'wi'^a. hon onan'te hon i't'inalja. hon wo*tcolto*napka. hie
kokwatewutcina^a. hon t'ina^a hon tsihe. tJina'^a. su'nhapa 10
ho*na"wan a'kuku ho*na 4 wan a'tatcu ho'n a*wiyat'enapka. ho*-
na'wan a'kuku ko*macko*na ho'na'wan tsihe'we a'wan a'kuku
rwo'pona'nan weci^akwin yam wekwikwi yaito'k:a. tsiha yam
wekwikwi yalto'l^a. a'ho'i we'anap^a ko'macko*na a*ciwi a*ho*i
t'owo'ajpinapka. an kuku tsiha tikwa^a. a'witenakan alah^a. is
i'te'tcipl ahfea wecika le-i'^a. a'kuku tsihwe a'wulaptco^a.
t'ehwito lanakwi a'witenakan a'wulap^a. u'kwato^a. t'ehwitokwin
u'kwatofea. tomt pamosona i*yo*k;a. tarn tacan ela'^a. isko wo*-
tcolto'k:a. wans yuknahnapka. wo*tcolton*e. s'a-wan a'kuku
a'wil'ajJa a*pila*ciwan'i a*wan Ijakwi a*wilap a*wa # ka. iskon 20
^akweni^a. a'witen tfewapa wo'koconap^a, a'wan a'kuku. hie
atfani uhsona haitocnan'e. wo'koconaj^apa su'nhapa atsa*ko*kci an
a'kuku a'ho* a'ko'^ci a*mokwa*lana a*takuj5a a'satopa an a'kuku
clapped their mouths and cried out. | It was a great time. "Wasn't
it dangerous ?" I said to my grandfather. | "No, it was not danger-
ous," he said to me. "It was just like killing a deer. It was not
dangerous. | It was a great time. We had a long string of scalps
and we | scrambled for them. There were lots of them. I was very
happy." "How did you | bring them here?" "We bundled them
up in their clothing | and we came. Then right in the road we
stopped. We put them up on a pole. | (io) It was a great time. We
stayed there. We stayed with the scalps. In the evening | our
aunts and our fathers took hold of them for us. | There were many
of our aunts. There were many scalps." Their aunts | picked them
up with the left hand and laid them on the left foot. They laid
the scalps | on the left foot. The people shouted. Many Zuni
pcM|>le J (is) shot off guns. His aunt kicked the scalp. Four times
she ran after it. | When she had made an end of this she carried it
in the left hand. The aunts went around with the scalps. | They
went around the plaza four times. They entered, they entered the
great plaza. | The scalp chief just took them from them. He set
up a tall pole and there | he fastened them to the top. For a little
while they left them on the scalp pole. The aunts | (20 ) went with
the bow priests to their house. There | they stayed in the house.
After four days they washed them, their aunts. | It is very dangerous,
that custom. When they wash them in the evening, all the nice
looking young men | and the aunts and all the good looking people
dress up in big moccasins, necklaces and earrings. The aunts |
44 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
kokwan pa*in*e lana uhsona yatonaiye. tsihe'we wo'ko<;onapfca.
25 a*wan taiya* a'tacana sa*lana woliknan etoknan kocona*^a. umo-
^anan wo'kocona'wa. akus^anan wo*tcoltona*wa. yam pplanan
wo*tcottona*wa. a'wryana. a'pPlaciwan'i a'wan kakwi a*wrnan
u'kwatoka. o*ti*-u*kwai*inan t'ehwito*kwi a*wi*ya. tsihe* woko-
cona%a a'witen t'ewa^a o'tipka. tetcunapa a'wan ta^i'we*koa
30 i'tapna%a, wo'kocona%a. pamosona tsihe'we i'yo'lja. wo'tcol-
to'pL a'ciwi a'tsawa^i ewactoki a'wan o'tipka. lewit'ewa* o'tipka.
ha*ele^a t'ewa'we o'tipka. ko*macko*n o'tipka. hie i'^et'sarjka.
]$;a*!k*holi ho*na a'patcu ho*na late'nap^a. a^*a a'wan o'tipka.
horn nana horn atine^a. an ljalta a-patca^*a ace^a horn nan*ona
35 an l^a^a. ak*a akci yula'l^an a*ka. ak*a ho* antekunaceka. a^'a
horn atine^a. yam ko*lehol te'ekoa horn atineka. ko'macko'na ho*
a'patcu ho* lateka komacko'na ho* koti-i*na%a. ko'macko'na ho*
a'patcu latel^a. imatho*he'mokwi*ka. imatho* t'sume^a. t'ewunati
horn fca^a a*patc al^'a ace^a a^'a ho* ikane^a. le*kwafea horn
40 nana. le*wi horn atineka.
WITCHCRAFT (4).
hie l$:a^holi hon yu*teclati]$:a. kwa yaiyu*ya*nam'e an tse*-
makwin alj'a hon yu*teclati^a. kwa tern J£apalr tutu ipananvajfo
wear a dancer's robe over their shoulders. They washed the scalps, f
(25) Their hair was long. They put them in a bowl. They put one
in and washed it. | They made soap suds and washed them. When
they were dry they put them on the pole. | They put their bow
on the pole and so they come. The bow priests came to their house
and | went in. They come out to dance in the plaza. | Four days
after the washing of the scalps they danced. When they stopped
they took them to their fathers' houses. | (30) There they washed
them. The scalp chief took the scalps from them and put them up [
and the Zuni boys and girls danced for them. So many days they
danced. | Eight days they danced. They danced a great deal. They
were very happy. | Long ago the Navahos used to fight with us and
so we danced for them. | My grandfather told me. His uncle died
by the Navahos, my grandfather's ] (35) uncle. Therefore he went
along to fight. Therefore I asked him about it. Therefore | he
told me. He told me all that happened. "Many | Navahos have
I killed. Many have I injured. Many | Navahos have I killed. In-
deed, I was brave. Indeed, I was strong. So it was, | because
my uncle died by the Navahos, therefore I was angry," he said. [
(40) All this my grandfather told me.
WITCHCRAFT (4).
Long ago we suffered greatly. Because of the thoughts of a
witch | we suffered greatly. It had not yet been forbidden to drink
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 45
hie tcuwetcanre a'tsawaki kwa yaiyuY&'nam'eka. ^ajJali* ali-
manap^a. tcuhol pljjali il ,5 ona ^ane'lu pa'rwe oipa'we he*we 45
he'pasikwVwe hie kwahol temla a^tsawalji yam yalakwe'kanappi.
a*halicona. yaiyu'ya'kana'wapa a'tewukoli'a. kwa kanelil*a*wanre;
kwa pVi ila*wanre kwa olpa* il*a*wanve kwa utcu ila-wanve hie
potcaye. a'lja ko'wi tutuna kwahol yam yalakwekana'we. kwa
yaiyu'ya'nanre. i'lakna'wa yam kwahol lea kumohkana'wa. 50
ko'na tepikwe'na'we ^apali tutuwa^'a kwahol yam wow yala-
kwekana'we. hie kwa ko'kcanre. ak'a l£apali il*apona el t'on
wo*ticena'wamet c u yaiyu^ena^a. ma ho'l'o. kwahol ak*a iha-
nakwatco. l^ane*lu pa'iwe olpa'we utcuwe hewe hepasikwrwe
hie kwahol tenrla ryun-ulapna al^'a j^apali tutuna'we. kwa 55
ko'kcanre.
kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wametun'ona t'opaiya hie ace* ainana ak:a
haliconaye. tcuwa luk laci^i li*l horn j^akwan uhkwati ^apali
tutuna. ko'macko'na horn kakwan a'halicona hajiona^a kwa ho'na
a'yatel^ana'wam*e^a. ko'macko'na pipali'we alimana'w'ona horn eo
j^akwan hapona^a. horn han'ona oyemci jjawiH^a. luko a*tutu-
^a^a. a'tsawak la^a, yat'enap^a. asi ikunapjj:a. t'opa ]£akwekwi
a*^a. isko t'a tern tutuna. t'a la^a. ^akwen'ona yatfenapjga. el
ahan-tin-kwe'ka. holomace hiwalan*e anit'ehwa isko tcim koti
aliati^a. a*lana*wal£*a t'awa^*a ainana 'ka. ko'w ace^a. ainanapkoa 65
whisky. | All of the young men had no sense; they liked whisky. |
(45) Whoever had whisky sold it for sheep, blankets, head bands,
money, | bracelets, for all kinds of property. The young men wasted
their possessions. | Those who drank, when they came to their
senses, they were poor. They had no more sheep. | They had no
blankets. They had no head bands. They had no shirts. | It was
very bad. In order to drink a little they would waste all their
property. | (so) They had no sense. They fought together. They
tore their clothing. | Every year, on account of drinking whisky,
they wasted their flocks. | It was not good. Therefore (they said)
to those who had whisky, "Now don't you | get it." They forbade
it. "Oh no!" | They profited by it. They had sheep, blankets, head
bands, shirts, money, bracelets, | (55) everything. They looked around
for something with which to drink whisky. | It was not good.
The one who didn't know any better beat one man hard, because
he was drunk. | Now a certain man here in my house really drank
whisky. [ There were many drunken men here in my house. They
came together here. | (60) They would not let us sleep. Many of
those who liked whisky | came here to my house. My sister's
husband had whisky and he | gave them to drink. He fought with
the young men. They grabbed him. They tied his hands. He went
to another house | and there again he drank. And again he fought.
The ones who lived there seized him. | They dragged him outside.
They went way off outside the village. Then there | (65) they beat
46 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
antehahnan kwai'i^a a^'ap acel^a. ko'macko'na tenalana acena'pi.
a'te'tcipa jjo'elamatcowe'a. he* t'on hinik to* acen'at'o le 'hati. kwa
ho* acecukwa. kwa ho > ike'nairte kwa hom i^e'nanve. hinik
atsam hom t'on ainana'we'tiha kwa ten ho* acecukwa. ho' aiyutci-
70 arra. ho* tupni Jjatsowa ho* ike'naye. ak;*a hom tfon hinina'koa
yaktocna*wapa o'co'kwa'koa yaktocna*wapa kwa homtfon hacina*-
wanre ho* aiyutcian'a kwa hom t'on ainanapcukwa. ainanapkoa
a*tsawaki aiyalapka. kwac ten tV acecukwa ? kwa ho* acecukwa.
t'omc api 5 la*ciwani ainana'wapte kwac tV acecukwa ? t'om hon
75 piyan haitocna'wa tV aiyutcian*a peye'a am ana' hon piyana*we.
yam halicon'ona^'a ko*macko # na ^apali'we tutu^a. a*pi 5 laciwan*i
yatinap^a. halikwi peyen'iha. kwa yam i^:e'nan*te kwa ike'nanre
peye'a. tupni ^atsowa ike'naye. uhson peyenMha. yam aiyutcian-
'ona peyen'iha.
so a'pi'la'ciwan^i yatfenapkii. a'halikwi wo'hanapenankwi il*in-
tin-a*}ja. wan'ani hon ^iwitsikwi kokwa*wa a*wan ^akwekwi iskon
ilintin-kwatoka. a*pPla*ciwan*i si* peye imat to* aiyutcian'a kwa
yam ikenan'te kwa to' ike*nanre. t'o tupni l^atsowa t'o 5 ikenaye.
tV le'kwaka. tVa'tsawakitVyatineka. imat t'o kwa yaiyu'ya*nanve
85 imat t'o J halikwi al^'a honkwic t'o* yaiyu'ya'nanre. hoi tcuwa
him up badly. They struck him with big stones and with sticks.
He fainted. The ones who had beaten him | went out to see how
he was because he had fainted. For a long time he remained un-
conscious. | When they came there he tried to get up but fell over.
"So you think I am going to die ? So that's what you think ? 1 1 won't
die. For I do not have my heart where my heart is. | That's a good
one ! You were going to kill me, but I won't die. I am wise. |
(70) I have my heart in my toenails. Therefore, when you beat me on
the body, | when you beat me on the head, you do not injure me. |
I am wise. You will not kill me." The young men who had beaten
him | questioned him. "Then won't you die?" "No, I won't die."|
"Even if the bow priests hit you, won't you die ? | (75) We are going
to order them to hang you for you talk of being wise." "All right,
let's see you hang me." | (He spoke so) because he was drunk. He
had drunk lots of whisky. | They told the bow priests. "He is
going to talk about his witchcraft. Although he has a heart it is
not where his heart is, | he says. His heart is in his toe nails. That
is what he is going to tell. | He will tell about his wisdom." | (80)
The bow priests seized him. They took him to the place where
they used to hang witches. | "Wait. Let us first take him to the
kiva." They took him into the house of the katcinas. | The bow
priest said, "Now speak. It seems you are wise. | Although you
have a heart, it is not where your heart is. You heart is in your toe
nails. | So you said. You told the young men. It seems you have
no sense. | (85) It seems you are a witch, and therefore you have
no sense at all. Even if someone | doesn't pay any attention to you,
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 47
teal tse 5 mapte kwahol a^*a pena* potca tfo 5 ampeyen'a. i^ati-
l^anakwi honkwati t'opaiya kwahol ak*a antehatia^an al^a^'a
t'ora pena* potca. kwa t'o 5 yaiyu'ya'nanre. yam koleholi aiyutci-
an*a t'o 5 peye 5 koa t'o peyen*a. t'o yalice 5 a anakati t'o 5 peye^a. ten
hiniktci t'o 3 halikwi. t*o 5 kwa peyena 5 mapa toms hon il'ap u*kwai 5 - 90
in/a. yaman'te horn t'on ko alewanuwa. halicona kwa ko 5 lehol
yam pe 5 koa halicona kwas aiyu 5 ya*nanre. yam papa lesanikwa^a.
hanate horn lukno piyana'wetiha kwa ho* peyecukwa horn oyona
hi" cemace* am papa s 5 an oyona cemakan a*ka. an oye i*ka. yam
oyemcinkwi piyajjantiha. kopla*ti an oye lesanikwa^a. kop ma 95
kvti kwa t'o* peyena 5 ma 1 t'a tenati imat tV ko 5 lehol rieye^a.
tcuwetcanre t'oman hatiaka kopla*t t'o yalice 5 a ? kwa t'o 5 ya'tsa-
wil'ame. t'a tenati kwa t'o 5 yaiyu 5 ya*nanre. tcimenholi t'o* i*yai-
yu 5 ya'pina t'o 5 yalice 5 a. utat peye t'a tenati* holo papa horn
kuwaiyona melika owelukwi hx atinece a*ciwi horn ainana'we'tiha. 100
hecina lukno horn piyana*we 5 tiha. ho 5 acen*a. kwa ho 5 peyenanre 1
ho* acen*a a'pi 5 la'ciwan*i horn ainana'we 5 tiha. hanate t'o' heci^athi
horn kuwaiyona t'o 5 atinen*a. sonta'lu'kwe a'wi*yan*a ta ,c tci ho*
lukni a*wiyat'enal£an*a.
honkwati ko 5 ma wan piyahnapce. yaknahnapka. honkw elea 5
peye^a. tomt hiniktci kwilholi t'ewapa sonta'lu'kwe ha^m'ona
you talk to him with bad words. | to make him angry. Maybe, just
in order to injure the others just for something | you speak evil
words. You have no sense. Now whatever | you told them about
your power you will tell. You deny it. But nevertheless you told
them. I (90) So I really think you are a witch. If you do not speak
we are going to drag you out." | "Do what you yourselves want of
me." I He did not remember what he had said when he was drunk.
He said to his brother, | "Hurry up! These people are going to
hang me. I won't talk. | Go call my wife." His brother went to call
his wife. His wife came | (95) to where they were going to hang her
husband. "Why?" his wife said. "Well, | why don't you talk?
It can't be helped. It seems you told them something. | Everyone
heard you. Why do you deny it ? Have you no shame ? | It can't
be helped, you have no sense. Now you have come to your senses, |
you deny it. But rather speak. It can't be helped." "Oh no.
Brother, | (100) go and tell my white friend at Fort Defiance. 1
The Zunis are going to kill me. j <n Hurry! They are going to hang
me. I shall die. But I won't talk. | I shall die. The bow priests
are going to kill me. Go on, you had better hurry. ) You will tell
my friend. The soldiers will come and then I | will have them all
arrested."
(5) "Maybe we had better take him down for a little while." They
let him go. But now he really | spoke the truth. I think it was just
1 This is an error. She meant Fort Wingate.
48 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
antehalik:an i'^a. ko'Iehol a*ciwi a'tsawalp ainanapkoa jJeye^a.
apPla-ciwan'i ainanapkoa yam t'awa^a t'am^apnan'e a'pi'la*
ciwani ainanapkoa an oyon ihiki anapenapka. uhsona tenrla
10 sonta'hrkwe yatine^a. ptpalr tutupi^koa horn han'ona oyemci
uhsona tutuljaka ihi^i yat'ena£an*a. t'a a*pnVciwan*i tem'la
a'wiyat'ena'ka. a'wutej^a. ko^ehoh hie anteatikoa uhsona* yatinelja.
ele i'natinanre a*wi't c u ema a*wi*t c u sonta'hrkwe. ho* antecema
laci^i le^wa* homo pew'onatenatlesnaham'e kwa i'nam ittenrana*-
15 wanve. yoseke'a kocikat'el'ea a'ciwi lestikwe'a. kwa yaiyu'ya'-
nanre. yoseke'a ten el'ea halikwi ak'a kwa yaiyu°ya*nam'e koci
kwa a-wi'cukwa sonta'hrkwe kwa a'wi'cukwa. ko'na ace* melik
a*wan ho*i a*wi*yan'a sonta'hrkwe a'wryan'a. hicte ho 5 yu*-
teclatuVa.
20 a*ciw a'wa t'ewusu te'tci^a. lawaptfsiclena^a. lesapi ko*w
a'wi'^a. sonta'hrkwe a'wi'nan horn han'ona an oyemc J^apali
il'i^a luko tutu^a^a. a^'a ainana^a. koatciwe ale*ati^a. uhson
ajra ke'la yat'enatun'ona Ijapali iWkoa yam alj/a halicoti'koa ak*a
i^ani^a. ak'a yat'ena^an a'wi'lja.
25 ho'i tem'la lawaptsiclena^apa a'wi'^a sonta'hrkwe. kwililjana'na.
horn han*ona an oyemc'ona yat'enakantiha. sonta'lu'kwe a'wryap
two days after that the soldiers, three of them, | came to investigate.
He told them how the Zuni young men had beaten him, | and how
the bow priests had beaten him with their clubs, their war clubs. )
They scolded the Bow Priests who had beaten him, and his wife
also. All that | (io> he told the soldiers. That he had drunk whisky,
that my sister's husband | had given it to him to drink. They were
going to take him along with them. And also the bow priests. | He
reported them all for arrest. He told them what had happened to
him. | "Let them come without fail. Let many soldiers come. I
want this," | the man said. All over they were talking about it, and
you know how it is, some did not really believe it. | (15) "He is
lying. It is impossible," the Zunis said. "He has no sense. | He is
lying." "But it is really so." "He is a witch. Therefore he has no
sense. Of course | they won't come. The soldiers won't come."
"Yes they will. The white people will come. The soldiers will come."
I was terribly | frightened. |
(20) The time came for the Zunis' religious ceremony. Everyone
came. When the sol-
He was the one who
was cutting prayersticks. At that time a few
diers came my sister's husband had whisky
gave him to drink. Therefore they beat him. They hurt him very
much. | And so they were going to take him first, the one who had
whisky. Because of him he had gotten drunk. | Therefore they were
angry and so they came to take him. |
(25) When all the people were cutting prayersticks they came.
The soldiers came for the second time. | They were going to take
my sister's husband. When the soldiers came | we cried. "It seems
Bunzel) Zuni Texts 49
hon a'Koyel^a. imati hie hoi tehya halikwi hon le'tikwa hon a'koye-
^a. an suwe otsin'te yatonapa i^atika. sonta - hrkwe lafea am
pajjona yatfena^an'tiha o^a yacenan'te la^'a hie t'sume^a. yam 30
awe*na leyala yakna kwa u'kwatopinam'l^a. sonta'hrkwe r^ati^a.
ham a*ciwi a'tsawa^ he'mokwi yacenakwe isnoli tfawe wcrticnan
ham a'yaktocmvwe. a'tsawa^i tenat lesna hanre kwa yaiyu'ya*-
na'wam'e. t'awalj'a a-yaktocnap^a. uhson ak'a hie rj^ati^a.
sonta'hrkwe hie i'katika wans a*wa*l$:a a'ho'i Uewapa rlatenapfea, 35
awan t'ewusu ma^e* teckwr%a. hie a'ho'i tenrla a*teckwi%a.
tifeilajiona yam t'ewusu upop^a. ti^ilajJona uhsona ha*i holt'ewajia
a*wi\jja. sonta'hrkwe hie kcrmackcrna hie tewulin'e tacana tfopa
a'kwinakwi yaPona halonakwi ehkona iyapa kcrmackcrna kwiPa*na
tsPlaye sonta'hrkwe. a*ciw a*koye. son yacen'a! kocikati leshoH 40
t'owo'a'we a'wi'yapa ho'i teatinacukwa anakati hon kwa yaiyu'ya*-
na'wam'e. anakatcic kaj>ali tutuwena*we uhkwatfcati hon yacen'a*
aho'i a'wotshvte a'koye'a. a*wa mu*la ko*macko*na a'lana a*se-
topjja. a*wan i'to'we tfatepololowalj'a wo*pa'we ayalu^a. a*wan
pisejjakwewe ko*macko*na hie hiwalan'e an ulapna rtinalja. hicte 45
atel imin hrnina hie a'koye^a. a*wotsi ulapna sonta'luk'we yupa-
tcipj^a. kwa hoi ana'napinre. ham a'waiyu'patci t'ina^a a'wotsi
that he is the valuable one, that witch," I said. We cried. | His
younger brother, although he was a man in woman's dress, got
angry. He hit the soldiers. | When they were going to take his
brother, although he pretended to be a woman, he hit them. He
was strong. | (30) He stood, holding the door posts, and would not
let them come in. The soldiers got angry. | Some Zuni boys, some
people who pretended to be brave, picked up sticks anywhere | and
some beat them. You know how the boys are, some of them have
no sense. | They beat them with sticks. Because of this they were
very angry. | The soldiers were very angry. They went away for
a little while. Next day the people planted their prayersticks. |
They kept their sacred fire taboo. Everyone abstained. | The
society people were in for their ceremony. Just three days after
the society people finished | they came, the soldiers. There were so
m.-i ny they filled the whole long valley to the other | Black Rock, the
fm f 1i 't one, as the first ones came to Halona. There were many.
Two !>y two I in long files, the soldiers came. The Zunis cried. "We
shall all die." "Impossible." | (40) "But they have enough guns
as they come. A person can't live. It serves us right. We have
no sense. | It serves us right. We drink whisky. So now it is come
we shall all die." | The people, even the men, were crying. Their
mules were many, and they carried large packs | on their backs.
Their food was packed in wagons and these came last. Their)
tents were many, and they set them up all around the village, j
(45) It was just like when the rocks fell. Everyone cried. There were
men all around and the soldiers stood guard. | No one could run
50 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
yam a'woye topalnaphoh" ko'leholi yirtula kwai'ilel^a. kwa hie
ko'witfaptholi ya^teinanrl^a. hon i*teclaq^a. a^'api son yacerra.
50 hekwati lacik'on halikwi an a'wol^ana-we an tsita an tatcu sonta'-
lukwe t'ina^koa yaiacona^we. an tse'makwin al$:*a sonta*lu*kwe
ipoti^a. a-ciw a'Koye hiwalan tenrla a'teckwapte yam teckwrwe
etcipa yutul-awalufea. sonta*lu*kwe hiwalakwi a'wrnan a*wan
kumaticnan a'teckwapte a*wan tVticnan. koti a'wanlewuna'we.
55 kwa ^et'sana^am*e ho'na'wan teati^a.
a*ciw a'wan yanulona t'sinawacnan sonta'hrkw* a*wa mosona
tfsinan ukna^apa tJewulaci teat c u. kwa ciwi yaiyu'ya'nanre kwa
mofa peyenanrk;a halicona^'at'on i'cemaka. ten kwa yaiyu'ya'nanve
hiwaPona hiwalan tenrla kotilea a'wunatea^a. hie Jjapali alimaka
to kwa yaiyu'ya-nanre tihkwahna hon a*tepura. t'ekohatipa sonta'-
hrkwe aciwi a*wan tfsinan iwa'hinan leantinap^a. sonta*lu*kwe
iwa^hinan t'sina yakna^a. lrl melika t'inapona kwawopa il'apona
tsiponkwhve a'ciwi a*wan halisona*kwe hie a'ce'we ciwi'ma peyeka.
hie hatia'ka. hie ciwi hrnina peyeka. uhsona atci hesuskwi a'tci
fs rsato t'elinan tena' a'tci peye. kwa a*tc ilakna kwa a*tc antece-
mana'ma. a*ciwi ^a*l£hol t'eKna*we yu* tula -kwai'i^a. kwa tcuhol
a-wunanrej>a yu'tula-kwaPilja. kwa ya'telnanrlja. mas ele tih-
kwahna teat*!!, tenati ainana'koa a'pi'la'ciwan'i lal J£apali'we
away any place. Some of them watched them, so that the men |
could not even take their wives away, one at a time. | They did not
sleep, even for a little while. | We were all frightened because we
were going to die. | However, the witch man's sisters and his
mother and his father | <so) were visiting the soldiers at their camp.
Because of his doing, the country was full of soldiers. | The Zunis
were crying, and the whole village, although they were all taboo,
they left their altars | and ran away. The soldiers came to the
village j and even though they were taboo they took their wood.
They disturbed everything. | These were not happy days. This
is what they did to us. |
(55) The Zuni officers wrote a letter and gave their letter to the
chief of the soldiers. | "Be kind to us. That Zuni has no sense. | He
did not speak the truth. Because he was drunk he sent for you.
For really he has no sense. | All the people, the whole village, he
treated badly. He liked whisky. | He has no sense. We shall live
quietly." At daybreak | (60) the Zunis took the letter over to the
soldiers. | It was given to the soldiers across the river. Here where
Black Mustache,
He understood it.
the white people are living the store-keeper,
who was the Zunis' trader, spoke Zuni very well
He spoke just like a Zuni. He and Jesus j helped one another. All
night long they talked it over. They did not want a fight. | (65) Late
at night, the Zunis ran away. When no one was watching they ran
away. They did not sleep. "Well, all right, let us be kind to them.
However, the ones who beat him, the bow priests, and then | the
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 51
il'ikoa tutu^a'koa uhsona t'a sonta'hrkwe lakoa ol^a yacen'ona
lahman'ona uhson lal am papa lal a'pi'hrciwan'i lacik > ona piyanap- 70
koa tewulaci uhsona te'tci a'wa'nuwa. upo^an'a. tem kowic-
holi antehacljanapl^a. tem iskon hrnina tetse'ma terjkanapin'a.
tem hrninatipa tem a*yaknahna^an*a. tcim lesapi a*wi*yan*a.
tewulac ton antecemana*we uhsona ho 5 na t'on yakna'wa hon
a'wa'nuwa. t'a tem a'tci iwa^ika a*ciwi yanula haponakwi penan 75
iwa'hil^a. ma lesna teat c u. el'et'a hoi yacenuwapholi. tenati. imati
ikwalt a'wi'yan'a. ele tewulaci t'a tenati koti aleatil^a. s^atokwe*-
^a. a'ciwi tcim el rtse'makunapl^a. ho* topint ho* wih il'i^a. horn
a'patcu itcemana'we. horn a'kuwaye itcemana'we. ho J leko an-
a*niyahk:a. t'ewapa sonta*lu*kwe a*wa*nan apPla'ciwan'i lal lah- so
man'ona les'ona sonta*lu*kwe a*wan rtopa'wa iskon ujiokna
a'wiW-tin-a'l^a. lal ko*macko'iia a*wa rmrla yace^a.
laci^i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre an tse'makwin ak'a luwalan lana
hie rtse'me^a. a'koye^a. al£*a a*ho J i hie aiyu'kalna'we. kwa tcuhol
hanilina'ma. le* ho* a*napa ho'i ya'^ana imat tcimi honkwati 85
yaiyu*ya*na tse'ma. kwa yaiyu'ya'nam'el^a. le'na t'opint'ona
tse^akwin a^*a a'halikwi kwa wohanapena'ma. ljak'holt'arja hon
a'tfsanapa hoi tcuwa kwaholi yam aiyutcian > ona ko'leholi hanasi-
mapa ankoha'apa pi'laciwan'i atinapapa yat'en*a. ko'lehol te-
one who had the whisky, the one who gave him a drink, and then
that one who fought with the soldiers, the one who pretended to
be a woman, | the la^mana} and her brother, and the bow priests,
the ones who hung the man, | (7<o if these go quietly, we shall put
them in jail. Just as much [ as they injured him, to the same extent
we shall let them wear out their spirits. | Then, when it is even, we
shall let them go. Then at that time they will come back. | You
want us to be kind. If you let us take them, we | shall go." Then
again, the two crossed the river. They brought the message across
to where the Zuni officers were meeting. | (75) "Well, let it be
thus. All right, let's hope they may not die some wheres. | However,
it seems | they will come back again. All right, go quietly. It can't
be helped. They treated him badly." Now it was sunrise. | So now
the Zunis felt better. At that time I had one baby. | The Navahos
lo\ t <i me. My friends loved me. So I thought 1 1 would run away to
them. Xext day the soldiers went and they took the bow priests and
(80 ) the la^mana, these the soldiers put into their commissary wagon,
and took them with them. Then many of their mules died. |
This man had no sense. And because of his doing, the whole
great village I worried. They cried. Therefore the people still hate
him. Nobody likes him. Now I am this old, and he is a mature
person. And I think that perhaps | (85) he may know better. But
formerly he had no sense. Because of the doing of this one man, |
they no longer hang the witches. Long ago when we | were children,
whenever anyone who had any power, used magic, | when they
1 Men who wear women's clothes and do women's work.
4*
52 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
90 *ukoa pekwicapa kwa pena*maj$a piya^an*a. ainana^an*a. tcimi
jfenuwa. kotcimana yam aiyutcian*ona tcim peyeira. hon a*t T sana-
jJa lesn Hatenapk;a. uhsona sonta'hrkwe a*wi*k:at?ap a^'a a*halikwi
a*witehyal^a. al^*a tcuhoh i'yanapena i*halikwicl£an*ona. ajj'a a*tci
i'yanapena. t'orjaiya halikwicaira. ele ko'kci a'halikwi a*tehya.
95 sonta'hrkwe il'aria. ko'kci le*kwan*a. a^*a kwa i'hatikwicena'ma.
le*wi ho* aiyu*ya*na.
LANDSLIDE (4).
ho* tfsanap atel imi^a. hie a*ho*i hie tem'la i^acetifca. a*koyel$:a.
i'tecunap^a. horn tatcu yam miyakwin a*ka. horn hota yam
ioo mopiyakwi ^akwe*^a. horn han'i an hota iW ^akwe'fca. a*tci
i sama. hie atfani. tununuti|ja. anukwai*i. aho*i le'tikwa. a*koye*a.
hanatfe horn tsita le*kwa. horn cemap. t?a horn papona ho*na
cema^a. hana* hr*u tatcuya cemace! hecina! horn papa koye^a.
teclaq^a. kwa yam tatcu cema^ananrpt. ho* il^atilja. hanatfe!
5 horn hota horn hani laci horn ^ewulacka. Ijaplani^a ho* yam tatcu
cema^an a'^a. horn papa ljoye^a teclana e't hie tsawalp hie
amina. ho* iwa*hi^:a. Kaplan ryanankwi ho* yam tatcu cema^an
found him out and told the bow priests, they would take him. |
When they asked him what he had done, if he did not tell, then they
would hang him. They would beat him. Then | (90) he would talk.
When they made him cry out then he would tell of his power.
When we were children, | they fought against them that way.
But that man made the soldiers come and so the witches | became
valuable. Therefore, when people quarrel, they call one another
witch. Therefore when any two people quarrel, one will call the
other a witch. It's all right, it's good. Witches are valuable. | They
have soldiers. It's good for them. So he will say. Therefore they
no longer strip witches of their power. | (95) That is all that I know.
LANDSLIDE (4).
When I was young there was a landslide. All the people were
excited. They cried. | They looked for one another. My father had
gone to his corn field. My grandmother | was living at her peach
orchard. My younger brother was living there with his grand-
mother. The two | (ioo) were alone. It was very dangerous. The
earth rumbled. "It is an earthquake!" the people said. They
cried | U) "Hurry!" my mother said. She called me. And also my
elder brother, | she called us. "Hurry! Go and call father! Hurry!"
my brother cried. | He was afraid. He didn't want to go for his
father. Then I got angry. "Hurry!" | My grandmother and my
great grandmother pulled off my leggins. The river was full. I |
(5) went to call my father. My brother cried. He was afraid. "You're
a fine boy! | Fraid-cat!" I crossed over. Where the water was
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 53
a*^a. horn pap ankoha^a^a. horn alahl^a. horn elatefca. hon
koyefe:a. hon tunati^a. atel iminankwin hon t'unati^a. hie at'ani.
tomt tununuti^a. cipololon'e keatoye. hon koyel^a. hon teMxjipa 10
kwa ho'na tatcu tcu'wa. mopiyakwin a*^a. horn hota yam nana
il'i Jjakweye. lal t'on a*t c u ciwinakwi. ama ho 5 a*ne. at'aniti kwa
tV aiyu'ya'nanre anukwai'r a*ciw a*koye. hiwaPona tomt t'sawa-
wa'a. hanat hecina tfo'na l^aw elatena'wa. hie at'aniti.
ham a*ciw mukwinakwi awa'netiha. honkwati tern aiyu'ya*- is
najia lo^o^anal^a. honkwat ten anukwai'i a'ciwi a'wo^atsi^i yam
kwahol itcemanaw J ona yam tcawe a*wi*to^ana*we. a'koye'a. te'tci-
^a horn tatcu. a'ho'i a'tsawaki yalakwi ye'ma^a. atelan*e i*pa-
tcih^a. unapate tcuwayatifea. a'tsawaki we*anapl£a. yirtula^a.
iskon horn tatcu t'una^a. ^al a'^a. a*ho 5 i tem'la l^al a'wa'^a. 20
ko'macko'na hiwaPona yaincokyapl^a. a'wryajia t'unapkoa atel'-
iminan t'unapkoa a'wanhapopi.. kops leati kec J£awe kwaPi ? —
ePa. i*^et?sati horn tcawe. kwa pwe kwaPina'ma. el a'koyena'ma.
yose* yo'J^a. atelimi^a. e*t a*ciwi rl^etsati^a hanre rkanil^a. imat
koholikwe'a. atelalo* 3 oePetekwan*thoh. yala't'ehyahanrele'tikwa. 25
running high I went to call my father. | My brother found out. He
ran after me. He caught up with me. We | cried. We looked
around. We looked towards where the rocks were falling. It was
very dangerous. | It rumbled all the time and clouds of dust rose.
We cried. When we got there | uo) father was not there. He had
gone to his peach orchard. My grandmother | was living there
with her grandchild. "You had better go back to Zuni!" — "All
right, I'll go." "It is very dangerous. | We don't know anything
about it yet. There is an earthquake. The Zunis were crying. In
the village they are just | howling. "Hurry up! Be quick, or the
water will overtake you! It is dangerous." |
Some of the Zunis were going to the Hopi country. "Perhaps
they still know how | a 5) to tighten it up. Perhaps the earth is
really opening up." The Zuni women | took out whatever they were
saving and gave it to their children to eat. They were crying. | He
came there, my father. Some people, young men, climbed up the
mountain and a great chunk of rock broke off | and hurtled by
a.s they were looking. The young men shouted. They ran away. |
Right there my father saw it. He came here. All the people came
here. | (20) Many people in the village were waiting for them. When
they came | the people came to meet those who had seen it, who
had seen the rock fall. "What has happened? Is the water
coming out already?" | "No. Be happy now, my children, the
water is not coming out. Do not cry. | It has turned out to be false.
The rocks fell." But although the Zunis were happy, some of them
were angry. | "Surely it must mean something. Rocks are hard.
It has not happened for nothing, because mountains are valuable,"
some of them I (25) said.
54 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ho' okejja. ho* kone oj^e^a. ta'htcic a*ho J i tenrla haponapa ciwi
tsawaki kwa tcuhol ornanrepa ho'na'wa mo'lacka. uhsona telo-
^ati^a atela imi'we telo^ati^at'apa hon yam mo* tecunap^a.
a'ho* a'koye^a. ta*htcic ho* imat kwa koyena'ma imat kwa tse*-
30 menam'e ho'na'wa mo'lacka. horn tsita samu^a yam mo'we
itcemanan samu^a.
uhsona tepikwefea. uhkwat'cati hanre a'ciwi anawanapka.
hinik tcuwatikioli ciwan'i acen'a. a*ciwan*i kwatikoli i^e*na tfenaye
a'ciwi le'tikwap a'ciwairi kwa r^etfsatinanrka. rhapoptnap^a.
35 coto'we IPakwa onea*we J£awaia*we hapol^anapka. atela imi^a
tekwi wo*tunan kwai'i^a. i'tehyanan kwai'ika. kr'o wo'tunan
kwai'i^a. lesnapte kwa a'wan penan yo*nanrka. tepikwaiMp a'wan
hie mosPkoa a*ciwan a*wan hie luwalan iH'koa pekwfrre hie
tihkwahna ho*i tea*ka yatofea aiyapatcika uhsona honkwat acetun-
40 *onak*a atela imika. tern hon a't'sanapa hie tse'makwi teatilja.
hon a*t'sanan*te hon rtse^eka. haitokati a'laci a*ciwan*i tcuhot
tihkwahna ho J i teakoa an tse'makwin al^a hiwala'ka. tern t?a
atel imipa yam ko'lehol a'koye'koa hrnina luwalan tenrla i'^e-
t'sananrj^a. a p koyeka. kwa luwalam*e lestena hon rtse'meka.
45 lesnapa ho'na'wa tatcu pekwin'e hie tehya'ka. kwa la'Jd ho'no
I was grinding. I cried as I was grinding. Meanwhile all the
Zuni people gathered together. | When no one was looking some
Zuni boy stole our melons. Then | they quieted down. They
quieted down about the mountain falling and we looked for our
melons. | The people were crying, but it seems I did not cry. It
seems | (so) he never worried about us. He stole our melons. My
mother was cross. | She was saving her melons and so she was cross.
That year passed. And then indeed it happened. Some of the
Zunis somehow had guessed it, | "I think that some one of the
priests will die. I think the hearts of some of fhe priests are wearing
out," | the Zunis said. The priests were not happy. They met
together. | (35) They gathered abalone shells, turquoise, corn
pollen, sacred meal. | They went out to leave it where the rocks had
fallen. They went out to save themselves. They went out to leave
their shells there. | Nevertheless, their words did not come to pass.
After one year | the one who was chief of them all, the one who held
in his keeping the whole village, pekwin, died | He was a fine man;
He looked after the Sun. Perhaps, because he was going to die, I
(40) the rocks fell. We were still children. There was much worrying, j
Even though we were children, we were sad. They suffered more,
the old people and the priests. | We lived by the thoughts of those
who were good people. Therefore, again, | as when the rocks fell,
they cried the same way. In the same way the whole village |
was unhappy. They cried. Just as if there were no more people
in the village, we were sad, | (45) because our father, pekwin, was
very valuable. Now, ever since we | have grown up, there has been
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 55
a'ho'i a'wiyo'katekwi kwa tcuhoii hrninanre. aj$:*a ko*macko*na
a*ciwan*i iyanapena*we. yatcu a'peye'a" a*ciwi hanre a'samu.
kwa kak'holi pekwiire laci kwa hrninanre.
ho* yam papa ampeye'a koahtci a'wrna. el tV tse'menanrt'u.
^akwa*mosi a*potca* kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. kwahol al^'a t'om so
ko* antikwajia tomt tfo telopma^ana. koahtcic a*wrna. tern hon
a-tfsanapa pekwhve tihkwahna^a. kwa kwahoi alra a*ciwan*i kwa
rwo'lena'wanreta. hie hiyohicna jJekwin* laci tihkwahna tea'ka.
ho'na'wa a*nana rwitcemanapl^a. ho'na'wa a*nana aj^a kwa
Jfacima kwa rnatinanre tea^a. hie la'Jp t'on i*yanapena*we. kwa 55
tfon a'ciwan a'kerkcanre. hini^ati kwa litanre. tfo'na'wa ike*na-we
a'potca. lja'^holi horn nana horn atine'koa ho J aiyu 5 ya*na. ci-
wan*i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanrepa pi^aciwan'i atinapajia yam ljepya-
tonan'e ryato^ana yamtfsupasikwnre i'pasikuna yam tfaml£apnan*e
rleana cemanajjapa ciwan'i tean'te yaiyu'ya'nanrepa pi'laciwan- eo
i*na c hata jjaphra. ciwan'i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanrepa hata piphra.
kcmacko'na horn nana kwahol horn ampeye^a. yam nan a*ni
kwahol ho 1 pena* aiyu'ya-na ho J yam papa ho* le'anikwa tcuwa
Uon ciwani tean'te kwa tfo* yaiyu'ya'nanrepa. tfon a*ho J a*ya*na
tfon a'lohaiyapa kohol tfsan'on holi yu*he*to kohol t'sana aktsi^ 65
t'sana kwahol amjieyejJa yam t'sana te'ona^'a kwahol amjieyepa
no one like him. Therefore | the priests scold one another a great
deal. They talk about their months. Some of the Zunis are angry. |
It was not so, long ago in the days of the old jJekwin. |
I have talked to my brother. "Never mind them. Don't you
worry about it. | (50) The chief priests are bad. They have no sense. |
If they say anything to you, just you keep quiet. Never mind
about them. When we still | were children, pekwin, was a fine
man. And the priests did not quarrel with one another about
anything. | Yes indeed the good old pekwin was a fine man. | Our
grandfathers used to love one another, our grandfathers. There-
fore [ (55) the rain never failed them. Nowadays you just scold one
another. | You priests are not good. No wonder it does not rain.
Your hearts | are bad. I still remember what my grandfather told
me long ago. | Then, when a priest had no sense, they would tell
the bow priest and | he would put his bandoleer over his shoulders,
and put his shell bracelet about his wrist and pick up his war
club, | (60) when they called him, and even though he was a priest,
if he had no sense, the bow priest | would come and strike him on
the breast. If a priest had no sense, he struck him on the breast. |
Many things my grandfather told me. | I remember the things my
grandfather used to talk about." So I said to my brother. | "Even
though some of you are priests, you have no sense. You are grown
people | (65) with gray hair and no longer children, so it should be
plain to you. When one talks to a child about something, to a little
boy, | because he is a child, when one talks to him, | he will not
56 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
kwa hatiacukwa. tfsana t!on a'lacL t'on rwi£e'nana*wa. koahtcic
a'wina* honkwati kwa yam a'yu'ya'nan^ona a^*a kwa tfon i*w%e*-
nana'wanre. kwa tfon yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. tse^ap kwa l^et'sana-
70 pm'e. kwahol yam haitocna*we t'on iyami^ana'we. lestiklearja
melik a*wan pena*we t'on a^:*a rwolena*we. anulawe tV i'cema-
J£ena*we. kwa t'on a*wiya*tsawil'anre. ko'macko*na yam i*^:a
tekwin tse'mapa kwa j^etfsana^anre. hon jJena* hiwalaye. hinikati
kwa kwahoii a u wulohnan*e kwa ko'lehol yam tse'man^na kwa t'on
75 tfuna'wanre tse'makwi ko*kcanre yam penan a]£*a yam tse'makwi*-
wal^'at'ewana'we ^et'sanaria kolehoh yam anteceman'ona hon tcuw
yuhatiaplna a*wa tse'makwi ko'kcapa. yam penan al£'a yam hie
]5ekwakusna*w a^'a tfon rtse'me'a. ^a*^' hortfapa kwa ho*na'wan
a*nana a-ciwan*i kwa lesawinanrepi. i'witcemanap^a.
80 yam ho* papa lesanikwa^a. ko'macko*na ho* ampeye^a. e'te kwa
horn anhatiana'ma. yose'we ho* peye'a. ishol ho' tse'me'a yam marjp
yam tsawalp a*tcia antse'manan ho 5 koyeka. honkwati horn ma'|p
horn tsawajp kwa ciwan*i teamel^atfapa kwa ho* tse'macukwalja.
ko*macko'na a'ciwan a*wak*a pena*we. kwa tomt holi telol^ana*-
85 wanre. kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. ^a^i tcuholi penanal^a i'hanu-
kwah^atfaphoh. kwa ^et'sana^anve. ko'macko'na ati hon pena*-
wafc'a hiwalaye. mepenawa^'a anula'wa^a a'ciwan'i ryana-
pena'we. ^akwa'mosi yam tatcu itehkwai^anaplja. kwa yam
listen. You old men are children. You will keep it in your hearts.
Never mind | about them. Maybe you are the ones who have no
sense and therefore you do not take this to your hearts. | You have
no sense. When one worries it is not a happy time. | (70) You
criticise one another about your dates. And furthermore | you
quarrel over the words of the white people. You wrangle over the
offices. | You have no shame. When I think of how we have come
so far ] it is not a happy time. We stand around grumbling all the
time. No wonder | you do not see your country the way you would
wish to see it. | (75) Your thoughts are not good. Because of your
words, because of your thoughts, | if we were always happy, we
would listen for that for which we wish, | if your thoughts are good
with your words (it would come about). | But you are just full of
words, and so you worry all. Long ago our J grandfathers, the
priests, were not like this. They loved one another." |
(80) So I said to my brother. Much I talked to him. But | he does
not listen to me. In vain do I talk. Sometimes I worried for my
daughter | and my son. For them I worry. I cried. Perhaps if
my daughter | and my son were not priests, I should not worry. [
Much the Zunis talk because of them. They just won't keep
quiet. | (85) They have no sense. No one ever prevails over another
with words. | It is not a happy time. It is a great shame that we |
always are grumbling, about the white people's words and about
the offices. The priests | are always scolding one another. The
BunzeL Zuni Texts 57
tatcu il'apa J£akwenam*e. tomt ho J aiyu'ya'na. kwa yaiyr^ya'-
nanre ^aPioltfapa ciwan'i tehya^a laci tewuko'li'a amina ko* ho'i 90
kwa an tcawe kwa itcemana'wanre. kwa j^etsanapinre imatcic
holno kotile'a yam alacina'we kotile'a. iyo a'wa tatcu. iyo a'wa
tsita a'wa yu'makwe'nan hapic tcuholi tcim tVno tcawo #> apa
yaman'te kwahol Heye^a ? heyenan t'oc yaman*te ikus^efea ?
a*wa tsita ho 3 i samurrte a'wa tatcu aiyatsan'te kwahol leaptun'ona 95
a'wa tsita a'wa tsitsikarra a*wa yu > makwe*na c a'wa lea^an'a.
antciaira. alea^a aliteapte a*wa tsita kwa alcukwa wiha koyejJa
kwahol weal^at'apa wiha we'ana kwa an tsita alcukwa kwa an
tatcu alcukwa hie antcian'a. a^'a a'wa tatcu iacit'apa a*wa tsita
Iacit'apa aminapa ko'leholi a'wa yu 5 makwe*n ho*i ya'lja'koa ton 100
tcuwa aiyu^a'naj^an'a. yam tatc itcemana* yam tsit itcemana* 1
luknia ho* a*wa peye'a. Ijakwemosi ciwan'i kwa tehyam'e kwa an
tcawe itcemana'wanre. t'ewana'we mepena'walj'a kwahol pena*-
walja kwa itcemana'wanre. kwa ljetsanaj^anre. tomt holn al'u'ya*
kwa yam tcawil'i kwa pikwanre. imati hie holi an tcawe asamu. 5
ho 5 yam tcawe kwaholi a*wampeyerja horn anhatiana'we. honkwati
horn rienan'e i'paltoj^apa honkwati ho* acepa horn tcawe kwa
ho* peyenanrapa tcimi horn tcawe kotile'a a'te^ana. honkwati.
chief priests threw out their father. | They would not have their
father live with them. I just know about it. They have no sense, j
(90) But long ago, a priest was valuable. He is an old man and poor
and feeble. He will not live long. | His children do not love him.
These are not happy days. So it seems | that somewheres they do
wrong. They do not honor their parents. Our poor father, our
poor I mother, for us they have labored! Or else who of you when
you were first born | could dress yourself ? Did you wipe yourself when
you soiled yourself? | (95) So even if you mother is unattractive,
and your father is ugly, you should be the ones to clothe them. |
Our mothers nurse us. They toil for us. They carry us about. | It
is very hard. When it is time to sleep, even though she would like
to sleep, our mother will not sleep if the baby cries ; | or if there is
any sickness, if the baby is sick, his mother will not sleep | and
\w father will not sleep. It is very difficult. Therefore when your
father is old and when your mother | (ioo) is old, when they are
feeble, you should remember how they toiled for you, how they
have brought you up. | (D You should love your father, you should
love your mother. | So I tell these. The chief priest is not valuable.
His I children do not love him. Always because of what the white
people say or because of some kind of talk | they do not love him.
These are not happy days. He just goes around anywheres. J (5) He
does not live with his children. It seems his children must be
awfully mean. | I tell my children all of this. They always listen
to me. Perhaps | when my words are at an end, perhaps when
I die, I when I am no longer talking to my children, then my children
58 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
ma rme. kwa ko'lehoh* yam a'tun'ona aiyu'ya'nanre. ulati horn
10 a*hota horn a*nana honkwati kwa yam tsita anhatiana*wanre.
samuptrra potca^an'a. ko'lehol kakwenipura kwa yu'he'tanre.
honkwat potcapura. ulat luknio kwa ko'leholi yam teatun'ona
kwa ho* aiyu'ya^nanre. t'ewana'we yam tcawe kwaholi ho > a'wam
jJeye. honkwati luknio horn anhatiana'we. honkwati. al^a hon
is tihkwahna ^akweniye. ko*macko*na horn tcawe horn a'tsawajj
kwiH horn a*tsawaki. ha'i horn a*ma^i t'ophvte e'le. kwiH tsawafci
hie horn tcawe tihkwahna. kwahol yaniktcia a^:*a ho* ^etsana.
fa a'wan tatcu ket'sana. ko'macko'na am miyapa am mo'larja
an tcawe rto'wena'wa. ak*a ^et'sana. t'a am mopiya*we hie ko*-
20 mackona. kwahol le'na'a t'a a'wan tsita ho^o horn kolanaiye.
t'a horn mokwi'we t'a horn copa molaiye. lap hon a'wan t'am
ela'mra. copa horn molaye. a'wan tshVona hie ho' l^etsana. e*te
ho* yu'te'tcipt tea hie antcian'a. ele ho' yu'te'tcipL t'a tenati.
ko'mackona horn t'on tcawe. kwa tcuhol tea teanre. homa.
25 ko*macko*na horn t'on a'ho*i horn a*wowo horn a*nan horn a*weye
horn a*wotsina-we i'topLnapkoa. ko*macko*na hon ryunapa.
el kwahol ak*a potca tse'manakakwanre, is t'opa acepa kwa
^etfsanaljanre koyen*a. ansamo a'koyena. hie potca.
hie le'wi. hie ko*macko*na ho J peye yam tcawe.
will live badly. Perhaps. | But I don't know. We do not know what
is going to be. Rather my | (io) granddaughters and my grandsons,
perhaps, will not listen to their mother. | They will be mean. They
will be bad. They will put them out to live somewheres. It is not
plain. | Perhaps they will be bad. But rather I do not know what
is going to be. | Every day I tell my children something. | Perhaps
they listen to me. Perhaps that is why we | (is) live together nicely.
I have many children: my boys, | my two boys, my three married
daughters and one girl, and two boys. | My children are all very
fine. They are fortunate. Therefore I am happy, | and their father
is happy. He has much corn and melons, | and his children will eat.
Therefore he is happy. And he has peach trees, many. | (20) He has
things growing. And I, their mother, have a chile garden, | and
onions, and my gourd vines. Today we | shall set up poles for them.
There are already gourds on the vines, their mother's vine. I am
happy. But | when I am tired it is very difficult. But it's all right
if I am tired. It can't be helped. | You are all my children. You
are not some one else's children but mine. | (25) My people are
many. My son's children and my daughter's children, and my
nieces, | and my brothers, these are the ones who will eat it.
There are many of us to see one another. | Do not worry be-
cause of some trouble. If one of us here should die, | they will not
be happy days. We will cry. All of you will cry. It will be very
bad. |
This is all. Much I talked to my children.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 59
FAMINE (8). so
hie ^a*^ holi ho* tJsanapa hie telocelja. kwa hon i*towena*wam'e.
tfewana* meawe met'eapiwe t'a i^ali t'a sawe. lesaps horn tsita horn
fea^a lehok u tfewankwin he*micinkwin hon a*waka. horn tsita
ehkwi horn fea^a horn setoye horn setop hon a'wa'p. hecotfa
t'sinakwi hon a'te'tci^a. l^akwaPin iskon hon tutunap^a. son 35
a'wa'ka. lak u sanananan piyakwi hon a'te'tci&a. hie sowe. hie
ema. horn k&fca yu'te'tcil^a. yu'te'tcinan : ^ase wan i'mu. horn
le'anikwal^a. horn animu^a. si hanat la*li tsita le^wanan s^'tc
a*ne. a'nap ticomaha' horn a*tci wan aincokya. lHno a*patcu kute.
ho* koye'a. ho* teclana* hana* la*li iawe e*te tsita le^wal^a. son 40
a*wa*ka. sunhap yalawan hon a'want'ewal^a. t'ewap t'as hon
a'wa'^a. horn ^aj^a t'as horn setoye. su'nha^a. tfas hon a*want?ewa-
lca. t'ewap t'as hon a'wa'lja. ho* yaman'teye. ho J yu'te^ci^a. bo*
yu'te'tcip fea^a horn rseto'lja. a*wa'p. su'nhal^a. t'a hon a*wan-
tfewa^a. tfa tfewap hon a'wantJewa^a. he*micina*kwin hon a'te*- 45
tci^a.
hon a'te'tcip horn tcawe tfinaye. lu^a walalupi. horn tsita
a'wan o'Keye'a. su*nhap hewet'ap wo*lea*wa wo'le-rya. tsita
horn le'kwal^a. hie aliman'ona tV wo"le-rya. hewe ciwe hon
(30) FAMINE (8).
Long ago, when I was young, there was a famine. We had
nothing to eat. | Finally we ate cactus, roasted cactus, and leather,
and bones. At that time I went with my mother and my | uncle
far off to the east, to Jemez. My mother | went first. My uncle
carried me on his back, and with me on his back he went. |
(35) We reached Pescado Spring. There we drank at the spring. So
we I went on. We came to Where-the-Bells-Hang. Here the sand
was very deep. | My uncle was tired. When he got tired, "Nephew,"
he said, "sit down a moment." j So he said to me. He put me down.
"Now go ahead," mother said. So they | went on. "Oh dear, you
two wait for me; this place is full of Navahos!" | (40) I cried. "I am
afraid." "Go on now, go ahead. He can go fast if he wants,"
mother said. So we | went. In the evening we camped in the moun-
tains, and then next day we | went on. My uncle again carried me
on his back. Then it was evening, and again we camped. | Again
next day we went on. I walked. I got tired, and when I | was tired
uncle took me on his back. So we went on. Evening came and again
we camped. [ (45) Next day we camped again. Then we reached
Jemez. |
When we came there my children 1 lived there. This man was
Walalupi (Guadalupe). My mother | ground for them. In the
evening she came bringing paper bread and stew. Mother | said
to me, "This is delicious, what I am bringing you." We ate bread
1 Probably people whose fathers belonged to his clan.
60 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
50 rtowenapka. t'ewap ota-ihakapa t'elap hapoka. Jpsitiwa tsaiyahe
luka lewa'u lu^a tihi lal lu^a huwo*wo no*ni ya'ni taPima lesna
hon otipka. kwa ho 5 koko tnpl*am*e. hiwaPona he^mici'kwe.
a-woka mulowe hewe ciwe wo'punap a'wi'^a. a'wiv^a. telPto'a hie
le* i'wo^apoa'^a. hon oti-kwatoka. ewactoki a'maki su*ni J^at'sana
55 ewactok lestikwe^a. tetcunap hon i*to*we pehawo'^a. yam
^akwin setopa a*ne.
t'ewap horn tsita muw elanakwi o*^an a^a. itiwap ho* oceti^a.
so 5 a*^a. so* letsikrkwin ho* te'tcil^a. te*tcip herjokon'e mulo-
wo*pe. ho* ulihka. ho'-ulihap mula we'atcowe'a. so* rto'fca. ho 5
eo terj^a^a. so 3 ye*maka. ho 1 ye'makup mula i^ane*a. he'micikwe
o^a kwac t?o 3 an la*le ahnam^a ? — el'a — kopla*t samu ? — mu*-
lona ho* ulihka. a^** hinik samu. iskon horn tsita he'mici'kwe
honkwa rau^on ulihka al£*a.
su*nhap yam J^akwin hon a*ka. t'ewap lakisti walalupi s J a*ne.
65 holomace hon ikocena*we wet'sana hon aklunaplca. majje* yo'fea.
wet'sana at'unapka. uyat'eapi^a. uyat'capiap son alonap^a. s'ak'a.
akwap hon rtowenapka. su'nhap yam l^akwin son a*wrl$:a. t'ewap
hiwala*kwe tsawaki horn wo'wil'i hake'a. ho* wo'wil'Pya. wa^ac
kwil^awe heyahoni'we hanelaye. su'nhap wal^ac tcat'sana ho*
and meat, j <so) Next day they asked us to dance. That night they
met, Kisetiwa, Tsayehe, | this man Lewa'u, this man Tihi, and then
this man Huwowo, Noni, Yani, TaiMma, and I, these | danced. I was
not a member of the Katcina Society. The people of the village,
the Jemez | women, brought us bread and paper bread and meat.
They came. In the back room | it was piled up like this. We went
in to dance. The girls, and the young women said, "Little Zuni
Raindrop!" | (55) So the girls said. We stopped and packed up our
food | and went back to our house carrying it. |
Next day my mother went to grind at the place where they kept
parrots. At noon I was hungry | so I went there. I came to the foot
of the ladder. When I came there, there was bread in the oven. | I
pulled one out. As I pulled it out the parrot cried out. I ate it.
I | (60) finished it up. So I climbed up. As I climbed up the parrot
was angry. The Jemez | woman said, "You didn't take one of his
feathers?" "Oh no." "Well, why is he mad?" | "I took a loaf
of bread. I think that's why he's mad." My mother was there. The
Jemez j woman said, "So that's why. Because he took a loaf of
bread." j
In the evening we went back to our house. Next day Lakisti
and Walalupi went. | (65) We were playing far away. We had a
puppy. We made a fire. We got coals, | and then we put the puppy
in. We singed it. After singeing it we roasted it in the ashes. It
was done, | and when it was done we ate it. In the evening we went
back to our house. Next day | a young man of the village asked
me to herd for him. So I herded cows. I We made lunch of milk
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 61
imatboye non xia^eKwiii » wija. a-want'ewa^a. tfewap t'a hon 70
wo'wilPya. a'wantfewal^a. hon Ijose mopiyacnan kwaPika. lesna
hon t'ina'hia.
tehsitifea. itiwanakwin te'tcipl. su*nhap hiwala*kwin el tV
wan tfelap u'kwe'nanrtfu. tifeiPona a'waPmra. tcuhol kwaPip
kwa ko'kcicukwa. t'elap ti^ilapona Ijiwitsikwin hapo^a. a^ho^ 75
hie enra hapo^a. ti^ilapona tenenap^a. tona rka. lal na'le.
cemanapka t'a i'fca. lal koko cemanap^a t'a i'^a. tilpPona opon
lehol t'sana setoye. hie yu'kti. tilpPona pitcatcaka. tiklPona
hepaloka. t'sum ko'wi tenala^a. palohka. palohnan hepaloka.
le'wi t'sana. up tenrl ryutsi a't'sanapte. yalu tutatsi cema- so
na^a. i*\fi" kwatok;a. i'tulohap ^awe hie wo'yoye. a*ka. tfe-
kohatip tetcune^a.
t'ewap iskon tophvte tepikwaPin*e ho* imo%a. iskona kwaPinan
ljal ho* a'lja. aince ^anakwi ho 1 i*^a. ho* rnan iskon hon a*wan-
t'ewajja. t'ewap son a'wa^a. mu'kwina'kwin. owelukwin iskon 85
a'want'ewaka. tfewap son a'wak;a. su'nha^a mu'kwina'kwin hon
a'te'tci^a. a'mukwi tewakwe aince'kwe t'ewap horn cemanapka.
horn il'in-tin-al'u i'tol^ana^a. hepatoma t'a polja wo*lea'we a*mu-
kwi ewactolj: horn setopa ^akwai'inankwi a*wa*k;a. l^acima ma't'sa
pancakes. In the evening I came riding a young calf. | (70) We
came to the corral and there I stayed over night. Next day, again,
we | herded, and we stayed over night. We went out to pick bitter
fruits. So | we stayed there.
It was winter. The winter solstice came. In the evening (they
told us), "Don't go out in the village j during the night. The
society members will go around and if anyone goes out | (75) it
will not be good." At night the society people gathered in the
kivas. Many people | met. The society people sang. Turkey came.
Then they called Deer, | and he also came. Then they called a
katcina, and he also came. A society man | was carrying on his
back a sack of meal, just so small. It was very heavy, and the
society man staggered under it. Then the society man | made
hepaloka, 1 After a little while he dug it up. After they had taken
it out it was hepaloka. | (80) So small. He gave it to all, even the
children. Finally they called the Catholic priest. | He came. He
entered. He walked around and wherever he passed by there was
wheat lying on the floor. He went away. | At daybreak they
stopped. |
After that I stayed there for one year. Then we left there | and
came this way. I came to Fort Wingate. There we camped. |
(85) Next day we went on. We were going to the Hopi country. We
came to Fort Defiance, and there | we camped. Next day we went
on. It was evening. We reached the Hopi country. | The Hopi
and Tewa Bear clan people sent for me next day. | They took
me around. They gave me to eat, hepaloka and jack rabbit stew.
1 A paste of sweet corn meal, baked underground.
62 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol XV
90 musu^i'we cotsito'we lesna a*hanela%a. itiwap itowenap^a.
su'nhap hon hayacnap^a. a*wi*^a.
iskon horn nana ta'hwa iskon hon t'ina'^a. apten t'ewa^a son
yam ulohnakwi ciwina'kwi a'nuwa. horn tsita le'kwalja. horn
nana tahwa ho'na iyo hametsi.
95 son awika. mecoka^'a ciwinakwi ho* i*l$&" no> i* va P tacana
ke*si tcim horn pu'analja. ho'na'wan tatcu pekwin'e honkwas
acen'a alj'a atela imi^a. l^alatsilona'wa uhson al^a tepikwe'i^a.
telakwaPip pekwin acej$:a. acep kwa yato^a kwaPicukwa a*ho 5 i
le*tikwa. tfewap yatokwe'ilja. tcims iskon ulohnan i'ko'kcilga.
ioo iskon lat'sa'ti pekwin yo*ka. uhsona ho'n a'wilnta. tcunej^a.
i tcunap iskon sa*ni j>ekwin yo*ka.
DANCING AT OJO CALIENTE (3).
^a^oli telakwaPipa prnan a*laci^i rhiwalape'en'ona uhsona
koyuptco a'jfe'ye^a. ko'sewit'u le'tikwa^a ko'sewipinap^a. ohe"kwe
5 kokwVtci rjga ^a*nan a*tc i'fca a*tci a*witen t'ewap ko'yuptcona-
ptn*a le J kokw'a'tc ikwan i'ka, uhsonas a'witena^anans yatokwai*-
ipa si* son i*to"wacena'wa le 3 a'wo'pltsil^ le'tikwaka a^wo^at'sijsi
The Hopi | girls took me on their back and we went down to the
spring. Water-cress | oo) and dumplings and sweet corn meal, that
is what they had for lunch. At noon we ate. | In the evening we
picked grass, and then we came back. |
There was my grandfather Tahwa. There we stayed . We
stayed there for five nights. "Now we | shall go to our own country,
to Zuni," my mother said. My | grandfather, Tahwa, had saved
our lives. |
(95) So we came. I came to Zuni on a burro. When I came back
I was tall | now. So then they initiated me. Our father, pekwin,
perhaps | was going to die. Therefore the rocks fell, where the
spruce trees grow, because of that. A year passed. | In the spring
pekwin died. When he died, "The sun will not rise," the
people | said. Next day the sun rose. So then the world became
somewhat better. | (ioo) Then Latsati became pekwin. He took
care of us. Then he finished, u) and after he finished then Sani
became pekwin. |
DANCING AT OJO CALIENTE (3).
Long ago in the spring the men who lived all the time at Ojo
Caliente, these | spoke about having ko'uptconawa. 1 "Let the
katcinas bring word of it," they said. So they had the katcinas
come with the message. Two Ohewa | (5) katcinas came. They
came to Ojo Caliente. "In four days will be Ictfu'ptconawa" \ the
two katcinas came to say. Four times the sun rose. | "So now we
shall cook," all the women said. Some of the old women | shelled
1 "The gods go in at many places", a winter ceremony consisting of
simultaneous dances by different groups.
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 63
hames tcut'sikwacnappt ewactofe nnrlowenapl^a hanre he*palowe-
nap£a. s'uhsite su'nha^a si J son a*wito^anal£a a'lacilj le'tikwa^a
a*wans a'wo*ye tehaktconap^a ko'kwVwan Ijakwi a*wito^anan 10
kwaPi^a. s'tfelap ko'kos a'wi'tellja. ta c tcic tikilaponas yam tec-
kwhre wo'punapa t'opa Kakwan ko'yuptconaplnan le'kons yam
teckwi wo*punap a*wa*ka. sVte'tcinans teckunapl^a yams Ijalin
acnapka s'tenanap^a. ta ,c tcic hehe'a hatacuku ko'yemci salimopiya
u'po'yona tomt'sinapa lesnas a'witel^a o'trwi'tel^a. s'uhsonas is
tenala'ap sewi^ana*kwe s'awi^a. a'wrap ham*e ko*l£w a*wr^a
wo'tenvlat'a hanr a'wrlja. a'hekcina ci'lowa uhson a'wrlta. s'uhson
tetcunenans ukwe'i^a lal t'as ham a'wivjga. tal^a ko'ko i'setopa
s'uhson a'wi^a o'ti'p^a sewi^ana'kwe s^am* upkwin s J a*wi*^a.
son i*wohhaiyat c u ti^ilapona le^ikwal^a. t'o'cowe i'yukna^a. 20
uponas ryukna'^a s'rwohhaiya^a.
si* olo 3 il$:a t'a o'ti'we. ho'na'wan a'tatcu koko o'ti'we ^acima-
jhickwe'na teatunon a^'a a^*a t'a le* o'ti'we. s'uhsonas olo'katika.
tcim mola* yo'fea J^aiya cohoVjga. ants'umehna'we. s'mola'a^a
fcaiya kus^a s'hajte'lelca. ohe*kwe tcupa'kwe kwil* u*pe s^am 25
a'tatcu ko'ko hapo^anap^a. son a*wa"nuwa. ^apkwe'nakwi son
corn and the girls made bread. Others made hepaloko. | That
evening, "Now we shall give them to eat," the old men said. |
(io) Their wives set aside a portion of each dish, and they went out to
give them to eat at Katcina House. | So at night the katcinas
came in groups. Meanwhile those who belonged to societies | took
their altar to the other house where they were going to hold
Jco'uptconawa. There | they went, taking their altar. When they
got there they set up their altar. | They made their medicine water.
They began to sing. Meanwhile Hehe'a, Hatacuku, Koyemci,
Salimojiiya, | (15) IPpo'yona, Tomtsinapa, these all came. They
came in dancing. | A little while after that the one who had brought
the word came. Then when they came other katcinas came. | The
Mixed Dancers and others came. The Red Paint katcinas came. |
When they finished they went out. Then others came. The Frog
Dancers came carrying one another on their backs. | They danced.
The ones who had brought the word came to the place where they
were staying in. | (20) "Now let us scatter," the society people said.
Seeds were given out. They were given to all the people in the
room. J Then they all separated.
Now summer came and again they danced. Our fathers, the
katcinas, dance | that there may be great quantities of water.
Therefore, again, they dance thus. So now that summer came. [
Now the first melons appeared on the vines. The wheat turned
yellow. We waited anxiously and the melons ripened | (25) and
the wheat became dry. Then they came together, the people from
Ohewa and from Tcupawa, two kiva groups. Their | fathers
gathered the masks. "Now we shall go to Ojo Caliente. We | shall
64 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i %y
a'wa'nuwa. hon o'tinkwaPnra ohe*kwe tcupa'kwe le'tikwe^a.
a'ho'i hie tenrta a*weletcoka. ta^tcic hiwaPona ^anakw* a'malp
ewacto^i t'elina*we yaforwe o*kna*we. a'ho^i ko'macko*na ate 5 -
30 tcilan'a. ko'maoko'na mukrwe hewe heteala i'towo*J$:a. nomil-
ta* c tcis ko*macko*n ho'i a'te'tcillja. ho'rpo't'i^a. melu'na mo-
laknan uhson alimanan a'weletcel^a.
su'nhaps kokw* a*wi*^a Jjanakwins ko'kw* a'wi'^a. yam upotun
tekwin s^skons a'wi'^a. tfewap tcim hie yato kwaPipa s^'kwe'^a.
35 koko a'witena^an sVkwai'ipa hiwaPona s^asiyenapka. s'uhsonas
rtonapka koko s'rtonap^a. saticna'ka. ta ,c tcic kcryenrci i'towe-
yonaplja mulo'tfap ciwetfap melu'na molaknan koyenrci yakna-
ptjJa yam ujjapa^wal^a pehenap^a s'yam upkwin a*wa*^a. sVte'-
tcinan s'i'to'napka. s'i'tonape'en t'ehwito'kwi a'wa^a. s'rt'inalja.
40 ta^tcic ko'ko s'u'kwe'fca. tfehwitokwin s'a'wa^a. sVtin-kwaPik;a.
tetcunenan yam upkwin ikwait a-wi'^a. u'kwato^a. yam upkwi
tenala'ap u*kwe*nan t'as a*wa*ka t'ehwitokwin a'wa^a. o'tip^a.
a*witenakan t'ehwitan o'tip^a. tetcuneka. tetcunap pPlaciwan'i
pani'ljatfehwitokwin. s^o'yenrci lesanikwa^a a*want'ewat c u ho'na*-
45 wan tcawe ^acim antecemana*we t'ewan yaton'e. tern tfa ho'na
tcaw'iPa'wa le> pPlaciwan ikwap ko'yemci nana*kwe y^hatia*-
go to dance," the Ohewa and Tcupawa people said. | Then all the
people | went there, severally. Meanwhile the people at Caliente,
the women | and the girls, were grinding night and day. Many
people would come. [ (30) So they cooked great quantities of bread
and paper bread. And now indeed, | many people did come. The
village was full of people. They all liked cantaloup and water-
melon. | So they all came. |
In the evening the katcinas came. The katcinas came to Caliente
they came there to where they were to go in. | Next morning, just
at sunrise, they came out. | (35) Four times the dancers came out and
then the people of the village took dinner to them. Then | they ate.
The katcinas ate. They went to get their bowls. Meanwhile the
Koyemci | begged for food. Bread and meat and cantaloup and
watermelon were given to the Koyemci. | They wrapped this in
their blankets and went to where they were staying in. | When they
got there they ate. After they had eaten they went to the plaza.
They stayed there. | (4o> Meanwhile the katcinas came out. They
went to the plaza. They came out to dance. | When they were
finished they went back to where they were staying in. They
entered. | After a little while they came out of the place where they
were staying and again went to the plaza. They danced. | Four
times they danced in the plaza. Now they were finished. When
they were finished the bow priest | came down into the plaza
and said to the Koyemci, "Stay over night, our | (45) children.
We desire your waters. Again tomorrow | you will be our children.'
So the bow priest said. Koyemci: "Grandchildren, listen! | I will
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 65
£ana*we' tfo'n ho* a'vu'ya^ptn'a' nanakw* a'wantfewa\ Kihe'kwe
t'on hepolowe*na"wa\ le* kcryemc ikwan we'atcovka. ko*kw 5 a*wan-
tfewa'.
t'ewaps 'uhson o'tipfea. su*nhaps tetcunel^a. si' t'a hanre upes so
o'tiwe. tcupa'kwe iloptconap^a. t?ewap tern hie canrli tVw'Jjana-
kwin ko'kw* a'wi^a. sMskon ko*yemci wosl a'wi'l^a. t'ehwitokwin
a*wi*^a. sVtipJ^a. s'yam upkwins a'wi'^a. s'u'kwatol^a. t'a ko*-
yemci yam upkwin a'wi'lja, u'kwato^a. kok irkwai'ip sVtinkwaPi
tfehwitan o*tipls;a. tetcunenan s'a'wa'Jta. s 5 a*wa*nap ko*yenrci 55
yam tVcowe wo*ponapa s'ukwe^a. ta'tcic o*tinkwai J i tehwito-
kwin a'te^cinan sVtipka. kwilim'ona cemanapka. atcia ela^a.
si* lu^ t'on anawana. lil pisena^'a pehan ale uhsona t'on ana-
wan'a. t'on ol^aira tVcowe ton oJ£an*a. ko'yenvci le* a*tci ani-
kwa^a. ma' t'a hinik t'o'cowe le 3 lacil^ ikwaj^a. kihe s'anawa^a 60
s^alakwe'i^a le 5 ko*yem*ci yam ham a*wanikwa^a. tetcune^a.
ta #< tcic s*a*tci t'o'cow peha'^a. peha'nan s'a'tc a*wan J^awaia^a.
s'ko'yemci yam ^akwin a'wa^a. ta o^ako a'tci yam J^akwin
s J a*k:a. s'uhsonas le'nas teati^a. s'kok ukwe'lelja. a'witena^ans
u'kwe'i^a t'as a'wa'masiap^a. ta'tcic ko'yemci ta itoweyonapj£a 65
mulo'tap ciwet'ap mehrnat'ap molaknan*e. hie a*watan*i ko'yenrci
tell you. Grandchildren, stay over night. Our friends | will make
hepaloka for you," Koyemci said. They called out, "The katcinas |
are staying over night!" |
So next day they danced. In the evening they finished. And
now other kiva groups | danced. The Tcupawa people went around
borrowing. Next day, when it was still very early, | the katcinas
came from T'ol^ana. Then the Koyemci came with them. | They
came to the plaza. Now they danced. Now they went to where
they were staying in. They entered there. Again the Koyemci |
came to the place where they were staying in. They entered. The
katcinas came out; they came out dancing. | (55) They danced in
the plaza. When they were finished they went. After they had gone
the Koyemci | came out carrying their baskets of seeds. They came out
dancing. | They reached the plaza and danced. They called two
people and made them stand up there. | "Now this you will guess.
What is in this bundle of cloth lying here, that you will guess. | Then
you will win. You will win these seeds." So the Koyemci said to
them. | (60) "Well, now I think it is seeds," the man said. "Our
friend guessed it. | Now it is all over," the Koyemci said to his
companions. So they stopped. | Meanwhile the two people WTapped
up their seeds. After they had wrapped them up they sprinkled
prayer meal. | So the Koyemci went back to their house, and the
ones who had won | went back to their houses. That is the way they
did. And now the katcinas came out. Four times (65) they came out
and again they took dinner to them. Meanwhile the Koyemci again
begged food, | bread and meat and cantaloup and watermelon.
66 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
aj^a lesn a*wan ito*we hapele'a tcuhol yam i*to*w itcemana ryak-
tohana rtfcaphra ak'a kwa tcuhol yam i'to'we rtcemacukwa
a^:*a ko'maeko*n i'to'we yakna'ka. s'yam plkwin setopas a*wa^a.
70 a'te'tcinang s'rtowenapka. rtoweapeen tfehwitokwin itfinaknan
kwai'i^a. ta^tcic koko s'i'forwenape'en sVtin-kwarM^a. sVtipl^a.
su'nhaps tetcune^a. kwas a'wantfewananr^a. s J yam kohrwala'kwin
s'a'wa'ka. kwil upe lja*nan o'tip^a ohe'kwet'ap tcupa'kwe. ta* c tcic
o'tip^atap o'tipkoa ha J i t'ewap hon tu*c rhrwacl^ana'wa. le 1 a'tsa-
75 wa^ tikweka. s'uhsona haM t'ewap s'i'hiwacl^a. i'luwackoa tfewap
si* son a*weletcon*a ciwina'kwin. le* a*ho*i tikwal^a. ta ,c tcic ^ana -
kwa s*yam mola'koa t'atepololowak'a hie hiwalan tenrla molacnan
rwohhaiya^a. molacnan wopenap^a s'enrap a*witel^:a. ciwina'kwe
s'yakna'^a. t'ons wo'ponapa a*wa*nuwa le'a'wana^a. ciwina'kwin
so mehrna molaknan*a s'yam lelowa^oa s'werpenap^a. sic rl^et-
sati. mowe yaknal^apa sic i'l^etsati s%al a*weletcelka. ciwina'-
kwin a # wi*nan yam a'kuwaiye yam i*yani^ina*we s'yakna'we.
hon mo'we wo'jhinaria a*wi v^a. tfo'na'wan ho' wo*pon i'ya. le*
tikwanan iyo rho'icnapl^a. s'le'na teatika s'le'wi.
Very dangerous are the Koyemci. | Therefore they gather their food
this way. Whoever withholds food from them | will injure himself.
He will burn himself. Therefore no one must withhold food from
them. | Therefore much food is given to them. Carrying this on
their backs they went to their house. | (70) When they got there they
ate. After they had eaten they went out and stayed in the plaza.
Meanwhile the katcinas ate and went out to dance. They danced.
In the evening they stopped. They did not stay over night. So
to their katcina Village | they went. Two kiva groups danced at
Caliente, the people from Ohewa and Tcupawa. Meanwhile, | after
they had finished dancing, "Three days after the dance, we shall
have a horse race," the young men | (75) said. So three days after that
they raced. The day after the race, | "Now we shall go back to
Zuni," the people said. Meanwhile at Caliente | they went with
wagons to their melon patches. The whole village went out to get
melons. | They loaded the melons. They came back with many
of them. | They gave them to the Zuni people. "You will take
these with you when you go, "they said to them. TheZuni people [ <so>
loaded their wagon boxes with cantaloup and watermelon. They
were very pleased. | When they gave them the melons they were
very pleased. So now they came back here. | When they came back
to Zuni they gave them away to their friends and their relatives.
"We brought back loads of melons. We brought them for you,"
they said. Poor things, they gave them all away. So it happened.
That is all.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 67
ATOCLE VISITS THE PEACH ORCHARDS (3).
ma ho UsanajJa hom hotat'ap horn nana lesna hon lit ciwinakwin 85
horn a'tc il* imo^a. ta ,c tc hom t'sit'at'ap hom tatcu hom hard
toweyan tfrna'^a hx^na'wan mo'jiiap al^'a. mo*tcikwa a*wi*kohati
le* hom nan ikwa^a. sMmat hon ^akwen acnan kwai'hra. le* hom
ho't' ikwaka. t'ewap son a'wa*ka. hom nana mecokanan imiyalto^a.
som cowalikwin hom hot'a ye'maljal^a. hon rnana mecok imalto^a. 90
ta* c tc hom hot*a yaman'te^a. son awa*ka. mo'jJiyakwin son
a'te^cika. som nan awe yam mecoko setoka. yam Jjakwen actun-
tekwi aweletcell^e'ka. ta* c tcic hom hot'a helrwacj^a. som nana
awe em'aj^al^a. wo*l$:ajk)as ema'ka a'tci he^i^a. a'tci ko*wi s^e'i
t'etacapika. su'nhap s't'a kal hon a*wa*ka. son a*wi*^a. wan tern 95
hon ha*i t'ewana hon a*wa*t ( u t'e'ya. le> hom hot ikwaka. ha'i
t'ewap hon a*wa*j£a. hon a'te'tcinan t'a son he'unap^a. sic hon
tetaca^anapka. si* el*e tetacana toms hon po'yana'wa. le > hom
nan ikwaka. s'yala* so 3 a*wa'^an'a. le'ikwanan s*yam mecokan
kwilimakte cot'okoa yala* a'pi^aiyek:a. yam mo'piyakwins yala*s 100
wo*pon a*ne. s'yam hekonikta wo*tu^:a. sP son a'wa'nuwa te*ya. l
le'ikwap son a*wa*ka. hom hot'at'ap hom nana son a'wa^a. son
a'te'tcinan son yam kakwen po'yanap^a. son ya'kanapka. son
ATOCLE VISITS THE PEACH ORCHARDS (3).
(85) Well when I was young my grandmother and my grand-
father, these were staying here with me at Zuni. | Meanwhile imy
mother and my father and my sister | were staying at Nuti^a
because of our peaches. The peaches turned white. | My grari 1 ^"
father said, "Now we shall go out and build a house." Thus | ^ e
said to my grandmother. Next day we went. My grandfather
mounted a burro. | (95) Grandmother made me climb up on the
rump. So I mounted the burro with my grandfather. | Then grand-
mother walked. So we went. We came to our peach orchards. |
Grandfather loaded stones on the back of the burro. | He brought
the stones to where we were going to build the house. Meanwhile
grandmother mixed mud. Grandfather | brought many stones. It
was a large pile. Then the two of them built the walls. | (95) They
made the walls rather high. Then in the evening we went back
again. We came. "Wait! | In three days let us go there again."
So my grandmother said. In three | days we went there. When we
got there we again built the walls. We | made them very high.
"Now this is high enough. Now we will just put on the roof."
So my [ grandfather said. "Now I shall bring the beams," he said.
Then | uoo) he tied the beams to the burro on both sides, fastening
them to the shoulders. To the peach orchard j ( i ) he brought the beams.
He put them down where the walls were standing. "Now we shall
go again," | he said. We went. My grandmother, my grandfather
went. We | came there. We put the roof on our house. We finished it.
68 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ljakwen ya^anapka. s'uhsonas mo'tcikwa sic a'wa^'a. si* son
5 ^akweni^aiva. le'hom nan ikwalja. hr* yam jjewi* wo't'ice. yam
nana le> ho' anikwa^a. sVo*tih^an i'ka sVcrpona te'tci^a. son
^akweni^a. mcrtcikwas kwiho^a. le'kwap so wo*yohnap]$;a. s'mo"-
tcikw a'wa^a jjewacnap^a. som nan ^cpewikwin tepicj^an a'^a.
s'i'nan sP t'on wo'ya'onapt'u. le* kwap son i'ho'ta sVwa'l^a. son
10 ^e'we wo'la* i*hakto*k;a. so* j^e'we wo'la* i'hakto'nan so* woyao*-
^an a'^a. t'ewana hon ^ew ace^a,
uh'sona ko'witfewapa s'tfowa yal*a t'ehapa s'a'tocle aklu^a. t'owa
yalans aklu^a. som hot'a heya atocle paniyun'iha. le'hom ani-
kwap kwa ho 5 ilt'emananr^a. horn aiyose^a. ho* le'hatifea. honkw*
is el'ea. jjaniyun'iha. son ya*tei^a. tfewap cam'li t'as an Hijjaia'Jta.
ten el*ea a'tocle pani'yunMha. tV kwa iltemananrlja. le> horn hot
anikwa^a. tomt itiwapa s'panrka. tJmrati lak u paniyu. le^om ho'tf
anikwap a*t'sana mojiiya'koa wo*sla t'inapkoa a'koye^a. hanaha.
atocle paniyu le'tikwafa. t'a ,c tcic ho* t'o]3a yam tsita lac*i inkwin
20 ho' ana'^a. tsita laci atocle pani'^a. le 5 ho* ikwaka. lal ista^oc-
tekwi kwato. le> horn anikwa^a. t'a* c tcic som hot a'tc inkwin
te^ifea atocle. hop lrl a't'sana ^akwen'ona hie acoptci alj' ho*
We | finished our house. Then the peaches were quite ripe. "Now
we | (5) shall live in our house," my grandfather said. "Go on,
get your bedding," | I said to my grandfather. He came to get
them. Then he came there bringing them. We | lived there. The
peaches were dropping. So he said. So we picked them up. | The
peaches were ripe. We split them. So then grandfather went to
sweep the rocks where we spread out the peaches. | He came and
said, "Now spread them out." So grandmother and I went. We |
(io) put the baskets of split peaches on our heads. Then when we
had put the baskets of split peaches on our heads we went to where
we were going to spread them out. | Every day we split peaches. |
So there, after a few days, on Corn Mountain, Atocle built his
fire at night. | He made his fire on Corn Mountain. Grandmother
said to me, "Heya! Atocle is about to come down!" So | she said
to me. But I did not believe it. "She is lying to me," I thought. |
(is) But indeed she was right. He was going to come down. We went
to sleep. Next morning again his smoke rose. | So indeed it was
right. Atocle was about to come down. "You didn't believe it!"
grandmother | said to me. Just at noon he came down. "Look over
there ! He is coming down !" grandmother | said to me. The children
who were staying with their parents at the peach orchards cried.
"Oh dear! | Atocle is coming down !" they said. Then I ran away to
my other mother, my old mother. 1 | (20) "Mother! Atocle came
down!" I said. "All right, | go into that rock crevice over there,"
she said to me. Meanwhile he came to where my grandparents
1 Mother's elder sister.
nunzet, aunt Texts 69
panryu le'ikwa^a. kwa lot tcuhol ts'ana coptci kwa tcu*wa. horn
hota le'kwa^a. hie hx\ lac*i^ hie kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre. le* yam
laci^ anikwa^a. atocle atine^a. kop lewu lu^a laci^i ? luk: mut'si^on 25
sam* i'to'n'iyahnan i'kolo'^a. le'kwanan ok;atsIJ£ atocle atinel^a.
hinik ilt tV lacik kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre le* a'tocli anikwal^a. el*a
hie ho 3 yaiyu'ya'na le'hom nana a*tocle anikwa^a, lesanikwanan
s'an^awaiya^a. s J an kawaiya*nans mo*tcikwat'ap eiw*e a'wu|a.
s*isnokon*te t'ina'wa'koas uptcon al'u^a. mo'tcikwat'ap ciwet'ap 30
mukrwe ko*macko*na i*tfow hapol^al^a. s*an itVws* envap yam
kohiwala'kwin s'a'ne. s'a*^a. le'nas teatika. s'le*wi.
TWO GIRLS ARE SHOT WHILE DANCING (3).
ho J e'let'apa telakwaPip horn t^fea t'o we yakwin t'o we yeka.
uhsona pea* kwai'ika. pea* tacaka. s'pea a'wisal^a. s'uhsona 35
i*tcimaiyo'^:a. a'coho^a. som kaj§:a son a*wa*nuwa. son a*wa*nan
^aian cohoka. le'tikwap horn hotat'ap horn nana lesna hon a*wa*^a.
son to we yakwin a*wa*^a. son a*te'tci^a. t'ewap son t'elo'on acnap-
^a. ^ane'lu u'kwato^a. ^ane'l u*kwai J ip hon he*pewu^a. i'hota
hon he'pewufea. kwil'i yaton kus*^:a. so*na'wan tcawe he'rkwe 40
were staying. | Atocle: "Where are the children who live here?
They are very naughty. Therefore I | have come down," he said
"There aren't any naughty children here," my | grandmother
said. "But this old man, now he has no sense at all!" thus | (25)
she said about her husband. She told Atocle. "Well, what did your
old man do?" "Well, he | was going to eat all the tortillas by
himself. He hid them." So the old woman told Atocle. | "I think
it's true. Your old man has no sense." So Atocle said to her, "No. |
Indeed I have sense!" So grandfather said to Atocle. As he said
this to him | he sprinkled corn meal on him. He sprinkled corn
meal on him and he gave him peaches and meat. | (30) Then, right
there, wherever the people were staying, he went about making
them come out. | He collected lots of food; peaches and meat and
bread. When he had lots of food | he went to his Katcina Village.
So he went. This is what happened. That's all. |
TWO GIRLS ARE SHOT WHILE DANCING (3).
When I was a girl, in the spring my uncle planted at Nutria.
(35) The grain came up and grew tall. Then the grain was with child.
Then it became wheat and turned yellow. My uncle (said), "Now
we shall go. | Now our wheat is yellow." So they said. My grand-
mother and my grandfather, so many of us went there. | We went
to Nutria. We came there. Next day we made a threshing-floor. |
We drove the sheep in. When they came out we spread plaster on
the floor. With my grandparents | (*o) we made the plaster floor.
70 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
anulon a*tci sVtci ho*na tJi'n&kwin te'tci^a. te*tcinan hons tcimai-
yahna'wa hon ikwani yale*a. le* a'tc ikwap wanani tern ho* ^ane'lu
latap le* horn fea^a ikwa^a. t'ewaps kane'lu t'inakwin a'l^a. kwili
^ane'l aina^a. su"nhaps rlja. so*na*wan tca*wa*tci te*tci^a.
45 te*tcip son ^ane'lu la^a. t'on yam tcawe yatinen'a le*a'tci anikwaka.
s*a*tci sewalupL Ua ,c tcic ho > motsa^anan ho* acl^a. tfewap tcim
tfekohatip ho* pila^a. ho* motsacfea. so* motsa ko'kcu^a. so 1
muwacfca. t'a ,c tcic son t'cawe tcimaiyahnan kwai*il$;a. so* rmrwe
wo*pufea. a-wakwap so* wopih{£a. tV'tcic horn hot*a wo'leal^a.
so wo'lean akwap son a"wi*to*kanan kwai'ijja. su'nhap so'n tcawe
a-wr^a. tcimaiyahna ya'^anap^a. t'ewap tcima wojhman kwai*-
ij^a. a*wite wo'^e yo*ka. s*wo*pa' il'ap a'wr^a. itiwaps a'wi'lja.
t'elo*okwin wo-po'l^a. som papa tuci tfap^an a*l$:a. s*a*wil i'jja.
s*itiwap son rtowenapjta. hon i'towenape'en som papa tuc rmyal-
55 to'^a. hanre tuc u*kwe*]£apL yam tcimawo'jJkwins tucis upu^a.
son l^awacna*we. horn hotatfap horn nanat'ap horn ljatatfap horn
papa son kawacna*we. s*uhsonas l^awe a'wrkokcil^a. s*a*wi*-
ko'kcifea. s*t'atepololon-lelonankwin s'awo'pufca. son yam ptkwin
wo*j5il*aj$a son a'wa'jja. son a'te*tcinan son u'kwatokanapka.
eo yam Kakwin son u'kwato^anap^a. so* hopawahta'wal^a ho*
wo*powac^a. s*uhsona son ele^a^a.
For two days it dried. So our children, the He'iwa officers came
to where we were staying. When they came there (they said),
"We | have to cut your wheat. We are asking for work." Thus
they said. "Wait until I | have killed sheep," my uncle said. So
next day he went to his sheep camp | and killed two sheep. In
the evening he came. Then our two children came. | (45) When
they came (he said), "I have killed sheep.You will tell your children."
Thus he said to them. | They sent the word around. Meanwhile
I made yeast. Next morning, just | at daybreak, I arose. I made
dough. I kneeded the dough. I | made bread. Meanwhile our
children went out to cut the wheat. I | put my bread in the oven.
When it was done I took it out. Meanwhile my grandmother made
meat stew. | (so) When the stew was done we went out to feed the
men. In the evening our children | came. They had finished cutting
the wheat. Next day they went out to load the wheat in the wagon.
It made four loads. So they came in with it. At noon they came.
They put it on the threshing-floor. My elder brother went to get
the horses. Then he came back with them. | At noon we gave them
to eat. After we had eaten my brother mounted his horse. | (55) He
led out the other horses, and drove them in to where they had
put the wheat, j We threshed the wheat. My grandmother and
my grandfather and my uncle and my | brother threshed. Then
we winnowed the wheat. | When it was winnowed we put it into
the wagons | and brought it to our house, came back and went into
our house. | (60) We went into our house. Then we sacked it in
gunny sacks. | We finished with this.
J9^/i/^^?j JSxrttvi (Pocoto 71
s'uhsona ha'i tfewap som ^al^a ho* t'supiyah^arra le'kwajja.
sVlja. tfsupiyahkan a*pL t'ewapa t'supiyah^a. antfewajja. su'nhap
i'ka\ son u'kwato^al^a. rhota t'ewap son t'supiya hon a'yal'uc^ia.
so* wcrleaka. hel'ea^a. sVwakwap son sa'lajpa wo'lu^a. so* 65
lenrana'koa wcryaVka. s'uhs'onas a*kusj$:a. a*kusap sont'su'patci-
mu'we hon ac^a. s'uhsona son le*na te*u|ja.
s'uhsonas o*winahaiye h^aito^a. haVle^a haito'^a. tern ete
ho*na*wan tcimaiyap^a. horn ta^a s^l'e wan tcimaiyapa hanre
le* horn ^aka ikwaj^a. wans el*e hanre tcimaiyapa o*winahaiye 70
harto'^a. son a*wa*nuwa. tern o^tipkat'ajJa tern hon a*wi*yan'a.
le*kwa^a. o'ti'wetfihapa son a'wi^a. a*witen t'ewanan sVti'we.
e'mo'son a*tci \r\ horn ljakwin i*ka. som a*tc o't-ha^e'a. to*
o'tat'u e'mos'ona le* horn a*tc anikwa^a. iya ho* le'kwa^a. tfelap
torn hon tJaphva. leshap ton rte^cena'wa. t?on ha'elekan'on e'le 75
le* a*tci ikwalj;a e'moson a*tci. nomilta^tci su*nhap a*tc i'&a.
a'tc i'nan so*na a'wil" a*^a. ha , elel^an > ona e^actoks'ona kiwitsi-
kwin so'n a*tc a*wil. a'fca. ujitfsana'kwi a*witen t'elina*we hon
rte'tcenapjja, ha*ciya hon rte'tcenap^a. antcu t'elapa a'pPla*-
ciwan o^kwato^a. o^kwatopa si* ton yam a'wo't'situn'ona homan 80
tfo* o'tsit^Uon le'a'wantikwan'a. le'ho'tfa a'wemos'on a'tci e'mcrson
Three days after that my uncle said, "I am going to get yucca
fruit." So he said. | He went. He went to get yucca fruit. Next
day he got yucca fruit. He stayed over night and in the evening |
he came. We took them in, I and my grandmother. Next day we
skinned the yucca fruit. | (65) I stewed them and made jam. When
they were done, we put them in a bowl. I | spread them out on a
board. Then these got dry. When they were dry | we made yucca
fruit cakes. All this we did. |
After that they set the date for Owinahaiye. They set the date
for eight days. Yet we still | had wheat standing in the field.
Uncle (said), "All right. Let it wait in the field, the rest of it."
(70) So uncle said to me. So we just left the rest standing in the field.
They set the date for Owinahaiye. "So now we shall go. After
they have danced we will come back," | he said. So when they
were going to dance we came here. They were going to dance in
four days. | The two chiefs of the girls came here to my house.
They asked me to dance. "You | shall dance," the chiefs of the
girls said to me. "All right," I said. "At night | (75) we shall
come to get you. Thus you will practice. You will be eight girls," |
they said to me. And so indeed the two chiefs of the girls came in
the evening. | When they came we went together. There were eight
of us girls. I They took us to the kiva, to Uptsanawa. For four
nights we [ practiced. We practiced Haciya. On the eve of the
dance the bow | (80) priests came in dancing. When they came in
dancing they said, "Now you will pick out your men. | You will
say to us, 'Now you will be my man.' " So the girls' chiefs | told us.
72 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
a*tci le'hon a'wanikwajga. a'pi'la'ciwan'i sVkwato'Jta homan
tV o'tsPtfu le > hon tikwel^a. s'awe'anap^a. s'uhsons u'kwe'^a.
yam pi*laciwanan ^akwins a'wa'^a. t'a* f t'cic a'ciwani la*ccrWa
85 a'ya'pinaplja. a'pi*la'ciwan a*wan ^akwan ho'ina^'a wo'la^a.
wo'l i"^e*ato*^a. lacowa'we a # ciwan*i wo'l unapan yam a'ho'i
yatinena'wa. yam tca'we we'atcot'u. t'on yaiyu'ya'na'wa'. lacowa
wo'l rkeato^a. le'ikwap we'atco^a. leskwanan we^tcoka. tfewap
o'tipjta. tJewaps o'winahaiye o'tip^a. so* akc ota^a. sVwina-
90 haiye uh^ona te'tcunelja. tet'cunap api 3 ta*ciwan a*tc i'mu^a.
a*tci ccwe wopoiva s'atc i*mup son ha*cia^ana*we' e'mo-
sona le'kwap son hacia^anap^a. s^hsona son tetcune^a. tcims
son o'winahaiy* o'tipl^a. son kiwitsikwi upt'sana'kwi son a'wa'jjja.
a'pPhrciwan a*tc ehkwap hon ayalu^a. a'witen e'le hon a*ya-
95 lu^a. son urjtfsanak'win hon u'kwatoj^a. leVi hon as*i* a'lup-
tsina^a. son u'kwato^a. horn kuku aince'kwe ma^i eye t'om
ho* t'ap^an rya le y horn anikwa^a. le^wanan yehku^a. so* an
ryalupt. lal tealtokwin son a*]$:a. yam Jgakwin som il*a^a. son
kwato^a. l$:ec tfon i*ya an tsita ho J na le'anikwa^a. — si' — rmu.
ioo 1W lempaiyan'e. leskwanan soman animu^a. so* iskon i'mu^a.
i som kuku sa'l ah^a. ^alufca. som iman £al a*u^a. sP rpoa'u le* horn
The bow priests came in dancing. | "You will be my man," thus
we said to them. They shouted. Then they went out. | They went
to the bow priests' house. Meanwhile the priests | (85) had made
prayer feathers. They were lying in a basket in the bow priests'
house. | The basket of feathers rose. When the priests saw that
the basket of feathers rose, | they said, "You will tell your people. |
Call out to your children that they shall be very careful. | The
basket of feathers moved." He said this and called out. They called
out what he had said. Next day | they danced. Next day they
danced Owinahaiye. I danced with them. | <90) We finished Owina-
haiye. When this was finished the two bow priests sat down. |
They sat down with their quiver of arrows. "Now we shall dance
Haciya," the girls' | chiefs said. Then we danced Haciya. We
finished that. Then | again we dance Owinahaiye. So we went to
Uptsanawa kiva. | The two bow priests went ahead; we were
behind. Four girls followed them. | (95) We went into Uptsanawa.
Our forearms | were painted yellow. We went in. My aunt, Bear
Clan woman, said to me, "Niece, | I have come to get you." She
said this and went out ahead of me. I | followed her. We went
there along the house top. I went with her to her house. We [
went in. "Have you come?" her mother said to us. "Yes." — "Sit
down. | (ioo) Here is a chair," so she said, and set down a chair for
me. So I sat down there | (D My aunt poured water into a bowl.
She set down the bowl of water where I was sitting. "Now bend
over," I she said to me. I bent over, and the two of them washed me.
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 73
a^Wrori G n> 1-rinn.kfl. anm atci kocoka. som a*tc i'to^a^a molak-
nanatfap muhrwe. so* a*ne le 5 ho 1 ikwa^a. so* i'^a yam §akwin.
tV'tcic ham'e e^actok s'o'fi'we. tetcunap lesnate a*wan a'kuku
rtapna*we wo'kocona^a. su*nhaps tetcune^a. s't'atVlaps ewactoks 5
ho'na hariopinap^a. son t'a i'tVtcinan hon o'tip^a. tetcunaps
so'na woh'aiya^a. ha'i yaton hon o*tipk:a tr'kwa'na. a'witena-
k;ana*na hon o*tip^a. canrli'ma hon otip^a. tihkwahna hon
u'kwe'le^a. su'nhaps o'winahaiye i'hapona. s'i'haponan tcupa*-
kwetfap muhe*kwe lesnas i'hapona^a. rhapop s'rharionan o'tipka. 10
ha 5 i tenan ya*na a'witenaikanan sic hapo'^a. a'tsawal^ t'owo*-
a^anap^a. kwilim'ona ciwan atci tcawa't'ci akc o'taiye. s'uhsonas
mi's he^tahnakwi a'tsawalj tire a^*a tejJoa'^a. s^ihsonas towo } -
a^anap^a. o'trwankwi a*ciwan an tcawa'tci an t'owo'atinap^a.
t'opaiya cot*o sa'J£aiyukwi he^amon kwatopL tfopaiya tcutikwin is
kwato^a. kwilite' antfowo'atina^a. t'op ace^a. cot*o sa^aiyukwin
antfowo'atin'on* ace^a. tcutikwin ant'owo'atin'ona kwa acenam*^a.
hie atJaniti^a a'patcu le'anakap el*a a*ciwi leVna^a. hie
a'koyejja. a*ho J i a'koye^a. ta ,c tcic tetcunap yam tea* we wo-
kocona a'wal'u^a. s'uhsonas le'na teat%a s'le'wi. 20
Then they gave me something to eat, watermelon | and bread.
"Now I am going," I said. So I came to my house. |
Meanwhile the other girls were dancing. When they were finished,
in the same way their aunts | (5) took them to wash them. In the
evening we stopped. Then again at night the girls | collected us.
Again we practiced dancing. When we had finished | we separated.
For three days we danced without mishap. On the fourth | day
we danced again. In the morning we danced without mishap. | We
came out several times. In the evening we came together to dance
Owinahaiye. We came together | <io) with people from Tcupawa
and Muhewa. That way we came together. When we came to-
gether we danced. | Three songs were finished. We came together
for the fourth time. The boys | were shooting off guns. The children
of the priest, two of them were dancing with us. | The boys were
sitting on horseback in the corner behind the church. They were
the ones | who were shooting off guns. They shot the children of
the priest where they were dancing. | (is) A bullet entered the
cartilage of the ribs of one of them and the shoulder of the other. |
He shot two of them at once. One of them died. The one who was
shot in the ribs [ died. The one who was shot in the shoulder did
not die. | There was great excitement. "It is the Navahos!" they
said. "No, it was Zunis!" they said. | They cried. All the people
cried. Meanwhile they stopped dancing, and [ (20) the women went
around to get their children to wash them. That is the way it
happened. That is all. |
74 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
AN AUTOBIOGRAPHY (4).
hie ino'te hie fea^oii ho* t'sanapa lew hoi ho* tacana^a. le'hinik
ho* tacana*^a. hie horn a'lacina'we horn a*nana horn tsita horn
tat'eu tern tcim*on a'ho*itfapa hie kwa ko'kcame*^a. t'ewana'we
25 le*na ol*o*ij£a hotno kwahol lenapa yam teatcPkoa a'wotsi ikwani-
l^ana'we. hie tetecla^a. a'patcu wila*t?sukwe i'samu*l$:a. kwa tern
hon a'ho* a'teanrepa horn a'lacina'we horn atine'napka. horn
naira yam ko*leholi i"woloce*napkoa a*patcu tciche'kwe hie a'sam-
u*ka. horn tatcu leskwa le'wi ho* tJsanapa a'patcu yanko'keunap^a.
so kwa a'samume'^a. kwas rwo'loce'naml^a. tfihkwahna ^e*si. e*te
lesnapte a'ciwi kwa a'wan tse*makwi. ko*kcame*^a. a'wan ham'e
a'wan ryani^ina'we a*patc a^'a yace*koa a'ciwi a'samu*^a. pat'eu
yanko'kcupte a'ciwi i'^ana, a'patcu kwa kwahol i'tonaka he*-
cocnap^a. he*cocnan pelnvwacnap^a. he*cot?sikwawak'a. ist ^alapa
35 onakwi hie lote tina*l^a a'patcu. hie tewuko*li*a. horn kuaye hie
tfewana tfewana i'wo'loca tcune^a. hie tewuko'li'a a'patcu. he*co
haliso we napka. fa tfawe tJapa setop a'wi'a a'patcu. he'eemenap^a
hepatoma kwahol tem'la i'to*we hie a'tewuko'lia^a. horn tatcu
hie patcu hatiafea. hie patcu hi'nina peyelja hom tatcu. homan
40 kuaiye ehat'sana (lesi ho tfsanapa) homan eha le-i'^:a. pat'eu le*na ho
AN AUTOBIOGRAPHY (4).
In olden times, long ago, when I was young, when I was about
so tall, I think | I was just about so tall, when my parents, my
grandfathers, my mother, my | father, were still young people,
times were not good Every day | (25) in the summer like this,
the men worked at the crops in their fields. | There was much to
fear. The Navahos and the White Mountain Apaches made war. |
We were not yet alive. My parents told me about it, my j grand-
father (told me) how they used to raid. The Navahos and the
Mescalero Apaches were very warlike, | my father said. When
I was about so small the Navahos made peace. | (30) They were no
longer warlike. They did not raid. Now it was pleasant. But |
even so, the thoughts of the Zunis were not good. | They were angry
because their companions and their relatives had died by the Navahos .
Even though the Navahos | had made peace, the Zunis were angry.
The Navahos had nothing to eat. | They picked pinon gum. They
picked pinon gum and wrapped the gum in cedar bark. Out there
on the Gallup | (35) road nearby, the Navahos camped. They
were very poor. My friend | day after day had raided. Now it
stopped. He was very poor. The Navahos | sold their pinon gum
here and also they came carrying loads of wood, the Navahos.
They asked for paper bread, | hepaloka, all kinds of food. They
were very poor. My father | understood Navaho. He talked just
like a Navaho, my father. My | (40) friend brought a little dress for
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 75
yatona^a. eha le'wi t'sana. kwa ho e'nin ikwanveka. a'patcu
yankokcunapka. t'apa set'op a'wi'l^a (ho* t'sanapa pate i'yapa)
a'pPla'ciwan'i kwa antecemana'mapa hie i^ani^a pPlaciwan'i.
hanatfe hon laknapce. ho'na'wa ham ak*a yacelja. yu*can upo.
a'patcu laknakan'tiha horn tsita le'kwa. kop*la*ti ho* le*kwa. 45
^a^oli tern kwat'on a'ho'i a'teanvepa ho*na latenappt a'patcu ajca
i'yapa pPlaciwan'i hie samu. a'tci hacin altu. ho'na'wa kuaiye
a'ciwi ainana'we'tiha ani'yana kwaton*a. hacin altu. horn tshVa
le*kwapa horn papa halicotina t'am Ian ak'a yam lenvartikwi
ulto'lja foma|'a. kwa lat'sikwaiin kwa ku'wa. hie t'ewulo'lia. ho* so
koye teclana. e*l koyena'ma ikina el hon upe. a'ciwi ho J na*wa
kuwaiy'ona ainana'we. yatfenap^a. a'ciwi pat'eu an he'eo halison-
iha'koa setohnapka. an ipakunap^a. ainana'^a. tihkwahna
a*kuwaiye el lesna teamet c u. le*kwapte ainana^a. icanan te^a-
poakwi itehnap^a. pat'eu acejia ho'na'wa hota yam moj>iyakwi hon 55
a*wa*ce. hon a*wa*napa hie at'an'Pka. pate acekoa hon unapka.
ho* papa ho^o ho'n hota mopiyakwi hon a'wa^a. hie hon teclar)|j:a.
patcu ela'ka. hie le'wi colenaye. t'ejjal acekoa colena%a. ho*n
hota i'jtfiyana pat'eu elalakoa anapikwe'lja.
me. I was so small. He brought the dress for me. j I wore it thus,
like a Navaho. It was so small. I had no belt around my waist.
The Navahos | had made peace. They came carrying loads of wood.
When I was young the Navahos came. | The bow priest did not want
it. They were very angry. The bow priests: | "Come, let us kill
them! For our comrades who have died by them." "Stay indoors. |(45)
They are going to kill the Navahos!" my mother said. "Why?"
I said. I "Long ago, when you were not yet born, they killed us, the
Navahos. Therefore, | when they come, the bow priest is very
an gry. Shut the door tight. | The Zunis are going to kill our friend.
He will take refuge here. Shut the door tight,*" my mother | said.
My elder brother rushed off and barred the door | with a big log,
(50) with a log, because there was no key. We were very poor. I
cried from fright. "Don't cry, little sister. We are all right inside
The Zunis | are killing our friend." They seized him. The Zunis
took from the Navaho 's back the pinon gum that he was going to
sell. I They threw it away. They struck him. "Gently, | friends,
don't do that!" he said but he was killed! | (55) They threw him
down on Grease Hill. After the Navaho had died our grandmother
said, "Let us go to our peach orchard." | We went and it was very
dangerous. We saw the dead Navaho. | My brother, I, our grand-
mother, went to our peach orchard, We were very much frightened |
by the corpse of the Navaho. The body was swollen, like this. He
had been wantonly killed, and so he swelled up. Our | grand-
mother took us by the hand and ran past where the body of the
Navaho was lying. |
76 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
60 hie hon ipapa hon tfsanapa ho'na hot'a mopiyakwin ho*na
sanra ptkwe%a. hie hon tewuko'li'a. kwa ciwe ku'wa, hie ho'n
hot'a heahoni'we a*wacapa hon rto'fca. mi'we yo'ajJa ho'mvni
hota pyumu'we he'palo^a. ^aihe'palofea. ho'nan hota rtowaca.
hie tewuko'li'a ho*na sam'a mopiakwi ho'na il'i J£akwe%a. t'ewana-
65 we hampasa hon it'suyaph ho*na hota sanra il*i ^akweye. ho'na
nana tJa yam iyo* t?a sam'a ^akweye. kwa ho* yam tsita kwa hon
il* al'una'ma. hie yam hota yam nan hie hon antecema. hie hon
tewuko'li'a. ho^a hota a't'san a'tci ton tatc inkwi tsit inkwi
^apkwe'napkwi ton a't'u. isko tsit ime tatc ime. hiniktci ciw*
70 il'i tsita tatcu. ama t?on a't'u. ho^a nan'a ho^a'n. mecokoawako
wol'ufca. }£apkwe*nakwi hon a-ne i*papa. hie hon tewuko'lPa hon
ci'le antecema yam mopiyakwi. horn papa yam mecoko imyal-
to'^a. horn nana horn i*^ecu^a. horn mecokan horn ye'mapL^a.
topnrte mecoko horn papa imalto'a. horn nan*a animyalto^a,
75 mecoko, horn papa imaltokwi. hon a*^a. l^apkwe'nakwi horn
tsit'a horn tatcu a'tci sam imo'ka. horn tat'eu na'le lataka. ko *-
macko*na nawe tak*a. hiya horn a't'san a'tci a*tc rya. koplati
t'on rya ? ho 3 n hota hictfe ciwe antecema alja ho*na i'J£a. — hanat'e
le'kwap a'tfsan atci a'tci ciwe an'tecema yam mojJiyakwi. horn
so a*ni horn tsita ko*macko*na ciwe wopup ho*na yam mecoko imi-
(60)1 and my brother were both small, and we lived alone with our
grandmother at her peach orchard. | We were very poor. There was
no meat. Our | grandmother made corn cakes for us, and these
we ate. When the corn was ripe, | grandmother made us fresh
cornbread, and hepaloka, fresh corn hepaloka. | We were very poor.
We stayed with her alone at our peach orchard. Every day |
(65) we ate hampasa 1 , dipping it in water. We were living alone with
our grandmother ; and our | grandfather also, poor thing, was living
alone. We did not | go around with our mother. We always wanted
our grandmother and our grandfather. We were very | poor. Our
grandmother: "Children, go to your mother and your father | at
Caliente. There your mother is staying, your father is staying.
I think | (70) they have meat, your mother and father. Now you
go ahead." Grandfather saddled a burro for us. | We were going
to Caliente, I and my brother. We were very poor. We | wanted
a little piece of meat. At the peach orchard, brother mounted
his burro. Grandfather took me in his arms and lifted me on to
my burro. | There was one burro. My brother mounted. My grand-
father lifted me up | (75) on the burro where my brother was mounted.
We went. At Caliente my | mother and my father were staying
alone. My father killed deer. | Many deer he killed. "Hiya! my
two children are coming. Why | have you come?" "Our grand-
mother wants meat very badly, therefore we have come." "Hurry
up," | he said. "The two children want meat at their peach or-
chard." | (80) My mother wrapped up lots of meat for me. We
1 A yellow flowered herb.
Bunzely Zuni Texts 77
yattxrna hon tfsanan hie hon tewuko'lPa yam naira yam hota
hon sama mojJiyakwi hon ili ^akweye hon yu*acona. hon koyek;a.
^eptahnakwi hon tfanayaye. ho*na tsita kwa li'l imam'e kapkwe*-
nan iceltema ^akweye. ko'macko'na hon na'le ciwe hon wopon
i*ya. hie hon tewuko'lPa. hon papa hon yu > aco > a. hi*no hin 85
ciwina'kwi ho*n hota le'anikwa. el*e ho* sanra ho' ime. hinik t'on
a*tfsana antecema. wan t?on ko'wi ciwina*kwi wan t'on a*t c u. wan
t'on ikocan*a. hiniktfon a'ttean antecema. e'te on*an*te pat'eu acekoa
al*e on*an*te hon teolana. a'ciwi a*patcu lakna icanana t'e^apoakwi
ha*i patcu acefca. hie hon tec*larjl$:a. hie atfan'i patcu acekoa 90
on*an*te a^*a horn papa i^ina we'nan hon pate alkwi hon te. 5 -
tcinan to* i'hapispiira. — kwa unam'e, horn papa sam una.
hie ai?*an*i patcu te^ah* hie le*wi lana co'lenaye. hie kwa ko'kcanre
hie kokciwe*ma. hon at'sanapa a'patcu yace^a ha*i patcu.
ho* tfsanapa horn tatcu horn tsita lrla a*tc i'mo^a. kapkwe'na- 95
kwi a*tc i*ka. hon yam tsita yam tatcu hon antecema hon lrl imo'ka.
kwa hon mop*iyakwi ptkwam'e ho*n hota ho*n nan'a sam*a Ijak-
weye. ho*n li*l rpapa hon ii'l i'fea. ho*n tsita no'we wo'lea'upa hie
kwa ho* yaiyu*ya*nanre. hie ho* ma*we antecema imvkose. rto*-
napce horn tsita le*kwa wola'tu^a. heahoni'we he'kusna uhsona 100
mounted our burro. | When we were small we were very poor with
our grandfather and our grandmother. | We were living alone at
the peach orchard. We were lonely, we cried. | Our trees were at
Rock Corner. Our mother did not stay here. | She always stayed at
Caliente. We came back bringing lots of deer meat. | (85) We were
very poor. Brother and I were lonely. "Go on, go | to Zuni,"
grandmother said. "It is better for me to stay here alone. I think
you I want other children. You should go to Zuni for a while. |
You will play for a while. I think you two want children." But
right in the road the dead Navaho | was lying. Right in the
road. We were afraid. The Zunis had killed the Navaho. On
Grease Hill | (90) three Navahos had died. We were very much
frightened. It was very dangerous. The dead Navaho | was lying
right in the road. So brother said to me, "Little sister, if you are
afraid, when you come to the place where the Navaho is lying | you
cmm shut your eyes." I did not see him. Only my brother saw
him. J It was very dangerous. The Navaho who had been wantonly
killed was swollen so large. It was not good. | He had been killed
without cause. When we were young theNavaho died, three Navahos.
(95) When I was young, my father and my mother were staying
here. | They came from Caliente. We wanted our mother and our
father. We stayed here. | We did not live at the peach orchard.
Our grandmother and our grandfather lived there alone. | Brother
and I came here. Mother dished out bean stew for us. | I had no
sense. I wanted white stuff, salt. "Let's eat," | (100) my mother
said. She set the food down, corn cakes, and dried paper bread,
7^ Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
1 w Vla*tul£a. horn tatcu horn tsita horn papa ho'o hon rto'na'we.
h^o wola'tiye no'we heahonrwe. hekusna wola*tiye horn tatcu
hoxii tsitet liuui pajja ho'o lew holi hc^tlsana. ma'kose ho* ahan'iha
nolikwi ho* kwato^ai'. rt'capi. coptcilan^a! kwa ho* e'nin ikwi-
5 wam'e hie ^ana'kwe ikna ho > yatona^a kwa utcu ku*wa kwa
piton'e. ma'wiH'on lana! horn tatcu anape^a.
hie tewuko'li'a. kwa melika kwa tsipolowe kwa pisena kwa
notcapiwe kwa ma'tcikwa ku'wa. |em pewi'we pisali kwa mokwa-
we hie hawe moat'apa mokatcipa teatcikoa elanajJa wesa^aia hie
10 u'we. ho'na i'papa hon sanva ho'na tat'eu hie nawe t'ewana*we
latal'u t?ewana*we na'le ciwe hie i'ya. hon sanra ho'na tatcu kwa
ho'na'n mokwa' aca.
hinik Luise lesi ho* e'le ho* lana^a. horn kuku te'le tso'ya
homa*n aca hie le*wi tana, hie tso'ya t'u'mitcimtci ko'yenrci
15 l^awe antecema u'kwe'ka. uhson u'kwaPip horn tsita leskwanan
hanate tfu'mitcimtci u # kwe*ka. le'kwap hop horn te'le ? — lu
l^apuce tV ryan*a. to* t'u'mit'cimtci a*ptlun*a. ho* yam te'le hie
ko'kci ho* rleaka. ho* kawionkwi ho* a*^a. ho* ^apuka. lok u
tfu f mitcimtci tene'na*we'. tJirmitcimtci — t'u'mitcimtci — . ho*
20 yam }£ap*e ho* yat'e ho* ye'lahka. ho' tealakwi ho* ye'ma^a.
ho* cojjya poayala'ka. horn tekwanakwi t'u'mitcimtci a*wi'ka. ho*
that | (i) she set down. My father, my mother, my brother and I
were eating. | Beans and corn cakes and dried paper bread were
set out. My father, | my mother, my brother and I; I was about
so small. I tried to reach for the salt | and fell into the bean pot.
I burned myself. "You naughty girl!" I had no belt around my
waist. (5) I was dressed just like Kanakwe. I had no underdress,
no | pitone. "You big salt eater!" Father scolded me. |
We were very poor. There were no white people, no Mexicans.
There was no cloth, | no coffee, no sugar. We slept on skins and
saddle blankets. We had no shoes. | There were many weeds, small
spreading cactus and little burrs in all the fields, and we went
barefoot. | (io> It hurt our feet. Brother and I were alone. Every
day our father | went hunting. Every day the deer meat came.
We were alone. Father | did not make moccasins for us.
I grew up to be a girl, I think Louisa's age 1 . My father's sister |
made a beautiful jar for me, about so large. It was very beautiful.
The Koyemci came out singing twmitcimtci. | d«) They wanted
water. As they came out mother said, | "Hurry! T'umitcimtci
have come out," she said. "Where is my jar?" "Go on, | get
water! You will come back and throw water on twmitcimtci" I
picked up my pretty jar. 1 1 went to the river. I filled it with water.
Hark! | twmitcimtci are singing. "T'umitcimtci, twmitcimtci" | (20) I
grabbed my jar of water. I ran. I climbed up to the house top. |
I sat waiting for them on the edge of the roof. T'umitcimtci came
to my yard. I | threw water over them. As I threw water over
1 About 14 years.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 79
a'^hika. ho* a'kahip horn tsita utcu'ka. horn han*ona tsitsip^a.
ho* iyam* acowa*kwi ho* i'tcu-koskuka ho* yam te*le leaye ho* yam
tsita ho* lesanikwa la*l homan tsita te t'api'. — yam yaman*te lea
paniyu. horn tsita horn lesanikwa hol*o ho' t'u*mitcimtci ho* wo'- 25
t'apan-a'ne. ho* temaiyal£an*iha. — wan yam te*le tea paniyu! —
ho'l'o la'l homan tfajJi! — hani tsitsi*a. horn tsita le*kwap ko*ma
ho 3 iteh-kwatokat c u. — ho'l'o kuhmana le*kwap iyam acowakwi
te'le ho* itehkwato^a. kuhmo^a! tsita samu satowe ahna horn
anape ho* yam te'le kuhmoka. — hie kwa yaiyu*ya*nanret'om te*le 30
ko'kci t'om kuku ackoa'. hie horn tsita samu sunhapa horn tatc
iyapa horn tsita atineka. t'siwu*anan al^a horn tat'eu Jjapi hie
horn tatcu samu. ho* koye horn te*le kuhmo*k;a. kwa tfsinan hoi
tern tcuholi unanre.
hie a*tewu*ko*lia sic ho* Josi hi*nina ho* e*let'apa t'sina yani- 35
^ana'^a copluwayalakwi kwili meli^a l^akweye. horn nana ho*-
na'wan peye hana*ha' horn a*t'sana'. horn a'nana horn a'hota
tcim i'laknan rpotil^ana Hakna le*holi yatokwe'ilenankwi hi-
wala'we kwiulakoa melika a*wi*a. hanaha' iyo horn a't'sana a'laci
a'wam pena* teakoa hons a*te*tcik;a. ho*mvwa a*nanapena*wil*ap- 40
koa hon a*te*tcika. lai^antholi ho 3 i*ya hiwala*we rloh'apa he*-
ona'we pena* teakoa he*ona awrapa le*holi kwiulakoa yaton kwe'-
them, my mother was inside. She was nursing my little brother. |
I stuck my head in through the hatchway above. I was holding
my jar. I | said to my mother, "Here mother, take this jar from
me." ( (25) Bring it down yourself!" mother said to me. "No,
I am going to follow tumitcimtci. | I want to watch the dance."
"First bring your jar down." | "No, here, take it from me." "Brother
is nursing," my mother said. "All right, | then I'll throw it in."
"No, it will break!" I threw the jar in through the hatchway. |
It broke. Mother was angry. She picked up the broken pieces and
I (30) scolded me. I broke my jar. "You big fool! Your | pretty jar
that aunt made for you." My mother was very angry. In the
evening, when my father | came, mother told him. My father beat
me with a horsewhip. | My father was very angry. I cried. I had
broken my jar. | No one had seen the design yet.
(35) We were very poor. When I was a girl, about like Josie 1 ,
they opened a school. | At Standing Arrow Mountain two white
men were living. My grandfather | spoke to us. "Alas, my children,
my grandsons, my granddaughters ! | Now the days will be full of
fighting. From yonder where the sun comes up, | from the tribes
whom they have forced back, the whites have come. Alas, my
poor children. | (40) Now we have reached what was foretold by
the old people. The prophecies of our grandfathers | we have
reached. From different places the people are coming. They have
turned aside the tribes. | This railroad, according to their words
the railroad has come. The ones who have forced them back yonder
1 About 22 years.
80 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, %y
ilenankwi kwiulakoa a*wi*apa lakanthoii hiwala*we i : l6n : apa rf&kna
rpoHl^an'a. hiwala yalakwai'in'a holon tern tfa t'o'no ihtoh^ana*-
45 wapa holon tVna*wa tcawe holon tern ta'i a*lacan*a tVna*wan
tcawe luknoko ihtoh^ana'wapa honkwati luwala*we i*loh*aj}a
tcimi kwahol yam ko*na tse^an'ona kwaholi penan*e anawana
tcim pena* acnan tfo 3 na*wa tcawe a*peye*n*a hoktikoa hon a'wa'-
nuwa kwaholi tV yam tcawe a*wam peyena'wapa kwa tfo'na
,50 yanhatianapcukwa son a'te'tchra holon Haknaj£an*a hompici
^apilna lito^an*a hompici ulohnan*e yampokwihan'a* kwa
yu'he'tam'e. ho'na'wa a*tacina'we lu^a pena*we il'ap^a. uhsona
t^tcin'iha lukanholi he^akwe'we a'wrajja melika ho* iloh*a kwa
^eUsana^am'e. Ion holi. tfo'na yam patci rtuwala^arra. ljakwewo*-
,55 'an'a. tens ko'lea nana'kwe lul£ a'jfeyelja. iyo c horn a*tfsana horn
tcawe nanakwe a*peye'koa s'uhsona teati. ^alapakwi he'onapa
holoni tfon e*le holi hoM rya^ana'wa. kwa yu'he'tanre. t?a Uenati
ho'nawa a'nana pena*wilopkoa uhsite son a'te^ci. ho'na'wa nan'a
lul^a peye Hustitu ho 5 *o ho'na nana hon anhaponaye. peyip
«o ho^a'wan nana peye'a hon a'koye hel^akwe'we he 5 ona*we hon
a*wat?an*a hon a'koye ma* ta'i lew'a'natfa kwa tfa hon itecla-
na'ma. ho'na'wan nana hel^akwe'we he*ona*we a*wantej5ejJa hon
a-koye^a. ma } kwa ta'i hon iteclana'ma. hie a'laci ho'na'wa nana
where the sun | rises, the ones who have forced them back have
come. They have turned aside the tribes. The days will be full of
fighting. | The village will be destroyed. Either, when you have
children | (45) or else when your children are old, and when your
children have children, then perhaps the tribes will be turned aside.
They will make up words for whatever they think, any kind of
word that they want. | So your children will talk. On the tail we
shall go(?). | When you exhort your children to anything, | <50) they
will not listen to you. So we shall reach the end. Perhaps there
will be war, or else | it will rain hot water, or else the world will
turn over. | It is not plain. Our parents had this word. | Now it is
about to come. When the trains keep coming and the white people
are here, | there will be no happiness. They will build their towns
close to you. They will build their houses. | (55) Indeed, even this
our | grandfathers spoke of. Alas, my little ones, my | children, what
our grandfathers foretold, that has come to be. When the railroad
comes to Gallup, | or else perhaps you will grow up safely. It is not
clear. It cannot be helped. | What our grandfathers foretold, that
we have reached." Our grandfather | told this. Grandfather called
us, Hustitu and me, to him. When he spoke, | (60) when our grand-
father spoke thus, we cried. We were afraid of the trains and the
railroads. | We cried. Now that we have come this far we are no
longer frightened. | When our grandfather first mentioned the train
and the railroad, we | cried but now we are no longer frightened.
Our grandfather | told us all the terrible things that the old people
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 81
kwaholi hie atfairi peye^a. alaci hie a'wa atfan'i pena* tealga. ho*n
a*t?sanapa ho'na'wa nana hie atfan'i peyel^a. ma* honkwati ^a^i 66
lesnathva horn nana peye*koa. ho* aiyu*ya*na. la^ant* holi luwala*-
we Hoh'an'ona jJemvwe iH%a. ma J uhkwaht'cati ho' yu'teclatu^a^a.
sonta'hrkwe melika rpot'i^a. ko*lea horn nana pena'wrlPkoa ho*
yu'teclatika. horn han*ona an oyemc > ona melika sontahrkwe
yat'emvwe ut'cuna'wetihapa hon yu'teclati hon a'koye^a. sonta*- 70
lu'kwe horn han*on a*ni an oyemc'ona yai?ena^:antiha. t'umah-
kaiya sonta'hrkwe rpot'il^a. horn han'ona an oyemci tfumahkaiya
^apali'we tutu^al^a. haHcotilja. a*tsawa^i ainanapka. tfumahka
atana'wa^'a tcuokna a'kwinaJjpa awe tfumahka haliconapa atsa-
wa^i ainanapka ocokwikoa. kwa acenam^a. horn hani koye horn 75
han'ona yat'ena^a. hon t'elit'okwi yu'tula-kwato^a. kwa hon
a'ho* a'tea'cukwa. honkwati ko'wi tfelinan a*napa hon yacen'a. ma
horn nan*a peye*koa tcimi ho* iftema. honkwa hie a'laci mola.
a*wa nana ko'leholi a'wampeye'koa ho' iftema. ko'lehoti a'wa
a'tacina* a*wa ampena*wil*apkoa. raa } uhkwati ho* yam a*nana 80
yam a-hota ho* kwaholi ho* a*wampeyepa kwa horn anhatiana*-
wam'e kwaholi horn nana ko'na horn ampena'wiH'koa tcimi kwa-
holi jiena* anawana tcim pemvwacna a'peye. yose*we ko'lehoh
yam ho* rya'^a'koa ho* jtemvwiH hie ho* tewuko*li*a ho'i'ya*-
^akoa. 85
had said. Very terrible were the words of the old people. When
we I (65) were young our grandfather told us terrible things. Well,
perhaps sometime, | it will happen as my grandfather said. I do not
know. "They will keep on coming, the people | who will turn you
aside." These were his words. And so indeed we suffered. | The
town was full of white soldiers. Then according to the words of my
grandfather | I suffered. The white soldiers seized my sister's hus-
band. I (70) They were going to put him in prison. We suffered. We
cried. The soldiers | were going to take my sister's husband. J The
town was full of Tumaka's soldiers. My sister's husband gave
Tumaka | whisky to drink. He got drunk. The young man beat
Tumaka | with large stones, with black grinding stones, with rocks.
When Tumaka was drunk the young men | (75) beat him on the
head. He did not die. My sister cried. My | sister was seized. We
ran away into the back room. "We | shall not remain alive. Perhaps
sometime during the night we shall all die. | Now at last, I believe
what my grandfather told us. Perhaps the old people were right. |
Now I believe everything that grandfather told us. Whatever words
our I (80) parents spoke." And now see. When I tell my grandsons
and my granddaughters anything, they do not listen to me, | just
as my grandfather told us. Now they just guess some words. They
speak words that they have made up. In vain | I tell them all the
time how I came to be alive, how I grew up like a poor person.
82 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
horn tatcu tfewankwi yam kuwaiye rwoloh'ajia a*patcu yankok-
cuna*wap horn tatcu yam kuwaiye patcu tsawalp tfsana t'ewan-
kwikwi yam patcu wo'le halisokan aka. ho* a*nuwa horn tsitona
le'anikwap holtci tfewankwikwi lulta le'kwap patcu jjoaye. kwa
90 hatianam*e patcu tsawa^i. koptJo* lewupin*a ? — lul^anVhalisona.
— hi'ya le'kwa horn tsita hiya kopla*ti ? — kwahoh* ho* antecema.
horn tcawe lukno a'tewuko'lia. — kwap tfo* cemaira? — kane'lu,
tahtfcati taku*we, incrt'ona taku'we, t'en kwaholi. — ma Uo J a't c u
homa'ni tV hanela* a'wacan'a. — ho*na'wa tsita mulo'u mot'saca.
95 horn tatcu t'ewankwi a'n'iha an hanela^wace'a. mulo* acnan yam
nitsika tsita i'wo*ptco. yam mot'sa acap wo*tu. wo'tup patcu
yu'he'to hatia*wa halisonan kwai'intiha. nitsika hanh^a. hanlip
horn tatcu t'ewankwin il'a'^a. patcu il*a*nap a'tcia Liopo an tatcu
tsipolo t'ewankwi halisokan t'ewankwi a*wa*^a. horn tsita halicoti
ioo horn nitsika kwa ku'wa! e*te holomac a*ne horn nana le'kwap
i tfenati hoi halisonakapa nitsika aiyo^an'a. ko^a hanat'e horn
tshVa yam tatcu le'anikwap lawaptsicle. kop hon lewuna*wa. hon
itehyanawa a^api ho*i halisokan a*ne. horn nana lawaptsicle'^a.
elel^apa hon a't'sana horn papa ho'o horn han'i ha'im'ona hon
5 la'tunan kwai'ika. tcuhoh* acen hrnina kakwen tenrla hon la*tunan
My father had friends in the east and when the Navahos made
peace | my father took his friend a little Navaho boy | and went to
sell his Navaho slave in the east. "I shall go," | he said to my
mother, "somewhere to the east with this one," he said. The
Navaho was sitting there. | (90) He did not hear, the Navaho boy.
"What are you going to do?" "I shall sell this one." | "Alas,"
said my mother. "Alas, why?" "I want something. | These, my
children, are poor." "What will you ask for?" "Sheep, | goats,
beads, ancient beads, oh anything." "Well, go on." | "You will
prepare provisions for me." Our mother baked bread. She mixed
dough. | <95) My father was going to the east. She was preparing his
provisions. As she was making bread, | mother drew off her rings.
She put them down while she mixed the dough. She put them
down. The Navaho | heard plainly. He was going out to sell
him. He stole the ring. He stole it | and my father took him to
the east. He took the Navaho and the two went with Leopoldo's
father, | the Mexican, to the east to trade. They went to the east.
My mother became excited. | uoo) "My rings are not there!"
"But they have gone far away," my grandfather said. | (D "It can't
be helped. Wherever they sell him they will take the rings from
him. Go on, hurry up!" my | mother said to her father. He cut
prayersticks, "What shall we do ?" "We | shall protect you because
someone is going to trade." My grandfather cut prayersticks. |
When he was ready, we children, my brother, I, my sister, three of
us, | (5) went out to plant prayersticks. It was the same as when
someone dies, the whole house went out to plant prayersticks. | My
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 83
kwai'ilja. horn tatcu patcu yam wo'le halisoka tfewankwikwi t'a
t'opa ciwi Liopo an tatcu t'opa ciwi halisoka. hon a'tfsanapa ha'im-
'ona ho'na* wan tatcu patcu halisoka ko'macko*na ^ane*lu cotce*we
pise'we. hie ho'na*wa tatcu kane'lut'ap cotccwe pise kohana hie
le'wi mecoko seto lal kane'lu yam patcu halisoka. patcu koyeka. 10
Liopo an tatcu halisonakap kwa antecemana horn to' halisopa
kwaholit'o' wo'ticapa t'o' k;ane*lu rtfapipa kwa ho' lol imam*ekan*a.
ho' a'nuwa ciwina'kwi. kwa ho' antecemana'ma Liopo tatcu
le'kwap horn tatcu patcu halisoka komacko'na kane'lu a*wil-i*ya
tcims lesapi hon a't'sanapa tcims hon kwahol il'apa hon ^ane'l 15
il'apa hon cotce il'apa hon pise* il'apa hie hon i'l^et'sana hon
fcane'l il'apa hon cotce. il'apa hon pise* il'apa patcu halisona-
^*a. hie i*samap horn tatcu hie hemokwi%a. i'wolohap horn tatcu
patcu yat'eka. kwa ainananrka. uhsona halisoka. tcims hon
i^etfsana. kwahol il'apa kane'lu cotccwe pise'we tcim horn tsita 20
l^etsana.
ho'na*wa a*kuwaiye a'patcu ko*macko*na pisali'we tu*ci cotce*-
li'ana hon ho' i'ya^ana'wapa ho'na*wan tatcu kohomacko'na
kwaholi il'i. ko'mackona kwahol il*i t'u'ci wakaci mu*la kane'lu
ko*macko'na. horn tsit*a ciwan'i makim'ona olo'ika t'ewusafe'a 25
rmujia tern ho' t'sana'ka horn tatcu ko*macko*na yam l^ane'lu
a'wil* ptpkwe*nakwi a*wil i'mo'^a. tcuwap horn il-imopura Jjap-
father sold his Navaho slave in the east. And | another Zuni,
Leopoldo's father, and yet another Zuni, traded. When we were
children, three of them, | including my father, sold the Navaho for
many sheep, robes, | saddle blankets. Our father had many sheep
and robes and much white cloth. | (io) His burro was loaded like
this. And then for sheep he sold his Navaho. The Navaho cried. |
When Leopoldo's father sold him, he did not want it. "Don't
sell me ! | After you have gotten something, when you have taken
away your sheep, I shall not stay there. | I shall go to Zuni. I do
not want it." So he said to Leopoldo's father. | My father sold the
Navaho. He brought many sheep with him. | us) Then it was as it
is now. When we were young then we had something. We hac
sheep, J we had robes, we had cloth. We were very happy. We
had sheep, we had robes, we had cloth, because he sold the Navaho.
During the war my father had been very brave. When they came
out to fight my father | had seized a Navaho. He had not killed him.
That one he sold. Now we | (20 ) were happy. We had something;
sheep, robes, cloth. Now my mother | was happy.
Our friends, the Navahos, had many saddle blankets and horses
and blue blankets. | When we were grown up our father had many |
possessions. He had many possessions: horses, cattle, mules,
sheep, I (25) many things. My mother, the one who was a priestess,
sat down to pray, in the summer. | I was still small. My father was
looking after all his sheep. | He stayed with them at Caliente. "Who
6*
84 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. Xy
kwe'nakwi ? ho' yam kanelu ho 5 a'wil* imo*^:an*a. sanra iJo*
t'ewus afe:*a i'mupa tcuwap homan i*to*wacan"a ? ho' sam imo^an'a.
30 horn tsita ciwarri li'l tewus alj im*e torn l^atsuj; il'a't'u horn tshVa
le'kwap to' homan hekuspura horn tatc*ona le'anikwa horn tsita
kwa ]£apkwe'nakwin a'na*ma. tewus ak*a i*me horn tatcu: hon.
a*t c u. hon Jtapkwe'nakwin a*t c u. horn tatcu le'kwa tern hie amina
t?a toman l£awican*a. to* wo*wil'ap toman l£awican*a horn tshVa
35 le'kwa som tatcu horn ^apkwe'nakwi horn il*a*lja horn tatcu
wowiWka. yam l^ane'lu a*wil*-al*uka. ryapa ko*macko*na tciwatu
ho* a'kwi^aca. temi ho* amina Louise hrnina. kop ho* lewun*a ?
ho* yam tatcu le*anikwa hie le'wi sa*le lana hie ho* kwika ko*-
macko*na. horn tatcu horn lesanikwa to* kwi^a to* lo'okat'u. —
40 kople*a ? — hi tcimt'sana yat'ece. ho* kwai'il^a. ho* kwai*inan lo*
yam tcimtsana ho* yateka. ho* yatep so* ainapfca. wicaptsilja.
som tatcu tsikwahj^a. Ko wopihlja. hapnuskin*e s*ulil£a. hanate
koco. to kocon*a. ma'kosi ho* wopana^a. hapnuskhre ko*wi
Kusap so jjiyahfea. yam kwi^a. so* hapnuskin'e ^aia^a kwa haiyo*-
45 ^a. em aklul$:a. ho' em aklunan so* wcrtatulja. toms tco^il^ika
so* pisena^'a ho* jJeha^a. ho* hetsu*a^aka. ko'macko'na horn
kwipt* lo'ona'we woya*opa. tsita lito* rcema imo*'fea.
hon a*tsana son a*wrya ciwina'kwi tsita tewus tcune^a. yata-
of us shall stay together here, at Caliente. 1 1 shall stay to look after
my sheep. If you go back alone | to sit down to pray, who will
cook for me ? I shall stay here alone." | (30) My mother, the priestess
was staying here to pray. "Let your daughter go with you," my
mother | said. "You will fix me dried paper bread," my father
said. My mother | did not go to Caliente. She sat down to pray.
My father: "Let us | go. Let us go to Caliente." So my father said.
"She is still weak, | but she will get water for you. While you herd
your animals, she will get water for you," my mother | (35) said.
So father and I went to Caliente. My father | herded his animals.
When he went about his sheep, there were many goats among
them. 1 1 milked them. I was still weak, like Louise. "What shall
I do?" | I said to my father. "Take this big bowl. I have much
milk," | my father said to me. "Make cheese of it." (40) "How?"
"Go and catch a kid." I went out. I went out and I | caught a kid.
I caught it and killed it. I cut its throat. | My father skinned it.
He took out the entrails. He took out the bladder. "Come | wash it.
You should wash it." I put salt in it. When the bladder | dried
a little I took it down from where it was hanging and poured the
milk into the bladder. | (45) I made a big fire. I made a big fire and
put it on the fire. It just curdled. | I wrapped it in a cloth and
kneaded it. | I turned out lots of cheese, | while Mother was staying
here praying for rain. |
We children came to Zuni. Mother was finished with her cere-
mony. | (50) It was all over. They were going to dance the Mixed
Bunzely Zuni Texts 85
kwe'^a, wo-tom'la otiwe'tiha a'toole kiwitsikwi kwaPlJja. at'sana.
hie i'teclana. hanre ciwi a*tci t'sana Ben hrnina atci hepokokwi so
a*tci ana-kwato^a. a'tocle kwai'i. t'op aksilp koye el koyena'ma
kwa hiyawolucna a'tocle team'e. ho'i ciwi tomt yace'a. a'tocle
kwa atfananve. aktsi^i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre peye. koko antepe
aktsik ts'ana lehol tacana kwili. tJopa koye. tomt yace'a le'kwa
aktsilp. t'opa kona tcune^a. t'opa aktsilj yam ^akwan pelja. penap 55
kwa hiyawolucna kwa a'tocle team'e. horn atine^a t'opa aktsil^.
le'kwa an tsit i^atipl. tcuwap leskwa ? — horn atine^a. a'tocle
kwai'ip hon hejtokokwi hon ana-kwato^a. hon ana-kwatop ho*
koye^a. el koyena'ma kwa hiyawolucna a'tocle team'e. e*t ho J i eo
t'omt yace'a. le* horn anikwa. — kwa yaiyu'ya'nam'e hie Uo*
kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre. kotcima* lea a'tocle. kwa yacena'ma. t'enati
tVna saiyalPa ho'ma'tci tVna wicapt'sina*wa an tsita le'kwa kwa-
hol wowatfani koko a'samu tVna wicaptsina'wa. an tsita le J kwa
ifcati. komosona atinajia kwas wan tcuholi jieyena'ma. wan sic 65
t?eloJ£an°a. tekwan'te wo'tenvla hie koko tfemla hie a*watfani koko
rjjan'a. — aktsijjii a'tocle antepe^a. kwa koko team'e ho'ite. hie
aktsijp kwa yaiyu'ya'nam'e ko antepefea. hie uhsona hie at'an'i
kwa tcuhol uhsona peyecukwa. hie ijJanaye accwe late'na^a.
hie i'panaye a^*a an tsita ijfati^a. anapeja. s*a*wi*fc;a. koko a*samu 70
wic aptsina'wa.
Dance. Atocle came out of the kiva. The children | were all
frightened. Some little Zuni boys like Van ran into an oven. |
Atocle came out. One of the boys was crying. "Don't cry. | It's
not really Atocle. Some Zuni man is just pretending. Atocle |
is not dangerous." The boy spoke foolishly. He mocked the
katcinas, | (55) the little boy. They were about so tall, the two.
One was crying. "They are just pretending," | the little boy said.
The other stopped crying. The boy spoke of it in his house. He
said, I "It's not really Atocle. He told me, the little boy. | So he said.
His mother got very angry. "Who said so ?" "He told me. When
Atocle I came out we ran into an oven. We ran in and I | <eo) cried.
' I >on't cry. It's not really Atocle, but just someone | who is pretend-
ing," so he said to me." "He has no sense, and you | have no
sense ! It's a wonder that Atocle didn't kill you ! However | Saiyalia
and Homatci will cut your throat!" his mother said. | "Some
dangerous creature, some angry gods will cut your throat," his
mother said. | (65) She was angry. "One must not tell to anyone what
the katcina chief tells. | One must be quiet. Suddenly the Mixed
Dancers, all the dangerous katcinas, | will come. The little
boy mocked Atocle. "He is not a god. He is but the person." | The
boy was very foolish. He mocked the katcinas. That is very danger-
ous. I No one must say that. He will be punished. He will be
severely whipped. | (70) He will he punished. Therefore his mother
was angry. She scolded him. So they came. The ferocious gods |
were going to cut his throat. |
86 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
hie a-ho* hapona'ka kokw a'samu u'kwatojja* koko aktei^
wicaptshra an k;ane*l hi*nina. kwa t'ehyananve le'kwap an tatcu
il^ati^a. t'owo'anan'e i'pa'u^a an aktsi^ona wicaptsinak'a koko
75 antowo'atiniyahka. aktsilji koye koko wicaptshra. tehwitokwi.
koyemci awan tatcu nana nana el lesna teamet c u! iyo c kihe
tewulaci! a'ciwan'i tcuholi ciwani k;al paniyu nana tci hea wicap-
tsin'iha! kwa tcuhol yat'ena'ma t'omt cuwahna*we el hie ocok-
wihna'wanre. tomt kihe'kwe it'eclatitun'ona^i'a tomt cuwahna'we.
so hopoawe ainana*wa kwa wicaptsinananrka ainana'^a. hie tenrla
li'lno hie tenrla ainanapk;a. kwa tfsum'anre an a'tsita a*koye
konenante an ^akwe iHntin-a'ka. tcuwa i'lja. hie an nana samu
koko inapelja ele lulj ainana'we'. yam ko*na a*peyen*ona lujja
ainana'we. kwa t'on luka ocokwhre fea^i kokwa*wa ^akwi te'tci-
85 nakwi kwa ton iyahnanapcukwa. yam ko'na a'ya'n^na lesnate
luka an ocokwin'e t'on il'ap a*wa*nuwa. ele yam kon a'peyen'ona
t'on luka antenna. kokwa*wa a'wan kakwi t'on lu^ ilap a'wa*-
nuwa. an ocokwin'e hoi koluwala'kwi ton lu^a kwatoptna'wa.
kwa ton it'anapcukwa. el'e lesnate t'on a*ya*na t'on lukn a'ni
90 ocokwin'e il*ap a'wa'nuwa. ma ko'yemci antecemanap^atapa
akts% t'sana ocoki'hnajtanarjka ko'yemci yam nana homa'tci
yat'eka wicaptsinihapa aiyaknanakatapa koko tsawa^ona ko'yemci
Many people gathered to see him. So the angry katcinas came in.
One of the katcinas | was going to cut the boy's throat, just like
a sheep. "He is not valuable," he said. His father | became angry.
He raised his gun to his shoulder. They were going to cut his boy's
throat and therefore | (75) he was going to shoot the katcina. The
boy was crying. The katcinas were going to cut his throat in the
plaza. | The father of the Koyemci (said), "Grandchild! Don't
do that ! Be kind to our poor friend. | One of you priests come down
here. Grandson, Tcihea is going to cut his throat. | No one seize
him. Just cleanse him. Don't cut off his head. | Just cleanse him,
to frighten our friends. | (80) Whip him with yucca." They did not
cut off his head. They whipped him. All over | his back they
whipped him. He had no strength. His mothers cried. | They brought
him crying to his house. Someone came. His grandfather was very
angry. | He scolded the katcinas. "All right, kill him! Kill this
one who has told our secrets ! | In order that you may take his head
with you to the house of the katcinas | (85) you should not let him
go. To complete your ceremony | you must take his head with you.
All right, | do this to him who has told your secrets. You will take
him to the house of the katcinas. | You will take his head in to
Katcina Village. J Don't leave him behind. If you want to finish this
in the right way | (90) you will take his head with you." Now the
Koyemci did not want them to do it. | They would have beheaded
the little boy. Koyemci seized his grandchild, Homatci. | As he
was about to cut his throat he made him let him go. Koyemci
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 87
te*hyanapka. kwa lesna teanreljatfapa wicaptsinap^atajJa kok'wan
tfowo'ati^anarjlja. hie aktsi^i t'sana acep kokwacerra hie atJaniti^a.
hiwala* tenrla kokw i^an*a. hopoa'we ak'a a'ho'i lakna*we. yam 95
J^akwi yutula'-kwatela. kwa ho'inanve.
ak'a kwa la^i a't'sana a'waktshp lew 3 a'lana koko a'puana'ka.
salimopiya kokrwisi kiaklo saiyaiPa a'pu'anaj^arra. saiyalPa hie
uhsona a*wat?an*i. t'opiirte jJisali lal i:em*e aktsi^ona jJa'mra
saiyah'a a*wa poa'una lew holi aktsil^ tfsana hopoa'we Ian afc'a 100
ainana^an*a hie atfan'i yal^anal^an'a saiyah'a yulihan'a aktsi^on 1
uluira hopoan lana saiyali'a an kihe ainan'a. ainanan saiyali'a
komosona ampeyen'a. 1H t'om pu^ana^a. tV el a'wunap. el tfo*
penam*t c u. a't'sana eltV yatinenanrt c u. tV penapa ino'te koleholi
tsawaljona anateatPkoa t'om les aleatin'a. ino'te tsawaki koko 5
a'wantejJe^a. cPil^a kaiyuan'i. uhsona koko a'wantepe^a. ocokw-
ihna^a t'owa yalakwi an ocokwnre iteh-ye*mal£anapl£a. iteh-pani'-
^a. kokw a"watJan*i ho'ma'tci saiyaiPa an ocokwin*e tikwahwaka.
kohiwalakwi an ocokwhre iteh-kwato^a. aktsil^ tfsana pu'ana^na
lu^a le* ampeye^a. aktsil^ tfsana ko-pu'anakna ampeyeka. kwa 10
pecukwa. kohiwala'kwi kaiyuan'i an ocokwnre koko a*wai?ani
ocokwin'e lea a'wa'Jja. hie la^i a^'a t'ehya koko. teal tcuholi
saved the boy from the katcinas. | So it did not happen. If he had
cut his throat | he would have shot the katcinas. If the little boy
had died, the katcinas would have died. There was great excite-
ment. [ (95) The katcinas came through the whole village. They
whipped the people with yucca. | The people ran into their houses.
There was no one about. |
Therefore, today, little boys, so big, are initiated. | SalimojHya,
Kolowisi, Kaklo, Saiyalia, initiate them. Saiyalia, | those are the
dangerous ones. They put one little blanket and a buckskin over
the boy's shoulder. | <ioo) He bends down in front of Saiyalia. So
they whip the little boy with large bundles of yucca. | d) It is very
dangerous. They finish and then Saiyalia takes off his mask and
putts it on the boy. | Then his friend whips Saiyalia with the great
bundle of yucca. After he has whipped Saiyalia | the katcina chief
talk?; to him. "Here you have been initiated. You have seen every-
thing Don't | speak of it. Don't tell the children. If you speak of
it, tJi.tt which in ancient times | (5) happened to the young man, that
will happen to you. In, ancient times a youth | mocked at the
katcinas. His name was Kaiyuani. He mocked the katcinas. \C ij^ *y^$o
He was beheaded. They threw his head up on Corn Mountain. ,
They threw it down again. | The katcinas are dangerous. Homatci
and Saiyalia kicked his head. | They threw his head into the
Katcina Village." When a little boy is initiated | no all this is
told to him. When a little boy is initiated into the Katcina
Society it is told to him. | He ,must not tell. The dangerous
katcinas took the head of Kaiyuani to Katcina Village, j
88 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
Usana aktsi^i t'sanairte yam tatcu unan-te kwa pecukwa. an tsita
ampeyepa el t'o* kok a'wantepenam*t c u. a*wa saiyali*a homa'tci
is a*wa wicaptsina'wa* hie atf'an'i. komosona hoi hatia'wa kok*o
a*wat'an*i saiyali*a icemapa a*w* ainana'wa hoi tcuholi yam t'sana
ampeyena ino'te koleholi teatikoa uhsona yam tcawe ho*no hon
a'wampeyemvwe. hicte koti^an'e t'ehya ace*we late'na^a a'tfsana
a*waktsi£i a*jju*ana%a. ace*we late'na*ka a*koye*a. aka a'wam-
20 j5ewo c atfani.
tfoiya'kwi ho* imo'^a horn aktsiki Lio le'wi tacana^a. tern
amina^a. kwa tern em al'unam'Jta. ho* wihatfsan il'ijta. ho*
isana^a. — hinik honkwati t'o* tcawacaira. t'o* ciwinakwin a*t c u.
25 el'e ho inre. tfon a'nuwa. horn aktsiki an hota leakaira. el*e
ho* inre. ko'macko'na l^awe ikwan*an*a. ho* el inre. ton sam
a*nuwa. hinik tfo* tcawacan'a. — ma* el hon a'nuwa. ho*na papa
il a'nuwa ciwinakwi. hiniktci tsita kapkwe*nakwin inre. ciwina-
kwin tfesamaye. hon a'nuwa. ho*na papa il' a'nuwa. hinik iskon
so ho*o tcawacan'a. el hon a'nuwa.
Therefore today the katcinas are valuable. In spite of every-
thing, | even a very little boy, if he sees his own father, must not
speak of it. His mother | tells him. "Don't mock at the katcinas.
SaiyaHa and Homatci | (is) will cut off your head. It is very
dangerous. The katcina chief will hear of it somehow. | He will
summon the dangerous katcinas, Saiyalia. And they will whip us.'*
How some one told this to his child, | and whatever has happened
long ago that we tell to our children. | Indeed the Katcina Society
is valuable. They are whipped severely, the little | boys when they
are initiated. They are whipped severely. They cry. Therefore (
(20) talk about them is dangerous.
I was staying at Nutria. My boy, Leo, was so tall. He was still f
weak. He could not yet walk much. I was with child, I | was
pregnant. "I think perhaps you will soon give birth. You should
go to Zuni. | (25) I had better stay here, but you two should go.
My boy's grandmother will take care of him. I had better f
stay here. There is much work to be done on our wheat. I had
better stay here. You | two will go alone. For I think you will soon
give birth." "Very well, we shall go. Our elder brother | will go
with us to Zuni. I think mother was staying at jo Caliente. Zuni
is empty. We shall go. Our brother will go with us. I think there
(30) I shall give birth. We had better go." |
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 89
hon i'fca. hon i'yap t'esama^a. t'ewapa ho'na ^apkwe*nakwi
ho 3 n aniimr^a Lio t'sanap ho'na kwilim'ona. hon te'tcik;a. hon
imo^a. yatcun ya*na*ka aka ho* cokyalja. hinik an tatcu i*yan*a.
hie holomac t'ewapa.
t'elapa ho* ai^a. ho* alap*a tfelinawitiwa^a we'atco'Jta. hom 35
tatcu hatia^a. hanate hom tsita le*kwap hom tatcona okwijja^a.
hom tat'eu kwaPi]ja. ko'macko'na ^apkwe'nakwi ko'macko'na
a-ciwi hapofea. we'atcoin'ona we'atcop an hapo^a. hom tat'eu
a*^a a'ciwi haponakwi. hanat'ana' kwa^pi ? le'kwa. a*ciwi yace^ka.
le'kwap kopla'ti le'kwap melika laknap^a. le J kwap kopla'ti 40
lekwap tfu'c hanhnapka. melika wo't'apan-t'in-a'ka. yam koti
lewunapkoal^'a &1& i'j^atifea. hie a'samu^a. tfowo^-opa'we a*wi-
kwip^a. ko'macko'na hecot'an imkoskwikwi yu*tul-a'wa*]£a.tJopin'te
ciwi ^:e*la ace^a. t'oiyakwin penan te'tci^a. ciwi lacilj il'ap a'wa*ne.
t'oiyakwi. melika i^anenan'te ciwi lacijj: il'ap a*wa*ne. lit et imo^ka 45
ciwi laci^ tfaljan a'ka. mel'ika tihkwahna notcapi'l^awe mukvwe
ciwe i'to'ptnap^a. hie hantapicnapka. em i'to'^anap^a. kwa
t'aknam'ka. tfoiyakwin melik il'ap a*wa*p. ciwi tsawa^i hie
tsam-ko'kei^a. hie koko kwahol ota^ap anikwa^a. hie t'ehya'ka.
kalawasaiya an jfajja ak*a kalawasa LJjati^a. an \&\ ace^a kakapti so
We came. When we came the town was empty. Next day he
took us to Ojo Caliente. | Leo was small. The two of us came there.
We I stayed there. Then the moon was full. Therefore I waited.
"I think his father will come. | A long time has passed." |
(35) That night I went to sleep. While I was asleep, at midnight,
they called out. My | father listened. "Hurry up!" my mother
said. She awakened my father. | My father went out. There were
many people at Caliente. Many | Zunis came together. When he
called they came to the one who was calling out. My father I went
to where the Zunis were meeting. "Oh dear! Hurry up!" What
is it ?" he said. "Some Zunis were killed," | (40) they said. "Why ?"
he said. "The white people killed them!" they said. "Why?" | he
said. "They stole some horses and the white people pursued them.
Because of the wrong | they had done they became angry. They
were very ugly. They had many cartridges in cartridge-belts
around their waist. | They ran away to House-In-The-Crevice. One J
Zuni died first. The word came to Nutria. They took along an old
Zuni man | (45) to Nutria. Even though the white people were angry
they took along this old Zuni man. He was just staying here. | But
the Zuni man had gone for wood. The white people kindly gave him
coffee and bread and | meat to eat. They were very courteous.
They gave him lots to eat. | He did not get any wood. The white
people took him to Nutria. The Zuni youth | was a good-looking
young man. He knew everything about katcina dancing. He was
very valuable. | («o) He was Kalawasa s s uncle. Therefore Kalawasa
was angry. His uncle had died, itakapti, | that was his name.
90 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
les oina^a. melika ainanapl^a. hie ciwi tfehya kalawasa samu } p.
an ]$.&]$. ace^a. t'oiyakwin a'wa^a. Lioya tatcu yam pea*w a'wan
tfatekwenapka. melik a'te'tci^a. ciwi faciei yam il'ap a'wa'^ona
tcim tfoiya luwalakwi lot'ekanap^a. laci^ona il'ap a'wa'n'ona
55 uhson ku*na le'cina^a. kwilikana uhson ace^a. kwili ciwi s'aceka.
Lioya tatcu: hanat ele hecikana'we'. kwili ciw ace. sVwa'ka.
t'owo } a^ana*we. a*ciw J a^oye^a. tfoiya'kwin ciwi lacilj: pilaku t'a
lani* kacetco'ya. acen'iha an tVwo'atina^a. a'ciwi rhalicotika.
kwan He'yenapka. yam tfowoVwe hapokanapka. melik wo't'a-
«o pantin-a'^a hecotfan imkoskwikwi ko'macko'na t'oiyan hiwaPona
melika lakna'wetiha. kwil'i ciw aceka. hanate' hecikana'we'. ho'na
melik laknapka. a'ciwi le'tikwa yose'we iho'te rtse'ma^a. honkwa
yacetun^onawo'Uajjantin-a^a. melika hecot'an imkoskwikwi melika
topintfona kwawoji il'-ika. hecot'an imkoskwa a'ciwi halisonan
65 kwai'ilelja. le'ko melika i^anan^na a*wa*ne. a'ciwi yam tfowo'a'we
i'wo*pona*na a*wa*^a. lakna'wetiha a'ciwi. melika kakwekwi melika
a'ciwi laknapkoa yu'tula'-kwatol^a kwawopkwi. hecotfan imkos-
kwa a*ciwi a'te'tch^a, ace^a hiwapa a'tacana a'ciwi isnokon i'hrwak-
nan. melika utcukwit'owo'akana'we. hacina up*e. melika a*samu.
70 a'ciwi tekwan'tewe t'owo'apna'we. kwahol melika kwaant'owo'-
The white people killed him. A valuable Zuni. Kalawasa was
angry. | His uncle had died. They went to Nutria. Leo's father
was making a shed for his hay. | The white people came there.
With the old man whom they had brought along, | they approached
the village of Nutria. The old man, the one they had brought
along | (55) — he was called Ku'na — he was the second one to die.
Now two Zunis had died. | Leo's father: "Come on, you had better
hurry up! Two Zunis are dead!" They went. | "They are shooting!"
The Zunis cried. At Nutria, the old Zuni man got up. | Then he
fell again. He was dizzy. He was about to die. They shot him.
The Zunis got crazy. | They dressed. They collected their guns.
They pursued the white people. | <60) At House-In-The-Crevice,
many Nutria people | were going to slaughter the white people.
Two Zunis had died. "Come on! Hurry up! | The white people
have murdered us!" the Zunis said. In vain they thought this
was possible. On the contrary, | those who were going to die,
pursued them. At House-In-The-Crevice, a certain white man |
had a store. The Zunis used to go out to House-In-The-Crevice
to trade. | (65) There the white people, who were angry, went. The
Zunis | took their guns and went. They were going to kill them,
the Zunis. The white people were in the house. The white people |
who had killed the Zunis ran into the store. The Zunis reached
House-In-The-Crevice. There were tall pine trees standing there
and the Zunis stood behind these. | They shot at the white people
inside. They were safe inside. The white people were angry. | <7o>
In vain the Zunis shot at them. The white people did not shoot
Bwnzel, Zuni Texts 91
atina'ma. kwa wepna'ma. melika a*ciwi a*wunapa. lewi a*wan
opa'we a'tacana. al^'a a'ciwi an t'owo'aljana'we. a'ciwi yaceka.
elekoa i'tetcu-palopa tfopa ciwi lacikl tire inrafto ana'ka. ana'nap
melika Uowo'atil^a. hie li'la hatsipo ant'owo'atil^a. cowalikwi hie
luka tem*la kuhmolja. piyahka. tu'c'an'a hana'ha' a'ciwi hanre 75
le*tikwa pilemi li'l kume lana li*l yeli'ula'u. ace^a lana honkwat'i
tJa t'om antfowo'atina'wa Lioya tatc'ona a'ciwi le'tikwa kume
Usana ela'ka. Lioya tat'eu ana'ka kume lanakwi a'ciwi cemenap^a.
cemena'wap kume lanakwi ana'ka. ana'nap tern t'opa kume. kwa
te'tcina'ma s.... an tfowo'atina^ka. hie luk;a tfem'la kuhmo^a. so
lanil^a. (hie an tat'eu hi'nina Lio!).
kwa ho* uname'^a. ho* caliente imo^ka. penan we'atco
te'tci^a ^apkwe'nakwi horn tatc hatia^a. a'tci pilaku le'kwap ho*
pilak:a. horn tat'eu koye. kopla'ti le*kwap aktsiki an tat'eu aceka
le'kwap ho* halicoti^a. horn tatc aklu^a. koneteakle'a. kopla'ti le* 85
horn tsit ikwap melika laknapka le'kwap hon a*wa*nuwa le'kwap.
s't'ekohati a'ciwi kapkwe'nakwi hie rt'eclana a'koye. hon a'wa*-
nuwa le*kwap horn tatcu t'ekohatip. kwa t'atepololon*e kwa ku'wa.
hon hie a'tewuko'li'a mecok* ak'a t'u*c a^'a hon a*wimaltopa. ho*
koye horn tsita koye horn han'i kwilim'ona a'tc koye. ele t'on ime 90
le'kwap ele t'on ime. horn tsita leTkwap hon a'sama hon a'wa'nu-
at all. | They did not hurt any of them. The white people watched
the Zunis. They had cartridges so long, | and with these they shot
at the Zunis. The Zunis died. | They hid themselves wherever there
was any shelter. One Zuni old man ran off on horseback. As he
ran off | the white men shot at him. Right here in the buttocks
they shot him, in the buttocks. | There he was wounded. He fell
said. "Here, stand behind
they will shoot you, too!'
from his horse. "Alas!" some Zunis
this big tree, this big pine ! Perhaps
So the Zunis said to Leo's father. | A little tree was standing there.
The Zunis called Leo's father to the big tree. | They called him and
he ran to the big tree. He went, to the other tree | (80) but had not
reached it when sssssssss! they shot him. His whole face was
wounded. | He fell. (Leo looks just like his father!)
I didn't see it. I was staying at Caliente. They called out when
the word | reached Caliente. My father heard it. "Get up" he said.
I | got up. My father was crying. "What's the matter?" I said.
"The boy's father is dead," | (85) he said. I went crazy. My father
built a fire. Even as he was crying he built a fire. "What's the
matter?" | mother said. "The white people killed them," he
said. "We must go," he said. | It was dawn. The Zunis at Caliente
were terrified. They cried. "We | must go," my father said. It was
dawn. There was no wagon. | We were very poor. We rode on
burros and horses. I | (90) was crying, my mother was crying, and
my sisters, both of them were crying. "You had better stay," |
she said. "You had better stay," my mother said. "We shall go
92 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. %y
wa. horn nana horn hota \r\ a'fei mm iffiG'ka felffl ]fengS I'Japa
tcim t'elikwitijJa li*l penan i\ka. a*ciwi melika laknapka. a'wite
ciw* aceka. li'l penan i*^a. horn nana horn hota li'l a'tci sam
95 imo'^ka. lal hon ^apkwe'nan horn tsit'a horn tat'cu ho 3 o la! horn
han'i kwili a'wo^a a'tci topalekona hon imo'ka l^apkwe'nakwi.
horn nana a'^a. tcim li'l penan i'yapa yam mecoKo ya'jptnan
t'oiya'kwi avfca. t'ekohatip hon a'wi'^a. ho J mecoko ho* imartoye.
ho wihatsana il'i ho* isanaye. ho* yam aktsi^i ho' J^eckwimartoye.
100 horn tsita yaman'te. horn tat'cu yaman'te. a*tci koye'a. hon
i a'koye ansamo t'opin'te mecoko ho* yam aktsiki ho* ^eckwinral-
toye. tern hie tteana horn aktsiki Lio. hon a'koye. hon a*wi'^a.
horn hota sam imo'^a. itiwanihapa Ion a'wi'ka. hon a'wryap
hon hota sanra ime* horn nana t'oiya'kwin a*ka. t'elarja li'l hon
5 a'wi'lja. hon a'wryap horn hota koye'a. kwa tfefinan kwa
rto'na'ma. horn hota koye. hon a'wi'a. hon a'koye ansamo.
hie lal^hol yato hie melik ikwanin tcunan hi'nina lesapi a*wi*a
yaceko'a. mecokanan ele' yartoye. kwa tfatepololon kwa tu'ci
mecok ak*a ele' wolipa. mecoko a'setopa a'wi'ten ele* li'i a'wi'ka
10 sunhapa. kwa le*na ^akwe* kwa kwatocukwa. at'an'i, a*wi*ap
horn a'kuku horn il*apa li'l ftna%a. tcim rienan i'yapa a*wi*a ^e*si
alone." | My grandfather and my grandmother were staying here
alone. The word came here first. | Just at dusk the news came here.
"The white people have killed the Zunis. Four | Zunis have died."
The news came here. My grandfather and my grandmother were
staying here alone. | (95) And we were at Caliente. My mother and
my father and I and also my | two sisters, two women. Six of us
were staying at Caliente. | My grandfather went. As soon as the
news came here he saddled his burro | and went to Nutria. We
came at dawn. I was riding a burro. | I was with child, I was
pregnant. I sat holding my boy. | uoo> My mother was walking and
my father was walking. They cried. We | d) all cried together.
There was only one burro, and I sat on it holding my boy. | He was
still small, my boy, Leo. We were crying. We came. | My grand-
mother was staying here alone. Just before noon we came. When
we came | my grandmother was staying there alone. My grandfather
had gone to Nutria At night we | (5) came here. When we came
my grandmother was crying. All night she had not eaten. My
grandmother was crying. We came. We all cried together. |
When the sun was just about where it is now, just about the
time the white people stop work, they came. | The bodies of those
who had died were mounted on burros. There were no wagons, no
horses. | The bodies were on burros. They were on the backs of the
burros, the four bodies. They came here | (io> in the evening. They
would not come into the houses, it was dangerous. When they
came | my aunts were staying here with me. The word came,
"They are coming now!" | they said. Then my aunts came to my
Bunzel, Zuni Teocts 93
le^naljapa horn a'kuku horn ^akwin a'wi'^a. a*wi*nan a*wil*in-
tin-i'^a yacekoa. lak 11 Lola kakwelpsvin tcima* lena^ate > a iskon
wo'tika. acekoa iskon mecoko a'setfopa a'wil'intin-r^a kwa J£akwe-
kwin kwa u*kwato J cukwa pat'c ainan hrnina. ino'te a*patcu hie is
a'samu tfa a*ciw a'samu. a*patcu tcuhoti ciw 3 ainapa kwa jjawe-
kwin kwato'cukwa. tekwanakwi holomace koconapin'a kwa
kwato'cukwa. melika ainana*wap a*wrka. melika lakna'koa a*wil*-
intinap horn a'kuku horn il'apa horn tsit'a horn tat'eu horn a'kuku
horn yaknapa horn il'ap a-wa-ne. ho* te'tcifca. ho* isanaye. kwa 20
horn unakana'wanre horn oyemci. horn tsit'a sama una. horn
atine^a. kwa ko'kcame. lu^a tenvla kuhmo'l^a. horn tsita le'kwap
an a'kuku koconap^a. kwa ocokwin kocona'ma hacina peha^a.
hin tenrla kocona^a. hie jjotca. s'wolo'fea. ele'lokwi sie yato-
kwaton* ihapa horn nana hom tsita an oyemci t?a horn t'opa tsita 25
ton'aci'kwe an oyemci ha'im'ona. hon ton'aci'kwe koye*a hom
tsita a*tci lal ho*o.
hom nan*a aiyupatciya. hie at'an'i t?o' tfeckwipin'a. tV akwa'we
tV tutmra. tfo J yakon*a. hie atfan'i. kwa torn tcuhoh tfom alpHi-
cukwa. hie atfan'i to* t'eckwifcian'a. torn aktsi^i tfom sanra yatten'a. 30
kwa torn tcuholi alpiticukwa. tV sam imo^an'a. hecokopa €o y
sanra poagan'a t'om aktsi^i t'om sanra yat'ep,. kwa t?om tcuhol
alpiticukwa. homan nana akwa- lenac^a. uhsona wo'^alunan
house. When they came, | they brought the dead there where
Flora's house stands, where the wheat field is. There | they laid
out the dead. They brought them there on the backs of burros. |
(15) Thev would not enter the houses. It was just like when theyjkijj
aJ &vahoT ln ancient times the Navahos | were warlike, and the
Zums also were warlike, and whenever the Navahos killed some
Zuni, I they would not come into the house, but they would wash
him somewheres outside. | They would not come in. Or one that
the white people had killed. They came. They brought the ones
who had been killed by the white people. | My aunts were with me.
My mother, my father, my aunts, | (20 held me and went with me.
I came there. I was pregnant. | They would not let me see him, my
husband. Only my mother saw him. | She told me. It was not good.
His whole face was smashed, my mother said. | His aunts bathed
him. They did not bathe his head. It was tied up tight. | They
bathed the whole body. It was bad. So they buried them in the
graveyard, just | (25) before sunset. My grandfather, my mother's
husband, and my other mother, | the Badger woman, her husband,
three of them. We Badg er p eople cried T my^lwo mothe rs a.nH T J
My grandfather took care of me. "It is very dangerous; you
must fast. I You must drink medicine. You must vomit. It is very
dangerous. No one may touch you. | <3o> It is very dangerous, you
must fast. Only your boy may hold you. | No one must touch
you. You must stay alone. You must sit alone in the corner. | Only
94 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
motse*nika. sa^kV&ci' aljra IfaJikwiffaira akwa*we. uhsona t'o*
35 tfutmra. tV yakon'a horn le'anikwaka. hie ho' yu^tJeclatil^a. hie
at'an'i lu^a. tern hie canrli kwa tern yatol^a kwaPina'man horn
nana holomace horn il-a'l^a hon ^awaia'u. ho* lrwani weci^a
ptwaian kwhva. liwani tihkwahna kawaian*e. hokvmace te'tcinan
a'witenakan wopt'sih^a. (kwa peyecukwa) tcim lu^a t'ewusu
40 penan ^awaia^a. horn a*tatcu ho'na yato^ka tatcu ho'na'wan
a'tsita t'eluwaiaka hoi yam t'elacinal$:wi rhrwakna kwaPina ho* t'om
ona-elatena*wa. yam a^'a ci'na ya*na t'owa kohana halawotinan'e
hr'o onean*e tVna ho' a'lea'u. ho'na'wa yato^a tat'eu ilapona
t?o*na lo J halawotinan'e a'lea'u. tVna hon a'lea^. tfo'na hononean
45 a'lea'u holno ho* tfewusu ho* peyena'koa isnoko t'eljan'a. kwa
awela'koa kwa teamejjan'a. hiyawohicna yam i^e'na ho* Uewusu
penan kwaPiljan*a. to 3 na halawo'tinan lo'o a'lea'u. oneana'tea^.
holnoko'na ho 1 t'ewusu ho* rieyena'koa isnokon teptn'a. — ho*
your little boy may hold you. No one must touch you." Grand-
father gathered medicine for me. This he soaked. He mixed it in
a fine bowl. He brewed medicine. "This you | (35) will drink. You
will vomit," he said to me. I was very wretched. | This was very
dangerous. When it was still early, when the sun had not yet risen,
my | grandfather took me far away. We scattered prayermeal.
Here in the left hand | I had black prayermeal, and here the right
kind of prayermeal. When we had gone far | I passed it four times
over my head and scattered it. One should not speak. Again with
this, | (40) I sprinkled prayermeal with a prayer:
My fathers,
Our Sun Father.
Our | mothers, Dawn,
Coming out standing to your sacred place, |
Somewheres we shall pass you on your road.
This from which we form our flesh,
The white corn,
Prayermeal, |
Shell
Corn pollen,
I offer to you.
To the sun who is our father, |
To you I offer it
To you, I offer prayermeal.
To you, I offer corn pollen. |
(45) According to the words of my prayer,
So may it be. |
May there be no deviation.
Sincerely from my heart I | send forth my prayers.
To you, prayermeal, shell, I offer.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 95
^aiwaia'uira. yehtcuna tihkwahna ^aiaia'mra ^e*l a'Kwina^
rcuwahJpi. so
hie hi*nina hiwalan temla tcuhot an oyemc acepa t'a an oye o^a
acej5a tfophrte tfeckwin-e. top a*ciwi kwa yaiyu*ya*nanre utea-we
tutu, kwa ace tfeckwi a'wal'u*ya. le*na a'ciwi alpiti*. kwa ko*k-
canre. ho* ace* t'eckwi^a. ak horn oyemci t'ehya. sanra ho*
po*ulaye. kwa ho 5 ciwe i'tona*ma. kwa ma'kose kwa icana. ho 5 55
citfeckwi^a. hie atfan'i hie ko'macko*na horn kuku horn nana horn
ampeyeka. ho* t'sanapa horn a'peye hal*owiH t'o* ho*i tekan'a.
isholi kwahol a^'a t'o* ^etsanan'a t'a isholi t'o* yu't'eclatil^aira.
tV koyen'a tfo* ho*i tekan*a. hal'owilin t'o* ho*i tekan'a. horn l^awu
tsiatci oye hon hrnina ho*na nana ampeyeka. ma* uhsit'e ho 5 ho*L 60
ho* yu'*tfeclati^aka. horn oyemc acepa ho* at'an" ho* t'una^a ho**o
ak;*a ho* yam tcawe kwahol tenrla ho* a*wam peye*a. yam ko*]ea
t'un i'koa ho* j5eye*a. e'te horn tcawe a'samu ho* konete ho* a'wam
]5eye*a. koleholi yam tfelankohakako* ak*a ho* yam tcawe ho*
a-wamjJeyea. a*wa oyemci acepa kwa yu*okna kwa alcukwa. tern 65
hie ^a*}u a*wa alea^a hanukwapa tcim alan*a. ko'wi okwipa kwa
alnapm'e, koyen'a. yu*acan*a. kwa rto*aliteam*e. ko'homacati
Corn pollen, I offer. |
According to the words of my prayer,
So may it be.
1 | would sprinkle prayermeal. I would inhale from the prayer-
meal. I would sprinkle the right kind of prayermeal First (50) I
had cleansed myself with the black. |
It is the same for all people. For one whose husband dies, and
also for one whose wife | dies, there is one fast. Some Zunis have no
understanding. They drink a brew of flowers. | They do not fast
rigidly. They go about. So thus, other Zunis touch them. | It
is not good. I fasted rigidly. Therefore is my present iiusband
valuable. All alone I | (55) sat. I did not eat meat, nor salt, nor
grease. I | fasted from meat. It was very dangerous. Much my aunt,
my grandfather | exhorted me. When I was young, they said to me,
"Fortunate you are to be alive. | Sometimes you will be happy
because of something. Sometimes you will be sorrowful. | You will
cry. This kind of person you shall be. You are fortunate to be
alive." To my sister, | (60) Tsiatci's wife, the same. My grandfather
exhorted us. And just so, I have lived. 1 1 was sorrowful. When my
husband died I met trouble. | And so I have taught my children
everything. Whatever I | have experienced, I tell them. Even
though my children are angry, weeping, I exhort them. | Whatever
I have discovered, I tell to my children. | (65) If one's husband dies
one will not sleep. | She will lie down as if she sleeps, and when sleep
overcomes her, she will sleep. But after a little, she will wake, |
and will not sleep. She will cry. She will be lonely. She will not
96 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i XV
holomacako'na a'tun'ona a'wa tse > makwi*we. a'wa tca'le a*w\
ryanikinan'e acepa eletokna koye'e. iwiW yam tse'makwin acan
70 ryacuwa yam tse'makwi'we opin*a. a # w J oyemc acepa kwa
^etsana^am*e. ho* yam tcawe ho* le'kwa. ho a'wampeye. ma'
e*te hie horn tcaw a'samu yam oyemci anarie uhsona ho* tihkwahna
peye tfewamvwe.
hie at'an'i hie inakwe al^a t'op acerja hie atfairi a'wite itcitema.
75 ho* yako les'i ho* l^awaia^a holomace. a'wite. les*i ho* tfeckwika.
tern ho* ma^i tfsana Lula hrnina lesi ho* a'na'ka. le*wi horn oyemc
ace^ka.
t'opin'te tJepikwe'na ho* koyerra ho* tse'me^ horn oyemc laci
ak*a. tatcu horn il'i jieye tcimi ho* ljetsana. kwa ho* tse'memVma.
so horn feaka homan antecema. el'e l^as'e el to* koyenanrt'u. fa
t'enati lesna te'tci. el to* yam i'ka tekwi el to* tse'manam't'u. yam
a'tuntekwi t?o' ant'sumehan'a. hal'owil'in ot'si tihkwahna t'ewulaci
ho'ijjari'a. a'wa tihkwahna kwaholi rtotun'ona lestiklea ^ane'lu
kwahol wowiH^aira. a*waiyupatcikan*a. ko'na tse'mari'ona a'wa
85 otsi kwahol tenrla a u wanil*apa. el yam r^atekwin t'unanre yam
^etsana teatun'ona t'on tse^akwrwe tepura. horn fealga horn
le'anikwa. horn am peye^a. le*wi.
care to eat. | She will take thought of what to do and where to go.
When a child | or a relative dies, one cries for them properly Hus-
band and wife talk together | uo) to relieve their thoughts. Then
they will forget their trouble. But when one's husband dies | there
is no happiness. So I said to my children. I exhorted them. But |
my children are cross. They scold their husbands. I tell them this
kindly ] every day.
It was very dangerous. Jt_wasJihe same as wh^n ».n ftnp.my dipa 3
it was very dangerous. Four mornings [ (75) I vomited. And so
""many days I sprinkled prayermeal far off, four times. And so many
days I fasted. | I was still a young woman, like Lula. I was about
that age. This is all about when my husband | died.
For one year I would cry. I was thoughtful for my old husband.
Then father spoke with me. Then I was happy. I did not worry.
(80) My uncle desired it for me. "It is all right, niece. Do not cry. | It
cannot be helped. It is ever thus. Do not think of where you have
come from, but rather | look forward to where you are to go. If
you are lucky this good man will be kind to you. | He will be the one
to provide food for us properly; and furthermore, \ he may have
some sheep. He will look after you. According to one's wishes
one's | (85) man will look after one in everything. Do not look
backwards to the place from which you have come. | But let your
thoughts be that you may be happy." So my uncle | said to me.
He talked to me. That is all.
TALES.
DEER YOUTH I (7).
s bna < tci sonsti intrte. kwakina tuwalap ^akwemos an e*le kwa
^ w ^i > ikwn.TYTP» owiton ^oiit'ct titoc laliwace'a. ta'tcic "a'tsawajj 90
acuwa*wetiha. kwa ^a*l£i kwaPina^a a'tsawal^ lestikwanan
kople'a hon j^akwemos an e'le acuwa*wa ? — ma } rme. hekwat
kwai'i holi. — ma hinik hon lata*wa a*wol^ ihiki. — ma ko* ma yam
pr'laciwani cemana'we le'tikwap tJopa tsawalj a*l^a. pi'laciwan an
l^akwin te'tcinan kwato^a. horn a'tatcu horn a*tsita horn tcawe ko* 95
tfon t'ewanan a*teaiye ? — ^etsanici i'tlnajja. — iya le'kwanan
tsawalj rmuk:a. ito^ana%a. tsawalj itolja. iton tcunap antekuna-
na^a. si* ma pene ho'na*wan tca^e. hinik to' kohol ikwe*a. kwa
tekwan'te tfo* i'tun teanre. — ma rnamilte'. lufe: ho J pi'laciwani
ceme } a. — ma sPana ko'ma. — ate a'ka. a*tci kiwitsikwin te'tcika 100
a*tci tfetcinan ko'na ton t'ewanan a-teaiye horn tcawe. — ^etfsanici 1
rtinapl. pilaciwani i'mu^a. rmunan ite'kuna^a. ma rnamitte'.
ime' kwahol penan te'onaka horn ton antecematina'we. tewuna*
uhsona horn yu^ya'^ana'we le'kwap ma rnamilte lew to* yam
TALES.
DEER YOUTH I (7).
Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Kwakina.
The chief priest's daughter | 00 ) never went out. She stayed inside in
the fourth room. She wove baskets. Now the young men | wanted
to talk with her. "She never comes out," the young men said. [
"How shall we talk to the chief priest's daughter?" "I don't know
unless I she should come out." "Well, I think we shall go hunting
with the women." "Very well, | call your bow priest," they said.
One of the young men went. | (95) When he came to the Bow
Priest's house he went in. "My fathers, my mothers, my children,
how I have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated." "All
right" I the young man said and sat down. He was given to eat.
The young man ate. When he had stopped eating he was questioned. |
"Very well now, speak, our child. I think you have something to say. |
You would not come here for nothing." "Yes, indeed it is so.
For this, our bow priest, 1 1 uoo)have come." "Very well, let us go."
So they went. They came to the kiva. | (D When they came there
he said, "How have you lived these days, my children ?" "Happily, |
be seated." The bow priest sat down. After he sat down he
questioned them. "Indeed it is so. | Surely because you have
08 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt)l. XV
5 a-ho* a'yu'ya-^an'a' la^tap a'witen tfewana tun-al'unafea tfepjra
a'wolj ihikipura. ha'i t'ewana ho'nan a*wo^ana*we ho'na'wan
hanelan acenapkatap a*witen t'ewana tun-al*unaka teljaira. — ma
honkwa hati ma ko 3 ma t'on ant'sumehna t'ewanan a*teat c u le'k-
wanan rjilaciwani elemaknan — so* ane' le'kwanan kwaPnan
10 weatco^a. lak;tap ha*i t'ewana ho^a'wan a'wopna'we yam a*wo-
tsin a*wan t'on hanela acenapkatap a*witen tfewanan tun-al'una^a
tej£an a a ofcanan ihik hon a"wa*nuwa le'kwap hiwaPona lestikwanan
kop ikwe^ ? — a*witen tfewanan tun-al*una^a tej£an*a ofeanan ihiki
le'kwe'a. le'tikwap e^acto^ leskwanan. he*'ko a*nuwa. — t'a
15 hc^o — tfa ho*o — ant'sumehna a'tea^a.
ha J i t'ewap e'lactojc yam hanela*wace*na*wap hame tJa herialona.
ta'tcic tcim weatcop l^akwemos an e 5 le tcu^ika^a. tcu'ljipi'en
o^aJ$:a. elehol su*nhap woyahnan s'ant'ewaka. tfewap camli
hejJalocnapnan s'rtowenaplpi. i'towenapkatap heci^ana^a we-
20 atco^a. lrwanem uteaknana t'akusna-paltan hon hartf a*wa*nuwa,
le*kwap s'a'tsawak yelete'enapka. sVweletcelka. a'we^tcoyu*-
tea*watip e^actok leskwanan yam tsita lesanikwanan he'ko*
tata^an a*ne. an tsita leskwanan hiyayo horn ^atsiki' ma lu 5 u
a*ce'. le*kwap e'lactok yam tcu^ina pehan i*seto*nan sVka.
something to say you have sent for me. Now, at last, | let me know
that," he said. "Yes, indeed it is so. All your | (5) people you will
notify. Four days from today there will be a hunt, | along with the
women. On the third day our women will cook our provisions | and
on the fourth day we shall have our hunt." | "Is that so ? Very well.
May you pass your days in anticipation." So he said. | The bow
priest arose. "Now I am going," he said and went out | (io) and called
out: "Three days from today our women | will cook provisions
for their men, and then on the fourth day we shall have a hunt. ]
The women will go along with us." So he said. The village people
said to one another, | "What does he say ?" "In four days there will
be a hunt with the women, | he says." So they said. The girls said
to one another, "I think I shall go." "And | <is) I." "And I too."
So they passed their days in anticipation. |
On the third day the girls made their provisions. Some of them
made hepaloka. | Now when he first called out, the chief priest's
daughter soaked corn. After she had soaked it | she ground it. Just
before sunset she took it out of the grinding bin and went to bed.
Next morning | they took their hepaloka out of the oven and ate it.
After they had eaten he called out to hurry them. | <20) "Over here
at Flower Place at the border of Dry Wood we have decided to go, "
he said. The young men made ready. They went out one at a time.
After they had all gone the girl said to her mother. "Well, I think
I shall go hunting." Her mother said, "Good gracious, my child
All right, go ahead," | she said. The girl took her package of sweet
cornmeal on her back and went. I
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 99
a*nap a*^a'. lak u kuyakwin te'tcip an kopan uwe. uwap a*^a. 25
lak u uteaknana t'ewul-^eato'kwin ^a'tulikwm lo'te^ap sic an
kopan ace uwe. uwap leskwanan hiya ana hapie hoc heyen'iha
le'kwanan hakohanan i'mul^a. heyen'iahnan i't'sumhap wihatsana
kwai'ilja. kwai'ip pi'tulikwin te^tcin&n rkocol^a. i'koconan
s 3 a^a. latakwaponakwin te'tcinan rmup hecil^anaka weatcop 30
iskon a'tsawak yeletenap^a. iskon a'anuli'ka. lesnas yatonili
Iat-al*u^a. o'kcitap po'^a lesna wo'ticl^a. wo'ticnan kwilimakte
simopi al'u^a. sunhap yam ^kakwin i'fea.
yam Jtakwin iyap ta'tcic an wi'hat'sana o*cetinan koya ponol-
al'ujja. ta c tcic lak u a^emoliya tepokalan colrwit o^atsik* yam 35
na'tsik a*tci il-ime. tutunam kwai'i^a. elehol lotel^ana'wap
wihatsana koye^. koyip s'a'wa'^a. katulinkwin a'te'tcinan tutu-
napka. tutuna'wap wrhatsana koye'a — one' one' one' one'
cotrwit ofeatsil^ hatiawa. hatianan kwap koye ? le'kwap na'tsik
a'tci leskwanan wihatsana atcia tsita leskwanan ela lanako. na 5 ts% 40
a'tci leskwanan ela wihatsana ma hatiawa. wihatsana koye a c a c
a c a c wetok koye atcia tsita leskwanan hopi' ? maj^aiakwin tahna
s'a'wa'^a. a'wa'l^a. ko'witean a'te^ip a c a c a c a c sVwa'lja....
(25) She went along. When she came to Clay Place she felt pain in
her abdomen. She went along in pain. | When she came to Flower-
Place-Rising-Valley she approached a lake. Here her | pain became
severe. She said, "Oh dear, I think I am going to defecate," ) she
said. She bent down behind a bush. And as she contracted her
muscles to defecate, a baby | came out. After it was born she went
down to the edge of the lake to wash herself. After she had washed
herself | (30) she went away. She came to where they were going
to hunt. (The bow priest) was calling out to hurry them. | Then
the young men made ready. There they made their circle. So all
day I they went about hunting, Rabbits and jack rabbits, these
(the girls) took away from them. After they had taken them away
they came carrying them in bundles in both hands. In the evening
she came home. |
She came home, but meanwhile her baby was hungry and
rolled about from side to side crying. | (35) Now over on Gravel
Hill Red Deer Woman | was staying with her two little fawns. She
came out to drink. As she approached [ the baby cried. He cried
and they went there. They came down to the shore of the lake | to
drink. As they were drinking the baby cried, "O-ne! O-ne! O-ne!
O-ne!" I Red Deer Woman heard him. "What is crying?" she said.
The fawns | (40) said, "A baby." Their mother said, "Oh no, it's
a fox." The two fawns | said, "Oh no, it's a baby. Now listen!"
The baby cried, | "A, a, a, a!" It was crying weakly. Their mother
said, "Where is it ?" They went towards the south. | They went
along. When 1m v had gone a little ways, "A, a, a, a!" They went
along. I They came to a heap of rubbish. There he was lying on the
100 Publications t American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
a'te'tcip po'tcelemon toms potcelemon ale toms ponol al'u one' one'
45 one' one' colrwit' oljatsi^ leskwanan hiya yo* tcuwap hie kwa
yaiyu'yananre. si hanate ho ipo'up liwan homan itokwakwin
tV rtcunan homan ehoakwin yam notcian tfo* kwatojjanan to*
aiyanhaktconan ta'tcic an i^ina lrwan wecika homan tfo* rtcunan
homan no*loktan yam notcian kwatol^anan to* aiyanhaktcop
so Hainan ko'yun tcun'an'a. ma coh'wit o^atsit le'kwanan mo'ktcitel
ipoa^p an na'tsik a*tci kwilimakte yaliawela*nan am papa yam
tsit an ehoan yam notcian kwato^anan aiyanhaktcap ta'tcic an
ikina yam tsitan no'loktan yam notcian kwato^anan aiyanhaktcop
nomittatci wihat'sana ^alnan I^on tcune^a. kon tcunap coh'wit
55 o^atsijs; rpisel^ap wihat'sana mehanan rpactenan t'sit'si|ta. rcel-
jjanan telo^atika^a. telokatil^ap atcia tsita leskwanan si* a'tfsan
a'tci a'tci wojjap i'poa'u le'kwap na'tsik a'tci wo^ap i'jioa'up
a'tcia tsita wihatsana yam iciwaka i*pacte*nan yam a*t'san a'tcian
yaltoka. a*tcia yatto'up le'nas a'tci wo^ap a*wa'ne.
60 kowela i*t'inacna a*wa*ne elehol t'ekohatin'ihap t'akoskwikwin
a*te ,:) tcn£a. a*tcia tsi ta leskwanan sP wan lrlkon'te le* kwap
iskon a'want'ewalja. a'want'ewanan wihat'sana na'le Usit'sPa.
wihat'sana ryaiyx^ya'fca. i'yaiyu'ya'ljap lak u tesal^ai-yalakwin
a'te'tcip iskan aktsik sic elehol ho'itfap isnakons a'teaiye. a'tealjan
heap of rubbish rolling around. "O-ne, o-ne, | (45) o-ne, o-ne!"
Red Deer Woman said "Poor thing, who is so | foolish ? Now hurry!
I will crouch down over him, then you lie down on my right side |
and stick your snout under my haunches and | breathe on him.
And you, younger sister, lie down on my left side | and stick your
snout under my shoulders and breathe on him. | (50) When he
gets warm he will stop crying." So Red Deer woman said. | She
knelt down and her two fawns lay down on both sides of her. The
elder brother | thrust his snout under his mother's haunches and
breathed on him, while his | sister thrust her snout under her mother's
shoulders and breathed on him. j And so it was the baby warmed
up and stopped crying. When he stopped crying Red Deer |
(55) Woman arched her back and put her teat into his mouth and
suckled him. | When he was satisfied he became quiet. Then when
he was quiet their mother said, "Now, | my two children, stand
side by side," she said. The two fawns stood side by side | and
their mother took the baby with her lips and laid it over her
children. | She laid him over them, and so they went along side
by side. |
(60) They went along stopping every little while to rest. When it
was nearly daybreak they came to Little Grove. | Their mother
said, "Now let us rest here." So she said | and there they camped.
They camped there and the deer 1 suckled the baby. | Now he began
to notice things. He was beginning to notice things when they
came to Barren Mountain. | Now he was a little boy, almost full-
1 Generic term.
xwmzvt, nwwi, Tvjufo 101
kowehol a*nap lal hecokopikwi a'te' J tcika. isnakon a'teaye. , , . 65
kowehol t'ewap kotena yalakwin a*te*tcip isnakon a'walulja.
sic tsawa^: yo'^a. lehol a*naiye. ta c tcic am papa lehol a*naiye
na'tsiko t'a lal an ^awu lesitijtanaiye. ' , " *
a'wan tsita leskwanan si* hom tcawe 5 hon ho'inakWin rwoslitfu
hon t'ewu'acon a'teaiye. ma si ko'ma le^ikwanaii kai**a^pani"^-ar^-^>70
pocowakwin a'wika iskon napot'iye iskon nawarrati 'i^osii^a;^
i*wosli]$:ap ta c tcic kwa*kina ciwan an tsawak hie nas*a*niona tun-a-
lu^an a*ka pocowakwin te'tcip hi — ko^macko'na wolraiyaiye.
ham* itona a'walup hanre wo'yap hanre te*poapap. hie t'ewufitiwa.
kwa koleVa'wan lotenaljanre piclankwin ta*hna tepo^alan hila- 75
pacte aiyikt'atan iskon po'ulaiye. a-wuna po'ulaye. po'ula'ap
wetsim tenala'ap su'nhakwin tahna na^sil*: kwaPi^a. kwaPip
unati^aka leskwanan ticomaha teuwatiko t'san akciye ? hapic hoc
halowa c le'kwap na*tsik teml u'kwaiM^a. i'loh'^anan lehol u-
kwatoka. wetsim tenala'ap ma^aiakwin tahna u'kwai'ip aktsik 80
yalu'ya hi ma ten tcuwakona akciye' le'kwap wetsim tenala'ap
Holrnan t'as teml u'kwatop lesna tsawak; im*e. hi — c tenala'ap
t'ewankwin tahna u'kwaiHp elthol ehkwikwin a*ne. wetsim tenala'ap
grown and there they stayed. | (65) After they had gone a little ways ? i^—^-
they came to Corner Place. There they stayed. | Then after a short \ * "^
time they came to Sand Hill Crane Mountain. Here they went; ~V
about. | Now he was already a young man. He was this tall. And \&- "^
meanwhile his elder brother was about this big. | He was still a J^>^ *
fawn. And his sister was this big. | jZ^ yP ^ i>
Their mother said, "Now my children, let us join our people ^l*- J
where they are staying. | (70) Here we are lonesome." "Very well," ^^*$*
they said. So they came down on this side. | They came to Bending ^ \*^**
Grass Spring. There there were many deer. So there they joined
the deer. | About the time that they joined them a Kwakina
Priest's son, one who was a great hunter, | went out to look around.
He came to Bending Grass Spring. Ah! Here were many deer
scattered around. | Some went about grazing, some were lying
down, others were standing up. It was an open valley | (75) and
there was no way to approach them. On a little hill towards the
north | was a single cedar tree. There the boy crouched down. There
he sat looking at them. There he sat [ and after a little while the
fawns came out from the west. As they came out | in their midst he
saw the boy. He said, "Alas, what child are you, with them? Or
else am I | dreaming?" he said. The fawns all came out. They
turned around | (80) and went back in again. Then after a little
while they came out from the south and the boy | came last. "But
surely there is someone with them," he said. After a little while |
they turned around and all went in again. So the young man was
sitting there. Then after a long time | they came out from the east
and he was well towards the front. After a little while | they came
102 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
piclankwin tahna ukwarip hie yalu kwaiMp tsawak leskwanan ti-
85 comaha' ma ten tcu akciye'. le'kwanan kwa hie ^e'tfsana'ma.
yatonili lesna a*wuna jfoayalaiye. leap trkwai'ile. ishol aktsil^;
yahi- Is^lqI ,itiwan*a ishol ehkwi lesn irkwaPile. tsawak; kwa hie
Jfe'tsananre. leanate su'nha^a. tsawak leskwanan ma so* a'nuwa
iinat ten teuw akciye hompic horn anteliunaha le'kwanan tsawak
90 elerriaknah kwa sic l^eiJsana'nran Jcalt a*ka. tomt ko*w iyap s'yaton-
kwatoka ^alt ye*la%a. tenalana t'elap yam Jjakwin i'l^a.
ta c tcic an a*tsit aincokyap^a. kwa na 5 l ainana'man rka. iyap
s'i'tonapka. tsawa^ kwa ke'tsanam itonap^a — sM'to nan tetcunenan
an tatcu lesanikwanan kotcilat' kwa tV ^e'tsana^'a ? te*n*a tcu-
95 wap kop torn alewu ? — el*a kwa tcuhol horn ko alewuna'ma. hi*
yam pi'laciwan'i cemace' le'kwap iya c an tatcu le'kwanan elemak-
nan pPlan ciwan inkwin avl^a. te^i^a. kwato*nan horn a'tatcu
horn a*tsita horn tcawe' ko* ton tfewanan a*teaiye' ? ^e'tsanici
i't'ina^a. — imup pPlaciwani leskwanan mas pene hinik t?o* kohol
ioo ikwe'a. kwa tekwan'te rtun team*e le*kwap ma rnamitte tcimte
i yaton horn tca J le tun-al'ujca'en kwahol onah^ana'men kwa J£e'-
tsana'nran i'yap i?on ceman haitocip a^ ho i*ya' ma kwahol
out again from the north and he came out last. The young man
said. | (85) "Oh dear, but surely there is someone with them," he
said. He was not at all happy. | All day he sat up there thus
watching them. They came out from different directions, some-
times the boy | was last, sometimes in the middle, sometimes
first. So they came out repeatedly. The young man | was not
at all happy. So evening came. The young man said, "Well,
I shall go now. [ But surely there is someone with them. Or else
I have had an omen." So he said. The young man | (90) arose,
and came hither, not at all happy After he had gone a little
ways the sun | set. Then he ran. Late at night he came to his
house. |
Meanwhile his mothers had been waiting for him. He came
without having killed any deer. After he had come | he ate. The
boy ate, not at all happy. When he stopped eating | his father said,
to him, "Why is it that you are not happy? | (95) Is it because
someone has done something to you?" "No, no one has done
anything to inc. Go, | summon your bow priest," he said. "All
right," his father said. He arose | and went to the bow priest's
house. He came there and entered. "My fathers, | my mothers,
my children, how have you lived these days?" "Happily, | be
seated." He sat down and the bow priest said, "Very well, speak.
I think you have something | (ioo) to say. You would not come for
nothing," he said. "Yes, indeed it is so. This [ d) day my child
went hunting. He had no luck | and came back not at all happy |
and told me to summon you. And therefore I have come. | He
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 103
peyen*iha le'kwap pi'laciwairi leskwanan si 3 ko'ma lal hon a*ce
le'kwanan s'a'tc a*£a.
a'tci te^inan a*tci kwatoka. a'tci kwatonan pi'laciwan* les- 5
kwanan horn a' tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe' ko* t'on t'ewanan
a'teaiye' — ketsanici rtfinal^a le'kwap pi'laciwani i'mu^a. i'mu-
nan itehkuna^a sP ma pene imat kwahol t'on a"peyen J iha le'kwap
tsawak leskwanan i'namilte tcimte yaton ho 1 tun-al'ukan a'lja.
po'cowakwin ho* te'tcip kcvmackcrna na*we tfewul rtiwa won*- 10
haiyap kwa kolea a*wa lote ela'map piclankwin tahna tepol^alan
hilapact aiyikt'at'an ho 5 jte^u'lap su'nhakwin tahna na'tsik u'kwai'ip
elte yalukwin aktsilj t'sana u'kwaPinan hie tenala'ap ma^aiakwin
tahna u'kwai'ip itiwan aktsik; kwai'i^a. u'kwaPip ho* tse'matil^a.
ma imat horn anteliunaha ho* le s kwanan. ho* jSoa-yalap tfewankwin 15
tahn u'kwai'ip elt ehkwikwin a*na kwaPika le'ap u'kwaPilep ishot
yalu ishol ehkwi ishoi itiwan'a lesn ukwaPilep ho* a'wun-imo'Jja
lesnate sunhap ten akci'ka ten akcap kwa ho* ^e'tsatina'man
J£alt so tse'mapon alja. lesna te J onak*a t'om ho* ceman haitoc^a.
tV kwai'inan a'ho'i a'yu 5 ya'^an-a c laljtap hai'i tfewana ho*na*wan 20
hanela o'ekatap a'witen t'ewana a'walacna^a te^an*a — ma hon-
kwahati.
wishes to tell you something," he said. The bow priest said, "Very
well, let us go there." | So he said and the two went. |
(5) They came there and entered. As they entered the bow priest
said, I "My fathers, my mothers, my children, how have you lived
these days?" | "Happily, be seated," they said. The bow priest
sat down. | When he was seated he questioned them. "Very well
now, speak. It seems you wish to say something," he said. | The
young man said, "Indeed, it is so. This very day I went hunting. |
do) I came to Bending Grass Spring. There many deer were grazing
in the middle of the valley. | There was no good way to go near
them. So I sat on a little hill to the north | nrt ^r ft f^glff ft ftf ^
tree. From the west the fawns came out, | and almost the last one
"was a boy. They came out. Then after a long time| they came out
from the south and the boy came out in the middle. So they came
out and I began to think about it. | (is) 'Well, perhaps this is a
sign for me,' I said. So I sat up there. | Again they came out from
the east. He was near the front as they came out. So they kept
coming out from different directions. Sometimes j he was last,
sometimes first, sometimes in the middle. So they kept coming out,
and I sat watching them. | So evening came and he was always with
them. Since he was always with them I was not at all happy. | So
I came hither turning it over in my mind. That is the reason that
I asked them to summon you. | (20) When you go out, you will notify
the people that in three days | they should make provisions for us
and then on the fourth day we shall run them down." | "Is that
so?" I
104 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt)l. XV
pi'laciwani kwai'inan we'atcol^a. la^tap hai t'ewana ho'na'wan
t'on hanelan acenap^atap a'witen t'ewana tun-al'upi teKaira
25 ho^a'wan tca'le na'san'ona tcimte yaton tun-alu^an a*lga* poco-
wakwin te'tcika. te'tcip ko'macko*n na tfinaiye. tcuwa t'san akciye.
yatonil a*wuna poayalap ten tcuw akciye. lesna te'ona^a ak uhson
antse'man a*walacnaka tej£an*a. le'kwap hiwalon i*hatia*nan lesti-
kwanan kop ikwe'a — a*witen tfewana na'walacna^a te^aira* W-
30 kwe J a tcuwakona tfsana nawanan akciye le'kwe'a. le'tikwap uhsite
tfelinan penate'tci luwalaiye. haP t'ewap hanela*w o^:a.
uhsite sunhap colrwit okatsik leskwanan aktsiki' t'ewan yaton
Uom antse'man hon a'walacnaputra. honkwat tfo* yam a'tatcu
^akwenikwin tV a'nuwa. kwa tV le't'inap eletun teanre. tenat
35 t'om a'lacina* ko'lean he'toena'wa* le'anfkwap hopi' ? hop horn
a'lacina* Itakwiniye ? — lrwan ^aliciankwin tahna kohiwala'wa.
aktsi^: leskwanan kop ma le* ho* a*nuwa ? kwa ho* tenapanre. —
ten elej£an*a topint onan a*naiye. le'anikwanan s'il a '^:a onakwin
kwato^anan hanat tV heci^ana tV a'nuwa. — a'teala* tahnakwi
40 Ho y te^inan lrwan onap liwan onap liwan tV a'nuwa — iya'
aktsi^ lana-kwaPilja.
tenalana tfelap kohiwala*kwin te*tcip yala a'tci le*n ime. lit
The bow priest went out and called out: "Three days from
today | you will cook provisions for us and then on the fourth day
we shall have a hunt. | (25) Our child, the one who is a great hunter,
this day went out to hunt. | He came to Bending Grass Spring.
There many deer were staying and some child was with them. | All
day he sat up there watching them and surely someone was with
them. And that is why | he wants you to run them down," he said.
The people of the village heard him and said, | "What does he
say?" " 'In four days they will run down the deer,' | (30) he says.
'There is some child with the deer,' he says." So they said. | They
sat up all night talking about it. On the third day they cooked
provisions for them. |
That same day at evening Red Deer Woman said. "My boy,
tomorrow | they will run us down because they want you. Perhaps
you ] will go to your father's house. It is not good for you to remain
like this. However, | (35) your old people will tell you what to do,"
she said to him. "Where are they ? Where do my | old people live ?"
"Yonder to the west at Katcina Village" | she said to the boy. "But
how shall I go there ? I don't know the place." [ "But that will be
all right. One road goes there," she said to him. She went with
him | and set him on the road. "Hurry up, you must go quickly.
When you get to Lazy Rock Corner | (40) one road goes this way
and one goes this way. You will take the one going this way."
"All right," | the boy said, and started out running. |
Late at night he reached Katcina Village. The two mountains
stood thus, and here I he entered the lake. As he entered Kokokci
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 105
^a'tulia kwatoka. kwatop koko'kci otim-pot'iye. lestikwanan si*
wan yirlajcat'i le*tikwap koko hiwa-laninan it'inaljap aktsikonan
paiyan a*ukap rmuka. kakl anikton rmunan antekunahka. 45
antekunahnan si* ma ho*na*wan tca*le lufea t'ehnana ho*na t'a"-
wona-elateka. ime* kwatikol penan teyulananre penan tea^an'a. te-
wuna* uhson ho*na to* aiyu*ya*l£an*a ho*na t'aiyu*ya*^ap uhs aiyu*-
ya'na hon t'ewanan a'tepura, hatci le'kwap aktsik penan ma*rna- so
milte t'ewan yaton* ho*n a*walacnakan*a' le*kwanan. horn tsit
i'^anan ak*a ho* rya te*nat ko*leahom t'on anhetocna'wa c le*kwap
haiyi' mahonkwahati atic lenate t'o* tewuko*lial^an , a / le*kwap si*-
hana' ko*ma'. — kokwewactok ^apatunapka. l^a^alip an umo-
J£ana%a. an umoljanaknan a u watena*lta. anwatenaknan hin temla
koconaknan kwanleapk;a utcun lana uliknan keptciyalapa j^ewuia*- 55
we leapnan tcito leakwipnan imrsilili leakwipnan ^etfomapnan
we leakwipnan pilan tsinalyala pilaknan takun ikwin ikwiknan
e*nin ikwiknan we*pikaiaj£anaknan miha yato^anaknan su*pi yato-
kanaknan kempasikwiknan kr*o pasikwiknan tcito pasikwiknan
t'a lo**o pasikwiknan takuknan sato p pil^aiapnan sato'pnan tsuhapa- 60
j^anaknan lapapoaknan lacowaknan si ho*na*wan tca*letfos a'nuwa.
t'ewan yaton. tVn a*walacnakan*a et kwa t'on yu*te'tcicukwa.
were dancing in a crowded room. They said, | "Wait, keep quiet
a moment!" they said. The katcinas stopped dancing suddenly
and sat down. | (45) They set out a seat for the boy and he sat down.
Kaklo sat facing him and questioned him. | He questioned him:
'Now, our child, this night you | have passed us on our roads.
Surely some word that is not too long your word will be. | So now if
you let us know that when we know it, remembering it | we shall
always live. Is it not so ?" he said. The boy speaking (said), "Yes |
(50) indeed, it is so. Tomorrow they shall run us down," he said. "My
mother | has sent me, therefore I came. However, you will instruct
me in something." So he said. | "Haiyi! Is that so? It is a shame
that you should be poor like this," they said. | "Very well, hurry
up, now." The katcina maidens put on water. When the water
was warm | they mixed soap suds. When the suds were ready
hi- bead was washed. After his head was washed his whole body |
(56 was bathed and he was dressed in a native cotton shirt, buck-
skin legging; | yarn was around his legs and sleigh-bells; blue
dance moccasins, | porcupine-quill anklets were on his feet, an
embroidered kilt and embroidered sash were about his waist! | A
woman's belt was around his waist, and a foxskin hung from it.
An embroidered robe was over his shoulders and a cedar-berry |
bandoleer. A bow bracelet and beads were about his wrist, and
yarn | (60) and beads about the other wrist; necklaces with turquoise
pendants hung about his neck and turquoise in his ears, j His face
was painted with sparkling paint. And there were long macaw
feathers in his hair. "Now, our child, so you shall go. | Tomorrow
106 Publications, American Ethnological Society V l XV
t'om kal^ona tirci Kohana kwa yw'te'tci teanre lal t'om l^ona
tu'c ahona imartokan'a lal tforja torn ka^a tu'ci kwin* imartokan'a
65 lal tfopa t'on kaka tu'c alason imaltokan'a torn ani mosinal^ana
rnatinanre. t'o' a*wunap torn feal^a tJopa t?om tsitona yatfeira lal
tfopa fom kaka Horn papona yatfeira lal tforia torn kalta t'om kawona
yat'eira lal t'opa torn fea^a t?om yatfen'a tJom yatipeltci to 5 acu-
wam'epn'a tern yam ^akwin tV te ,J tcinan iskon t'on tsita i?om
70 papa ilom ikawu tfom il'aria te'tcinan iskon t'ona a*pokli^anak-
nan t'om antekunahnal^ap iskon tcim to* penuwa. — ma i*namil-
te tV le 5 kwan*a t'o 5 le*kwap t?om tsi'ta imaltokan'a. rnamirte
lulja yaton* yam he'cotfakwi ho* i'^a imat hike kwa kwai'ikwanre
tfo* le'kwap e* t'om le'anil^ap li'wan uteaknana t'ewui-keatokwin
75 latawap imac lu^ latakan a'ka. t'o 5 le 5 kwap e* — t'om le'aniljap lak u
kuyakwi luk te'tcip luk;a kopan uwetip iskon lu^ ko'w a'nan ha*-
kohanan luk i*munan iskon lulj horn kwai'i^aka. horn lu^: kwai'i-
l^anan iskon ho acetunonak'a luk horn yaknahnan lu^: a*ne. l£a'-
tulinkwin te'tcinan iskon lulj: rkoconan luk latakan a'l^a. uhsite
so su'nhanan luknia lujj horn tsita luk horn papa lujj horn ^awu lukni
horn a u wanan le'nemtapte horn il'ap a'wa^a. lak u hoi tesakaP-
yalakona hecokoriiwakona hon atea^a. lak u hol kotina yalakwin
they will run you down. But you will not get tired. | And your
uncle's white horse, will not be tired. And your other uncle will be
mounted on a bay horse, and still another uncle will be mounted on
a black horse, | (65) and another uncle will be mounted on a sorrel
horse. He | will not fail to be first among them. When he sees you,
one of your uncles will take your mother and | another of your
uncles your brother, and another one of your uncles will take your
sister | and the other one of your uncles will take you. When he
seizes you, don't you | speak to him until you come to your house.
They will take your mother and your | (70) brother and your sister
and you there. There they will give you smoke. | Then when he
questions you, then only you will speak. 'Yes indeed it is so,' |
you will say. When you say this your mother will be sitting there.
'Yes indeed it is so. | This day I have come to my own house. Now
is this the one who never goes out ?' | you will say. 'Yes', they will
say to you. 'Well, when they were hunting over at Flower
Valley | (75) did she go out then ?' you will say. 'Yes,' they will say
to you. | 'Well, when she got to Clay Place she felt pain in her
abdomen and went a little ways | behind a bush and sat down.
There I was born. When I was born | there I would have died
because she abandoned me there. | She went to the lake and there
she bathed herself. Then she went to the hunt. Then that |
(80) evening, this, my mother, and this, my brother and this, my sister,
these | found me, and so they took me away with them. Over at
Barren | Mountain and at Corner Place we lived. Then we came
over to Sand Hill Crane Mountain. | And after we had stayed there
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 107
a'te'tcil^a. iskon hon a'teka'en lak u pocowakwin ho'inakwin
hon iwoslikatean ho*no a"wawana%a tV le*kwap IHkont tenat
t'om a*^ak;at*om nana t'om hota IHkont t'om tsitona kowa aleathra 1 . 85
le'ana^ap ma ko'ma so 5 a'ne. ka*tt a*k:a.
elehol t'ekohatina lotap pocowakwin i'ka. iyap an tsita lesanikwa
keci ? — e* — kopleas t'om an he'tocna'ka ? — ma rnamilte horn
a*kaJ£on a*wan thrci a*ko\kcona horn atinapka. horn lesanaknan
horn feaka horn yat'enan laltap horn l*:aka t'om yat'enan laltap horn 90
ka^a horn papona yat'enan laltap horn kak horn kawona yaten*a.
horn t?on il*ap a*wa*nuwa hon a'te'tcinan ho*n a # pokli^ana^an*a
ho'n a-pokli^ana 5 kap iskon ko'lea horn tsit ante*ukona ho J yatinap
ko'lea horn tV ho'i ya'kanapkona ho* yatinen'a lrlkon horn tsitona
tenas ko^eal anteatina'. le*na horn anhetocna^a. — ma lesna 95
tel^an'a horn aktsilji e'te ho* aiyu'ya'nan'te t'om ho* antekunahka.
tfom a*kaka hon ansam a*wil*ap a*wa*nuwa tenat t'om an'tekunah-
nal^ap ko'lehol t'om hon ho'i ya'kanapkona tV a*wan peyen'a.
le'wi. si'ana ya'telce.
t'ewap canrli a*pilakcelka itowenapl^atap heci^ana^a we 5 atcol$:a.ioo
hecil^anaka we'atcop yeleteapka . y eleteapnan s'a* * weletcel^a . l
s'a'te'tcikap pocowakwin a*te J tcinan tepok;alan rwo'kwi yala%a.
wo'kwi yalap hi c nawe wo*h*aiyap piclankwin tahna teni. . . .ne
we joined our people where they were staying at Bending Grass
Spring. | They found us.' So you will say. Then however, | (85) your
uncles and your grandfather, and your grandmother, will do some-
thing to your mother." | So they said to him. "Very well, now
I am going." He came this way. |
When it was nearly daylight he came near to Bending Grass
Spring. When he came his mother said to him, | "Have you come
now?" "Yes." "What did they tell you to do?" "Well, indeed it is
so. My | uncles' horses are the good ones, they said this to me. [
(90) My uncle will catch me. and another of my uncles will catch you,
and another one of my | uncles will catch my brother, and another
of my uncles will catch my sister. | You will go with me. When we
get there they will give us smoke. | After they have given us smoke
then I shall tell them what my mother did to me. 1 1 shall tell them
how T was brought up and then right away | (95) they will do
something to my mother. This is what they told me to do." "Well,
so | it shall be, my boy. Even though I already knew it I asked
you. | We shall all go together with your uncles. Then when they
question you | you will speak to them and tell them all about how
you were raised. | That is all. Come, let us sleep." |
(ioo) Early next morning they all arose. After they had eaten
he called out to them to hurry. | (i) When he called out to them to
hurry then they made ready. When they were ready they all went
out one by one. | They came to Bending Grass Spring. Then they
all gathered together on a little hill. [ As they were standing there
108 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
na'tsik u'kwai'ip kwa tcu'wa. kwa tcirw akcanrap a'ho'i lesti-
6 kwanan hop ma a'^a ? — ma i*me. tenala'ap t?a su'nhakwin
tahn u'kwaPip t'akwa tcu'wa t'a lehol ukwatop tenala J ap ma'kaia-
kwin tahn ukwai'ip t'a kwa akcanrap ti'coma' hop ma a*]ja ? —
ma rme lesn' ishol ehkwikwin ana t'a ishol yalakwin a*na ishol
itiwan*a lesn 5 ukwaPileka. le'kwap t'a tJewankwin tahn* u'kwai'ip
10 t'a kwa akcanrap he* ten tV kwa*no*sena. tatciman'te kwa ho*
iltemananrlta. a*ho' le*tikwap piclankwin tahna kwilikana*na
u'kwaPil^a. u'kwaPip elto itiwan*ahap lakol kwaPilta. t'oms lapopo
onean'e. telelelelelele. . . . kwaiMp he. kwa lesinanve^ai! hm
temla tamsal^aian tea J ka le'kwap hie tenala'ap su'nhakwin tahna
is ukwai'ip yalakwi a*na^a telele kwaPip he* hie kokci. tcuwapi' ?
sPana le'tikwanan t'on t'opaf opa^an a*nap t'a lal tfopa t'opakana'ap
sVtci a-'an'ulul^a a-'anuli inrtap s'a-wanhapokii telelelu s'aktsik
a*^a li*wan t'ewankwin tahn a'lja. a'tela kohanan te'tcinan rloh'-
^anan ikwalt a*^:a. a — ! atela hiptsinakon a'ne, a — ! apkwin
20 telulakwn te'tcip a'ho' a*wan t'u*c l^eluyo'lja kehiyo'ap ta c tci
aktsi^ komacko'nan ehkwiye. a*ne — ace^a luwalakwin a'te'tcip
avho* a*win t'u-c a-yu'te'tci^a. ta* c tcic aktsik yalupip an kaka
in a crowd they saw many deer grazing towards the north | With
the clatter of hooves | the fawns came out. "He's not there! He's
not with them!" the people | (5) said. "Well, but where did he go ?"
"I don't know." After a while | they came out again from the west.
Again he was not there. Again they went in. And after a little
while | they came out from the south. Again he was not with them.
"Oh dear! Well, where did he go?" | "I don't know. That's the
way they came. Sometimes he was in front and sometimes behind
and sometimes | in the middle. That's the way they came out,"
he said. Then again they came out from the east | (io> and again he
was not with them. "Well, you are a great liar! Just as I thought,
I | didn't believe you !" the people said. Then they came out from
the north a second time . | As they came out there, right in the middle
he came out with them. Only his | yellow feather showed. With
the tinkle of bells he came out. "Oh, but he was not like that!
His whole body | was naked," he said. After a long time they came
out from the west, | us) and he came last. With the tinkle of bells
he came. "Oh he is handsome! Who is it? | Come," they said.
They went one by one on one side and one by one on the other side, |
and so made a circle. After they had made a circle they closed in
towards the center. With the tinkle of bells the boy | went. He
went towards the east. He came to White Rocks. | There he turned
around and came back. He went by Yellow Rocks. He went
along. | (20) He came to Black Rocks. Here the people's horses got
tired. They were tired and now | the boy was far ahead. He went
on. He came to where the pine trees were standing | and here the
people's horses were really used up. The boy turned around. His
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 109
tfirci Kohan imalto*na. ko*macko*n ehkwiye t'a t'op an fe:aka tu*c
a'hon imahVona t'a ehkwiye. a — . aktsik t'oms yaca-yu'te'tci
yo'sej^a an ttopa fcal^a an tsitona yatfeka. lal t'opa an kawona 25
yat'e^a. lal an tfopa an papona yat'eka. aktsik sanra. elehol
t'at'akwin te > tcip an ka^a rpulahina-panrljanan an lupipi^a. an
hipi^anan elatenan asiwa i-^eckuka. i'^eckup toms itsaltco'ya. i*-
tsaltcop ticomaha' aktsiki ytrcana'. tcuwakol tV te^an*a ? le'-
anikwap kwa peyenanre t'unan'te tcunaye. a^ho* a*te J tcinan 30
s'an yat'enap^a. an yat'ena'wap yam t'u'canan imialtup s'keckw*
imialtup s'kalt il'intin-a*ka.
kwakina kwin i*ya. si* tcuwap t'o' J o ho'na'wan tca'le ? kwa
jfe'ye'na'ma li'wan acuwenan a*wi*ap kwa pe*yena 5 nra elehol
yatopiyahap sVwi'l^a. an a'kalja ilap a*wi\^a. ho* ihil^i a*ye'maka. 35
a'ye*maknan u'kwato^a hiyaha ho*na*wan tca'le J^ec tfon a*wi*a ?
ma s*on a*wra. — rt'inal^a lea*wanakap aktsilj i*mup nawewo^apa^a.
wak:apaknan aktsikon animpalto'kia. animpalto'knan naw a*wam-
pokh^ana^a a'wampokli^anaknan a 'wan l^awaia^a. kawaia^ap
a'ho* u*kwate!^a. it'inapi. leVwanaknan tcimt'ap a'wan paiya. 40
wo'tip^a letoks paiya* ten'^a. paiya* ten*ap isnol it'inapa le'a*-
uncle mounted on the white horse was far ahead. And another
uncle mounted on a bay horse was also far ahead. Then the boy
made out that he was tired, | (25) but he just pretended. One of his
uncles caught his mother, and another caught his sister, | and
another caught his brother. The boy alone J came almost to the
woods. There his uncle jumped down and ran after him. | He ran
after him and caught up with him and threw his arms around him. |
As he clasped him in his arms he struggled. | "Oh dear, my boy,
stand still, whoever you may be," | oo) he said to him. But he did
not speak. He just looked into his eyes. Then the people came
there. | They caught him. They caught him and mounted him on a
horse and so | riding double they brought him hither. |
They were coming towards Kwakina. "Now, who are you, our
child?" I He did not speak. Every little while they talked to him
as they came, but he did not speak. | (35) The sun was just setting
when they came. His uncles brought him and all the people climbed
up with them. | They climbed up and went in. "Oh dear, our child,
have you come?" | "Yes, we have come." "Be seated," they said
to them. The boy sat down. They laid the deer down side by side. |
They laid them down side by side and they made the boy sit down
beside them. After they had made him sit down | they gave the deer
smoke. After they had given them smoke they sprinkled prayer
meal on them. After they had sprinkled prayermeal on them |
(40) the people came in. "Be seated," they said to them. Then they
set down seats for them. [ But right away all the seats were gone.
When all their seats were gone, "Sit down any place," | they said
to them. Then some just stood against the wall, and others stood
110 Publications, American Ethnological Society V^l, XV
wana^ap lal hanre foms hi-ule lal ham*e letsilokwhrte wo'panan
kwatonai wo'panan kwatonap iskon an nana antekunahka. sP-
tcuwakol tV tej£an*a ? hoi kona t'om ulohnakana ? hapic lrlkon*te
45 t'omc ulohnaiye ? hapic tenc tV ^apin ho'i ? uhson ho'natV aiyu*-
ya'^apa uhs aiyu'ya'na hon t'ewanan a*tekan*a hatci'-hatci'-hatci-
hatci hatci le'ana^ap iskon akts% leskwa^a. he*e\ i'namil te' horn
a'lacina'we'. yamte hecot'anankwin ho 5 rka horn t'on a*lacina*we.
imat kwac \u\ kwafikwanre ? — ma el*a. — lul^a kwai'i^ana^a^a
50 a'wolj ihi^i lata'wap lu^ lata^an a*nap kuyakwin te^inan luka
kopan uwetip luJ£ heyen'iahnan i'munam iskon luk horn kwaiM-
kanan luk ka/tulikwin te 3 tcinan ikoconan lul^ a*^a. ho* ace*tunon
ak:'a luk horn yaknah^a lu^a. luk horn tsita \a\ horn papa luk horn
kawu luknio horn a u wanan le'nemtapte lukn horn il'ap a'wa'ka
55 tesailjaia yalakona hecokopiwakona kotina yalakona lukn hom
ila'p a'wal'ufca lak u po'cowakwin ho'inakwin hon i'wosli^ap
ho J na t'on a'wawanapl^a. le*na teatika. hom hie t'on a'lacina'we'.
aktsil^ le^kwap hiya hom aktsiki! le'kwanan konan an tsita yafena-
koye^a. koyip an ^aka elemaknan. yaiyu'ya'namen lana! le'*-
eo kwanan yakto^a. yaiyu 3 ya*na men lana ! le'kwanan yakto'ka.
yaiyu'yanamen lana ! le*'kwanan yakto'ka. yaiyu'ya'namen
lana ! le^kwanan yakto'pL t'a tfopa elemaknan yaiyu J ya # namen-
lana! yakto'nan t'a topa yai'yu 3 ya*namen-lana! t'a tfojJa yaiyu'ya*-
on the ladder, | on all the rungs up to the top where it came in.
Then his grandfather questioned him. "Now | who may you be?
Where is your country ? Or else is this | (45) your country ? Or else
are you perhaps a Raw Person ? If you let us know that, | remember-
ing it we shall always live. It is not so ?" "It is so." "It is so." |
"It is so," "It is so," they all said. Then the boy said, "Yes, yes,
indeed it is so, my | parents. Now I have come to my own house.
You are my parents. | Now does this one never go out ?" "Oh no."
"In order to make her come | (50) out they had a hunt with the
women. Then she went to the hunt. When she came to Clay
place she | felt pain in her abdomen and sat down to defecate.
There I was born. | Then she went down to the lake and washed
herself and went away. She | left me there to die. This, my mother,
this, my brother, this, my | sister, these found me. And even that
way they took me with them. | (55) They took me along with them
past Barren Mountain and Corner Place, and Sand Hill Crane
Mountain. | We joined our people where they were staying at
Bending Grass Spring. | There you found us. This is what happened.
You are indeed my parents," [ the boy said. "My darling boy!"
his mother said, crying out. She seized him | and cried. As she was
crying his uncle arose. "You big fool!" | (eo)he said and struck her.
"You big fool!" he said and struck her. | "You big fool!" he said
and struck her. "You big fool!" | he said and struck her. Then
another arose. "You big fool!" | he said and struck her. Then
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 111
nameiKla'na. iskon an tsita yam aktsik ya^eckwi koye^a. sV-
wanUevraka. pcnale^tci luwaltiii teinla. k&kwemos an e'le kwa yai- 65
yu'ya'nanre le'ana^a.
holomac tfewap tsawak leskwanan tsita homan tV hanela-
wact'u le'arrikwap an tsitan hanelawacap tsawal^ lawaptsicle^a.
ele^anan antfewa^a. t'ewap camli pilaknan ito'en yam copon 70
i*seto*nan hanelan yrkunan yam lapowan rleanan s'a'ka.
pocowakwin te'tcika ko'macko*na na'haiyaiye na'haiyakwin te J -
tcip he* — ho'na'wan tca*l i'ya c le'ana^ap e' ho J iya' leskwanan
telikina* i'yulja tenrla. tenrla telikina' ryutsip si* ko'wipona
tV yam tea 3 ! il* a'nuwa ? ma ho^o. t'a hcr'o. t'a lur'o.tJa ho y o. le^tikna- 75
nan an i*tehpoap^:a. kwa telikina* H'a'wam'ona i'tenap yam pi'lan
lo'okanan coyalto'nan po'ko po'ko jjo'ko s'a'witec^a. tenrl a'witec-
nan kwatikol tfsikwahl^a. tfsikwahnan i*seto*nan sVlja.
elehol yaton* kwatop kwakina'kwin i'ka i'yap an tsi't an cikwato-
kaka, an ciw u*kwatol?;anan wo*latu^a. wo'lat'ups rtonapl^a. so
i'tona tetcunenan leskwanan yam pi'laciwani cemena*we' le'-
kwap an nana elemaknan s'a'lja. pPlaciwan an Jjakwin te'tcinan
horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe' ko' ton t'ewanan a'teaiye ? —
ke*t'sanici i't'ina^a le'anipip t'om ho* ceme'a. horn teazle torn ceme'a.
— lal ho ko 5 a*nuwa le'kwap so* a*ne le'kwanan kwai^'^a. s^'^a. 85
another. "You big fool!" Then another. ("You big fool!" Then his
mother took her boy on her lap and cried. (65) So they passed the
night. The whole village talked only of this. "The Chief Priest's
daughter has no sense," | they said.
After a long time the -youth said, "Mother, fix lunch for me," |
he said to her. His mother cooked lunch and the youth cut prayer-
sticks. | (70) When they were ready he went to bed. Next morning
he arose and after he had eaten put his quiver | on his back, tied
his lunch around his waist, took his bundle of prayersticks, and
went. | He came to Bending Grass Spring. There many deer were
grazing. | He came to where the deer were grazing. "Hey! Here
our child comes!" they said. "Yes, I am coming," he said. | He
gave them all prayersticks. After he had given away all his prayer-
sticks, he said, "Now how many | (75) of you will go with your
child?" "Why I." "And I." "And I." "And I," they said. | He
separated them from the others. When those who had no prayer-
sticks were all gone, | he strung his bow, set his arrow, poko, poko,
poko, poko, they fell. When they had all fallen | he skinned one of
them. After he had skinned it he set it on his back, and went. |
Just before sunset he came to Kwakina. When he came his
mother took his meat in. | (80> After she had taken his meat in she
dished out food for him. After she had dished out food they ate. |
When they stopped eating he said, "Call your bow priest," | he
said. His grandfather arose and went. He came to the bow priest's
house. | "My fathers, my mothers, my children, how have you lived
112 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt-jl. XV
ko'wi tenala'ap pPlaciwarri rka cuk cuk cuk cuk kwato^a. kwato-
nan hom a'tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko* tfon tfewanan a*teaiye ?
— ketsanici. rt'inaka. rmuka. rmup na'le cikina an cP aklina'-
fea. itoka. iton tcunenan i'tekunah^a si* ho'na'wan tca'le hinik
so t?o > kohol ikwen^ha. uhsona hom Uo* yu'ya'pip uhson aiyu 5 ya*na
ho* tekaira le'kwap ma i*namilte tcimte yaton ho* tunal'u^an a*ka
ko'mackona ho* onahka^a. tV yam a'ho' a'yu'ya'pip tfewa yaton
homan ciwian'a tapnhrte homan a'wrnan yam J on a*witelan*a
le'anikwap ma honkwa le'kwanan kwai'inan we*atcoka tfo'na
95 ho* a'yu'yal^an'a ho^a'wan tca'le nawana akci^ona tcinvte
yaton*e tunal'ukan a^ka kwa les i'^ana^ana onah^a > en a^'a tVn
ikwanina ya'ke'ai'. tfewa yaton-e tfon an ciwrl^ana^wa. tapnin'te
tfon an a*wi*nan yam*ona t'on a'wrpina'wa l^akwenula lana kona
t'on ansam a*weletcon*a le'kwap luwaPona lestikwanan kop rkwe'a ?
ioo — tsawa^ na*wanan akciljona ko'macko*n na lal^a. tfewan yaton*e
l an ciwrtelan'a tapnin'te an a'wrnan yam*on a'witelan'a le^we'a.
he'ko* a'nuwa t'a ho -, o — tfa ho^o le'ana^a.
tfewap camli s'a'weletcelka. a*te*tcinan lestikwanan kwapt'oman
a*wa'nuwa ? — tfom ulati yam el a*t f u lestena tfon a'wa'l^ana'wa
these days?" | "Happily, be seated," they said. "I have come to
call you. My child wants you." | (85) "All right, I shall go there,"
he said. "Now I am going," he said and left. He went. | After a
little while the bow priest came. Cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk — he entered. |
"My fathers, my mothers, my children, how have you lived these
days?" | "Happily. Be seated," they said. He sat down. After he
sat down they roasted fresh deer meat for him. | He ate. After he
stopped eating he questioned them. "Now, our child, I think |
<90) you wish to say something. If you will tell me that, when I know
it, 1 1 shall always remember it," he said. "Yes, indeed, it is so. This
day I went hunting. | I made a great killing. You will let your
people know that tomorrow | they will go once to bring in meat for
me, and then they can bring in for themselves," | he said. "Is that
so ?" he said and left. He called out, | (95) "I want to notify you
that our child, the one who lived with the deer, this | day went
hunting. He could not himself bring in all his killing. So | he
summons you to work for him. Tomorrow you will bring in the
meat. Once | you will bring it for him and then you will bring it
for yourselves. Those who have large households | will all go to-
gether," he said. The village people said to one another, "What
did he say ?" | (ioo) " The young man, the one who used to live with
the deer, has killed many deer. Tomorrow | <n they will bring in
his meat. Once they will come for him and then they will come
for themselves.' So he says." I "Well, I think I'll go." "And I."
"And I," they said. |
Next morning they went out one by one. When they came there
they said, "Which | shall we take for you ?" "Do as you like. Take
Bwnaol) Zx&tvh (Tcjuts 113
le* kwap s'a'weletcel^ana^a. tapnin'te a'wrnan yam' on a*wr- 5
tel^a. l^akwenula* lana*koa hie enra ciwe. t'elinan tena na tfsikwac-
na^a. hie komacko*na rkwani^ana a*want?ewalja. hi — c ciw
elanaiye. hie ciwelanai yo'ka. atea^a....
holomac t'ewap leskwanan hinik ho* yihnra. tfop eUactot
yrlu^a. yi'lup leskwanan homan t'o J hanelan a'ctfu. — iya le'kwap 10
s'an hanela-wap ta c tcic tsawa^ t'as lawaptsiclejja. elekanan s'a*-
wantfewa'lja. tfewap camli pilaknan t'as tun-al*ukan a*pL jioco-
wakwin te^cip ho^a'wan tca 3 l rya le'aniljap telikina* iyuknan
itenap lestikwanan si* tcuwamp tfon yam tca J l il'ap a'wa'nuwa ?
ho°o. t'a ho''o. tfa ho''o. lestikwanan s*an rtehrjoappt ko'macko*n is
nahakiye. a*pilkwika. tfenrla wopewunan na'le t'sikwahnan cipalan
i'seto'nan elehol yaton kwatop ika. i'yap an o*ye cikwatoljap
itonap^a. itona tetcunenan yam tatcu lesanikwanan hi* yam
pi'laciwan'i cemace le*kwap an tatc* a*ka. te'tcinan horn a'tatcu
horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko* tfon t'ewanan a'teaiye — Ketteaaici. 20
rtfina^a. le'kwap torn ho* ceme'a — lal ho* ko a'nuw^* kq^nxa so'-
a*ne. pPlaciwani le'kwanan sVpL te'tcinan h<>m a f tatcu horn
a*tsita horn tcawe ko* ton t'ewanan a*teaiye ? — ^efeanci rtfinapL
rmunan rtoljanal^ap rto tcunenan si* ni» p§Jie. hinik t?o* kohol
them the way that is easiest for you," | (5) he said. So they brought
tin -ni in. Once they came and then they brought meat for them-
scKcs. I Those who had large households had much meat, and all
nii'ht long they were skinning the deer. | They had a lot of work,
and then they went to bed. There was plenty of meat everywhere. |
The village turned into meat. So they lived. |
After a long time he said, "I think I shall take a wife." | <io) So
he married some girl. After he was married he said, "Fix some
lunch for me." "All right," she said. | She fixed his lunch. Mean-
while the boy again cut prayersticks. After they were ready, | they
went to bed. Next morning he arose and again he went hunting. |
He came to Bending Grass Spring. "Our child is coming," they
said. He gave them prayersticks. | After they were all gone, they
said, "Now which of you will go with your child?" | (is) "I,"
"And I," "And I," they said. He separated them from the others.
There were a large | herd of deer. He shot them. When they were
all stretched out, he skinned one deer, put a bundle of meat | on
his back, and just before sunset he came. When he came his wife
took the meat in. | They ate. After they were finished eating he
said to his father, "Go, j call your bow priest," he said. His father
went. He came there. "My fathers, [ (20) my mothers, my children,
how have you lived these days?" "Happily. | Be seated," he said.
"I have come for you." "All right, I shall go. Very well, I am going
now," I the bow priest said. So he went. He came there. "My
fathers, my | mothers, my children, how have you lived these davs ?"
"Happily, be seated," | He aat <W«, and xney gave him to eat.
114 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
25 ikwe > a c . — rnamilte. tcimte yaton ho* tunal'u^an a'^a. kwa les
rl^ana^anre ho* onah^a^a. tfo* yam a'ho* a'yu'ya'^ap t'ewan
yaton homan ciwilocan'a le'kwap pPiaciwairi kwafinan yam
a'ho* a'yu'ya*ka^a. ho'na'wan tca'le nawanan akcikona kwa
lesi^ana^am onahkaen ak'a to'na yatinen haitoce'a tapnhvte
30 tfon an a'wikanan yam'ona t'on awitelan*a< le*kwap hiwaPona
ants^mehn a'want'ewaka. t'ewap camli a'pilaknan rtowenap^atfap
s'a'weletcelka. a*weletcefrian a'te^tcinan sP kwap t'oman a*wa*-
nuwa 1 — t'on ulati yam el a*t c u lestena torn rseto*na*wa. an
a'wa'^a. an a*te J tcinan tcims yam'on a'wa'l^a. Uas hiwalan ciw
35 e'lana yo^ap isljon a'teal^a.
holomac t'ewap leskwanan homan hanelan aca! iya le*kwanan
an o*ye an hanelan acep ta ,c tcic lawaptsicle'lja. ele^anan s^'wan-
Uewaka ttewap camli pilaknan itowen an hanelan pehajgap s'a'^a.
jk>cowakwin te #, tci^a. te*tcip ho^a'wan tca'le rya le'ani^ap t?a
40 telikina' iyuka. m — telikina* ryuka. teml ryutsip lestikwanan
tcuwamp ton yam tca 5 l il*ap a'wa'nuwa ? ma ho^o. tfa ho^o t'a
ho^o le*tikwanan s'an rtehpoapl^a. rtehpoapap yam pi'lan liyala
kro^alja. lo^opinan na'jiewu^a. iskon temta na^pewunan iskon
Usikwace^a elehol tfsikwahnan ya'ltan'ihap tfewankwin tahna
When he had finished eating he said, "Well, now, speak. I think
you have something | (25) to say. "Yes, indeed it is so. This day I
went hunting. 1 1 could not bring all of my killing. You will let your
people know that tomorrow | they will go for my meat," he said.
The bow priest went out. | He let his people know. "Our child, the
one who lived with the deer, | could not bring back all of his killing.
Therefore he told me to summon you. Once | (30) you will bring in
meat for him and then you will bring it for yourselves," he said.
The people of the village | spent the night in anticipation. The next
morning they arose, and after they had eaten | they went out one
by one. When they had all gone, and when they had come there,
"Now which | shall we take for you ?" they said. "Suit yourselves.
Carry them | the way that is easiest for you." | They brought them
in for him. Then they came back and brought their own. Then
again the village | (35) turned into meat. So they lived.
After a long time he said, "Make lunch for me." "All right," she
said. | His wife made lunch for him and meanwhile the young man
cut prayersticks. When they were finished they went to bed. |
Next morning he arose and ate. He took his lunch and went. | He
came to Bending Grass Spring. When he came there they said, "Our
child is coming. "Again | (40)hegave them prayersticks. M-m-m-m-m!
He gave them prayersticks. When he had given them all away they
said, | "Now who of you will go with your child?" "Why I,"
"And I," "And 1 1," they said. He separated them from the others.
When he had separated them he made his bow-string | fast and
stretched out all the deer. When all the deer were stretched out I
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 115
tepo^alan* su*sfei tuna-yatop kotcic su*m-tfe'tcin leye'a le'kwanan 45
na'le ts'ikwace'a. ya'yu^ane'tci t'sikwace'a ko*wi tfomiyoap
su*s}$: i'nan aniya'ktohap tsawa^ we — h le'kwanan suski yo*^a.
su'ski yo^ap iskon su's^i leskwanan luhap letci! t'om ho* alewun-
iyahka. hi'u a*ce le'kwap tsawak su*ski yo*non kon-al'u^a.
ta'tcic su*ski cipalan acnan i*seto*nan sVka. kwakinakwin so
te'tcinan e^actol^ona ^akwin te'tcip e'lactok kwaPinan cikwato-
J^aka. cikwatol^ap i'tonap^a. i*tona tetcunenan ta'tcic su*ski
leskweka suski leskwanan yam pPlaciwan'i cemana'we le 3 kwap an
tatc a*ka pi'laciwan an J^akwin te^cinan horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita
horn tcawe ko 5 t'on t'ewanan a*teaiye. — J^et'sanici i'tftnapi. mas 55
pene. — t'om ho* ceme'a. le 5 kwap lalhok ho* a'nuwale'kwapko^a
so J a*ne t'on }£e*t'sanrci t'ewanan a*teat c u le'kwanan s'a'^a. te'tcip
jjilaciwan'ite'tcifca. kwatonankot'on t'ewanan a 'teaiye? — ^e'tfsanici
i't'inapi le'ana^ap pPlaciwan rmup rtoljamVka Hon tcunenan rte-
kuna^a. masa-pene. hinikt'on kohol tikwentiha. — malukho'mv- 60
wan tca'le torn ceman haitoce'a. — ma i'namilte ko*macko'na ho*
onahka'en a^:*a ho* t'om ceme'a. tV yam a'ho* a'yu'ya'^anat'ewan
he skinned one of them. When he was nearly finished skinning it
over in the east, | (45) a coyote looked over a little hill. "What is
that stinking coyote doing ?" he said. J He was skinning a deer. He
was wary. He was skinning the deer. And after a little while he
forgot himself. | Then the coyote came and struck him. The young
man said, "We-e-e-e-e!" and turned into a coyote. | When he
turned into a coyote then the coyote said "Good for you! That's
just what I wanted to do ! | Now go ahead, clear out !" he said. The
boy who had turned into a coyote ran around crying. |
(50) Meanwhile the coyote packed up a bundle of meat, put it on
his back, and went. | He came to Kwakina and came to the girl's
house. The girl came out and took the meat in. | After she took
the meat in they ate. After they had finished eating Coyote | said,
"Call your bow priest/' he said. His | father went. He came to
the bow priest's house. "My fathers, my mothers, | (55) my children,
how have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated. W r ell now, [
speak." "I have come for you," he said. "Very well, I shall go
there." he said. "Very well, | then, now I am going. May you
always live happily, " he said and went. He came back | and then
the bow priest came. He came in. "How have you lived these
days?" 1 "Happily, | be seated," they said to him. The bow priest
sat down. They gave him to eat. When he was finished eating I
(60) he questioned them, "Very well now, speak. "I think you wish to
say something." "Well, this our | child, told me to call you."
"Indeed, it is so. I | have made a great killing, therefore I have
1 Comment of informant: "The bow priest knows something is wrong. He
does not say, 'My fathers, my mothers, my children.' "
116 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
yatonan homan ci'wiyaira. pPlaciwan*i kwaPinan ryu'ya'nan
antfsumehn a*want?ewa^a.
65 tfewap rtowenapfcatfap sVweletcelpt. a'te'tcip lu^ homan
a'nuwa t?a hrj$;a t'a lu*^a le*kwanan sic a*lana te'tci wo'slihap kop-
leap sic ho'na'wan tatcu le^u ? — ma rme. ta tenat a # ni le'anaknan
s'an a*weletcelk;a an a'weletcelkanan yam J on a*weletcell£a. t'as
hiwalan ciwelanai yo*ka, le*na teatip a'tea^a.
70 holomac t'ewap an o*ye lesanikwanan homan tfo* hanelawac't'u
le*kwap iya' le'kwanan an o*ye hanelawacka. ta'tcic kwa lawaptsic-
lenanrl^a. sVwant'ewaka. t'ewap camli hanelan rseto'nan sV^a
pocowakwin te'tcip ten*i — n nawe yu*tula^a. i*wo*kwiJ£ap tfa
aka. t'a te'tcip ten'i — n yutulaka. yu*tulal£ap su*ski leskwanan
75 ticomaha' yucanati le'kwap kwa nawe yrrcanawanre. yatonili
wo*tapan~al*u^a. lesnatfe su*nhap s'a'l^a.
kwakina*kwin te'tcip ycmakup e'lactok kwai'i^a. e'lactofe
kwaPip kwa ciwe ku*wa. hiyaha hai kwac tV onahplnam'^a ? —
ma el*a — hayi. ma tfa tenat ^apin ho 5 ainanal^a ten'i le J anikwap
80 s^'tci kwatoka. a*tci kwatonan tsawalj kwa ^eifsanam'^a.
ta'tcic tsawak lak u hol octealakona al*u^a tcapat'ap ccmito-
^atfap su'pia pelofea mi'co kwahol nonre iton-al'u'ya ha* kwa
sent for you. You will let your people know that tomorrow | they
will bring in my meat." The bow priest left and when they learned
of it | they spent the night in anticipation. |
(65) Next day, after they had eaten, they went out, one by one.
When they came there he said, "Now this one j will go for me,
and this one, and this one." So he said and picked out all the large
ones. | "What makes our father act like this ?" "I don't know, but
it can't be helped because it's his," they said. | So they brought it
back for him. After they had brought in his they went to get their
own. Then again, the village turned into meat. This is what he did.
So they lived. |
(70) After a long time he said to his wife, "Make some lunch for
me," | he said. "All right," she said. His wife made his lunch. But
now he did not cut prayersticks. | They went to bed. Next morning
he put his lunch on his back and went. | He came to Bending Grass
Spring. With thundering hoofs the deer ran away. Then they
gathered in a bunch. Again | he went after them. When he came
there with | the thunder of hoofs they ran away. When they ran
away the coyote said. [ (75) "Alas, stand still," he said. But the deer
did not stand still. So all day | he followed them around. So when
it came to evening, he came back. |
He reached Kwakina and climbed up. The girl came out. When
the girl | came out there was no meat. "Oh dear, didn't you make
any killing?" | "No." "Is that so?" "Well, it can't be helped. It
is hard to kill the Raw People," he said. | (80) So they went in. But
after they came in the young man was not happy. |
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 117
an t'ewa^a tekwin te'tcika. Ijalt a'ka. ist ^osenakona hoi al'u'ya.
ko ho* tsamtfsana. hie itiwap ticomaha' heha'. lal hot tcuwamp
a'teaiye. ama ho 5 a*ne. tekwant horn el ho* acna'wa le'kwanan 85
sVl^a. teala tacanakwin ye*maka. ye'makup ta ,c tcic iskon teku
a'tsawa^: ti^anupe. upkwin te'tcinan ye'maknan awe'nakwin
a*ka. te^fceinan kwa kole'a kwatotun teanrap kololololo piya-
kwato^a. te'ni! lani^a! lanip lestikwanan koptcic su*m t'etcin lewu-
^an kwato ? lal iteh'kwai'ika! le'tikwanan tcuwatikol rl^eckwan 90
l^eckwi kwaPinan itehpanrl^aka. itehpanrlcap tse'ma al-ulaka.
ti'comaha' ama tfa ho* ye*makt c u le'kwanan kwili^ana'na ye'mak-
nan t'a lal piya-kwato^a. kople'ap su'm tfetcin kwa hon a'hana-
hicna'nra. — maM'me lal itehkwai'ika. tcuwatikol i'^eckup hie
lak u lete itehpanrkat'u le'ana^ap l^eckwi kwai'inan sic let itehpa- 95
ni*^ak:a. itehpanrl^ap ama t'a ho' i'tetcut'u le'kwanan haPipina'na
ye'mal^a ye'maknan talalalala — te'ni laniJja. kojjap le*ap su-mkolin
kwa hon a'hanahicna'ma. lal itehkwaP i^a. hie lak u lehol iteh-
panr^at c u le'ana^ap tcuwatikol i'ljeckunan t'a lol lehol itehpani*-
^a^a itehpani'^ap ticomaha' ama t'a ho* ye'makt c u homkwat ho* 100
hal'owilap horn el ho* acna'wa le'kwanan a*witena^ana # na ye*- 1
ma^a awe'nakwin te'tcinan lalalala piyakwatonan te — ni lanika.
Meanwhile the young man was wandering around over there at
Upper Terrace. He went around eating grasshoppers and beetles |
and cedarberries and grass seeds and lizards and all kinds of bugs. |
He came to an abandoned camp site. He came this way. Then
he wandered around at Salt Brush Place. | He was a skinny runt.
Just at noon he came there. "Alas! Heha! Someone | (85) is living
here! I think I'll go. Perhaps they will make me well/' he said. |
So he went there. He climbed up Tall House Tops. Meanwhile
there Marten | youths were holding a society meeting. He reached
the place where they were meeting and climbed up and went to the
hatchway. | When he got there, there was no way to go in. Kolololo-
lololo. He dropped | in. Thump! He fell. As he fell they said, "What
did that stinking coyote | <90) come in for? Throw him right out!"
they said. Someone took him in his arms | and carried him out
and threw him down. After they threw him down he lay down
sadly beside the house. | "Oh dear! Let me go up again," he said.
Again he climbed up, | and again he dropped right in. "What did
that stinking coyote come back again for ?" | "I don't know. Throw
him right out!" Someone took him in his arms. | (95) "Throw him
far off," they said. He carried him out and threw him farther off. |
He fell down, and said, "Oh dear! Let me try again," he said. The
third time | he climbed up. Talalala! He fell. "What is this
stinking coyote | come back again for ? Throw him right out. And
this time throw him far off!" | they said. Someone took him in his
arms and again threw him far off. | (ioo) They threw him far off.
"Alas! Let me try and climb up again! Perhaps if I | (i) am lucky
118 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
he he sxrm kolnre ainana*we' le^tikwap su'ski poa-ye*makup
tcuwatikol leskwanan ti'comaha wan'ani. ama antekunahna*we
5 hapic ko*wi t'ewana pocowan tsawa^ona suslp yo'kona^i. hom-
kwat ak*a kwa hon a'hanatucna^a. — cuhwito tcuwatikol
leskwanan hapic tJoc na'wana akcikona tsawaki ? tome jJocowan
su'ski yo'kona? t'omt ts J awak ocokwin a^*a le'ni, an tuna'kona
katepona panryu koye'a. he ukwahtci hana'te! yam akli]£anan
10 saiyakuma a'1-atika ya'hotip tsawa^ona. t'ehwitiwakwin ani-
muknan leapka. a'le leapap t'o — ku' tfo — khi* tJo — 'ku* t?o —
ku> rt'sikwaco asticokta'kona t'ap wepcokta'kona t'ap cipo*
arjka. ci*po 5 anap wentepoals; ahnaknan o'tsimoan yalujjanaknan
t'so — ko s^'lihna^a. ulihna^ap lew'hok 11 tsamt'sana. s'an
is kapatiljal^a. yusutip tutukanaplca. enva tutup yakokanap^a.
ko'macko'na comitofat'ap tcapat'ap mi'cot'ap homa su'piat'ap pelo-
kat'ap kwahol nonve te — mla s'ukwai'ika. t'a tern kwilij^ana
tutupinapka. tutu^anakap t'a u'kwaPika ha'ikana'na tutu^ana-
Ijap lal itehwa irkwaPi^a u*kwai*ip t'a tutukana'ka t'a trkwaPikap
20 sic ^a'kokci. ^ako'kci te'tci u'kwai'ip s'a'kwa* tutu^ana'ka akwa*
tutu^anaknan san wo'li^a. an he'latiknan si ho'na'wan teazle
i'to, le'ana^ap tsawak i'tofea kwili^an hoi i'kwiHnan te*n —
they will make me well," he said. The fourth time he climbed
up. | He reached the hatchway, lalalalala. He dropped in. Thump!
He fell. | "Hey! Kill that stinking coyote!" they said. The coyote
sat up. | Someone said, "Alas, wait a moment ! Let us first question
him. | (5) Perhaps he is the young man who was turned into a
coyote a few days ago at Bending Grass Spring. Maybe | that is
why he is so persistent." "Hear! Hear!" someone | said. "Per-
haps you are the young man who used to be among the deer. Were
you | turned into a coyote at Bending Grass Spring?" The young
man just nodded his head, like this, and from his eyes the tears
ran down. He cried. "Hey! So that's it! Hurry up!" do) They
put their crystal down in the fireplace. When it was red hot they
made the boy sit down in the center of the room, | and handed it to
him. As he took this stone, pop! pop! pop! pop! | his skin cracked
open. On the palms of his hands and the soles of his feet | the skin
split open When the skin split open they took a medicinal plant
and twisted it around his head. Tso k! They pulled him
out. When they pulled him out he was a skinny little fellow | ci.m
They put on some water. When the water was lukewarm they gave
him to drink. He took a big drink and then he vomited. | Lots of
stink-beetles, and grasshoppers, lizards, cedarberries, and grass, |
and all kinds of bugs came up. Then | they gave him to drink a
second time. And again they came out. They gave him to drink a
third time. | And just a few came out. They gave him to drink
again and again it came out. | <2<» This time it was clear water.
Nothing but clear water came out. Then they gave him medicine
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 119
lanijja. t'onri yo^a ko'wi tenala'ap pilaknan rmup si* ho'na'wari
tca'le ito. yulakuna tV rton*a itonan eletokn rceika^a. lesanak-
nan kec tf rcel^aka eletokna t'o rcelpinan ko'kcun'a* le'ana^a^a. 25
tsawa^ i*ton tcunap si* ho J na*wan tc'ale to* halowili rika. wanan
tV imol£an*a tern yaton kwatop tfo 3 a*nuwa. yatema telojjatip
$6* te'tcina hekwatcic yaiyu'ya'ljen etciye le*anakap ta'tcic tsa-
wa^: inre. tsawajs; imap ah — yaton kwato^a.
tsawa^ inre. ah — tenalanatfeli^a. si* hr* a*ce. tV te'tcinan ti- 30
kwahn tfo' ye*makun # a. he'kwatcic yaiyu^an etciye kwa ^a'Jfi
ama'ma. t'o 5 ycmakup kwaPip tfo' lukan utcun ak/a yaktohap te-
natc kowa c lewun'a. le'anal^ap tsawalj s'a'^a kwakrnakwin te'tcip
luwalan tenrla yatela. ya*telap yam l^akwin itiwulaka. itiwula*-
nan yirla'kuna yemaka. tactcic su*m uwen kwa ama'ma. elehol 35
t'una-yeTnakun' ihap t'amyalan kolo'atip ishol itsalina kwai'i^aka.
itsalina kwai'ijjap tsawak an utcun ak*a yaktolja. he — aiya-
tfsana le*kwana yaktohap we* — - le'kwanan su*ski pulahina jJanr-
ka^:a. su*ski pulahina panikap wo'wowo* watsita yat?ena\ tenrla
kuhmokanapka. iskon tsawak kwato^a kwatonan al'o^ap an 40
o*ye leskwaka hiya hayi hokamp tfiya hokamp tfiya ? yaiyu*
to drink. | After they had given him medicine to drink they dished
out food for him. They put down paper bread for him. "Now our
child, I eat," they said to him. The young man ate. At the second
swallow, thump ! | he fell over. He fainted. After a little while he sat
up. "Now, our J child, eat. You will eat slowly." He ate until
he was well sated. They said to him, [ (25) "Are you satisfied? If
you satisfy yourself well, that will be good," they said to him. |
The boy finished eating. "Now our child, in good fortune you
have come to us. | You will stay here for a while until the sun has
set, and then you will go. When everyone is sleeping quietly | you
will get there. However, he will be watching for you," | so they
said to him. Now | the young man stayed there. After the young
man had stayed awhile, A h, the sun set. |
(30) The young man was still staying there. A h, it was
late at night. "Now go along. When you get there | you will climb
up softly. However, he will be watching for you. He never | sleeps.
When you climb up and he comes out, with this, his garment, you
will strike him. | Then he will not be able to do anything." so they
said to him. The young man went. He reached Kwakina. | The
whole village was asleep. While they were sleeping he approached
his house. He approached his house | (35) and climbed up slowly.
Meanwhile the evil coyote did not sleep. When he had nearly j
reached the top of the ladder the rung rattled. Then the other came
out quickly. | He came out quickly and the young man struck him
with his garment "Ugh! | Ugly!" he said, and struck him.
"We e!" Coyote jumped down. | As coyote jumped
down, Wo wo wo wo wo wo ! all the dogs grabbed him. | <40) They
120 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
ya^namenlana tse'map kwa imat ho* uhsona team'e le'kwanan
yam oye anape'lja. s'a'want'ewaka. isko'n a'tea^a. —
holomac t'ewap — homan tV hanelawact'u tsawal^ le'kwap an
45 o*ye an hanela'wacap ta c tcic tsawa^ la'waptsiclek;a. t'ewap hanelan
i'setcrnan yam lapowan Heanan pocowakwin a'l^a. tfetcip na*we
lestPkwanan ho 3 na*wan tca'l iya le'tikwap telikina* i*yu^a. i'wite*-
tcap si tcuwam t'on yam tca'l il'ap a'wa'nuwa ? ma ho*'o. tfa ho*\).
tfa ho ,:> o le*anaknan an rtehpoapl^a ko*macko*n na'w iha^i^ap
so na'pewul^a. tenvla wo*pewunan t'opa t'sikwahnan i'seto'nan
s'a'^a.
sirnhap i'l^a. i'yap itonapl^a itona te'tcunenan leskwa^a hi 1 yam
jJi'laciwani cemace — iya le'kwanan an tatc a*^a. te'tcin&n horn
a*tatcu horn a'tsita hom tcawe ko* t'on tfewanan a'teaiye ? — ]£e*tJsan-
55 ici rt'inaj£a le'analja. Uom ho* ceme'a leanikwap lat hok u ho* a*nuwa.
tenala*ap pPlaciwani te'tcijja. hom a'tatcu hom a'tsita hom tcawe
ko*na t'on tfewanan a*teaiye — j^etsanici. i't'inapi le*anakap
rmunan si 5 ma pene hinik tV kohol ikwan J iha. — ma i'namilte
tcimte yaton komackon ho* o'nahl^aka. tV yam a'ho'a'yr^ya'^ap
eo f ewan yaton hom an ciwiyan*a le'kwap pPlaciwan'i kwai'inan
tore him to pieces. Then the young man went in. He went in and
made a light. His | wife said, "Hiyahai! Where have you been?"
"Where have you been, indeed, | you big fool ?" Perhaps I am not
the one you think. So he said | and scolded his wife. So they
went to sleep. There they lived. |
After a long time he said, "Make lunch for me." So the young
man said. His | (45) wife made lunch for him and meanwhile
the young man cut prayersticks. Next day | he put his lunch on his
back and taking his prayersticks he went to Bending Grass Spring.
When he came there the deer | said, "Our child is coming!" they
said. He gave them his prayersticks. | After he had distributed
them all they said, "Now who of you will go with your child?"
"Why I." "And I." | "And I." -And I", they said. They separated
from the others. There were many deer standing in a crowd.
(50) He stretched them all out. When he had stretched them all
out he skinned one and putting (the meat) on his back | he went.
In the evening he came. After he had come he ate. After he had
finished he said, "Go. | Call for the bow priest." "All right," he
said. His father went. When he got there | he said, "My fathers,
my mothers, my children, how have you lived these days ?" "Happi-
ly, | (55) be seated," they said to him. "I have come to call you,"
he said to him. "All right. I shall go right away." | In a little while
the bow priest came. "My fathers, my mothers, my children, | how
have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated," they said. |
He sat down. "Well now, speak. I think you wish to say something."
"Yes, indeed it is so. I This day I have made a great killing. You
will tell your people [ <60) that tomorrow they will bring in the
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 121
weatco^a. t'ewap an ciwi'telka yam'on a*wrtelka. t'a ciwela'nai yo*-
\a, holomac a'tea^a. —
holomac tealja. leskwanan homan tfhanelan act c u le'kwap
an o*ye hanela*wacap lawaptsicle^a. elekanan a*want'ewaka.
t'ewap hanelan i'seto'nan s'a'Ja. te'tcip ho'na'wan tca'l i'ya le'- 65
ana^ap telikina* i*yu^:a rwite^cinan si* tcuwam tV yam tc'al
il*ap a*wa*nuwa le'ana^ap ma ho^o. tfa ho ,;> o. s'a'n a*witehpoap^a
rtepoarjap napewul^a tenvla napewunan kwatikol tsikwah^a.
tfsikwahna ya^ap t'ehulan at'i^apap ha*lata t'sul alitea. ho* t'su*-
lact*u. leskwanan tfsu'le mahepinan ampolkwikanan at'iljapulja. 70
kwa kwahol ikwi^a tea'map Uunatip ko'witea hotap a'^a. hotokwin
te^cinan itiwa mukwito^a elakwai'iPona yat'enan anaci'^a. he —
i'tsumehap ho — k u s*an hatawe'nan kwato^a. hatawe'nan kwato-
ka* te'ni — n laninan ace^a. iskon tsawaj$; o'ka.
ino'te le* teatika le' se — m koni^a. 75
DEER YOUTH (2).
(Second Version),
hie incrte kakrma hrwalapa hiwaPona tcu*we te > tci t'oweyenap^a.
lal ciwi'tona we^tiahnan nalata* a'wal'ujta. Is&^oltapa imat
meat for me/' he said. The bow priest left | and called out. Next
day they brought in his meat and they brought meat for themselves.
And again the village turned to meat. | So they lived for a long time. |
It was a long time afterwards. He said, "Make lunch for me,"
he said | and his wife made lunch. And he cut prayersticks. When
he was finished they went to bed. | (65) Next day he took his lunch
and went. When he came there, they said. "Our child is coming!" |
He gave them prayersticks. When he had distributed them all they
said. "Now who of you | will go with your child ?" he said. "Why
I." "And I." "And I." "And I." They stood to one side. | After
they had stood aside he stretched the deer out. He stretched the deer
out and then he skinned one of them . ] After he finished his work,
the body cavity was full of blood. "Ha! Now blood pudding is
V r, »od! I (70) Let me make blood pudding!" He emptied out the
c- 1 tents of the stomach and turned it inside out, and filled it with
blood. ! There was nothing to tie it with so he looked around. A
little ways off was some soap weed. He went for it. | He came to
the soapweed and grabbed it where the heart rose from the center.
He pulled it. "Hey!" | He used more strength. Ho k! It
entered his breast. | Thump ! He fell down and died. There the
young man was gone. |
(75) This happened long ago. So short is my tale.
DEER YOUTH (2).
In ancient times, when there was a village at Kakima, the people
planted nothing but corn. | Then they wanted to eat meat, and went
122 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
so a'woj^a ihi^i lata* a*wal*uk:a. imat Jjakrma hiwaPona a*woJ£
ihiki nawe lata*wapa ciwan an e'le hoi telipalta tcawac^a. iskon
tcawacnan yam tca'l iteh^a. an naw a u wanap^a. nawe an ho'i
ya^anapjja. aktsi^ tfsana naw a'wan kwi^awajra tenanre la^a.
ko'wihol a*nap t?as imat latal^a jJenan kwai'ilja. s'a'^a. t'a
85 lata'nkwai^a. a'ho^a'wa'nan hoi imat a'te^tci^a. iskon rtJinakna'
wans i'tona^a. i'tonape^n lataj^aka rwohhaiya^a. ke*la an
nawe a'tsita atinenap^a. lata'kw* a*wrya. kaki'ma hiwaPona
t'oms a u wa*nakan*a torn kaka tfu*ci kohana imalto^an'a. lukon
kela ho 3 na a*wawan*a t'a torn tsita akci^an'a. torn fea^a lukon
90 t'om yat'en*a kwa e*t t'o* yr^te'tcicukwa tfomt tfo y yacan'a a^at'om
kaka yat'en*a t'om yat'ip ^e'tsanici t?o > yam hiwalakwi a*nuwa.
al£*ap kwa hie t'om hon ihtohpma'wanrelja. t'om hon tca'l a u wanap-
l^a. l$:e*la lata*wap t'om tsita isanaina c torn tcawacnan etc a'ka.
a'ho'i i'tonajie^n latakalja i'wohhaiyaka. an ^:a^a j^e'la na'wawa-
95 ka. honkwa an ^as*e na'wanan akcPlja. kwa yam J£as"e anapame'-
ka. nawe utulakap aktsik tfsan akc an al'uka. alacna^a. aktsik
t'sana sakwi'koa musilili leakwip^a. aktsik t'sana uhsona te'tci
alacna%a. aktsik tfsana an feaka yatfeka. yat'enaptria aiyala-
tina^a. aiyalatinapLjia yam fea^a atinap^a. t'om ho* hie ljase.
ioo torn i^ina ]$e*la lata'wa horn tcawacna horn etc a*^a. a'^a. ak*a an
about hunting deer. Long ago, it seems, | <80) they went out hunting
along with the women. It seems, that when the Kakima people [
hunted deer along with the women, the daughter of the priest gave
birth to a child somewheres in the field. There | she gave birth to
a child and left her child. The deer found him. The deer | brought
him up. The little boy grew rapidly on the deer's milk. |
After a while it seems that the word went forth again that there
would be a hunt. And so he went. Again | (85) they went out to hunt.
The people went and it seems they arrived someplace. There they
sat down a while
hunt. Before, his
to eat. After they had eaten they scattered to
deer mothers had told him: "The hunters are
coming. The Tfakima villagers | will find you. Your uncle will
be riding on a white horse. He | will find us first. And your mother
will be with him. Your uncle, he | (90) will catch you. But you will
not be tired. You will just pretend so that your | uncle may catch
you . When he catches you you will go happily to your own village, |
because, indeed, we did not bring you forth. We found you as a
child. | When they went hunting once before, your mother was with
child. She bore you and went off without you." |
After the people had eaten they spread out to hunt. His uncle
first found the deer. | (95) Indeed, his nephew was with the deer. He
did not recognise his nephew. | The deer ran off and the little boy
was going about with them. He went after him. The little boy |
wore bells tied about his legs. The little boy was the only one [ he
pursued. His uncle caught the little boy. He caught him and
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 123
J^ka yam ikina anarjep. t'a p,pfea. Jfakwa satocfca tfa takucka. i
uh sona yam kas-e satopp t'a takup. a'ho'i kwa lal lata*wanre.
w . a .ns yam pkwin a'wa'p. yam ^akwin aktsikt'sana il*ap a'te'tcip
hie ~:l~\: ™ j ^t^i"«.tiKa. akcsik t'sana an nana ciwan'i u'nan hie
^etsatijja. 5
le'n ino'te teati^a. le* sem koni'ka.
WIFE OF AHAIYUTE (7).
ino'te l^akrma hiwalap ciwan an e'le a'tsawaki antecemanapl^a.
kwakina tsawalp leskwanan yam a'tsita yam a'tatcu lesa*wani-
kwanan ho 5 lptkrmakwin a'nuwa. ho* ciwan an e'lon yil*un*a. — 10
ma tV ulati. yam kwahol oka'ni kwahol lea hapokanan iseto'nan
a*ka. kakrmakwin te'tcinan ce*! lal horn anahna'we'! — iya c
le/kwanan e'lactok elemaknan a'ne. awe'nakwin te J tcip tsawaj^
yam pehan piya*na-kwatokap e'lacto^ ahnan t'ehwitiwakwin
pehan a'up tsawaki kwatonan — ko*na t'on t'ewanan a'teaiye ? 15
le'kwap ^etsanici. i'tfinapL — i'mup e*lactok elemaknan sa'l ahnan
ko'conan wo'lunan wo*la 5 unan he'l etonan wola'unan — sPana
i'toce — iya c — tsawa^: le*kwanan rmup a'tci itojtat'ap a*tcitcunap
an tatcu ana wopun ahnan cewe wotihnan a'tc i'munan ate
questioned him. | He questioned him and he told his uncle. "I am
your own nephew. | (ioo> Your sister, at the first hunt, gave birth
to me and went away without me." So his | d) uncle scolded his
sister. He whipped her, and took away her turquoise earrings and
her necklace. | He put these earrings and necklace on his nephew.
Then the people did not hunt | but went right back to their homes
They, came back to their house with the little boy. | The people
marveled greatly. When his grandfather, the priest, saw the little
boy, J (5) he was very happy.
This happened in ancient times. So short is my tale. |
WIFE OF AHAIYUTE (7).
Long ago, the people were living at Kakima, the boys wanted
the priest's daughter. | A Kwakina boy said to his mothers and
his fathers, | <io) "I am going to Kakima. I shall marry the daughter
of the priest." | "Very well, do as you like." He gathered together
something for a woman, some sort of clothing, put it on his back
and went. He reached Kakima. "Ce! Pull me in!" "All right."
Thus she said. The girl arose. She went. When she reached the
doorway the boy | dropped his bundle in. The girl took it | (15) and
set the bundle down in the middle of the floor. The boy came in.
"How have you lived these days?" | he said. "Happily, be seated."
He sat down. The girl rose. She took a bowl | washed it, filled it
and put it down. She put paper bread into a basket and set it down.
124 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
20 poklinan — mas pene. hinik tV kohol ikwe*a. kwa tekwan'te
tV rcukwa. — ma* i'namilte. lul^ tfo*na'wan e*lona*nan ho* tse-
mak-t'elakwiltaniyahnan ak:*a ho 5 iya. — a u whito katsi^i! — ma
kotcimat ho* ikwan*a ? ma rnamirte. ten e*len t'on oyemc il'in.
ak*a to*no tcuwa aiyulacin'akarra. an tatcu le*kwap. ma hon-
25 kwahati. ma kotcimat ho* ikwan*a ? — ma honkwahati. ma* ko*-
ma ipewe. tenala*na t'eli^a luk yu*tetc i'fea.
le*kwap e*lactok let'e kwatonan ipewenan kwai*inan — si*ana
kwatoj^a. is yam pehan leikoa iseto*u le*kwap tsawak yam pehan
rseto'nan a*tci kwatonan — si* wani. kwa hon ipakwanrej&jra.
30 le*kwap haiyi kopla'ti ? tsawajj le*kwap e*lacto|: leskwanan
ma* ko*lat kwahol kwa anteceman*ona kirwa. — ma* a'wuna.
kwahol tenrla setoye. — ma* el*a kwa ku'wa. — makon hiniktci
kwa kwahol anetcam'e ho* set rya. — ma* el*a kwa ku'wa. —
haiyi. ma* honkwa*ati. kwako*na t'o* anteceman*a ? — ma i'nam-
35 ilte. tcuhol yam teatcinan sam imap ho^antikhol rnakwe tehat'o*up
tcuhot le*w rnakwenan-pot'i ihanukwap inakwe ^acima po*yan
aiyol^ap inakwan t'ewanan yo*ap an t'ewanan ite*tcap olhakto-
kwai*in ho* antecema a^ap a'winakw a'wan tse*makwin a^a ho*-
na'wan a'wotsimvt'ap ho*mvwan iyani^ina'tap ho*na*wan wo*we
40 tecukwai*inaiye. lesna te*ona^a ho* uhson antecema le*kwap. —
"Come on, | eat." "All right." Thus the boy said and sat down.
The two ate together. When they were finished | her father took
his sack of tobacco and took corn husks, and the two sat down | (20)
and smoked together. "Very well, now, speak. I think you have
something to say. | You would not come for nothing." "Indeed it
is so. Towards this, your daughter, | my thoughts bend. Therefore
I have come." "Hear, my child." | "What shall I say?" "Indeed
it is so. If you are a girl and have a husband | then everyone will
hold you in high esteem." Thus her father said. | (25) "Is that so!
Well, what should I say?" "Is that so ? Well, | go on and spread
the beds. It is late at night. This man has come far and is tired."
Thus he said. The girl went into the back room. She made up
the beds and came out. "All right, | let us go in. Now put on your
back that bundle which you brought with you." Thus she said. The
boy put the bundle | on his back and the two went in. "Now wait.
We shall not sleep together," | (30) she said. "Is that so! why?"
said the boy. The girl said, | "Well, because that which I want is
not there." "Well, look. 1 1 have brought all kinds of things." "Oh,
no, it is not there." "Indeed, I am sure 1 1 have forgotten nothing."
"Oh, no. it is not there." | "Haiyi ! Is that so ? Well, what may it be
that you want ?" "Indeed, it is so. | (35) Indeed, that someone should
stay alone in his field and when he hears the enemy j he should
struggle single-handed against many of the enemy and should take
an enemy's scalp. | Then when the enemy's days are made, and when
his days are at an end, | then I shall carry out the basket of meal.
5w*^, JZuni tFcocts 125
ma > honkwa. hie kocr! t'o* tekal tse*ma. ma*honkwa. yose*
ho* rlja. ma' ko*ma so* a*ne. le*kwanan tsawak a*nap tfewap
camli e^lactol^ 1 kwai*ip an tsita an tatcu lesanikwanan koplea^a
atitfo* tsawakon a # $%a ? ma*i'me imatcic el ten horn il*amekan*iha.
lal su'nhap hampasa'kwi tsawak yu*ya*nan a'n'ihap. — ho* 45
^akrmakwin a'nuwa. t'owa ciwan an e*lon ho* antse'man a'nuwa.
ma* to* ulati. — ma* lesnapa. ko ko*lea te*onak;a ho*na*wan a'suwe
icit^ana a*te*tcila kwako ko*lea te*onaka. le*kwanan teluna^anre
utenan pehan acnan a'^a. te*tcip — hiya*ati tcuwakon tfas iya.
a u wati katsiki sewahnaknana' ! — ma imatcic el ten horn ila- 50
wamel^antiha. — lal tsawak ye'maknan 'ukwe^ lal horn anahna*-
we' le*kwap. e'lactok awe'nakwin a^a. te*tcip tsawak yam
kwampehan piyahnan kwatol^ap e*lactok ahnan t'ehwitiwakwin
wetok le a*nan a*up tsawak kwatonan — horn a'tatcu horn a*tsita
horn tcawe ko*na t'on tJewanan a'teaiye. — l^etsanici. rt'inapL 55
le*ana^ap tsawak: rmup e*lactol£ elemaknan sa*l ahnan sakoconan
wopuna-pilakwin a*nan te*tcinan wo'lunan wo*la*unan tfsi*l ahnan
helunan wola*unan paiya* wotunan — si*ana hon itonapce. le*kwap
i'tJinaknan itonapfea. itonan tetcunenan an tatcu ana wojJun ahnan
This is what I desire. Because, on account of the enemy's thoughts, |
our brothers and our relatives and our flocks | (40) are come to
naught. That is the reason that I desire this." Thus she said. | "Is
that so? Too bad! You think evil things. Well, in vain | have I
come. Very well, then, I shall go." Thus he said. The boy went.
Next morning, | when the girl came out, her mother and her father
said to her, | "Shame on you ! Why have you sent that boy away ?"
"I don't know. Perhaps he didn't want to marry me." [
(45) Then, in the evening, a boy at Hampasa found out about it
and wanted to go. "I | shall go to Kakima. I am thinking of the
high priest's daughter. So I shall go." | "Very well, do as you like."
"So be it. I have my reason for wanting to go. Our younger brothers]
have gone there one by one and have been humiliated. So there is
some reason to go." Thus he said. [ He made an enormous bundle
of clothing. He went. When he got there. "Oh dear! Someone is
coming again. J <so) Shame on you, child. Now this time say yes." —
"Perhaps they did not want to marry me." | Then the boy climbed
up. "Say! Pull me in!" | Thus he said. The girl went to the door-
way. When she reached there the boy | dropped his bundle in.
The girl took it and set it down in the middle of the room. | She drag-
ged it over there and put it down. The boy came in. "My fathers,
my mothers, | (55) my children, how have you lived these days?"
"Happily, be seated." | Thus they said. The boy sat down. The
girl rose, took a bowl, washed it, | went to the pot that was standing
in the fireplace, dished out some food and set it down. She took a
basket, | put some paper bread in it and set it down. She placed
seats. "Come now, let us eat." Thus she said. | They sat down and
126 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
60 cetihnan rmup a*tci pokh^a. lesanikwanan mas pene. kwa te-
kwante t'o* i*tun teanre. — ma' rnamilte. lu^ t'om tca J lona*nan ho*
tsemak-t'elakwi^an'iyahnan alja ho* iya. — a u whito katsijp.
ko'lea pene. — ma kotcimat ho 3 ikwaira ? — ma* imat lufe: antece-
ma. — ma } lesnajia. ten o^an Uon tcuw oyemc il'in a^aton aiyu-
65 lacina^an*a. le'kwapt'ina^a. hie tenalana t'eiap tsawaifc aleawacap
an tatcu leskwanan ^atsi^i ipewunaknana'. tenala'na t?eii^a l^e'si.
le'kwap. e'lactok telitfo'kwin kwatonan ijiewenan kwai'inan tsa-
wal^ona lesanikwanan si'ana kwato^a. hekotfelitan al'e'a. le'kwap
tsawak elemakup — yam set-r'kona iwo'pona'u' le'kwap. a'tci
/o kwatonan si* wanani kwa hon iwil' alcukwa. tsawa^ leskwanan
kopla'ti e'lactoki leskwanan kotci'na tse'na kwa kwahol ho*
antecema'ona kwa kirwa. — ma* a'wuna honkwat kwahol tio y
anteceman'ona akci^an'a. kwahol temla ho* set-i'ya. le'anikwap. —
ma* ela kwa kirwa. — le'anikwap haiyi'. ma 5 kwako'na t'o* ante-
75 ceman'a ? — ma } i*nam ilte. tcuhol ton yam teatcinan sam imap
ho^antikhol inakwe tehatVup t'on le*w inakwena-potfi ihanukwanan
inakwe ^acima po'yan aiyo'up inakwan tewanan yo J ap an t'ewanan
ite*tcap olhaktokwi uhsona ho* antecema a^ap a*winakwa*wan
tse'makin a^a ho'nan iyanikinan ho'nan a'wowe tecukwai'inaiye.
so lesna te'onaka uhsona ho* antecema. — ticomaha'. kotci'. haiyi'.
ate. When they were finished eating, her father took his sack of
tobacco | (60) and corn husks and sat down, and the two smoked. |
Then he said, "Very well, now speak, j You have not come for
nothing." "Indeed it is so. Towards this, your child, | my thoughts
bend. Therefore I have come." "Hear child! | Say something."
"Indeed, what should I say ?" "Well, perhaps she wants you. | Well,
so be it. If only a woman has a husband, everyone holds her in high
esteem." | (65) Thus he said. They were sitting there. It was very
late at night and the boy was sleepy. | Her father said, "Girl ! Make
up the beds. It is now late at night." | Thus he said. The girl went
into the inner room and made up the beds. She came out | and said
to the boy, "Let's go in. I sleep in the back room," she said. | The
boy arose. "Take along that which you brought with you." Thus
she said. | (70) they entered. "Now wait.We shall not sleep together."
The boy said, |"Why?" The girl said, "You needn't ask why. That
which 1 1 wish is not there." "Well, look. Perhaps what you | wish
may be among them. I have brought all kinds of things." He said
to her. | "Oh, no, it is not there," she said. "Haiyi! Well, what
is it that you want ?" | (75) "Indeed it is so. That someone should
stay alone in his field | and when he hears the enemy he should
struggle single-handed against many of the enemy | and take an
enemy's scalp. Then when the enemy's days are made, and when
his days | are at an end, then I shall be the one to carry out the
basket of meal. That is what I desire. For, because of the enemy's
thoughts our relatives and our animals are come to naught.
R/i#/Mff«Z, Z-wni Tcjct& 127
nnVhonkwa. ten to* yosen ho'i. kocikatel'ea kotci'. le*w inakwena
pot'i ihanukwana'cukwa' ma'honkwa'ati le'na te'onal^a hon icil-
^ana a'witela. ma* ko^a so 5 a*ne le'kwanan s^'l^a.
t'ewap camli e'lactolj kwai'ip an a'lacina* lesantikwanan hi'yaha'
ati' katsilji' kop hie tfo* a'wale'a ? — ma* el'a imatcic el il'a'wanre- 85
^antiha.
lai kohiwalawan pautiwa leskwanan hom tcawe ama ho* ^:aki*-
makwin a'nuwa. fowa ciwan an e'lona antse 3 man a'nuwa. koko^ea
te 5 ona^a hom t'ekohanan tcawe icilkana a'te'tcila kwakon antece-
man'a'. le* yam t'eapkumvwe ho* a'wil a'nuwa. a'witen t'ewana 90
ho 5 a'nuwa. — tfo* ulati. — ma } lesnapa.
lal uhsite t'elinan ta^tcic ma*^aian ahaiyute a'tfsan a'tci yam
hot il'i ptkona a'tci t'elap itcunan an suwe leskwanan tishol sam
imap a u wawolohna^a'. — yaiyu'ya'nanre a'tci kopleap tcic t'on
leskwe^ ? a*tc ala ke'si. — tenala'ap an suwe leskwanan ti's 95
^akrma sam imap a u wawolohnaka'. — yaiyu'ya'nam'e atci!
kon a'tci telokana'. kopleap iyo tcic t'on leskwe'a. laj^ol hiwaPona
tfonre te*tci luwalap tcic t!on iyo jteye'a. a'tci ala J^e'si. — haiyi. —
a'tc allja.
(80) Therefore, that is what I desire." "Oh dear! Alas! | Is that so ?
Then in vain have I come. Impossible! | I cannot struggle single-
handed against many of the enemy. Well, is that so. Therefore are
we all | shamed when we come. Very well, now I shall go." Thus he
said and went. |
Next morning, when the girl came out, her parents said to her,
"Shame on you, | (85) daughter! What do you do to them all?"
"Nothing! Perhaps he did not want to marry me." |
Then at Katcina Village, Pautiwa said, "My children, let me go
to Kakima. | Thinking of the daughter of the high priest I shall go.
There is some [ reason why my daylight children, going there, are
shamed. What is it that she may want? | (90) I shall go with all
my children. After four days 1 1 shall go." "Do as you like." "Very
wHl. so be it!" |
Meanwhile, that very night, at Salt Lake, the two little Ahaiyute |
were staying with their grandmother. When they lay down to sleep
at night, the younger brother said, "It would be nice | to stay
someplace alone when the enemy come out of hiding." "You two
fools! What makes you | (95) say that ? You two go to sleep, now!"
After a while the younger brother said, | "It would be nice to be
staying alone at Kakima when the enemy came out of hiding." "You
two fools, | keep quiet! What makes you say such things? Now-
a-days people | walk around with empty heads. They are talking
nonsense. Now go to sleep!" "Haiyi!" | They went to sleep.
128 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
100 tfewap camli a'pilaknan a'tcia hota yam kotci sumapea wola*-
1 tunan yam hekusna wola*unan s'i'tonap^a. rtonan tetcunenan
s 3 a*tcia hota kwaPil^a. hie tenala'ap lapalan set-rnan piyana
kwato^anan — laf horn a-tci anaha'. anahnan a*tci elemaknan
a*tci jfowa wotihap ko'macko lawe asitfap ku'h* lje'la ciwuna lakalo
5 lal kwahol temla lawe. — kop hota leaka luk set-i'ya ? — hiya
anakatt'on yula peye'a. — haihi't'o a'tci le'kwanan sVtci cowac^a.
a*tci cowacnan a*tci kwai^a. sVtci kwai'inan s'a-tci wo'w cemal^a.
^a^aht'ap pijSit'ap coljapiso anelawa kwalaci kwahol temla wo*we
iyamakwin a*pani*nan s'a'tcian Hatacnapka. katet'ap lapca^a.
10 s'a'tci kwatonan s'a'tci ikwanilje^a. a*tci cowacnan. an suwe
leskwanan wan* ho* yam nana sewulan hal^at'u'. le'kwanan kwai-
Mnan s'a'ka. ma'^aian tfewankwin tahna yam nan inkwin te'tcip
an nana — qa* qa c qa c qa c qa c hie lahika. hie lahip a u wanani' nana.
t'om ho* acuwakan'iha. le'kwanan t'opa t'at'akwin te'tcip an nana
15 poayaltop. te'tcip qa c qa c qa c qa c qa c t'a ana'nap. tfa topa tfatfan
rmiyarto'up — trana' nana'. a u wanyucana\ t'om ho* ampen'iha,
le*kwap tfa inkwin te'tcip — qa c qa* qa c qa c qa c . — ticomaha nana .
wan* tikwahna ! le'kwanan inkwin te'tcip — kwa-p*i* koptV ikwe*a?
ma* rnamilte. torn ho* acuwa^an^ha. — mas pene. — ma' rnamilte
(ioo) Next morning they arose. Their grandmother sat down her
corn mush cooked with field mice. | <i> She put down dry paper bread.
They ate. When they were finished eating, | their grandmother
went out. After a short time she came carrying a bundle of sticks
on her back. | She dropped them through the hatchway. "Pull
me in!" The two got up | and took her bundle of sticks. There
were many sticks ; oak, willow, first-flowering shrub and red willow, |
(5) all kinds of sticks. "What is grandmother bringing these for?"
"Why, | have you not spoken of going to war?" "Haiyi!" they
said. The boys made arrows. | After they had made arrows they
went out. They went out and called the birds: | eagle, and hawk
and cokapiso, chickenhawk, raven, all kinds of birds. | They came
down from the sky and pulled out their feathers for them: tail
feathers and soft feathers. | (io) Then they went in and worked.
After they had finished their arrows, the younger brother | said,
"Wait! Let me call our grandfather to take word around." Thus
he said and going out, | he went. To the east of the Salt Lake |
where his grandfather stayed he came. | His grandfather said,
"Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" and flew away. As he flew away, "Wait for
me grandfather, | I want to talk to you," he said. His grandfather
reached another tree | (is) and perched on top. When he reached
him, "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" and again he flew away | He perched
on another tree. "Oh dear! grandfather, keep still! I want to talk
to you !" | Thus he said. He came to the place. " Qa, qa, qa, qa, qa,
qa!" "Oh dear! grandfather, | wait! be nice!" Thus he said. He
came to where he was sitting. "What is it! What have you got to
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 129
lujj yaton tfo tciche*na*kwin a*nuwa. — kop ho* lewupura ? — 20
ma* rnam ilte tfo J jiena'wa^a a*nuwa. tV te^cinan a'wan hampo-
*kona tV isolenan Ho* ^aki'makwin t'a tV a*nap ma honkwa l$:akr-
makwin yula^a te^an'a. hinik a*witenhol t'ewana yulaka te^an*a
le 5 tikwap ]£al tV a'nuwa. — ma honkwa le*kwanan sVka.
ta* c tcic ahaiyute yam kakwin aka. te'tcip — ljec tV haitoc^a ? — 26
e* — le'kwap sVtci ikwanika^a. sVtci ant'ewa^a.
ta* c tcic tciche*nan pena'haiyakap hapel^a. tenvla hapop hrwale-
maka. hrwalemakup ta* c tcic uhsite t'ehnan koiuwalawan pautiwa
leskwanan si* luka t'elinan kaki'makwin t'owa ciwan an e'l inkwin
hon a*wa*nuwa. le*kwap an t'eapkuna* cohwitot'ap haliku maNvi 30
oholi poka okciko kotci hrwalemaknan kal a*wa*ka. ta* c tcic ma-
l^aian ahaiyute a'tfsan a'tci a'tci hota lesanikwanan a u wana a'tci
hana kc^ma a'tci yele^a le'kwap. ahaiyute an suwe hana ko^a
ho 3 a*nuwa le'kwap am papa kerne lapa^anan copon seto'nan
t'opap kopkwin lat'sonan t'am^apnan uknan alan uknan sPana' 35
hi'u tV heci^an*a. tfo J ten'i^ap tealt i'tse 5 man*te hrwalakwin
ate^cip kwa elecukwa le'kwap kwai'inan j£al a*^a.
£ai a* — ne. coyakoskwikwin i'yap ljal a # ka. ^e'hiwakwin
i*nan t'una-yala'up jjatetcikwin aklr kwai'i^a. J£al a*ka. opumpiya-
say ?" I "Indeed it is so. I want to speak to you." "Well, go ahead,
talk!" "Indeed, it is so. | (20) This day you will go to the country
of the Apaches." "What shall I do there ?" | "Indeed it is so. You
will go to them with a message. When you get there, at all their
camps I you will pick up dirt, and put it on yourself. Then when
you have gone to Kakima, perhaps | there will be war at Kakima.
'I think, in four days, there will be war:' | Thus they will say. Then
you will come back here." "Is that so?" he said and went. |
(25) Meanwhile Ahaiyute went back to his house. When he got
there, "Well, did you tell him ?" |"Yes," he said. Then they worked.
They passed the night. |
Meanwhile the Apaches, having sent out word, gathered together.
When they were all come together, they started 9 out. | As they
started out that very night at Katcina Village, Pautiwa | said,
"Now, this night, we shall go to Kakima, to the home of the Corn
Priest's daughter." | (30) Thus he said. Then his children arose,
antelope, mountain sheep, buck | and doe, jackrabbit, cottontail,
field mouse. They came hither. Meanwhile j at Salt Lake, the
grandmother of the two little Ahaiyute said, "Hurry up, | now, go
ahead! Get ready!" Thus she said. The younger Ahaiyute said,
"Go ahead, | I shall go!" The elder brother wrapped a buckskin
about his (brother's) shoulders, put his quiver on his back, | (35) and
thrust another in his belt, gave him his war club and his shield.
"All right, now, j go ahead! You will go quickly. If you delay over
anything, ) when you reach the village, it will not be well." Thus
he said. He went out and came this way. |
130 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
to kwin r^a. i'nan imyala^a. iskon imyalap ta ,( tcic t'ekohatip awek-
etsa^atip e^actok pilaknan kwan^leyenan teatcinakwin s'a'ika.
a'tiwulapnakwin te'tcinan rmunan an moteala-pi^ap a'teaceka.
ateacip ta* ( tcic pautiwa i'^a. ant'eapkuna* kwilimakte a'witawelan
i*ka. ^eptahnakwin ryap ko*wi t'ekohanap leskwanan hu —
45 'uh! e'lactolj kwa hatiananvika. wempoakwin rnan tfa leskwanan
hu — 5 uh! e'lactolj: kwa hatiananr^a. ^al a'l^a* healo tepo-
^altahnakwin i*nan leskwanan hu — 'uh! e'lacto^ hatiapL
leskwanan kwa*api ? wetsi tfekohanan an teatcina pattokwin
i'nan leskwanan hu — 'uh!
50 ta*tcic ahaiyute t'sana leskwanan o — o — o — oh e'lacto^:
unati^ap pautiwa hie tsamkokci. an Ueapkuna*nawe yu'lakiti&a.
e'lacto^ leskwanan t'rya ? le'kwap — e\ hanah'a elame^a yato*-
kwai'inan'te ho* rya. kwa tfo> yaiyu'ya-nanre^a. te^aial tV
antecema^a. homkwatcic to* yaiyu'ya'nakatap hon rtse'mak-
55 tfelakwi teap li*l hoi t'om ulohnana'kona horn t'eapkuna* a*teap
t'om a'wotsina* kwa yu'makwe'na'man homan t?eapkuna*wa^a
yu'yackwi a'te^ananlja. hatiawa. elame^a yatokwai'i —
— o — o — o — oh! i'woloh^a ! hanana*we' !
He came this way. Coming this way, he came to Face-in-the-
Doorway. He came this way. To Upright Rocks he came. He
stood looking over the edge. At Evil-Smelling Water the smoke of
many fires arose. He came this way. To Where -the- Sack -of -Flour
Hangs | (40) he came He sat down at the edge. As he was sitting
there on top, it was just early dawn. | When the ground first becomes
visible, the girl arose. She dressed herself and went to her field. |
When she came to Where-Many-Stones-are-Scattered she sat
down. She picked the, blossoms from her squash vine. | As she
was picking blossoms Pautiwa came. With his children lined up
on both sides | he came. He came to Rock Corner. It was early
dawn. He said, "Hu uh!" | (45) The girl did not hear.
He came to Where-the-Animals-Crouch and again he said, f
"Hu — uh !" The girl did not hear him. He came to Sand
Mound | Corner and said, "Hu uh!" The girl heard
him . | She said, "What is it ? " It was not a little bit light. He came
to the edge of her field | and said, "Hu uh!" |
(50) Meanwhile little Ahaiyute said, "Oo oo!" When
the girl | looked at him P'autiwa was a handsome youth. His
children, the deer, stood still. [ The girl said, "You have come."
"Yes, alas, even as the sun rises on evil days [ I come. You have
been very foolish; | you have wished for evil. Perhaps if you had
been wise | (55) we might have cherished one another and then, here
all over your country, my children would stay. | Your men folks
would not have to toil, but through my children | you would all
be well provided with food. Listen, the sun rises on evil days.
"Oo oo! The enemy come out of hiding. Hasten!"
Bunzel, Zuni Tends 131
so 3 a'ne. le'kwanan pautiwa yalupnan eya yo*nan wisisisisi —
s > a,'\a>. ta'*tcic ant'eapkuna* manifea 5 konaa , wa*napta ,c tcic e'lactojj: eo
ko'fca.
ta* c tcic opumpiyakwin ahaiyute tfsana i'putcelan pani'nan
weatconan
o — o — o — oh! rwolohpi! hanana*we'!
ta* c tcic tciche'kwe u'kwai'i^a. ta'tcic ahaiyute weatcon pani'nan 65
e'lacto^ koya ota'jka. ahaiyute te*tcinan potce* wotihnan a* wan
tcukotinan e'lactolfcna cuwahnan animunan t'opaljan yam alan
tekunan an t'opaljan yam lapi^an tekunan si* el*e tV yucan ime.
le*kwap e*lacto^ kon tcunenan imo J l$:a. ta* c tcic tcim t'ekohatip
tciche'kw a'winan an ulapl^a. an ulipap ta* { tcic ahaiyute tfsana 70
cow ipaktconan tcihe'kwe laknan a — 3 ah! yatokwai'ip ahaiyute
t'sana an co'we terjl^a. ta* c tcic tciche'kwe ipaktcona*wap. uhsona
kwihopap ahaiyute woyocnan tciche'kw a'pilkwe'nan la'l^a. latap
tciche'kwe lestikwanan hinik hi]$. tcuhol l^apin ho'i. t'ewuna* kwa
lujj yantfewusuna'ma. lewite ke'si. ko'mackon hon iyaknana'we 75
le J tikwanan yutula^a.
yutulal^ap ta'tcic a'pVyakwin iteh'ula cipololon ^eatap ta* c tcic
ahaiyute te*ona isnokon'te tciche'kwe a'nrot'sikwacnan teatcina-
parfo^kona a'mot'sikwacnan e^acto^ona kwaPiJ^ap ta' c tcic hiwalan
a'ho^i lestikwanan ama antehahia'we' e^acto^ona tcuwak il'- so
"Now I am going." Saying this Pautiwa turned around. He
turned into a duck. "Wisisisisis!" | (60) he went. At the same time
his children went by below. The girl | screamed.
Meanwhile, at Where-the-Sack-of-Flour-Hangs, little Ahaiyute
jumped down, | crying. |
" Oo oo ! The enemy come out of hiding. Hasten !"
(65) Meanwhile the Apaches came out. Ahaiyute came down
shouting. | The girl was running around screaming. Ahaiyute came
there. He picked up some dry leaves, | spit on them, blessed the
girl, made her sit down. On one side of her | he set up his shield,
on the other side his bow. "All right, now sit still!" | Thus he said.
The girl stopped crying and sat there. Now it was just daylight. |
(70) The Apaches came and surrounded her. As they went around
her, little Ahaiyute | shot at them with his arrows. He killed the
Apaches. Aa h! The sun rose. Little Ahaiyute's
arrows were all gone. Now the Apaches were shooting. Their
arrows just dropped to the ground. Ahaiyute picked them up and.
shot the Apaches with them. He killed them. After he had killed
many, | the Apaches said, "I think this is some raw person. There-
fore | (75) he will never surrender. It is enough, now. Very many we
have lost." | Thus they said and ran away.
As they ran away the dust rose even to the sky. Then, at once, |
Ahaiyute took their scalps. At the edge of the field | he took their
scalps. Then he made the girl come out. Meanwhile the village j
132 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
imojjaira. ma tcuhol ilinre ko'macko* tenala'lja. — iya le'kwanan
a'tsawa^ a'lawona i'luwahna kwaPinan a'wavj^a.
a'tc inkwin a'te'tcinan ticomaha' t'onc ime ? — e* le'kwanan lulj
t'om teat'u le'kwanan tcimna'kwe te'tcin'ona tsih uknan t'a lal
85 t'op i'yap t'a uknan ta lal t'opa te'tcip — isa lul^ t'om teat c u
le*kwanan tsih uknan lal ko 3 n a'te'tcilap yaknan tenrl a^te'tcip
tsihe* i'wite'tcika tsihe* i'wite'tcap iskon lesa*wanikwanan ma
luka yaton i*nakwan J^acima po'yan aiyonantfowa ciwan an ulohna-
kwin oneala kwatol^amvwa. lal lesa'wanikwanan kwap tV a*wan
90 tca'le ? — pPtcikwa*wan. — ifo^o kwap tV a*wan tca J le ? — ka-
l^alikw a*wan. — lal ta ,c tcic tfcr'o? — t'omvkwa'wa. — lal t'o 4> o?
— koloktakwa'wa. — t'a t'o^o ? — tonacikwa*wa. — t'a tVo ? —
takakwa*wa. — lal ta*'tcic t'o^o ? yato^akwa'wa. — tatVo? —
t'owa*kwawa. — lal t'o^o ? — anakwa*wa. lal fa t'o ,5 o ? — cohwita*-
95 kwawa. — lal tV'0 ? — aincekw'a'wa — lal t'a t'o'^o ? — suskikwa*-
wa. — lal ta t'cr'o ? — po'yikwa-wa. — lal t'a t'o^o ? — aiyahokwa*-
wa. — lal t'a to^o ? — t'ahiptsikwa'wa. — ma honkwa lulj t'oman
kwato^ap lal lukni a'tci ^alup lal ta ,c tcic lul$: t'oman it'atop lal
lukn a*tci kocop le*nas li'l yele^ap si tcuwantika t?on penan lea
ioo a'wa'nuwa ? ma ho^o. — t'a ho^o. — t'a ten t'a ho^o. — t'a ho^o.
i — matona'wa'nuwa. t'on tfehwan it'ehnan t'on pipin a'ho'i a'ya'ya*-
(80) people said to one another, "Go ahead see what is happening.
Someone is staying there with the girl. | Someone has been staying
there with her for a long time." "All right/' they said. | The boys
who were fast runners ran out and went. |
When they came to where the two were staying, "Oh dear! Are
you staying here?" "Yes," he said. "Now this | will be yours."
The first one who arrived was given a scalp, and | (85) as another
came he was given one also, and as another came, "Now this will
be yours," | he said and was given a scalp. Each one as he came
was given a scalp. When all had arrived | his scalps were all distri-
buted. When they were distributed he said to them, "Now | this
day the enemy's water-filled covering you have taken from him.
Now into the Corn Priest's country j his roads will enter." Then
he said to them, "Whose | <90) child are you ?" "Dogwood." "And
whose child are you?" [ "Eagle." "And now you?" "Turkey."
"And you?" "Sand Hill Crane." "And you?" "Badger." "And
you?" | "Frog." "And now you?" "Sun." "And you?" | "Corn."
"And you ?" "Tobacco." "And you ?" "Antelope." | (95)"Andyou ?"
"Bear." "And you ?" "Coyote." | "And you ?" "Road runner." "And
you?" "Mustard." "And you?" | "Yellow-wood." "Is that so?
When They have taken him in for you, | these two will wash him.
And now, when this one has taken him in, | and whe.-i these two
have washed him, and when everything is ready, who of you (loo)will
take in the message?" "I!" | "And I!" "And I!" "And I!" <i>
"Very well, you will go. When you have gone a little ways, you will let
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 133
j^anan lal tcim yam t'ekohanan a*tatcu lal yam a'tsita yam tcawe
tfon a'yu'ya'kana'wa'. — iskon u'kwai'inan a'wa^a.
tcim yato itcukoskup iskon halupan iwokwiknan u — 'uh!
tci'ma*kwe. kwili^ana'na ista'na u — 5 uh! lal ha'iljana'na u —
5 uh! hawana*we'! a-witenal^ana-na u — 'uh! pawiyacel^a! lal 5
iskon hiwalan ryu'ya'nan i'hiwahna kwaPika. Pluwahnan kwai-
'inan yanikto'nan iskon iyantekunacnapka.
ma lulja yaton*e pawiyaceka. t'on ant'sumehna a*tepin*a. e'te
rnakwe kwamasa^a ho'i te^a'en'tet'owa ciwan an l^acima peyenal$:*a
t'owaconan peyen alj'a ^acima ho J i yo'ka. e*te rnakwe otsina 10
yamte penan'te ko*wi co'li'tekwan'el'a ko'wi t'a-li*tekwanel'a
ko'wi cemkaiyap rnakwe te*ona t'ekohanan paltopa hon a*tatc
il*apona wema* a'pila*ciwan*i yam sawanikaka rnakwe jjacima
po'yan aiyonapka. t'ewuna' we'ana'we'! u — 5 uh! teya! u —
5 uh! te*ya! — u — 'uh! abiate! u — uh! te'ya! te*ya! is
le'na teatip iskon ahaiyute t'sana a*wan tsihe'wulaptconap^a.
tena'up tenrla wo'tihna'wap iskankon tsihe'wi'l^a, ^akrmakwin
akwan a*wiwa 3 hinan iskon tsihe* rt'inak;a. iskon e'lacto^ yam
^akwin a*ka. te'tcinan kwanlea i'kokcunan iskon wo'lunan
hepehanan wo*lihakto*nan tcukina oP Hea'up an hani l£ap rhakto'- 20
the Raw people know. | Then your daylight fathers, your mothers,
your children, | you will let know." They started out and went. |
Just as the sun stood in his doorway, they sat down by an
ant-hill. "Uu h!" | The first time. The second time
a little louder, "Uu h!" Then the third time, |
(5) "Uu h! Hasten!" The fourth time, "Uu h!
A Navaho has died." Then, | in the village, they knew about it.
They started out running. As they started running, | the people
came to meet them. They questioned them. |
"Now, this day, a Navaho has died. You shall wait anxiously
for him. | For, though in his life, the enemy was a worthless lot,
now through the Corn Priest's rain prayers | (io) and seed prayers,
he has become a rain person. Even though the enemy | called
himself a man in a shower of arrows, in a shower of war clubs, | with
bloody head, the enemy reached the end of his life. The ones who
are our fathers, | Beast Bow Priests, with their claws, tore from the
enemy his water-filled (covering. Now shout, U uh!'
Again, ( U uh!' | (15) Again, 'U uh!' Once
more 'U uh!' Again, again." |
When they had done thus little Ahaiyute went about carrying
the scalps | and singing. When he had picked them all up they
came with the scalps. | They crossed Kakima canyon. There
they set the scalps down. Then the girl | went to her house.
When she came there, she dressed in fine clothing. Then she filled
a bowl with stew | {20 ) and wrapped up some paper bread. She set
the bowl of stew on her head, took a basket of sweet corn meal
134 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
nan sa'l rlea'up s*a*tc a*ka. s'a-tci teihc- t'inakwin to'toip cthaiyute
tfsana sa*l ahnan ^alunan tcukina o'tihna kwa iyas'kocona'man
o*^asliik:a. toms at* i*yasena tutunap^a. — le'nap kwa teclati.
irtina^ukwa. le'a*wanikwap iskon e'lactok yam ^eakona teu^a.
25 le'na teatip iskon a'wan tsihe*wulaptconaka tenejja. iskon
tsihe'-alahna^a teneka. lal iskon yato piyahap rtfatfona'kwe t'ap
tsihe'koconaptun'ona a*wi*tet^a. iskon tsihe'-alahna^a. iskons
a*wulaptcelka. a'witenal^an a*wulapnan tfehwitokwin u'kwato-
fea, u*kwatop iskon rcuwahnapka. iskon rcuwahnap^atfap pa-
30 mosona tsi ela^ka. iskon pi'laciwan'i a'wacuwa^a. le'na teatip
sVwil' a*ka. upotuntekwi a'wili* te'tcip u'kwatojja. yam J£akwin
a*ka iskons pa lal$:aen*te o*y il* alpi. lal ta ,c tcic tomt rhrwaya*-
wela'kona a'teckupoka.
ko*na t'elina* upkwin te'tcinan a*wan otin-lana lal tsiha kocona^a
35 teni^a. a*witen t'ewap tsihe"kocona*kwe a*wi*^a. tsiha kocona*-
Ijat'ap otin-lana otip^a. otipkatap iptsicokenapka. le'na teatip
pumo^a]£ana%a. uhson i'te'tcap pate an otipfea. le'na teatip
tealan il*on a'tcia otsia^a tik;an pu'a%a. iskon a'tea^a.
in her hand. Her younger sister set a jar of water on her head |
and took a bowl in her hand. Thus the two went. They came to
where the scalps were staying. Little Ahaiyute | took the bowl,
poured some water into it, picked up some of the sweet corn meal,
without washing his hands, | he mixed the meal and water* The
blood was mixed with it. He drank it. "This way one shall not
suffer from rheumatism. 1 " | Thus he said to them. Then the girl
had what she had longed for. |
(25) When they had done this, they carried the scalps about. He
taught them the songs. [ He taught them the songs for running
after the scalps. Then, as the sun dropped, the ones who would
touch the scalp, and | the ones who would wash them, came there.
Then they ran after the scalps. Then | they went around. Four
times they went around and went into the plaza. | They went in
and there they performed the rite of exorcism. After they had done
this | (30) the scalp chief set up the scalps. Then the bow priest
talked to them. When they had done this, | he went with them.
He came with them to the house where they were going into retreat.
They went in. | He went to his house. Then even though he had
killed Navaho, he slept with his wife. Meanwhile those who had
just stood beside him | stayed in retreat.
Every night he came to where they were staying and taught them
the songs for the great dance and for washing the scalp. | (35) On the
fourth day the ones who washed the scalps came. After they had
washed the scalps | they danced the great dance. After they had
done the great dance they danced iptsico. When they had done
this | they danced pumo'ana. When this was at an end they
danced the war dance. When they had done | this the Ones-Who-
1 Literally, "fear sickness."
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 135
tepikwaPik:a. tepikwaPip iskon e^acto^s isa'ka. iskons tca-
wac§a. wihat'sana kwaPip aktsi^: tealja. lal tfa tfopa kwaPip t'a 40
aktsi^: teaka. iskon a'tcia tsita aPuli^a. s'a'tc ho'i ya'pi^a.
sVtc ho 3 i ya^anan hie a*tc ampisa. a'tc kwaPinan isnol a'wa^a.
a*tci wot'sana late^a. iskon s'a'tci laltej^anan a'tci a'wa'lja. pofea
lately, t'elap a'tci yam tatcu lesanikwanan ho'nan Uo* pPla*-
wactV! — hoPo. tfo'n ho' antse'map kwa to* yaiyu'ya'nam'e. 45
t'on tenin acan*a'. el telikwan'te tealtokwin ye'maknamt'u!
iskon t'o'n a'papa kakweniye. le'atcianikwap — ma elapa. —
a'want'ewaka. t'ewap camli a'tci pilaknan iskon PtonapVen s'a'tc
ikocen aPuka. a'tc ikocen aPunan a'tci ye*ma^a. a*tci itiwa
latekwin te'tcip a'tci a*pap a'tci poayala'lja. — he'! ho'n a'suw 50
a'tci t'onc iya ? a'tci kwato! s'a'tci kwato^a. he' hota suw a'tc
i'ka ! ho'n a'wrtopi ! iskon a'tci hota a'wi'topifca. PtonapVen
Pyankolonapl^a. uhsona tetcunenan colipi^a. uhsona tetcunenan
hokamon-pilkwenapka. uhsona tetcunenan tikwa'weletco'fea. le'na
teatip iskon a'tci ikocna* a*wukna J ka. lal t'a hoktitaca wahta- 55
wa^a copVwe. s 5 a*tci wopun ahnan s'a'tci pani'^a.
a'tcia tatcu unatikanan — he* ton a'l$:a ? tse'map tfo'n ho*
aiyuteneka. iskon PtonapVen tetcunenan yam tsit a'tci lesani-
Hold-the-High-Places initiated them into the society of strong
males. Thus they lived. |
A year passed. After a year the girl was with child. Then |
(40) she gave birth. She was delivered of a baby, a boy. Then she
was delivered of another baby; | he also was a boy. Then their
mother lay in the sand bed. The boys grew up. | When they were
grown they were very mischievous. Wherever they went | they
killed birds with stones. Then going a little further off | they killed
rabbits. One night they said to their father, "Make bows for us." |
<45> "No ! I worry about you. You are foolish, | You will do something
wrong. Now, do not, by any means, climb up to the top of the mesa.
There your elder brothers live." Thus he said to them. "Oh no!"
They passed the night. Next morning the two arose. After they
had eaten they | played around outside. As they were playing
around they climbed up. They | (50> came to Middle-Prayerstick-
Place. Their two elder brothers were sitting on the housetop.
"Hey! Younger brothers, | have you come? Go in!" They went
in. The two went in. "Hey! Grandmother, our younger brothers |
have come! Give us something to eat." Then their grandmother
gave them to eat. After they had eaten | they played iyanMolowe.
When they had finished they played coliwe. When they had
finished | they played hokamon pilkwaii. When they had finished
they ran stick races. | (55) When they had done all this, they were
given playthings. Then also he gave them bags of cougar skin, [
and quivers. They wrapped their things up and came down. |
Their father saw them. "Hey! Did you go even though 1 1 forbade
it?" When they had finished eating they said to their mother, |
136 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
kwanan tepica! a'tcia tsita tepic^a. yelete*up si'ana ikocece!
60 iskon a'tc kwahol tenrl ikocnan — la} rmu! am papa co'yarkrnan
yam suwe lakuka. lakup a'tcia tsita lana kwai'i^a. yam aktsil^
alkwin te^inan — hiya ana! yaiyu'ya'namen-lana! am papa
lanakwe*na te'tcinan yam tsit ulatenan — a u wana la'la! le*kwanan
a u wati kapnan we^nan yam suwe an co'le tekwihap i'muna-pila^ap
65 am papa i'mup an suwe co*yalto*nan yam papa lakup an tsita
lanakwai'ika. — ya ana'! yaiyu'yanamenl ana. le'kwap an suw
a'^a. te'tcinan yam tsit ulatenan we'analatikana o — oh! yam
pap an co'le tekwihap rmuna-pilaplp lesn a'tci ikoceka. a'tcia
tatcu leskwanan ticomaha' horn tcawa'tci! el telikwan'te tcuwahol
70 tfon lesn ante'unanrt'u !
s'iskon ya'telka. t'ewap camli a'tci i'tonan a'tci kwaPinan ko*-
witehan hoi tekwanan a'tc ikoceka. a'tc i'pilkweka. iskon a'tci
a'tsan anhapoka. a'tci anhapop sPana hie t'a lukni a*wi*ka. iskon
t'at'akw-hekapanakwi ikocep t'a iskon a't'san a"wi*nan. t'op aktsi^
75 leskwanan amatcic homa! — hol'o! ho* tatc aiyuterjka. lal t'op
aktsilj leskwanan ko*m homa! — hol'o! ho 3 tatcu kwa antece-
manam'^a. lal tfop aktsi^ leskwanan we'nan kwa lu}f yaiyu*ya"-
na'map — e't kwa a'tc antecemananr^a. hol'o leskwanan. is-
"Sweep." Their mother swept. When she was finished, "Come,
let us play." | (60) Then they played all kinds of games. "Sit
over there!" The elder one spanned his bow. | He shot his
brother. When he shot him their mother ran out. | She came to
where her boy was lying. "Hiya'anal You big fool!" The elder
brother | ran out. He came and pushed his mother aside. "Get
out of the way!" he said. | He clapped his mouth and shouted. He
pulled out the arrow from his younger brother. Then he sat up. |
(65) Then the elder brother sat down, and the younger brother
spanned his bow and shot his elder brother. Their mother | ran out.
" Ya' ana ! You big fool !" she said. The younger brother | w T ent out.
He came and pushed his mother aside and gave a loud shout.
"Oo h!" | He pulled out the arrow from his elder
brother and he sat up. Thus the two played. Their | father said,
"Oh dear! my two children! Do not dare | (70) to do this to anyone
else!"
Then they went to sleep. Next morning, after they had eaten,
they went outside. | A little way off in the yard, they played. They
shot at each other. Then | all the children came to where the two
were playing. As they came up they said, "Come on! These two
have come." | As they were playing behind the corral the children
came. One boy | (75) said to them, "Oh try that with me!" "Oh no!
Our father forbade us." Then another | boy said, "Try me!" "Oh
no! Our father does not wish it." | Then another boy said, "See
whether this one does not come alive." | At first they did not want
to. "No!" they said; J but then, "Well, all right, then. Sit down!"
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 137
Korrte — ko'ma awo! i*mu! iskon am papa co'yalto'nan aktsil^ona
lakunan we'anan an co'le tekwihap aktsi^ lipipitikwanan yala- so
kwai'ika! lal t'a t'opa lal t'a t'opa. iskon a*tci a'wan tcaterjpL
t'opint etcap liwan ohtcina'kwi t'opa lacik t'a set-rnan. a't'san a*tcia
kapin'ihap a*tc ana-^a. luk lacil^ we'atcon te'tcip, luwalan ryu'ya*-
nan yam ele*ticnapka. iskon i'wolopka. sic tcaterjpt.
iskon a*tc acetun J ona pewo*. t'ewap camli we'atcop luwalan 85
tenrla t'ehwitokwin hapo^a. yam inasna* t'envla. ta^tcic t'opa
lacik kwa tehyam^ona te'tcinan ticomaha' kopla*t t'on le'na te^una'-
wetiha ? — ko'latse'na ho'na'wan tcaterj^a. tfapt hie tV laci^:
aiyatsa le J na^*a t'om hon aiyn^alna'we. — lal t'opa lacik leskwanan
wan'an telokati. honkwat rnamilte is luk peyenankwin i*hatia*we. 90
— ma rnamilte kwac rtekunahna^cukwa. ko*wi t'ewana a*tcia
tatcu lew i'nakwin-pot'i ihanukwaka. honkwat ton koti lew T una*wap
hon a'tekwin kwahol a^'a kwa elam*ekana*wap ho 5 n mo*la yatinap
honkwa lesnat'ap elekan*a. le'kwap. — hito! ama hi'u. pPlaciwan
a*^a. te'tcika. kwatoka. kwatonan itekunahna'ka. leskwanan 95
li'l to'na'wan tcawa*tci ko*ti lewulcat'ap hon a'tci ainana*wap kop
li'lkon lea tejcan'a ? — ma rme. kwa kolehol ho 5 pecukwa. hoi
tcuhol ainana uhsite rnayona horn haitocnan*e. — ma ak'a ho'
i*ka. honkwat t'on ansamo t'on a'yalakwai'ip hi*ninaltan*a. — ma
Then the elder brother spanned his bow. | <80) He shot the boy. He
shouted and pulled out the arrow. The boy trembled | and died.
Then another and another. They destroyed all their children. | Only
one was left. Over at Chipmunk Place an old man came carrying
a load of wood. | He was going to whip the two children but they
ran away. The old man came there and called out. In the village |
they knew about it. They got the bodies and buried them. All
their children were gone. |
(85) Then there was talk of killing the two boys. Next day they
called out from the house-top and all the village | gathered in the
plaza. All had their weapons. Meanwhile a certain [ old man, one
who is not respected, came. "Alas ! Why are you going to do this ?"
"Why, indeed! Our children are all gone. You are always such
an ugly old man. Therefore we all hate you." Then another old
man said, | oo) "W r ait, keep quiet a moment! Perhaps it is so.
Listen to what he has to say." j "Indeed, it is so! Why do you not
question him ? A short time ago | these boys' father, singlehanded,
overcame many of the enemy. Perhaps if you injure him | it will
not be well for us. If he tells us rightly what to do | perhaps it will
be best to do that." Thus he said. "Hear! hear! Very well, go!"
The Bow Priest | (95) went. He came there. He entered. When he
entered he was questioned. He said, j "Your two children have
done wrong. If we kill them now, what | will happen?" "I don't
know. I will not say how it will be. W T hen j anyone kills, how he
shall be repaid is my business." "Therefore I | have come." "Well,
138 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
100 honkwa'ati. kwa ko'le'a yam yalakwaPitun^ona ho 3 aiyu^a'nam'e.
1 — honkwat ho'na'wan a'lacina'we lul^ a'yalakwai'ip honkwat
luka yam tcawa*tci il*i honkwat hon iyamakwin a*yemakurra
hompic man%akwin hon u*kwaton*a. — ma honkwa'ati. ma a^'a
torn ho* antekunace'a. — e\ ma imat tton a'halowilonal^a tVna
s yatinap^a. ma ko^ma t'on itcemanaptfu. el t'on kotilea unapate-
nanret'u. t'on tatcua^a cilnapt'u. — ko'ma so* a*ne.
lal pPlaciwan'i te'tcinan kole^ peyekowa a'ho'i yatinep tcuwa-
tikol penan tatcu sPana tfom animuka. le'na teatip pena* yaiak-
wai'ip uhsite tfehnan ahaiyute leskwanan si 3 horn tcawe lujfa
10 ttehnan hoi yam icamalte teatun tekwin hon a*wa*nuwa. leskwanan
hiwalemaknan a'wa'lja. uhanakwin a'te'tcinan iskon yam aktsi^
am papona animunan a u wulo c ka. kwili yalakwin a'te^cinan iskon
an suwona animunan iskon ukwafinan kal a'wa'^a. co'hiwayala-
kwin a'winan. iskon yam oyet'ap yam a'lacina" iskon t'inana-
15 kwatoljanan lewitean ton a'teljan-a. le' tJakwil-p'otfi le* lakwil-
pot'i le* yala ciwan*i tfowa yanulanawap le* tfowa ciwan an teap-
kunan yakna lo^o a*tej£ajra. leVwanikwanan itiwalatekwin a*^a.
aka ko'wi latan t'sana ko'wi petan tfsana ko'wi atfsana yatcunel-
J ona a*watehyap a^*a anilinaknana'.
20 le'n inote teati^a. le* sem koni%a.
perhaps, if you are all destroyed, it will be even." | (ioo) "Is that so ?
Indeed I do not know how I shall die." | (i) Perhaps, when this is
over with our parents | and our two children we shall ascend into
the sky | or else we shall enter below." "Is that so ? Therefore |
I am questioning you." "Indeed you are lucky | (5) that he told you.
Very well, you shall cherish him. You shall not treat him unkindly. |
You shall call him father." "Very well, I am going." |
The bow priest came back. He told the people what he had said. |
Then one of them spoke. "Father, come. Let me take you home."
Thus they did. The discussion | was ended. That night Ahaiyute
said, "Now, my children, this | (io) night we shall go to where we
shall always stay." Thus he said | and they arose and went. They
came to Snow-Hanging. There
he set down his elder son. They
circled around and came to Twin Mountain. There j he set down his
younger boy. Then they came out. They came hither. To Arrow
Mountain | they came. There he set down his wife and her parents.
There | us) they went in to live. "Nearby you shall live," (he said.)
"All the forests and the brush, | all the mountain priests, will be
dedicated to you. Then all the Corn Priest's children | will be held
fast." Thus he said to him. He went to Middle-Prayerstick-
Place. |
Therefore every little twig, every blade of grass, every little
pebble that you step on | you will protect. Therefore, they should
be saved.
(20) Thus it happened long ago. This short is my tale.
Eunzpl. Zuni Texts 139
THE LAME AND THE BLIND (7).
son a ,c tci sonsti ino'te. Ijakrma hrwalap. t'owa ciwan an e'le
kwa oyemc il'anvap le* hrwala-palto a*tsawak anipefaia-harJeHpL
kwa'kina tsawal^ ke*l i'ka. ko'mackona utena* pehan set-rl^a.
pehan set-i'nan ye*maknan — 'uhkwe*'! la*l luk ahna*we'! — 25
iya le'kwanan e'lactok elemaknan awe*nakwin te^inan pehan
ahnan kwaPikanan t'ehwitiwakwin lea-te'tcinan a'up tsawa^:
kwatonan horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko 3 na t'on tfewanan
a*teaiye? — J^et'sanici. i't'inaka! tfonc a'wiya ? — e* le'kwanan
rmuka. imup e^acto^ sa*l ahnan wo*p ima-pilakwin te'tcinan 30
workman wo*la > nnan t'si'lahnan he J l etonan. wolatunan paiya*-
tunan — si'ana rtoce. kwa tern heko rto'na'ma le'kwap sVtc
rmunan. s'a'tc rtcrlja. s'a'tc i'to'-tcunenan an tatcu yam ana-
wo*pun ahnan ce*tihnan rmunan tsawal^ona lesanikwanan kalt
i'mu hon jJokhce. tsawal^ i'mup a'tc pokhl^a. 35
a*tc pokti-rmunan lesanikwanan mas pene ho'na'wan tca'le.
hinik to* kwahol rjena # wal$;a i*ya. — ma i'namifte. lulj to'na'wan
tca'lona ho* antse'man rya. — ahwito ^atsi^i! — ma kotcimat
ho* ikwan*a ? — ma rmat lu^ antecema. — ma lesnarJa. ten ofean
tJon tcuw oyemc il'in tJo'na a^*a aiyutacinal^an'a. le*kwap Uina^a. 40
THE LAME AND THE BLIND (7).
Let us begin. Long ago the people were living at Kakima. The
daughter of the Corn Priest j had no husband. The boys from
outside villages came to woo her. | A Kwakina boy came first.
He brought with him a large bundle of clothing. | (25) Bringing his
bundle he climbed up. "Say, take this in!" | "All right/' she said.
The girl arose, and went to the hatchway | and reached up for the
bundle. As she took it to the center of the room and put it down,
the boy | came in. "My fathers, my mothers, my children, how |
have you lived these days?" "Happily, sit down! Have you
come?" "Yes." he said, | (so) and sat down. The girl took a bowl.
She came to the pot standing in the fireplace, | and dished out
food, and set it down. She took a basket, placed paper bread in it
and set it down. She placed seats. | "Come. Let us eat. I have
not yet eaten," she said. They | sat down and ate. When they
were finished eating her father | took his sack of tobacco and corn
husks and sitting down said to the boy, | (35) "Sit over here. Let
us smoke." The boy sat down and the two smoked. |
As they sat there smoking he said, "Very well, speak, our child. |
Perhaps you have come to say something." "Indeed, it is so. 1 1 have
come thinking of this, your child." "Hear, daughter?" "What,
indeed, | should I say?" "Well, perhaps she wishes it. Well, so
be it. If you are a woman | (40) and have a husband, you will be
respected for it." Thus he said. They sat there. | Late at night her
140 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tenala*na tfelap an tsita lesanikwaxian i'pewenaknana'. tenalaka
ke*si. le*kwap e*lactok elemaknan le*tea kwatonan rpewenan
kwai'inan tsawa^ona lesanikwanan si*ana kwato^a. heko letea
al*a. le*anikwap sVtci kwatoka. s*a*tci kwatonan si* wan' kwa
45 hon ipakwi*cukwa'! — haiyi'. kopleajja? — ma kotcilat tse*na.
kwa kwahol ho* anteceman'ona ku*wa. — ma a*wuna. honkwat
akcikan*a kwahol tfo* anteceman*ona. — ma el'a. kwa ku'wa. —
ma kwako*na tV anteceman*a ? ma i'namitte. hoi tcuwa yam
teatcinan sam imap ho^antikol i'nakwe tehat*o*up lew i'nakwena-
50 pot'i to* i'hanukwap tJo* i'nakwe l^acima po*yan aiyo'up i*naj£wan
t'ewanan yo'*ap hoi i'na^wan t'ewanan i'te'tcap olhaktokwin uh-
sona ho* antecema akap le*w a*wrnakwa*wan tse'makwin a^'a
ho*na'wan iyani^inan tecukwai*inaiye. lestikleap ho*na*wan wo*w
tecukwai*inaiye. lesna te*onaka uhsona ho* antecema. le*anikwap
55 ma honkwa! kocikat*el*ea. leshot i'nakwenapot'i i'hanukwana*-
cukwa! ma ko'ma so a*ne le*kwanan tsawa^ a*^a.
lal t'ewap ta'htcic hampasakwi tsawalj leskwanan ama ta*htcic
ho* feaki'makwin a*nuwa. t'owa ciwan an e*lona antse*man ho*
a'nuwa. — ma to* ulati. — iskon yam kwahol rhapopinan pehan
60 acnan i'seto'nan s*a*^:a. te*tcinan ye'makup e*lactok an tsita
leskwanan hi'ya*ati' ^atsilj:i. tcuwako t'as i'ya. a u wati sewahnak-
nana'. kop t'a*wale*a' ? — ma el'a. imatcic el horn il*a*wame-
mother said, "Make your bed ready. It is late | now." Thus
she said. The girl arose and entered the back room. She spread her
bed | and came out and said to the boy, "Come. Go in! I | sleep in
the back room." Thus she said. They went in. After they went in
she said, "Wait! | (45) We shall not sleep in one bed." "Haiyi!
Why?" -Why indeed! j That which I wish is not there." "But
look! Perhaps | it is with these things, that which you wish."
"Oh no, it is not there! | "What is it that you wish?" "Indeed,
this. That someone | should stay alone in the field and when he
hears the enemy come | <50> there, should fight single-handed against
many of the enemy, and take an enemy scalp. Then, when the
enemy's | days are made, and when his days are at an end I shall
carry out the basket of meal. | That is what I desire. For, because
of the enemy's thoughts, | our relatives have been destroyed. And
also our flocks | have been destroyed. That is why I desire this."
Thus she said. | (55) "Is that so ? Indeed not! I don't want to fight
single-handed against many of the enemy. | Very well, I shall go."
The boy went, j
Again, next day, a Hampasa boy also said, "I shall try. | I shall
go to Kakima. I shall go thinking of the Corn Priest's daughter." j
"Very well. Do as you like." He gathered together different things J
(60) and made a bundle. Carrying it on his back he went. When he
got there he climbed up. The girl's mother | said, "Listen, my
daughter. Someone is coming. Shame on you ! You must accept
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 141
^anUiha. e'lacto^: le'kwap tsawa^ pena* kwato^aka. ce' lal horn
anahna'we'. — iya** e'lactok le'kwanan awe'nakin a^a. awe*-
nakwin te'tcip tsawak yam kwampehan piyana-kwatol^ap e'lactok 65
i'leanan tehwitiwakwin lea*nan a'unan yalupip tsawak cuk cuk
cuk cuk cuk kwat(%a. kwatonan horn a 'tatcu horn a*tsita
horn tcawe ko* t'on t'ewanan a*teaiye ? — ^etfsanici. i't'inal^a.
le'ana'^a. le'ana^ap tsawak i'mup e'lactok sa*l ahnan wo'lunan
t?si'l ahnan he'l etonan wo'la'unan si'ana kalt i'mu ito"ce. kwa- 70
tern ho* ito'na 5 ma c . le*kwap sVtc ito'ka. a*tc ito* tcunenan le*
wo'latup an tatcu yam ana wo*pun ahnan ce'tihnan i*mup sVtc
jkrklik;a.
a*tci po'klinan antekunahnan lesanikwanan mas pene ho'na'wan
tca*le. kwa tekwan*te tV i/tun teanre. hinik tfo* kohol ikwe'a. — - 75
ma i'namiite. luk to'na'wan tca 5 lona*nan ho* tse'mak-t'elakwika-
}£aniyahnan ak*a i*ya. le'kwap. ahwi*to katsiki. ko'lea jjena'. —
ma kotcPmat ho* ikwan*a ? — ma imat hx\ antecema'. ma lesnapa. 4
ten tcuholt'on e'len otsa'nan tse'mak-t'elakwint'ontcuwa aiyulacina-
pura. — ma honkwa'ati le'kwap. t'ina^a. tenala'na t'elap tsawa^ so
aleawacap an tatcu leskwanan katsiki. rpewenaknana'. lujj:
hokama^an i'Jta. le'kwap e'lactok elemaknan le'te kwatonan
ipewenan kwaPinan tsawakona lesanikwanan sPana kwatoj^a.
him. I What do you do to them?" "Why, nothing. Perhaps he
did not wish to marry me." | Thus the girl said. The boy called in,
"Ce! Here, | pull me in." "All right," the girl said. She went to
the hatchway. | (65) The boy hung the bundle of clothing over the
edge. The girl | took it. Carrying it to the middle of the floor she set
it down and turned around. Cuk-cuk- | cuk-cuk-cuk. The boy came
in. As he came in, "My fathers, my mothers, | my children, how
have you lived these days?" "Happily, sit down." | Thus they
said to him. The boy sat down. The girl took a bowl, dished out
food. I (70) She took a basket, putpaper bread in it and set it down.
"Come, sit here. Let us eat. 1 1 have not yet eaten." Thus she said.
TJ , ■ ■ two ate. When they were finished eating, | she cleared away the
dishes. Her father took his sack of tobacco and corn husks and
sitting down, the two | smoked. |
As they were smoking he questioned him. He said to him, "Very
well, speak, our | (75) child, you would not have come for nothing.
I think you have something to say." | "Indeed, it is so. In order
to take this, your child, for my beloved, | I have come." Thus he
said. "Hear, my daughter, say something." | "What, indeed, should
I say?" "Well, perhaps she wishes it. So be it. | For when you
are a girl and you have some man to be your beloved, you will
be respected for it." | <80) "Is that so?" Thus she said. There they
sat. Late at night the boy | pretended to sleep. Her father said,
"My girl, fix your bed. This man | has come far." Thus he said.
The girl arose, and entered the back room | and spread the bed and
142 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
heko* le*t al'e'a. a'tci kwatonan tsawak'ona lesanikwanan si wan.
85 kwahon ipakwi'cukwa'. — haiyi'. kopla'ti ? kotcilat tse'na.
kwahol ho* anteceman'ona kwa ktrwa. ma' a'wuna honkwat
kwahol akci^an'a. kwahol tenrla set-i'ya. — mael'a. kwa kirwa. —
haiyi'. ma kwakon t'anteceman-a ? ma hoi tcu'wa t'on yam tea-
tcinan sam* imap ho^antikhol i'nakwe teha'tfo'up le*w i'nakwena-
90 riot'i rhanukwanan i'nakwe J^acima po'yan aiyo'up rnakwa*wan
tfewana yo^apa i'nakwan t'ewan rte'tcapa othaktokwi uhson ho*
antecema c aj^ap a'winakwa'wan tse'makwin aka ho'mvwan ryani-
^inantJap ho'na'wan wo'we tecukwaPinaiye. lesna te'onal^a ho*
uhson antecema'. — haiyi'. ticomaha' kotci'. ma honkwa hie
95 iJon te^aial tse'ma. ma honkwa. yo*se* ho* i'ka. ma ko'ma so
a'ne.
lalt'ewap kohiwala*wan pautiwa leskwanan ama ho* piki'makwin
a'nuwa. t'owa ciwan an e*lona ho* antse'man a*nuwa. kwako'na
ko'lea te'ona^a t'ekohanan ho'mvwan tcawe i'cil^ana a'te'tcila
ioo le'na te'ona^a ho* a*nuwa luk yam teapkuna* a'wil'i le'kwap tV
i ulati — ma lesnapa. a'witen t'ewanan ho* a*nuwa.
lal uhsite t'elinan ma'kaian ahaiyute a't'san a'tci yam hot il'i
Kakona a'tci rtcirnan — t'ishol sam imap a u wawo*locnajda! lal
a'tci hota leskwanan yaiyu'ya'nanre a'tci! a'tci teloptna'.
s ko'wi tenala'ap an suwe leskwanan t'ishol l^aki'ma sam imap
came out. She said to the boy, "Come, go in. | I sleep in the back
room." The two entered. She said to the boy, "Wait, | (85) we shall
not sleep in one bed." "Haiyi! Why?" "Why indeed! (That
which I desire is not there." "But look. Perhaps | it is there. I have
brought many things." "Oh no, it is not there." | "Haiyi! Well,
what is it that you desire?" "Well, that someone | should stay
alone in his field, and whenever he hears the enemy | oo should
struggle single-handed against many of the enemy and take an
enemy's scalp. Then when the enemy's | days are made, and when
the enemy's days are at an end, I shall carry out the basket of meal.
This is what I | desire. For, because of the enemy's thoughts, our
relatives | and our flocks have been destroyed. That is why I |
desire this." "Haiyi! Oh dear! Alas! Indeed, | (95) you have evil
thoughts. Indeed, I have come for 9 naught. Very well, I | shall go."
Next day, at Katcina Village, Pautiwa said, "Let me go to
Kakima. | I shall go thinking of the daughter of the Corn Priest.
What | is the reason that our daylight children are shamed in going
there? | (ioo) That is why I shall go, and these, my children shall
go with me." Thus he said. | o) "Do as you like." "So be it. In
four days I shall go." |
That very night, at Salt Lake, the two little Ahaiyute | who lived
there with their grandmother, said as they lay down to sleep, "It
would be nice to stay somewheres alone when the enemy came out
of hiding." | Their grandmother said, "You two fools ! Keep quiet !' ;
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 143
a u wawo*locna^a! — yaiyu'ya'nanve a'tci telo^ana'. s'a'tc al*a.
a'tcia hota le'kwap. — haiyi! a'tci le'kwanan sVtc al^a.
lal t'ewap camli sVpilaknan a'tci hota yam kotci sumapo wo'lup
yam hekusna wo'lup s'ito'nap^a. s'itonape'en s'a'tci hota kwai-
J inan layocnan al'uka. as'i lawet'ap l^e'laciwuna lawetfap lal la- 10
^alo lawe kuli lawe lal kwahol tem'la lawe powan i*seto*nari set-
i*^:a. yam kakwin rnan la'la horn a*tc anaha. sVtc awe'nakwin
a\fe:a. a*tc awe'nakwin te'tcip lapalaw wo'hanana-kwato^a. kwa-
to^ap sVtci wo'tihpL sVtci t'ehwitiwakwi wo'tuka. sVtci hota
kwato^a. a'tci hota kwatop koplealj honre set-i*ya ? ma anakat is
ton yula peye'a le'kwap. — hahi'to! s'a'tci ikwanijjda^a. a'tci latfsi-
kwacfea. a'tc lat'sikwacnan a'tci kwai'inan s'a'tci kwabol wo*
a'latapa i'cema^a. ^a^alit'ap pipit'ap cofeapisot'ap anelawa lal
iskon kwahol wo'we tenrla a'tc i'cemap a*witeman a'tcian i'latac-
nap^a. l^atetfap lapaca^a lapaseto'kwin tem'la a'tcian i'latacnan 20
s'a'tci antehwanap^a. s'atci kwatonan s'a'tci cowac^a.
a'tci cowacnan wan ho' yam nana sewulan hakathi an suwe
le'kwanan kwaPi^a. ma'ljaian t'ewankwin tahna kuyalakwin te'tcip
aikt'atfan a'tcia nana aiya^a. yam nana aiya'kwin te'tcip qa qa qa
(5) A little later the younger one said, "Indeed, it would be nice to be
staying alone at Kakima | when the enemy came out of hiding."
"You two fools, keep quiet and go to sleep!" | their grandmother
said. "Haiyi!" they said, and they went to sleep. |
Next morning they arose. Their grandmother dished out field
rats in corn mush. | They dipped their dried mush in the stew and
ate it. When they had finished eating their grandmother | (io> went
out. She went about gathering sticks. Oak twigs, twigs of the first
flowering shrub, | twigs of the smooth bark bush, willow sticks,
all different kinds of sticks she made into a bundle. Carrying her
bundle | she came back. When she came to the house. "There,
you two, pull me in!" They went to the hatchway. | When they
came to the hatchway she lowered the bundle of sticks. | They took
it and set it down in the middle of the floor. Their grandmother |
(i. f >» came in. When she came in they asked her, "Of what use are
these things granny brought in?" "Indeed, | did you not talk of
fighting?" she said. "Hear, hear!" The two worked. They | peeled
the stinks. When they had peeled them all they went out. They
called the different feathered creatures: eagle and buzzard and
cokdpiso and hawk and [ all kinds of birds. They called them and
they came one by one | (20) and pulled out their feathers for them,
tail feathers, soft feathers, from their wings and their backs. They
pulled out their feathers for them, and left them. The two went
in. They made arrows. |
When they had made their arrows, "Wait. I will send grand-
father to take the message." Thus the younger | said and went
out. He came to the edge of the sand bank east of Salt Lake. | In
144 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
25 qaqaqa*. tfa tfopa t'at'akwin te'tcip an nana poayaltap. t'a te'tcip
ahaiyute t'sana te'tcip qa qa qa qa qa c . tPana nana', wan* yucanai!
t'a t'opa t'at'akwin tcottap t'a an nana te^cip qa qa qa qa qa c . t'a
t'opa tekwin imyaltopt'a an nana a'nan ti'ana nanai'. wan yucanai!
t'om ho 5 ampen'ihai! an nana yucanatikaka. yucanatikap an nana
30 te'tcip kwa* a pi ? kop t'ikwe'ai' ? — ma rnamilte. tV tciche'mvkwin
a*nuwa. tV te'tcinan a*wan hampoa'kona t'o i'solean alnnra.
tV al'unan tV kaki'makwin a*nuwa. Uo* ^akrmakwin tahn a*nap
ma hinik kaki'makwin yula^a te^an'a le'tikwan'a. le 3 tikwap Uos
iya. — iya c . ma honkwa* ati. le'kwanan an nana s'a'nap ta'htcic
35 ahaiyuta t'sana yam kakwin rlja. i'yap s J a*tc ikwani^aka. sV-
tcian inasnan elekap ta'htcic tcichenan pena-haiyaj^a. pena-
haiya^ap tem'l hajiop s^al a'wap.
ta'htcic uhsite t'elinan kohiwala*wan pautiwa yam t'eapkumv
a'wiW kwaPinan s'kal a*k;a. ta'htcic lesakaiate ma *l£aian ahaiyuta
40 t'sana a'tci hota leskwanan hana' ko'ma'. a*tci yeleka. t'on heci-
pura. t'on teni tse'map luwaPona tealt itse'man a'teakwin
a*te*tcip kwa clecukwa. le'kwap am papa yam suwe kem lapi-
J£anan copon seto*nan t'opa kopkwin latsunan alan uknan tfam-
a cedar tree their grandfather was sitting. He came to where his
grandfather was perching. "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" | (25) He reached
another tree. There his grandfather sat on top. He came there | and
as little Ahaiyute came, "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" "Oh dear, grand-
father ! Wait ! Keep quiet ! " I Ho perched on the top of still another
tree. Again, when he came to his grandfather, "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!"
He stopped at yet another place. His grandchild went to him* "Oh
dear! grandfather! Keep still a moment! | I want to talk to you!"
His grandfather kept still. As he stood still his grandson J (30) came
to him. "What is it? What have you to say?" "Indeed, it is so.
You will go to the country of the Apache. | When you get there
_<ynra^ all jihw up dirt. |After you
have gone around you will go to Kakima. As you go in the direction
of Kakima | they will say, 'I think we will make war on Kakima.'
When they say this you | will come back." "All right, all right.
Is that so?" Thus he said. When his grandmother had gone |
(35) little Ahaiyute came back to his house. When he came back the
two worked. | They prepared their weapons. Meanwhile he spread
the message among the Apaches. W T hen the message | spread they
all gathered together. They came hither. |
Meanwhile, that same night, at Katcina Village Pautiwa | came
out with his children and came hither. At the same time at Salt
Lake, little Ahaiyute's | (40) grandmother said to them, "Hurry now,
get ready ! You'd | better hurry for if you dawdle, so that the people
in the village do not know what is going to happen, | when they get
there it will not be right." Thus she said. The elder wrapped a
buckskin about his younger brother. | He set his quiver on his back
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 145
^apnan uknan si 1 hi'u le'anikwap tfo* ye*lahana'. kwaPinan ^al
a*nan kwaPilja. co'yakoskwikwin i*nan ^:al a-wika. ^ehiwakwin 45
i-nan t'unapaniyup ^atetcikwin moiyatcup ikna aklr kwai'ina^a.
akli kwaPinap kal a^a. opumpiyakwin i'yap t'ekohatina lo*te%a.
t'ekohatina lo'tap iskon imyala'ka.
tJekohatina lo'tap e'lactok pilaknan kwanHeanan teatcinakwin
a'lja. atiwulapnakwin te'tcip iskon topa^a miyap topalja moteala so
pi^aiap ateacan al*up. ta'htcic pautiwa i'^a. kwilimakte an
teapkuna* a-witawelan i'yap. kepta'hnakwi i'ka. i-nan iko'kulja.
ii — 'uh! e'lacto^k kwa hatianam^a. lai ^al a'ka. wemppakwin
rnan u — 5 uh! fa e'lacto^ kwa hatianam'^a. lal \&l a*fea. healo
tepokalan tahnakwi i'nan u — 3 uh! e'lacto^ hatia^a. lal Ifal 55
a'ka. e'lactok'onan teatcinan paltokwin i'nan. u — 'uh! e'lactofe:
unati^a^a. unatikap tsam kokci mihe*cokwin*e. e'lactojj les-
kwanan t'oc i'ya ? — e\ ho 3 i*ya. itcati ho' i'yapte elanve^a
yato kwai'inan'te ho* i'ya. tel^aial tV antecemaka. homkwatcic
tV yaiyu'ya'nal^atfap hon itse'mak-tfelakwi teap horn teapkuna* 60
li'lno tfom ulohna'kona a*teap tfom a'wotsina* kwa yu J mokwe*na-
wam'e. homan teapkuna 'wajj'a yu^yackwi a'teatunonaka ho*
and thrust another in his belt. He gave him his shield and gave him
his war club. | "Now go ahead!" he said to him, "you'd better run."
He went out | (45) and came this way. He came to Face-in-the-
Doorway. He came hither. He came to Rock- Slab- Standing. | He
looked down. At Evil- Smelling- Water, the fires shone out like
stars. | As the fires shone out, he came this way. He came to Sack-
of-Flour-Hanging. It was nearly dawn. | As it was near dawn he
sat up in a high place. |
As it came near dawn, the girl arose. She dressed herself and
went to her field. | <so) She came to Stones-Lying-About. On one
side was the corn field. On the other side the melon patch. | She
walked about picking squash blossoms. Meanwhile Pautiwa
came. | With his children spread out on both sides he came. He
came to Rock- Slab-Corner. He sighed, | "Aa h." The
girl did not hear. He came closer. He came to Where-the-Animals-
Crouch. | "Aa h." Again the girl did not hear. He
came closer. He came to White-Clay- | (55) Mound. "Aa h."
The girl heard. He came nearer. | He came to the edge of the girl's
field. "Aa h." The girl | saw him. She saw him a
handsome youth with embroidered blankets, one over the other.
The girl | said, "Have you come?" "Yes, I have come. However
much I have wished to come, | even as the sun rises on evil days
I have come. You have wished for evil. Perhaps, | <eo) if you had
been wise, you might have been my beloved. My children | might
have stayed here in your country. So that your men would not
have had hard labor | to nourish themselves with my children.
For that I | come with them. But because you have wished for evil
10
146 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
a'wil-i'lja. te^aial tV tse*ma^a. tcukwatfcat elamel^a yatokwai'-
inan'te ho* i'^a. hatiawa!
65 o — iwo*loh^a! hanana*we'!
iskon pautiwa leskwanan so' a*ne. iskon an teapkuna HohJ^a.
sVjga.
jii'na'kwin te'tcip luwaPona yatela. hinik ho* ant'ewan'a. tern
ttewan ho' a'nuwa le'kwanan. hiwalakwin te'tcip topint tean
70 akliye. lemotinan ma^e* kwaPile. ama lo ye'makt'u. lo* antfe-
wan*a. le'kwanan ye'maknan kwato^a. e'lacto^ hie tewuko'liya
sam'a ^akweye. pautiwa kwato^a. le'n unati^ap hie tsam kokci.
lesanikwanan i'mu. jJautiwa i'mup. e'lacto^ hie ya'tsatinan
i'jiokul^a ko'mackon a*tci kwa peyena'man imo%a. hie tenala'ap
75 pautiwa leskwanan si'ana ryute'tcinace. hapic t'oc ya*tsana?
e'lactolj: leskwanan is luk i'pewu. yam com-Khalin e'lacto^: ufca.
lal jJautiwa hie awiten miha pa'Ppt. iskon pautiwa i'tcu^ip
e'lactojf yam imo'konate totsipon lani^a. s'a'tc aljga. hie ace*
tfelap e'lacto^ hie rtfsumanan kwa alna'ma. lal ]5autiwa lesani-
80 kwanan Jtalt itcu*u t'om i'tfsu ipakut'u. le'kwap. e'laeto^ an kwa-
tojja, iskon ate ant'ewa^a. t'ewap camli pautiwa pilaknan leskwana
now indeed even as the sun rises on evil days 1 1 have come to you.
Listen!" |
(65) "Oo h!" The enemy come out of hiding
"Hasten!"
Then Pautiwa said, "I am going." Then he turned with his
children, | and went.
He came to Pinawa. The people of the village were all asleep.
"I think I shall stay here over night. | And then tomorrow I shall
go on." Thus he said. When he reached the village, at only one
place | (70) a fire was burning. The sparks flew out of the chimney.
"I think I shall climb up here. I shall stay here over night." | Thus
he said. He climbed up and entered. There a very poor girl | was
living all alone. Pautiwa entered. When she looked at him she
saw that he was a handsome youth. | She said to him, "Sit down."
Pautiwa sat down. The girl was very much ashamed. | She sat
hanging her head. For a y long time the two sat without speaking.
After a long time | (75) Pautiwa said, "Come, let us rest, or are
you ashamed?" | The girl said, "Here, , take this for your bed."
The girl gave him her ragged blanket. | Pautiwa was wearing four
embroidered blankets. Then Pautiwa lay down. | Then the girl
curled up in the spot where she had been sitting. They slept. Very
late | at night the girl became cold. She could not sleep. Then
Pautiwa said to her, | <80) "Lie down here. You are cold. Cover
yourself." Thus he said. The girl went,in with him. | Thus they
passed the night. The next morning Pautiwa arose. He said,
"I am going now, my daughter, my mother. May you alway?
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 147
si> ho* a'ne horn ^atsiki, horn tsita. iJo* ket'sanici t'ewanan teat c u.
le'kwanan yam t'opa miha pa'i yalukona lea'unan e'lacto^on u^a.
lal iskon e'lactolj tea^a - — . tsulal^a. tepikwai'ip tcawac^a.
wihatfsan kwaPip aktsil^ tea^a. lal i't'sumhap t'a t'opa kwaPip aktsij^ 85
teal^a. am papa e*t sakwipan'te kwa t'una*wanre lal an suwe e*t
t'una'pan'te kwa sakwiwanve hie mu'^amoire. iskon a'teal^a.
hie holomac a*nap a'tc ryaiytPyavj^anan hie a*tci ampisa. t'elap
an suwe ponulocop am papa rtulacop a'tcia tsita leskwanan
a't'san a'tcia a'tcis al'a. lat am papa leskwanan tsita tcuwap ho'na 90
tatcu ? — hiya iyo*' horn a't'san atci! i'namilte kwa li'lkonte tVna
tatcu teanve. li*wan ^aliciankwin tahna hoi kohiwala'wan tV
tatcu teaiye. — haiyi'. ma ko'ma hon yam tatc acuwa^an'a.
a*tci le'kwap. hi*ya iyo 1 ' horn a't'san a'tci kocikat?el*ea t'on tewa-
ko'liya. lu^: t'om papa sakwipan'te kwa t'unawanre ta'htcic t'una- 9a
]3an*te kwa sakwiwanve. — tenat el*e^an*a a'tci le'kwap kop
ma le el*e^an*a ? — ma horn papa seto^ana. ma horn seto^anan
ma e*te kwa copa t'om'e ku*wa ? — ele'te t'elPtan ime. — ma
honkwa tV tcPmom acap uhsona ho' leap horn papa seto^an'a.
tenat horn papa ho^antikholi awela*up ho' t'cililiti^ap onakwin 100
kwatop hon a*nuwa. le*kwap a'tcia tsita cojJa t'om'e tfapnan l
a'tcian tci'mon ac^a. ya-^ap he* eha a'tci le'kwanan si'ana i'tcu-
live happily." | Thus he said. He took off one embroidered blanket
the one he wore on top, and gave it to the girl. |
Thus the girl lived. She was great with child. After a year she
gave birth. | (85) When the baby was born it was a boy. Then again
she was in labor. Another was born. | That also was a boy. The
elder brother had legs but no eyes. The younger | had eyes but no
legs. He was round like a ball. There they lived. | After a long time
the two children began to notice things. They were very active.
At night | the younger brother rolled around and the older one
walked around. Their mother said, | oo) "My two little ones, go to
sleep." The elder brother said," "Mother, who is our | father?"
"Alas, my two little ones, indeed, your father is not here." | Yonder
toward the west, at Katcina Village your | father lives. "Haiyi!
Well, we will go and speak to our father." | Thus they said. "Alas
my two little ones, that is impossible. You are poor. | (95) Your
elder brother has legs but no eyes and you have eyes | but no legs."
"But nevertheless, that will be all right." Thus they said. "But
how | will it be all right?" "Well, brother will carry me on his
back. | Is there no empty gourd?" "Yes, indeed. There is one in
the other room." "Well, | if you can make a rattle for us I shall
carry that when my brother takes me on his back, j uoo) In case he
goes off the road to one side I shall rattle on that side | u> and he
will go back into the road. That way we shall go." Thus he said.
Their mother took the empty gourd | and made a rattle for them.
When it was finished. "Oh good!" they said. "Come, | get on my
10*
148 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
patcu ' am papa le*kwanan i • muka . an suw e tci'mon i • leanan
i'tcupatcup a*tc i'wiseto'nan s 5 a*tc itulacoka. ho^antikhol hetel-
5 ulakwin am pap a-nap an suwe t'cililitil^ap am papa rmolaup lesna
a'tci i'te'tcen ituloco^a. an suwe leskwanan eleptn'a*. s'a'wan-
t'ewa^a. tfewap camli a*pilaknan itona'pe'en a'tci leskwanan si*
ho'na tsita son a"ne. tens ka*^i le'hatinan t'on hon ona-elaten*a. — -
hi'ya 5 iya horn a't'san atci hrno a*ce. ton ^eUsanici a't'u. a'tcia
10 tsita le'anikwanan. a'tc iW kwaPinan s'a'tci onakwin kwatol£anan
s'a'tcia tsita ye'makup sVtc a*^:a.
nomilta'htci am pap on-a'wela^p tfcililitil^ap onakwin kwatop
lesn a*tc a*ne, hoi a'tci te'tcinan t?a on-a'wehi'up tfa tfopalja t'cili-
liti^ap s'a'tc a*^a. itiwap sVtci tJsokhnakwi a'tci te'tcip a'tci
is tepokalan a'tci tfunayatop hejjge't'an ko'macko'na ma #> wi wo ,:> yap
ham ito*na a*wal"up atci leskwanan an suwe leskwanan he*!
ko'macko'na nawe ( . — ma ko'ma hoi eletuntekwi i'mu. le*kwap
an suwe tfunatip piclankwin tahnap ko'witean kume tfankusn elap
ist hinik ele^an'a'. le'kwanan ma ko'm hanate am papa le'kwap
20 on suwe le'kon t'cililitil^ap sVtci le'kon awela^a. a'tci te'tcip
lem coko^a. s'iskon a'tci i'mup. sVtci kwatonan a'tci les-
kwanan si anra hon i'cemace'. a'tci le*kwanan s'a'tci tena'^a.
a*tci tena'nan:
back!" the elder said and sat down. The younger took his rattle, |
got on his back, and thus, carrying each other they walked about
the room. Whenever | (5) the elder went against the wall the younger
shook his rattle, and the elder straightened out. Thus | they prac-
tised walking around in the room. The younger said, "It will be
all right." | They went to bed. The next morning they arose. After
they had eaten the two said, "Now | mother, we are going. Some-
time, thinking of you, we shall again pass you on your road." | "Alas,
my two little ones, very well, go. May you go happily." Thus their I
(io) mother said. She took them out. She set them on their road. |
Then their mother climbed up and the two went. |
Sure enough, when the elder brother stepped off the road, the
younger one shook his rattle and he again went back into the road, j
Thus they went along. When they had gone a ways, he again
stepped off the road and again the other | shook his rattle. Thus they
went. At noon they came to Mouse Place. | (15) Coming over a little
hill they looked down. In the hollow many antelope were grazing, J
Some walked about feeding. The younger said. "Hey! | There are
many antelope." "All right. Where is a good place to sit down ?"
he said. | The younger brother looked about; towards the north,
a little ways off, there was a dry log, standing upright. | "I think
over there will be a good place." Thus he said. "All right, go ahead. "
the elder said. | <20) The younger shook his rattle on one side anl
the went off to that side. When they came there | there was a hollow
tree. There they sat down. The two went into the tree. They said.
"Now, go on, call them." So they said. They sang. [ They sang:
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 149
ma'Vi ma'Vi ma'Vi
cotsi yalant'apte pa*! 25
lutcint'apte leponi
he'cot'apte moljaia
t'sikwant'apte liyalto
ma'Vi ma*Vi ma'Vi
a'tci le'kwap ko'wi hatiaka. toms lacokti* le'napa. wetsita'na am 30
papa le*kwap
ma*Vi ma'Vi ma'Vi
cotsi yalant'apte pVi
hitcin t'apte leponi
he'cotfapte mol^aia 35
tfsikwa t'apte liyalto
ma'Vi ma*Vi ma'Vi.
i'hatia^a. rhatianan tcuwakona kokon ikwe'ai'!
ma Vi ma'Vi ma*Vi
cotsiyalan tfapte pVi 40
lutein t'apte leponi
he'eo t'apte mojjaia
" Antelope, antelope, antelope,
(25) Like cream is your skin,
Like charcoal is your snout,
Like pinon gum your eyes,
Like cedar bark your sinew,
Antelope, antelope, antelope."
(30) So they said. They heard a little of it. They just wiggled their
ears, thus, a little bit. | The elder said.
"Antelope, antelope, antelope,
Like cream is your skin,
Like charcoal is your snout,
(35) Like pinon gum your eye,
Like cedar bark }^our sinew,
Antelope, antelope, antelope."
They heard it. "Someone is saying something!"
"Antelope, antelope, antelope,
(4 0) Like cream is your skin,
Like charcoal is your snout,
Like pinon gum your eye,
150 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tfsikwa tfapte liyatto
roa'Vi ma^wi ma'Vi.
45 tcuwakon hon i'napeV. ma i*hatia'wa. le'tikwanan a*pila^:a.
a'pilakup fas a'tci tena'^a.
ma*Vi ma'Vi ma'*wi
cotsi yalan tfapte jJa'i
lutein tfapte leponi
50 he'eo t'apte mokaia
t'sikwa t'apte Kyalto
maVi ma'Vi ma'Vi.
he*! tcuwakon hon rnapeai! le^ikwanan tfumr'up lana-kwai'ina.
kwaPinan a'wa'p. a*te J tcinan iskon Kumat'an toco'a^anap^a.
55 yatcuclenap^a. ma'V otsi Ian an as*in kume ya'tci^atea kwatoka
an suwe yat'ept. yatfenan hanat hom ansat c u le^wap. am pap
ansatu^a. hacina yat'e le'kwap ticoma el t?o* yaknahnanrt'u!
ho J kwaPit'u. an suwe le'kwanan foms rionol-kwaPifea. kwai'inan
an kisan yaliyarto*nan yupakwii^a^a. ma'V rt'sumacas ace^a.
eo acip yam papa lesanikwanan s*hanat kwai'i s'yam papa kwaiM^a.
kwai*ip sVtci leskwa^a. si koplea hon t'sikwahana ? — anra isthoi
Like cedar bark your sinew.
Antelope, antelope, antelope."
(45) "Someone is insulting us! Now listen!" Thus they said. They
got up. | As they got up the two sang again:
"Antelope, antelope, antelope,
Like cream is your skin,
Like charcoal is your snout.
(50) Like pinon gum your eye,
Like cedar bark your sinew.
Antelope, antelope."
"Indeed, someone is insulting us!" They said. They rushed out,
They went there. They came up, and butted against the dead tree |
(55 ) they kicked it. A large buck antelope thrust his foot into a knot-
hole. | The younger brother grabbed it. As he grabbed it, "Hurry!
Help me!" he said. The elder brother | helped him. "Hold fast !" he
said. "Oh dear! Don't let him go! | Let me go out!" the younger
brother said. He just rolled out. | He lay down on his neck and
strangled him. The antelope struggled for breath and died. |
(60) As he was dying he said to his elder brother, "All right, come
out!" The elder brother came out. | They said, "Now how are we
going to skin him?" "Now let's see. | Somewhere, as we came by,
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 151
hon rpltea hecotV^a. am*a yam nana tecu^ace! — ko'm hanat
i-tcupatcu. am papa le*kwanan i'mup s*a*tc a'pt. a*tci te*tcip
s'a'tci i'mufea. si* anra ho'n nana tecuce* le*kwanan sVtc tena^a:
amah ma^a^i. amah ma'ma'si. 65
tu'wisisi tu'wisisi
becinactece'.
haiyi'. \o\ peye'a. — anra teya!
amah ma^a^i. amah ma'ma'si
tu'wisisi tu'wisisi 70
becinactece'.
lol peye^! — anra te'ya!
amah ma'ma'si amah ma^a'si
tu'wisisi tu'wisisi
becinactece'. 75
lol jfeye'a! a'tc i'wiseto'nan a'tc a'pL s'a'tc a*tc hecotfakwi yatop
le" timuci tacana halupa yalto^a. yaltop sVtc ah^a. a'tc ahnan
were some ruins. Let's go and look there for our grandfather." "AH
right. Go ahead. | Get on my back." The elder brother said and
sat down. They went. They got there | and sat down. "Now let
us seek our grandfather." They sang:
(65) "amah ma' ma' si, amah ma'ma'si
t'u'wisisi t' u'wisisi
becinactece"i
"Haiyi ! Hear ! Someone is speaking !" "Let's do it again !"
amah ma' ma' si amah ma' ma' si
t'u* wisisi tu'wisisi
(70) beninactece.
"Hear! Someone is speaking!" "Let's do it again!"
amah ma' ma' si amah ma' ma' si
t'u'wisisi t'u'wisisi
(75) beninactece.
"Hear ! Someone is speaking !" He put his brother on his back and
the two went. They crossed over the ruin, | There was a long
1 Navaho for stone knife. ( ?)
152 Publications, American Ethnological Sockty Vol. kv
s'a'tc a'^a. a*tci na'l alkwin te'tcinan yam papa yatep s'a'tc
tsikwahl^a.
so ele a*tc tsikwahnan ya'Kan^hap li'wan t'ewankwin tahnan
kokokwin*e i'yap ta'htcic li'wan su'nhakwin tahna a'tcia tatcu
pautiwa i*^a. i'yap kokokwhre i'nan am pap'ona yam optsinaka
yaktohap make* lipopotip at c u'at c u! le'kwapta an suw'ona yakto-
hap ta maj^e 1 lipopotip at'utfut'ut'ut'u ! a'tcia tatcu i'nan lesani-
85 kwanan el i'yo. a'tcia ko 3 alenam*en tewulac alol^a! luknio tewu-
ko'liya! le'kwap — ha kwac to 3 yaiyu^ya'nanre. imatcic luknio
tewuko'liona^'a luknia ho* el ho* acaniyahkia. — haiyi'. ma honkwa'
ati yam ko'lea tse^an'ona a'tcian te*u. — ma hol'o. kwa ho*
' lesnucukwa. ten ho* a'tcian aloj^an*a c . le'kwanan kwelele a'tcian
90 alol^aka.
a'tcian aklunan holtekwin a'nap ta'htcic atcia tatcu leskwanan
si* horn tcawa'tci luka li'l yam aina'koa ton t'em'la iton*a. kwa
ko'wi tsana ton etcucukwa al^'a a'witen tewaj^anate kwa ton cPna
pilacukwa. ton tenrla itona. li'wanem t'om Jjalica kutsupiya-
95 kwin ton a'nuwa ton te'tcinan ton hiwalakwin kwatonan a*wa
kakwemos' inkwin to* a'nuwa. iskon ton te*tcip kwa ton ye*ma-
^anakna 3 map t'a ton a* wan pekwin inkwin a'nuwa ta iskon kwa
ton ye'mal^anakna'map ta ton pPlaciwan inkwin a'nuwa ta iskon
thunder knife lying on an ant hill. They picked it up from where
it was lying. They took it | and went. They came to where the
deer was lying. The elder brother held it | and they skinned it.
(80) Just as they were about to finish skinning it, from the east
the Black God came. Meanwhile, from the west their father,
Pautiwa, came. As he approached the Black God came, and struck
the elder brother with his torch. | The sparks dropped down.
"Atu !" he said. Then he struck the younger brother | and again the
sparks fell. "Atututututu ! " Their father came and said to him,
(85) "Poor things, don't hurt them. Be kind and light a fire for them
These poor things." he said. "Have you no sense ? Indeed, they
are poor. Therefore, I was going to make them well." "Haiyi!
Is that so ? | Do whatever you wish to them." "Oh no. 1 1 won't do
anything. However, I will make a fire for them." Thus he said.
Kwelele | oo) made a fire for them.
After he had made a fire for them, he went off somewheres. Mean-
while their father said, | "Now, my two children, all of this which
you have killed you shall eat. | Not even the smallest scrap shall you
leave behind, so that for four days your flesh | may not get flabby.
After you have eaten it all, yonder to the west, to Where-the-
Tassel-Hangs, ] <95) you shall go. When you get there you will enter
the village, | and go to the house of the village chief. When you
get there they will not let you come up. | Then you will go to the
house of their pekwin. There also | they will not let you come up.
Then you will go to the house of their bow priest. There also, | four
nunzei, zjum lexis ion
a*witenafe:an hoi t?on itehpaniyup ta an suw inkwin t'on a"imwa.
t'a iskon tfon te'tcip t'a a'witenakanhol t'on itehpaniyup ten hoi li'la 10
le'hatina t'on kwaton'a. iskon t'on rmup tenat li'lkon ko'lea tetfuna- 1
kan*a. le* a*tci anikwanan yam kakwin a^a. tenat ko'lea
tet'una^an'a. li'lkon a'witen t'ewap t'on ankohan*a. tVn anko-
hanan tfo'na t'apna^an*a. tVna t'apna^an'tihap kwa t'on a'Vacu-
wa'cukwa. hiwal a'moson i'tenan'a. i'tenl^atea hoi tcuwa tewuko'- 5
li'ya tVn a u wa*koa t'on acuwapn'a. t'on acuwap tfon il' a'n'ihap
t'on a'nuwa, t'on te'tcinan iskon ko'lea t'on ante'unapkona t'on
yatinan iskon le* yam a'lacina'we a*wan kwahol lean t'on yainceman
t'o'nan hapop tfo'na hon ona-elatemvwa. a'tcia le*anikwanan
a'tcia tatcu sVj^a. 10
yam kakwin a*nap sVtci cP akli^a. a'tci ci'aklinan s'a'tc ito'k;a.
kowekwin'te tsuwekwin'te sawekwhrte kwa ko*wi ^em t'sanapte
a*tc etcunanr^a a'tci t'enrl ito'nan a*tc elemaknan. s'a'tc a'lta.
sVtci mu'kwena'kwin te^ci^a. a'tci te'tcip yayotrwe. yato-
kwaPinan'te camli am papa leskwanan sP hop a*wan ^akwemosi 15
l^akweye ? s'a'tc a'ka. s'a'tc ^akwemosi an ^akwin a'tci te'tcika.
sVtci itiyulal^a. itiyula'up a'tci ankohanan tcuwamp lukn
a't'san a'tci ? hie antcimoa le'anaknan a'tci itehpanika. t?a a'tci
times they will throw you down. Then you shall go to his younger
brother's house. | uoo) When you get there, again four times, they
will throw you down. Then, wherever | (D you think, 'Let it be
here,' there you shall enter. There you shall stay. Then there they
will see what will happen." | Thus he said to the two and went to his
house. | "There they shall see what will happen. After four years
they will find you. | When they find you they will take you. When
they are going to take you, you must not talk to them. | (5) All of
their village chiefs will come. When they are all finished you will
speak to some poor man | who finds you. When you speak to him,
if he wants you to go with him, [ you will go. When you get there,
then you will tell them what they have done to you. Then you |
will ask for clothing for all of your old ones. | When they have
gathered it together for you, then we shall pass you on your roads."
Thus he said to them. | (io> Then their father went.
When he had gone to his house they roasted the meat. When they
had roasted the meat they ate. | They ate even the intestines and the
stomach and the bones. Not even a little scrap of skin | did they
leave. When they had eaten everything they arose and went. | They
came to the country of the Hopis. When they got there they were
dancing Yaya. Just as the sun | (15) rose early in the morning the
elder brother said, "Where does their house chief | live?" They
went there. They came to the house of the house chief. | When they
got there they stood beside the ladder. As they stood there the
people found them. — "Who are these | two children? They are
very dirty," they said. They threw them down. But they | kept
154 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ihemotiljanan kwili^ana*na a'tc itiyula'up t'a a'tc itehpaniyup
20 t'a ha'i^ana'na a'tc ihemoti^anan t'a a'tc itiyulalja t'a a*tc ye'makup
elehol a'tc t'una ye'makup tcuwatikol umo^ap lea kwaPinan a'tcia
Rahman t'a a'tc itehpani^ap tfa a'tci ihemotipma. a*witenaj£ana'na
a'tci itehrianiup am papa leskwanan si hon a*ce a*wan pekwiu
inkwin a'tc a'^a.
25 a'tci te J tcip a*tci ankohanan tcuwantij£ap lukn a'tfsan a'tci ? hie
antcimoa. hokamp a*tc i'ya ? — ■ ma rme. tcapotc a'tci le'tikwap.
a'tci ye'ma^a elehol a'tci ye'makup a'tci itehjianiyup. a'tci pilak-
nan t'a kwili^ana'n a'tci ye'ma^'a elehol a*tci tuna-ye'makup tcu-
watikol hepi^a l^ap le-i*nan a'tcia kahinan a'tci ulatena rianikajja.
30 fa a'tci poalemaknan a'tci i*wiseto*nan a'tc ihemoti^anan ha-
'i^anan a'tc i'tcupatcunan a'tc ehhol tJuna-ye'makup t'a a'tci
itehpaniup am papa leskwanan si kotci. le'wi. an suwe leskwanan
wan amate s'a'tci ihemoti^anan s'a'tci a'witena{£ana*n yemaknan
elehol a'tc itiwaljap a'tci an letsilohnaknan. a'tci itepaniyup
35 sPana le'wi. a'tci le'kwanan sVtci pi'laciwan an ^akwin sVtc
a'lja.
pi'laciwan an Jjakwin a'tci te*tcinan a'tci ye'ma^a. a'tci
ye'makup t'a a'tci iteh riani'ka. fa a*tc pilaknan kwilij£ana*n
a*tc ye'ma^a. a'tci ye'maknan elehol a'tci ye'makup t?a a*tci
on trying to come up. A second time they stood beside the ladder,
and again they threw them down. | (20) Then again, the third time
they tried. Again they stood beside the ladder. Again they climbed
up. | When they almost looked over the top someone came out
carrying a bowl of soapy water | and threw it over them. Again
they threw them down. And again they tried to come up. Again
the fourth time | they threw them down. The elder brother said,
"Now let us go to the house of the pekwin. | They went. |
(25)When they got there the people saw them. "Who are these
two children? They are very | dirty. Whence have they come?"
"I don't know. They are bad children." Thus they said. | The two
boys climbed up. When they had almost reached the top they
threw them down. They got up | and again the second time they
climbed up. As they looked over the edge | someone came carrying
a bowl of urine and threw it over them. They pushed them down. |
(30) Again they sat up, and, helping one another, they tried again. |
The third time they climbed up. As they were nearly at the top,
again they | threw them down. The elder brother said, "Ouch!
That's enough!" The younger said, | "Wait! once more." They
tried again. The fourth time they climbed up. | When they got to
the middle of the ladder, they took the ladder from under them.
The two fell down. | (35) "Come on, that's enough." they said. They
went to the house of the bow priest. |
They came to the house of the bow priest. When they got there
they climbed up. | As they climbed up the people threw them down.
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 155
itehpaniyup iJa a'tci ihemoti^anan a'tci leskwanan ahiat ho^o 40
ye'makce. atci leskwanan a'tci ye'ma^a. a'tci ye'makup a'tci
itehpaniyup a'tci pilaknan sPana an suwe an ^akwin. a'tc a*^a.
ppla'ciwani an suw'ona ^akwin a'tci te'tcinan tfa a'tci ye'mapL
a'tci ye'makup t'a a'tci ankohanan tJa a'tci itehpaniyup a'tci
ihemoti^anan t'a a'tci ye'maka. t'a a'tci itehpani'^a t'a a'tci 45
itehpaniyup t'a tern a'tci ihemoth£anan. elehol a'tci t'una-ye'makup
tJa a'tci itehrjani'nan a'tci umo^aliljap. a'tci pilaknan an suwe
leskwanan siya c . ama alnate am papa lesanikwanan ma kotci
kwa ho* yaiyu°aniktam'e. — ma e'te alnate a'tci le'kwanan a'tci
ye'maknan e'lehot a'tci itiwa^ap a'tci itehpani'^a. a'tci pilaknan 50
si kotci le*wi a'tci leskwanan s'a'tci tJewankwin tahn a'pL
sVtc hiwala pattokwi te'tcip a'tci te'tcip t'okokwa*wan J^akwen'e
s'a'tc kwatol^a. iskon a'tci kwatonan s'a'tc imo'ka.
iskon kwa J^a'ki litam'e. lesnate olo'i^anana yalakwaPi^a.
kwa j^a — ki litam'e. hie tfewana pinapa kwa ^a — l£i upinam'e. 55
telakwai'i^a. telakwai'ip tfoweyena^a. iskon kwa tern a *t'owa hoi* -
ya'^ana'wam'e. anaka ana'ap uhsite tehtsinana teloceti^a.
telakwaPip t'a t'oweyena'^a. uhsona tomt tekuan i'pacteka. tomt
tekuan i'pacteknan krwo'arjlja. is^ankon kwa ^a — tt.i litam'e.
They got up and the second time I they climbed up. They had
almost reached the top and again ] uo) they threw them down.
Again they tried. They said "Once more| let us climb up." Thus
they said. They climbed up. As they climbed up | they threw them
down. They got up. "Come on to the younger brother's house."
They went | to the house of the younger brother bow priest. When
they got there again they climbed up. | As they climbed up, they
found them again. And again threw them down. | (45) They tried
again. They climbed up, and again they threw them down. | After
they had thrown them down they tried yet again. When they
had nearly reached the top, | again they threw them down. They
threw soapy water on them. Again they got up. The younger
brother | said, "All right, let's try once more." The elder brother
said, "Oh dear! | I have no stomach for it!" "But yes, once more."
Thus they said and | <so> climbed up. W r hen they were about half
way up they threw them down. They got up. | "Oh dear! That's
enough," they said. ^ They went towards the east. J
They came to the~edge ot the village. There they entered the
chicken coops. | They went in and stayed there.
Then there it never rained. Thus the whole summer passed.
(55) It never rained. Every day the wind blew. It never snowed.
Spring came. In the spring they planted. Then their corn never
came to maturity. | It was frozen. After their corn was frozen,
during that winter, there was famine. | When spring came, again
they planted. Then the flowers came to bud. | When the ilowers had
just come to bud they were burnt by the sun. For a long time it
156 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
6o olo'i^anan yalakwaPika. lal tehtsinana kwa upinanre kwa ^a —
l£i krnanve. iskon a*ho J a*wocemanan yace. awoceman yacep
ko*na yato'we ele* Mean tim-paniie. a'tci a't'sana utc ankoha-
^anan a'tci an tcukoclena kwatell^ana a'tc utce. iskon telakwaPip
t'oweyena^a uhsona cea* kwaPinan krwo'arjka. kwa ^:a — ki
65 litanre. olo'i^anan tena' iskon hiwalona a*woceman yacentma
ko'na yato*we ele* pani'le iskon a't'san ate utcon a'tci an suwe
leskwanan he papai' ist ho'na antcukwaclena kwatetj^akona
i'lean tin-a*ne* ke'si le'i'yantikwanan a*tc utcap wetsim tena-
la'ap t?a t'orja Mean timpaniyup hehu hapa! uhson ahpina kwa-
70 tel^akona. lal iskon a*tci-penan koahtcic leyena'we. iskankon
kwa litanre. olo'il^anan yalakwaPika kwa ka — Jp krnanve hie
pPna te'tci.
tfewanako'n a'ciwan'i a*pPlaciwan*i pekwin a'komosona til^a*-
mosi kwahol ak*a a'ho* a*te*ona iceltema haponaiye. a'peye.
75 tcuwaiap tse'makwin ak'a kwa litanre' ? ko*mackon ho 5 na*wan
tcawe ho'na*wan masi'we ho'na'wan a*ho J i honan as'iwe a'ya-
lakwaPile le'ana^a. i'yantehkunacna'ka. ko* t'elina'we yato'w
i'yantehkunacna'ka. ta'htcic tcuwa lacik kwa t'ehyanPona a'ho J
aiyu^alna'w'ona kwaPinan heyekan a*^a. a*t'san a'tci utcukwin
so te'tcinan tfunakwatop a'tci pc^ule. a'tci cPnaya'naiye. a*tci
unati^a^a. iskon kwa heyena'men ilohkaka. s'a'Jja.
never rained. | (60) The summer passed and again in winter it did
not snow. There were never | any clouds. Then the people were
starving to death. As they died of starvation | each day they came
bringing down the corpses. They found the two children inside. |
They spat on them. Then when spring came, | they planted. When
the young leaves came out they were burnt by the sun. It never |
(65) rained, throughout the whole summer. Then all the village
was starving to death. | Every day they took down the dead. The
two children were there inside. The younger brother | said, "Look,
brother, the one who spat on us all the time | now they are carrying
him down." Thus they said to one another. They stayed in there.
A little later | they came down carrying another. "Good for that
ghost. That is the one | (70) who urinated on us." Thus the two
talked together. "Let them do what they can." For a long time |
it had not rained. The summer passed. There were never any
clouds, only | wind. |
Each day the priests and the bow priests and the pekwin
and the Komosona and the society | chiefs and all those who had
any office met together all the time. They talked. | (75) "Because
of whose thoughts does it never rain ? Many of our | children, our
backs, our people, our hands, | are perishing" they said. Thus they
questioned one another. Every night and every day | they questioned
one another. Meanwhile a certain old man, who was not valuable,
whom the people | hated, went out to defecate. He came to where
the two children were staying inside. | (80) He looked in. There they
Hunzel, Z/wnt Texts 157
aciwan haponakwi a*ciwan haponakwin te^inan kwatofea.
kwatonan leskwanan horn a*tatcu ko'na tfon t'ewanan a*teaiye.
le'kwap. kwa tcuhol peyenam'^a. tophnVon i'mu le'kwaka. lal
ham'e lestikwanan koptcic hil^ lacil^ lewul^an rya ? tewu'anhve. 85
lacik leskwanan tcuwaiap tse'makwinal^'a le'na hon yu'teclati?
lestikwanan ma torn tse > makwina^ , a ho'na'wan tcawe yalakwai'i.
tfapte hie ten tV lacil^ aiyatsa. lesna te'ona^a tfom hon aiyu^alna*-
we. lal laci^ leskwanan ticomaha' a*tatcu. kocikatfel'ea lenhol
ho 5 tcuwa tewako'liap a*wa tse'makwinak'a teacukwa. a'wi'tse^a. 90
lal lestikwanan tse'mempa hon i'tse'ma. le*antikwap lal leskwanan
ma ilte. ko*wit?ewana a*t?san a*tc li*l i'^a le'kwap hie tcuwetcam
anapeka. lal t'opa leskwanan ticomaha telol^ati lulj aiyu'hatia-
pna'we. imat kwahol lujt peyen'iha. tcuwatikol le'kwap hana'
ko'ma peye. t'opa le'kwap leskwanan ticomaha' ma i*namilte 95
epact ko*wi tfewana ho'na^wan haitonlana te'tcipi. li'l a't'san a*tc
i'^a. le* hiwalan tenrla a*tc al'ul^a epact kwa t'on a'tci ye'ma^ana*-
wanrel^a. lukniakon tcimte yaton'e ho* a'tci unati^alja. a'tci
ci'naya'naiye. homkwat lukniakon tse'makwin ak*a le'na hon
yr^teclati. kwac a'tci acuwatina^ukwa ? le'kwap. ticomaha' 100
hrto. i'namilte. le'tikwanan ama hi^u ^akwemosi le'anal^ap l
elemaknan ma ama ho* a*ne le*kwanan s'a'^a.
were sitting inside. They were full-fleshed. | He saw them. He
turned around without defecating and went back.
When he came to where the priests were meeting, he entered. |
As he entered he said, "My fathers, how have you lived these many
days ?" | No one spoke to him. Then one of them said, "Sit down !"
Then | (85) others said, "What has this old man come for? He is
of no use." | The old man said, "Because of whose thoughts do we
suffer thus ?" | They said, "Why, it is because of your thoughts that
our children perish. | You are just an ugly old man. Therefore we
hate you." | Then the old man said, "Alas my fathers, indeed not!
For indeed | oo) I am but a poor old man. It cannot be because, of
my thoughts. Now think about it." Then they said, "Indeed, we are
thinking about it all the time and worrying." Thus they said. Then
he said "Yes indeed! A short time ago two children came here."
Thus he said. "Every one | insulted them." Then another said,
"Alas! Keep quiet! Listen to him! | He has something to say."
Thus someone said. | (95) "Go ahead now, speak!" he said. Then
he said, "Alas! Indeed it is so ! | Verily, a short time ago, when the
time of our great ceremony came, two children came here. [ Through
the whole village they went about. Indeed you did not let them
come up. | This very day I saw them. They | are full-fleshed.
Perhaps it is because of their thoughts that we | (ioo) suffer thus.
Do you not wish to speak to the two ?" he said. "Alas, | <n indeed
it is so!" they said. "Very well, go!" they said to the house chief. |
He arose. "Very well. I am going." he said. He went. |
158 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
a*tc utcukwin lo'te^ap an suwe leskwanan papai'. ist a*wan
^akwemos i'yai'. el t'o acuwanret c u'. lekwap. ^akwemosi te'tch^a
5 leskwanan ticomaha' horn tcaw atci kop t'on t'ewanan teaiye ?
kwa a'tci penamka. atci kwaPi to'n ho' cemeai! kwa a*tc acu-
wanre. ticomaha kopla't kwa t'on peyena'ma horn a*tc acuwa.
tVn ho* il'a'n'iha. le'kwap kwa a'tc acuwam'e. kowemal^anhol
penap kwa a*tc acuwa'mep ya'tsatinan s^'ka. te'tcinan kwa horn
10 a'tc acuwam'e^a. a'tci ci'naya'naiye lekwap. lestikwanan ama
hr'u pekwin'e. pekwin elemaknan a\ka. ko'witeanhol i'yap a'tc
unati^anan ist a'wan pekwin i'ya. eltci to' acuwanret'u. — elapa
lekwap pekwin te'tcinan ticomaha horn tcaw a'tci kop tfon t'ewanan
teaiye ? kwa a'tci penamka. a'tci kwai'i t'on ho* ceme'a. kwa a*tc
15 acuwam'ep. isl^ankon pena'ka. a'witena^anhol pienap kwa a'tc
acuwa'nrap ya'tsatinan t'as a*^a. te'tcip hop a'tc a'^a le'tikwap
isthok 11 a'tc ime. kwa horn a*tc acuwam'e. a'tci ci'na ya*naiye.
ticomaha' ama j>i'laciwin'i hr'u. le'tikwap pPlaciwan'i a'j^a.
te'tcip t'Vtc kwa acuwam'e^a. iskon a'tci anikin'te a'tci t'ewus
20 amjJeye^a. ticomaha horn tcaw a'tci a'tc ho'na ankohati! le*kwap
kwa atci pena'map ya'tsatinan t'as a*^a. te'tcinan kwa horn a'tc
He approached the place where the | two were staying inside.
The younger brother said, "Brother! There their | house chief
comes. Now don't you speak to him!" Thus they spoke to one
another. The house chief came there. | (5) He said, "Alas, my two
children, how have you lived these many days?" | They did not
speak. "Come out! I have come for you." They did not speak to
him. | "Alas, why do you not speak? Speak to me! | I want you
to go with me." Thus he said, but they did not speak to him.
Several times | he spoke to them but they did not answer. Then
he became ashamed and went. When he came back he said, [
(10) "They did not speak to me. They are full-fleshed," he said'
Then they said, "All right, j you go, pekwin." P'ekwin arose and
went. When he had gone a little way | they saw him. "There their
pekwin comes. Now don't you speak to him." "Indeed not!" ]
Thus he said. The jJekwin came there. "Alas my two children,
how have you lived these many days ?" | They did not speak to him.
"Come out, I have come for you." They | us) did not talk to him.
He spoke to them several times. After he had spoken to them the
fourth time and they | did not talk to him, he became ashamed and
he too went. He came back. "Where did they go?" they said.
"They are staying there. They would not speak to me. They are
full-fleshed." | "Alas! Now bow priest, you go." Thus they said.
Bow priest went. | When he got there they did not talk to him. He
greeted them. | <20) He pleaded with them. "Alas, my two children,
have pity on us." So he said. | They did not speak to him. Then
he became ashamed and he, too, went. He came there. | "They did
not talk to me." he said. Then they said, "Alas, younger brother'
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 159
acuwam'e|a le'kwap lestikwanan ticomaha an suwe le'ani^ap
pplaciwan an suw a\^a. te^cip a'tci lesiyanikwanan ist pi'laciwan*
an suw i'yai'. el acuwanret'u. i'nan leskwanan ticomaha hon
tcaw a'tci ko 1 t'on t'ewanan teaiye ? kotcilea te'ona^a kwa ton 25
peyena^a ? a'tc horn acuwa'! to'n ho* ceme'a. kal a'tci kwaPi.
kwa a'tci penanr^a. el a'tc ho^a'wa t'sumena'ma. le'kwap kwa
a'tci penanrika. is^ankon a*tci anlimocelja. iskon i'natifcianan
ya'tsatinan sVi^a. te'tcip haiyi' hop a'tc a*l^a le'tikwap ma
a'tc ime. kwa a'tci peyena'ma. iskon lestikwanan ticomaha'. 30
ma imat ilt a*tc peyena'ma. ma kop hie t'a hon a'tci alewuna'wa.
ticomaha' anra hVu imat t'om a*tc acuwa^a. le'anakap lacuj
elemaknan sVlpL te'tcil^a. an suwe leskwanan ist laci^ i*yai'
ho'n acuwa*kona t'os penuwa! le*kwap ko'wi tenala'ap i*k:a ^e'si.
ticomaha' tcawa'tci a'tci kwaPi J^e'si. atcia le^nikwap a'tci 35
kwaPi^a. a'tci kwaiMp lacijj i'lnup. lacik i'mup t'opafan am
pap i • tcupatcup t?opa^an an suwe i • tcupatcup a • tcia woJ£apa
i'seto'nan sV^a.
a't^tci^a u'kwato^a. ukwatonan horn a'tatcu horn a'tsita horn
tcawe ko'na t'on tJewanan a'teaiye ? — ^etfsanici ho'na'wan a'tatcu. 40
t'onc a*wia ? rt'inapl. s'i't'inapt. iskon a'ciwan'i lestikwanan si'
ho'na'wan tcawa'tci lulja yaton'e ho'na tfon a-wona-elatefea.
lu^a yaton'e t?o'na hon yantehkunahna'wa. koko le'a te^onalpi
they said. | The younger brother bow priest went. When he came
there the two boys said to one another, "There | the younger
brother bow priest comes. Now don't you talk to him!" When he
came he said. "Alas, my | (25) two children, how have you lived
these many days ? What is the reason | that you do not speak ?
Talk to me. I have come for you. Come out here." | They did not
speak. "Do not try us." he said, | but they did not speak. Many
times he pleaded with them, but he could do nothing. | Then he
became ashamed and went. He came back. "Haiyi! Where have
they gone ?" they said. "Oh ! | 00 they are staying there ! They will
not speak!" Then they said, "Alas, but perhaps they cannot speak.
Well, what shall we do with them now? | Alas! Please, you go.
Perhaps they will talk to you." they said. The old man | arose
and went. He got there. Younger brother said, "There an old man
is coming, | the one w r ho spoke to us. You will talk to him." After
a little while he came. Now, | (35) "Alas! my two children, come
out now!" Thus he said to them. They | came out. When they
came out the old man sat down. When he sat down the elder
brother climbed up on one side | and the younger brother on the
other side. Carrying them side by side | on his back he went. |
They got there and went in. They went in. "My fathers, my
mothers, my | (40) children, how have you lived these many days ?"
"Happily, our fathers. | Have you come? Be seated." They sat
down. Then the priests said, "Now, | our two children, this day you
160 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
hon le* yu'teclati. tcuwaiyakona tse'makwina^'a. uhsona ho'na
45 t'on a'y^ya^ana'wa. — e\ i'namifte. ko*wi tfewana epac li'l
tVna*wan haiton-lana te'tcipa hon i'^a. tVna*wan hecotfa'koa
hon itiyulerja epac ho'na tfon kwa ye'makana'wanrejja. epac ho J na
t'on itecpani'lel^anap^a. kwa ko*wi nom*e tfsana yaknan^te
la\k u lehol yato-kwaPilenankwi te'tcina kwa ko'wi nom'e tfsana
50 aiyaknan'te ho'na t'on koti-alewunapka. tfo*o ^akwemos'i tfo*o
pekwhre tfo*o pi'laciwan'i t'o'o an suwe le* luwalan tcawil'hrte
kwa ko*wi ho 5 antcimoapte ton aiyaknapan'te epac ho'na tfon
koti-alewunapka. lesna te'onaka ho'n a'tatcu ho'nan i'katinan
kwa t'on a*wona-elatena*wanve.
55 le a*tci ikwap ticomaha ho'na'wan tcawa*tci. e*e rnamirte lesna
lu^no te'unapka. lacik kwa tfehyam'ona le'kwal^a. e* rnamirte
ace*' t'on tfeninacnapl^a. le'iyantikwanan kwac ho'na t'on yanko-
haticukwa. leVtcianaj^ap ma t'on ulati. ho'na tatc a*wan pila*we
takun-ikwrwe molimori-ikwi'we e'nrwe wewe tfcito'we supiatona*-
60 we u^ahai'ya*we lapa'we lacowa'we mumkwatona*we as*iko-
wopo^a ^epasikwrwe weleakwi*we ljetfoma'we mihe'we kwahol
ko'lea hon a'tatc a'leatun'ona tfon hapo^ana*wap lesna tepura.
— hi'to i'namilte.
iskon kwahol hariokan hapellja. kokwa'wan tenrl kwanlea*
have passed us on our road. | This day we shall question you. For
what reason | do we suffer thus ? Because of whose thoughts ? That |
(45) you will let us know." "Yes, indeed it is so. Verily, a short
time ago, | when the time of your great ceremony came, we came
here. At all your houses | we stood beside the ladder. Verily you
did not let us come up. Verily | you threw us down. Even though
you hold in your hands every little bug | even though you hold in
your hands every little bug. even those at the place where the sun
comes up. (50) nevertheless you have treated us unkindly. You,
house chief, you | riekwin, you bow priest, you younger brother!
Although all the village people are your children | even though you
hold in your hands every dirty person, verily you | have treated us
unkindly. Therefore our fathers became angry. Therefore they
have not passed your roads." j
(55)Thus they said. "Alas, our two children. Yes, indeed it is so.
That | is what they did." Thus said the old man who was not
valuable. "Yes, indeed it is so. | You have made things very hard
for yourselves." Thus they said. "You would not take pity onus." [
Thus the two said. "All right, now, do as you wish. Our fathers'
dance kilts, | embroidered sashes, fringed sashes, women's belts,
foxskins, yarn, cedarberry necklaces, | (60) downy feathers, parrot
tailfeathers, parrot breastfeathers, owl feathers, arm bands, | bow-
bracelets, anklets, dance moccasins, embroidered blankets. | all
the things that our fathers wear, you will gather together. Thus it
shall be." I "Hear! Indeed it is so!" I
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 161
tenrl hajJop a*tci leskwal^a. si* t'ehwitokwi kwili tean tfo J wo'^a- es
poa*nan animunan isjion ho'na t'on animyartona*wa a*tci le'kwap
tehwitokwin kwan a'pani'l^a. iskon kwili tean wo"^:aj)oa*^a.
piclankwin tahnan am papa animyalto'^a. ma^aiakwin tahna an
suwona animyalto'^a. animyaltoknan s'a'wa'ka. yam Jjiwitsikwi.
iskon t'elikwitip lo* 5 lipot'il$:a. ko'wi tenala'ap liton rl^a. liton 70
i'yap a*tcia tatcu leskwanan si 5 yam tcaw a'tci ani'te'tcuna'we.
wilolo'atifca. wilolo'atinan leshol tean am papon ipakwi^a. lehol
a*tc i't'ehwa lani^a. am papa rt'unapka. ta'htcic an suwe rsakwip-
k:a. an suwe yam sakwi* a-was'e'a. an suwe leskwanan papai'! ho J
isakwip^ai'. — ma t'a ho* i't'unap^ai'. a'tci le'kwap kwi — son! 75
a'tci t'una yalakwaPi^a. a'tcia tatc i*nan ti'comaha' horn tcaw
atci hai kwac t'on yaiyu'ya'nanre le J kwanan a'tci animyarto'l^a.
a*tci animyalto'nan ate iant'ehwanan si 5 istfa*na yam tca'w a*tci
anrte J tcuna*we. iskon kwilikanan wilolo'atinan holomac rt'ehwa.
am papa kr'opa! tfunatinan an suwe hai' a u wana seko i*t'unapk;ai'! 80
— ma tfa so* i'sakwipkai! a'tci le'kwap kwi's'on a'tcia t'ekwitika.
atcia tatc i*nan ti'comaha 7 horn tcaw a*tci hai kwac tfo* yaiyu*-
ya'nam'e. kwac t'on yam tewuko^Pona t'on aiyu'ya'nam'e ? el t'o J
yacuwamet'u. leskwanan a'tci animyalto'^a. iskon t'ehwanan si*
Then they gathered many things together. They gathered all
the clothing of the katcinas. | The two said, "Now in the plaza
you will put them down in two piles | and you will set us down on
top of them." Thus they said. | They brought down the clothing
into the plaza. There they piled it up in two places. | At the north
they set down the elder brother. At the south | they set down the
younger brother. After they had put them down they went to
their kivas. |
(70) Then at dusk the sky became overcast. After a little while
the rain came. When the rain | came the boys' father said, "Now,
test your two children." | There was a flash of lightning. The
lightning hurled the elder brother a little ways off. | The two fell
down a little ways apart. The elder brother had eyes and his younger
brother had legs. | The younger brother felt of his legs. The younger
brother said, "Brother! I | (75) have got legs!" "Well! And I have
got eyes!" Thus they said. It became pitch black. | Their sight
was gone. Then their father came. "Alas, my two children, j have
you no sense?" he said. He put them back. | When he had put
them back he went a little ways off from them. "Now test your
two children a little harder." j There was a second flash of lightning.
They were thrown far apart. | (80) The elder brother blinked. He
could see. "Brother! Say! I have got eyes!" | "Well! and I have
legs again!" Thus they said. It got pitch black. Again it was dark
for them. Their father came. "Alas my two children ! Have you
no sense ? Do you not know that you are poor ones ? Now, don't
you | talk to each other!" Thus he said. He put them back. Then
11
162 Publications, American Ethnological Society V i. .a v
85 yam tcaw a'tcia t'suma^a i'te'tcuna'we. le'kwap wilolo>atinan.
a*tci ipakuka. sis holomac i'tfehw a*tci lani£a ; kr'opa! am papa
t'unatika. t'a an suwe yam sakwi. a'was*e'a suwe hai a u wana ( .
seko rt'una^ai! — P a P a i! a u wana seko i'sakwip^ai! iskon kwi's'on!
tekwiti^ai! iskon a'tcia tatc i'nan. a*tci ampeyelja. he' horn
90 tcaw a*tci hai kwac t'on yaiyu'ya'nanve lalj alnate ton anrteM^ci-
]£an'a. holon yam tewukoHi'ona t'on aiyu'ya'nan kwa t?on yacu-
wa'cukwa. le> a'tci anikwanan si* hie tsuma^a t'on a'tci ani'-
te'tcunawa. kr'orja towowowowo tatatatata hi — hie holomac
a'tci ipakwife;a. ko'macko'n a'tc i't'ehw ale. am papa lo^ojSa
95 t'unatina. t'oms t'unawal'u. ta ,c tcic an suwe t'oms yam sakwi'
leawale. t'oms imuye. t'oms kokwayayutcinaiye. ta c tcic t'a a'tci
peyena^ma. a'tcia tatcu leskwanan si* hanate le*kwap kokw
a*wi'^a. kokw a'wi'nan kwahol rcematipL — luk; hom'a — lu^
hom'a — el*a lu^ hom'a. tem'la yam kwahol woticna. ta ,c tcic iskon
ioo hehe'a ha'tacuku ko'yemci ya'ana na # wico upo'yona koko'kei koko
i tem'la tto'weyenaplja. tcu'we ku'we no*we omatfsapa J^awawula
tem'la t'oweyena*wap yele^ap s^'wa'p.
ta ,c tcic a'tcia tatcu s'a'j^a. am papa alkwin te'tcinan si* horn
tca'le pilaku kwa peyenanrpL an tatcu leskwanan hanat pilaku
5 koplat kwa tV pena'ma. lal an teazle leskwanan mac ho penap
he went off a little ways. "Now | (85) test your children severely."
he said. There was a flash of lightning. | It struck the two children.
They fell down far apart. The elder brother blinked. He | saw'
And again the younger brother felt of his legs. "Brother, say,
I have eyes again!" "Brother, say, I have legs again!" Then it
became pitch black. | It was dark. Then their father came. He
spoke to them, "My | <90) two children, have you no sense? Now
this is the last time that they will test you ! | Whether or not you
find out anything, poor ones, and do not talk together." | Thu>
he said to them "Now you will test them even more severely! "*
Flash ! To-wo-wo-wo-wo-wo-wo ! Ta-ta-ta-ta-ta-ta ! h-li-h-ii-li-li.
They were thrown far apart. They lay far apart. The elder brother
blinked | (95) He could see. He just looked around. Meanwhile the
younger brother just felt his legs | like this. He just rubbed them.
They just rejoiced, but they | did not speak. Their father saici.
"Hurry up!" he said. The katcinas | came. The katcinas cam-?
and scrambled for their things. "This is mine!" "This | is mine'
"No! It's mine!" They all took away their things. Meanwhile
(ioo) Hehe'a, Hatacuku, Koyemci, Ya'ana, Nawico, Upo'yon
Kokokci, the katcinas | (D all planted; corn, squash, beans, sv. i
flowers, wild grasses, J all things they planted. When they we:*
finished they went. |
Then their father went there. He reached the place where tr-
elder brother was lying. "Now, my | child, get up." He did n -
speak. His father said, "Hurry ! Get up ! | (5) Why don't you speak
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 163
kwa koleVcukwa el*a t'ora a'tatcu sVwa'ka. iskon an aktsijj
pilakup ma*kaiakwin tahn il*a*ka. an suw alkwin te'tcinan si' horn
teazle pilaku. le'kwap kwa penanren yam tatcu t'unan'te tcunaiye.
hanat pilaku koplat kwa tV pena'ma ? — mac ho' penap kwa ko-
leVcukwa ? — el'apa t'oms a'tatc a'wa'^a. 10
le'kwap ciwu.... lito jiikwai'ika. iito pikwaPip t'om J£a*tuli
walolo'a. t'oms taka weana'^a. atcia tatcu lesanikwanan. si*
horn tcaw a*tci luno a*ce. yam a*tatc haponakwi t'on te'tcinan kole'a
hot teatun'ona t?on a'wampeye'en t'on i'yap son a*wa*nuwa. 1H-
kon*te t'o'n ho 5 aincokyakan*a. a*tcia le^nikwap sVtc a\^a. 15
a-tci te^cika. a'tci te'tcip a*tci unati^anakap a'tci t'op ho'i. am
papa t'unapa an suwe sakwipa tcimuw a'tci tewuko'liya^a. a'tci
leskwanan: horn a'tatcu horn tcawe ko* t'on la*^atil^anapka ? a'tci
le > kwap ket'sanici ho'na'wan tcaw a*tci t'on i'ya ? a'tci i*mu.
a'tcia le^nikap ho*lo kwa hon rmu'eukwa. hon hecipL iskon 20
a'tci leskwanan si* horn a'tatcu lu^a t'ehnan'e kona t'on antece-
manapkona tVna \v\ a'wona-elatenapka. el a'natuntekwi kotilea
t'on a*team*et c u. akap lewi t'on hiwalan tcawil'apa. hoi tcuwa
tewuko'liapte tVna'wan tcawe. lulja t'elinan'e horn a'tatcu tfo'na'-
wan tfowaconan tenrl it'sumanapkona tVna'wa. imat t?on a*halo- 25
Then his child said, "If I speak, | nothing will happen?" "No.
Your fathers have gone." Then his boy j got up. He went with
him towards the south. They came to where the younger brother
was lying. "Now my | child, get up." he said. He did not speak.
He just looked into his father's eyes. | "Hurry! Get up! Why
don't you speak?" "Well, if I speak, will nothing | uo> happen?"
"No indeed! Your fathers have gone." |
So he said. Ciwu ! ! The rain passed over. When
the rain passed puddles | were shining all over, and from them
the frogs cried out. Their father said to them, "Now. | my children,
go ahead ! When you get to where your fathers are meeting, | you
will speak to them of how things shall be. Then when you come
back we shall go. | <i5) I shall wait for you here." Thus he said
to them. They went.
They came there. As they came they looked at the two boys.
They were different people. | The elder had eyes and the younger
had legs. But a short time before they had been poor. They |
said, "My fathers, my children, how have you passed this time?"
they J said. "Happily, our children. Have you come? Sit down." |
(20) Thus they said to them. "No, we cannot stay. We are in a
hurry!" Then | they said, "Now, my fathers, this night even those
for whom you have wished | here have passed you on your roads.
From now on you | will not do wrong to anyone, because all the
people of the village are your children. Even those | who are poor
are your children. This night my fathers | (25) have planted all
kinds of seeds for you. Indeed it is fortunate for you | that this man
11*
164 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vy XV
wilonafea luk ho'n utc a u wa^a. lesna te'onap, lufea tfon itce mana --
wa. luka t'on tatc iha'wa. e*t lu%& tewukolia'ka'eii'te lufe a tf owa
ciwan'i tel^an*a. le'wi. son a*ne. t'on ^et'sanici a'teat'u. — lesnapa
lesnatik t'on a't c u.
30 le'tikwap tcuwatikol leskwanan sPana tatcu t'om ho animu-
j£a. lacik uho*i il'intin-a'ka. s^'wan pikwemos'i yo'lfa.
le*na teatip iskon a'tfsan a'tci yam tatcu pautiw inkwin a*tci
te'tcip. — keci. — e* le'kwap s'a'wa^a. kolwala'kwi a'te'tcip
t'ewap pautiwan a'wokana*we a*tci a u watenapka. a'tcia lun temla
35 kocona^a. iskon a*tcia kwanleapka. a'tcia tatcu kole^ kwan-
leapona keptciyalapa kewula*we ket'oma'we weleakwi'we tcito'we
pilan-tsinal-yala takun-ikwi'we e'ni'we utcuniana Ijempasikwrwe
taku'we sato'we lapapoa'we we'we mihe'we. a'tcia kwantea ya-
l$:a. a'tci teajta — .
40 a'witen t'ewap a'tc a'ka yam Ijakwi. a'tci te^tcinan a'tci kwa-
tol^a. a'tcia tsita yu'acon acen^ha. a'tci leskwanan ho'na tsita
kop tV t'ewanan teaiye. — hiyayo! ma kwa horn tcaw a'tci lehol
i*name%a. — elete hon uhsona. — hiya ma el'a. am papa sakwi-
pan'te kwa tfuna'wanre^a ta* c tcic an suwe tfunapan'te kwa sawi-
45 wam'e^a le'kwanan a'tcia tsita ko'^a. konap an suwe ana hanat
is yam a^'a i'set a'^a unapt, an suwe le'kwap ele'te tsita epac
found us in our house. Therefore you shall love him. | He shall be
your father. Even though he has been poor, he shall be your chief |
priest. This is all. Now we are going. May you live happily."
"Even so | may you go." |
(30) When they had said this, someone said, "Come father, let me
take you home." | He went with the old man whom everyone had
hated. He became their house chief. |
Thus it was. Then the two children came to where their father,
Pautiwa, was staying. | "Ready?" "Yes." ,They said. They went.
They came to Katcina Village. | Next day Pautiwa's sisters washed
their hair. They bathed their whole bodies. | (35) Then they dressed
them the way their father was dressed, | with fringed buckskin
leggins, dance moccasins, quill anklets, yarn, | and embroidered
kilt, an embroidered sash, a woman's belt, a white shirt, bow
bracelet, | beads, earrings, parrot feathers, foxskin embroidered
blankets. Thus they dressed them. | Then they stayed there. |
(40) After four days they went to their house. When they got
there they entered. | Their mother was dying of loneliness. They
said to her, "Our mother, | how have you lived these many days V
"Alas, poor things, you are not my children! | They were not like
this!" "Indeed we are!" "Alas, no. The elder had legs | but no eyes
and the younger had eyes but no legs," | (45) she said. Their mother
cried. Then the younger said, "Hurry up! | Show her that with
which you carried me." Thus the younger said. "Yes, indeed,
mother ! Is it not true | that we went to speak to our father ? And
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 165
hon yam tatcu acuwa^an a*^a lHa lu^a hon i*set-a '^a. t'a luk t?o*
tcPmon ackoa le*kwanan yam tsit a*wutsip an tsita hiya eha an
tsita le'kwanans ko'ka. le*na teatip a't'san a'tci yam Ijakwin i'ka.
le'n ino'te teatifca. le* — sem koni'ka! 50
WIFE OF KANAKWE (6).
Hawikuh luwala'ka ciwani kwil e'lactofe: il'i. kapkwe'na uhson
ulohnan hie tso'ya kwahot tenvl utea* po't'iye. Hawiku an ciwan
an e^actolj: a*tc laltemaka a'tc ulohnan t'unap hie tso*ya kwahol
tern*! utearia. ka'jj^i ana hon yalacokat'u a*tci le'kwanan wan hon 55
tfewap hon i'to'wacnan kwili t'ewana camli hon yalaco^an'a a'tci
le*kwanan tfewap camli a'tc i'fcrwacka. yatoniW a*tc i'to'wac^a.
su'nhap a*tc i'to'wenan s'atc ant'sumehn ant'ewaljLa. t!ewap a'tci
camli pilaknan a'tc i'to'l^a. a'tc i'to'n tcunenan a'tc rkocoka
a'tc i'wateka a*tci kwanlea i'kokcuka. tem'l a'tci yele^anan a'tci eo
yam hanela* pehawacka. a'tci yam kakwen kwaPiijja. a'tci yam
^akwen kwai'inan tewunat atci yam ulohnan tso'ya una^e'n-
ankwin s'a'tc a*ka. a*tc a'ka. . . .
a*tci te't'eika a'tci te'tcip kwahot tem'la utea tso'ya ulohnaiye.
omaUsapa kokwa'nan t'o*co*we pi'l^aia'we ha'pitsulia'we utea 65
po'tfPkona a'tci t?un-al*uka la'l a'tci ye*ma^a. tosehma ^anakwi
is not this that which we used on our backs ? And is not this | the
rattle which you made for us?' 5 Thus he said and gave them to
his mother. "Oh yes, indeed!" His | mother said and cried. Thus
it was that the two children came to their house. |
(50) This happened long ago. This short is my tale. |
WIFE OF KlNA KWE (6).
The people were living at Hawikuh. A priest had two daughters.
That country at Caliente | was very beautiful. It was full of all
kinds of flowers. The Hawikuh priest's j girls saw it from far off.
They looked at the country. It was beautiful, | (55) full of all kinds
of flowers. "Sometime, let us go there to visit," they said. "Wait,
I tomorrow we will cook, and then, in two days, in the morning, we
shall visit." Thus they | said. Next morning the two girls cooked.
All day long they cooked. | In the evening, after they had eaten,
they passed the night in anticipation. Next morning they | arose
and ate. After they had finished eating they bathed, j (60) They
washed their hair. They dressed themselves in fine clothing. When
they were all ready they | bundled up their provisions and left the
house. I Leaving their own house, at last they went to the beautiful
country wiiich they had always seen. | They went along. |
They got there. When they got there it was a beautiful country. |
(65) There were sunflowers, the seeds of the katcinas, watercress,
166 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
a'tci te^cika. isKon itiwap a*tc i*to*^a. tern a*tc rt'ow-poapa
iskonte toseluna l£ana eto'wa ^akona a*tcinaiya acuwal^a. kop
t'on lonol leye J a ? lu^a atci le'anikwapa ma hon t'ewana' luka
70 ulohna panrnan utea pot'iye laitema^a t'ewana hon ulohnan
unaiye. ulohna tso'yap ak*a hon yalacokan i'ka. yam ko'na
antecemakoa ulohonan tso^a'kona hon yam tse'makwin ko'kcun
almya. a*tc eto'wa le'anikwapa ko'ma hanat a*tc hecin i*to.
t'on tenala*^apa kwa elecukwa. a*tcian le^nikwapa haiyi kop
75 la*ti ? kwap kole'a^a kwa elecukwa ? a'tci le^wapa ma ten kwa
elecukwa. atcia le'anikwapa ma ko'ma son a*ne. a'tci le*kwanan
sVtci elemakupa el ton ten'i^ananrtfu. hanat'apte yam J^akwin
t'on heci^an'a. li'hio t'ewana al'un'ona tern ton lal teapte ryapa
kwas t'on yam ^akwin a*cukwa. a'tcia le'anikwajia tcuwap li'hio
so tewana al*u*ya ? ewactolj a'tci le'kwapa ^ana'kwe tsan*a libio
tewana al'^ya. lu^on ton a u wanapa kwa elecukwa. ewactojj
a*tcia eto'wa a'tcia le'anikwaka. ko'ma si'ana a*tci le'kwanan
sVtc elema^a. s'a'tci yam ^akwin a'lja.
tomt ko'w a*tc a'napa lolo tena^a. tena'up a*tc anhatia^a. ^awu
85 toe hatia'wa ? tcuwap tene'a ? ciwan an e'lacto^i yam pwu
le'anikwap ma ho* hatia'wa. el'u hekwic tso^a ten*e*a. an |awu
the roundleaf water plant, | They went about looking at all the
flowers. Then they climbed up. They came to Water-Reed-Spring. |
There they ate their dinner. As they sat eating | a turtle that lived
in Water-Reed- Spring spoke to them. "What | are you doing
there ?" he said to them. "Well, every day | (70) we have seen from
far off this low country full of flowers. Every day we have seen this
country. | It is a beautiful country and therefore we have come to
visit. | Now we do that for which we have always wished. We go
about delighting our spirits in this beautiful country." | Thus they
said to the turtle. "Very well, go ahead. Hurry up and eat. |
If you delay it will not be good." Thus he said to them. "Is that
so ? | (75) Why ? For what reason will it not be right ?" Thus they
said. "Well, it just won't he right," he said to them. "Very well,
we are going now," they said. | They arose. "Now don't delay.
But hurry up and go quickly to your own house. | If you are stil
here when the one who always goes about here comes, | you wiL
never again go to your own house." Thus he said to them. "Who
(80) always goes around here?" the girls said. "Little Kanakwe
always goes about here. If he finds you it will not be well." | Thus
the turtle said to the two girls. "Very well. Come!" they said. |
They arose. They went to their own house. |
When they had gone but a little way, hark, there was singing.
They listened to the singing. "Sister, | (85) do you hear? Who is
singing?" the priest's daughter | said to her elder sister. "Yes,
I hear. How nice. How well he sings," the elder sister | said. "And
perhaps you will be light-headed and accept him." Thus the younger
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 167
le J kwapatfa he'kwana homkwat tV ansewahan'iha an harri le* yam
^aw anikwapa a'tci lalhol i*wo*len a'J^a. tekwan'te sVtci elateka.
a'tci elatepa a'tci yal'ujiipa rya. ^ana'kwe miha ko'kci yatonan
leakwin leaye. tene'n iya. s'a'tci elateka. kec tV i'ya a'tci le'- 90
anikwap e* le'kwa^a. a'tc unati^apa tsam ko'kci aiyutacina.
sVtcia aiyalal^a hokan t'on iya ? a'tcia le J anikwap ma ist tose-
lunaljana hon imo^ka. — kop t'on leyen al'u'ya ? kana'kwe
tsawa^i ewactol^: a*tcia le^nikwap hon yalacon-al'u'ya. a'tci le'-
kwap hop ton hrwaPona ? a'tcia le'anikwapa hon hawikuh hiwal- 95
*ona ha*tci. t'ewana* hon yam ^akwin yalan lu^a ulohnan panrnan
ulohnan tso'ya t'ewana' hon u*nan aj$;*a hon hie lo'temalja tfuna-
^aniyahnan al^'a hon i'ka. is toseluna pinan itiwap hon i'tow'en
hatci son yam l^akwin ane e^actol^ a'tci le*kwapa ulati ana horn
kakwin a*wa*ce. ^ana'kwe tsawaljd ewactok a'tcia le'anikwapa 100
homkwat hie hon iteh'o a'napa kwa elecukwa. ho*n a'lacina'we ho*n 1
o'kana'wa. kwa elecukwa. hon tcuwatikol sanra t'om il' a'napa
t'a tcuwatikoh hon yam ljakwin a'nap ajj'* elekan'a. e'lacto^
atci le'kwapa ma tcuwantikol yu'anikton horn t'on il* a-nuwa ?
^ana'kwe tsawat le*kwap ma tcuwaiatikol ho'n akciha ? e^actojf 5
a'tci le'kwapa s*an j^awona akcihl^a. ma Uo^o t'o tej£an*a les'ap
tfom han'i yam a'lacina' yatinejjan'a. yam ^akwin a'^a. tfomt a'-
one | said to her elder sister. Then they went along quarreling.
Suddenly he caught up with them. | As he caught up with them
they turned around. "He is coming!" Kana'kwe was wearing a
beautiful embroidered blanket on his shoulder. | oo) He carried a
turtle-shell rattle and came singing. He caught up with them.
"Have you come ?" they | said to him. "Yes," he said. They looked
at him. He was a handsome youth of pleasing presence. | He
questioned them. "Where have you come from ?" he said to them. |
"We were staying over there at Water-Reed-Spring." "What
are you doing around here?" Kanakwe | youth said to the two
girls. "We were just visiting around," they | (95) said. "Which is
your village?" he said to them. "We are from Hawikuh, | aren't
we ? Every day, as we sit on the top of our house, we have seen this
low country. | Every day we have seen this beautiful country. |
Therefore we have come because we wanted to see it from nearby.
At noon we ate our dinner at Water-Reed- Spring, | didn't we ? Now
we are going to our home." Thus the girls said. "No, rather
(ioo) let us go to my house." Kana'kwe youth said to the two girls.
(i) "Well, perhaps if we would both go, it would not be right. Our
parents | would lose both of us and that would not be right. Now if
one of us go with you alone, | and one of us go to our own house, it
will be all right." Thus the girls j said to him. "Now, which one of
you would like to go with me ?" | (5) Kana'kwe youth said. "Well,
you choose one of us." the girls | said. He chose the elder sister.
"Well, it shall be you. So | your sister will tell her parents." She
168 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV
witen t'ewapa torn ho* ikwalt il*-i"yan*a Ijana'kwe e'lacto^ona
le^nikwaka. hop ma ttv'o ^akweye ? e'lactojj le'kwapa 1H lo*te
10 ye*makupa ho 5 ^akweye ^ana*kwe elacto^ona le'anikwanan iskon
s'i'woptsihka. an hairi yam kakwin a*ne. an jjaw'ona lehol kana*-
kwakwin l^ana*kwe yam ulohnakwin s'il'-a'lja.
ta'htcic an hanu yam Hawikukwin sam'a te'tcilja. yam ^akwin
sanva te'tcip su*nhap an tatcu ciwanvi yam e*le aiyala^a. hop
15 kawut'ap tV sam i'ya ? an tatcu le^nikwap ma tcic tcuwakona
yam kakwin il* a^a e'lactok; le'kwap hop luwaPona ? an tatcu
le'kwap ma i'rne hie t'opholi ya*na J ka tsawalp mihe*wc te'tci
ya'na^a. kwa hie tene* rtcune*na*ma e'lactok le'kwa^a. s'an
tatc anawa^a. kwa hinik le*wi hon a*hoM hiwala' ulapn'ona kwa
20 hotikol hiwaPona teatun*ona teanre. hinik kama'|a a'teona.
kana*kwe. hinik lukona tel£an*a. a*tcinaiya tatcu le'kwap ma
hinik uhsona lesina'jka elacto^ le'kwap hana*ha' anakatcic ana
t'on a*l^a. ele lattemakatfapte t'on ulohnan t'una^e^a. ka^ip
il* rna peyel^a ? atcinaiya tatcu yam e D le le'anutap ma a^witen
2stfewana yam il* rtun'ona peye^a. lesi tfewapa atcinaiya 1H hon
aincokyatun'ona a*tci peyeka. e'lacto^ yam tatcu le'anikwap an
tatcu kwa hie hot yu^et'satinanren'te mahomkwahati le'kwaka.
ta* c tcic sVlactoJ^ona iHnt'in-te'tcil^a. i^ama^ajkiakwi kana*kwe
went to her house. "After just | four days I shall bring you back."
Kanakwe | said to the girl. "Well, where do you live?" said the
girl. "Right nearby. | (io) As soon as we climb up, there ismy house."
Thus Kana*kwe said to the girl. Then | they separated. The
younger sister went to her house and the elder went off with
Kana*kwe | to Kana*kwe Place, his country.
Meanwhile the younger sister came alone to her home in Ha-
wikuh. | When she came home alone in the evening her father, the
priest, questioned his daughter. "Where ] do) is your sister, that
you have come alone?" her father said. "Oh, well, someone | took
her to his house," the girl said. "Where is his village ?" her father |
said. "I don't know. He was an entirely different kind of youth.
He was dressed in nothing but embroidered blankets | and he never
stopped singing." Thus the girl said. Now her | father guessed who
it was. "I do not think it can be anyone from any of these villages
round about. | (20) I think he must be from Kamap, one of the |
Jianavkwe. I think that is who it is." Thus her father said. "Yes, j
I think that is the one," the girl said. "Oh dear, alas, ] that you
went! It would have been better had you seen the country from
far off. When | did he say that he would bring her back?" Thus
their father said to his daughter. | (25) "He spoke of bringing her
back in four days. He said that on that day we | should wait for
them here," the girl said to her father. Then their | father felt very
unhappy. "Is that so?" he said. |
Meanwhile he came there with the girl. He came to Kamaka, the
home of the Kana'kwe, | with the girl whom he had stolen. There
R/i/zm^u/, frntvii FFo&tst 169
yam a'teakwin e'lactoljona hanlinan s'iH-te^ci^a. ta*htcic an
a*papa ^amvkwe tfojJa telPtan upap yam e^acto^ hanhkoa yam 30
^akwin s'iH-kwatofca. s'an tsita a'tcinaiya ankohaj^alja. tlonc rya ?
a*tci ^alem pikwai'i ljana*kw a*wan tsita le'kwap tfojia teli'tokwin
s^'tci i*wil*i pikwe'nan sl'mu le'anikwa^a. s^'tfina^a. t'onc
a'wi'ya ? le'ana'lja ainlje'wowo'lja kwa rhahinam* a^e*wowo*we
^ana*kwe. e'lacto^ i'mup. s'an wo*la*ti'^a. na'le ciwe he* K*an'a 35
heko'kciwe. l^ana'kw a'wan tsita s'wo'latup e'lacto^ s'i'to'ka.
rto*n tcunenan elahkwa e'laetofc: le'kwap el rtowena-we le 3 -
a'na'ka.
le'a'na^ap e'lacto^ elemaknan lesnol he'yalan imiyalto'up
a'wan tsita s'elema^a. s^lemaknan le* wo^latu^a. le** wo'latunan 40
tfopa teli'tokwin yam tcaw upkwin kana*w upkwin pikwe'nan
s'tepiclja. uhson elekanan s'a'wan wo'la* pikwe'ika. wo*la*
pikwe'^ap e'lactol^ ilintin-te'tcikoa elemaknan yam tsit ansatu^a.
sVtci i'sat a'w'ito'^al^a. s'i'towenap^a. i'tcrna tetcunap le* sVtci
wo'latulja. ta^tcic kamvkwe ito*nape 5 en lesnol t'as tenena'we. 45
t'ewana*kona tenena'we. kwa hie pi'Ki telo^amvwanre. kwac
l$;a*^i telo^ana-wam-e. s'u'kwe'i^a. e'lactok te^ciko uhsite
t'elinan tcimmvkwe u'kwe^a l^e'si. lehol alahoankwin tahna alaho
pttul-ulapmvkwi u'kwe'ika. l^atul-ulapna teala ten*a yam kapinhoH
tea'wa^a tophrt Uelinan a'wulol^a. 50
his I (30) elder brothers, the Kamvkwe, were staying in the other
room. He entered his house with the girl whom he had stolen. | His
mother was surprised to see him. "Have you come? | Come in
here!" the mother of the Kamvkwe said. | Together they went
through into the other room. "Sit down!" she said to them. "Be
seated! Have you | come?" they said. They spoke politely to her.
They were not disrespectful, they spoke politely, | (35) theKana-kwe
men. The girl sat down. She brought food to her, venison, and
blue paper bread. | It was good bread. The mother of the Kanakwe
set out food and the girl ate. | When she had finished eating, the
girl said, "Thank you." "Eat well," | she said to her.
Then the girl arose and sat down over on the bench beside the
wall. I (40) Their mother arose. She took up the dishes. When she had
taken up the dishes | she went into the other room where her children
were staying in, where the Kanakwe were staying in. | She swept.
When she had finished that, she took food in to them. | As she
took the food into the other room, the girl, the one whom he had
brought there, arose and helped her mother. They helped one
another to feed the men. They ate. After they had finished eating
they two I (45) of them took away the things. Then as soon as they
had finished eating, the Kana*kwe began to sing again. | They sing
all the time. They just never keep quiet. | They never keep quiet.
They went out. When the girl came there, that same | night they
went out for the first time. Far off to the south, to the south I
170 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tfa ,c tcic e'lactok i'Hnti'n-te^cikoa yu'tetcina te'tciente ka'Jp
a'wi'tuntekwi t'ehnan t'eira l^ana*kwa*wan tsitakwin a*tci yain-
cokya tuna-t'ewa. tern ka'ki a'wi'yap a'tc a'wrto'pinan i'to*-
napkatap le' atci yelete'unan amaka^'a a'tci yaincoky inre.
55 e'lacto^ ula te^ikona s'ale^ hrnina an tsita yam ^atsiki we*-
wik^oka s'hinik et lo'tikana'we. lesa^aiaye l^e'si. le'anikwap ta* c -
tcic s*a*wrya lot tenena*wap s*a*tc hatialja. a*tc hatia'nan tcu-
kwahtci sVwiya a'tci le'kwanan sVtci j^acetinan s 3 a*tci woia*-
wac^a. ta'htcic s'tenena'we. s'a'wiya. s'u'kwatolja ke'si. s'ya-
60 to^an luptsinan ^eatoye tcims a'tci les'aka wo'la* pikwe'il^aka
tcims lesakaia i'to'napljate'a i'to'n-tetcunap le* a'tci wo'latunan
a*tc a*wan tepicnan a'tci pikwe'nan an tsita s'ampewe^a sP katsilp.
hons ryu'te'tcinanapce an tsita le'anikwap a'tci kow rtcuj^a.
tomt hie ko'wi a'tc alap s'yato-kwai'ika. yato-kwai'ip s^'tci
65 pilaknan kwan Heyelja. e*lactoki s'an il'i te'tcikona pikwe'i^a.
^ec ton pilalja ? le'anikwap ma son pilak:a e'lactok le'kwap ma
ko'mas hanat ho'n a'tci a*wi*to*ka, pina'kwe tsawa^ le*kwap
tfas a'tcia ciw* a'wrto'ka^a. rto'na tetcunap a'tci el iixrna a*tc
i'tVn tcunap kana'kwe tsawalj pikwenan l^ec tfon i'to'ka ? a'tcia
encircling ocean, they went. Because they were raw people even
along the shore of the ocean [ (50) in one night they walked about. |
Meanwhile the girl, whom he had brought with him, although
she was weary from travel, | waited all night long until they should
come, she and the mother of the Kanavkwe. They | stayed awake
all night in order to give them to eat as soon as they came. | They
were waiting to sleep after they had given them to eat. |(55) The
girl who had come to her husband's house was terribly sleepy. The
mother encouraged her daughter. | "I think they are near now. It
is about time now," she said to her. | Then "They are coming now."
They heard them singing. As they heard them, "Now at last | they
are coming," they said. They hurried to dish the food. | Then,
"They are singing. Now they are coming!" They came in. "Now |
(60) the yellow dawn has risen all around." They said this and they
took the food in to them. | "Now this is the time that they eat
again." When they had finished eating the two women took the
dishes away | and swept for them. Then they went into the other
room. The mother made her bed, "Come daughter, | let us rest,"
her mother said to her. The two lay down for a little while. |
After they had slept for just a short time, the sun rose. At
sunrise they | (65) arose. They dressed themselves. The girl went
in to the one who had brought her there. | "Did you just get up ?"
he said t^ her. "Yes, we got up," the girl said. | "All right, then.
Hurry u> and give us something to eat." Thus the Kana'kwe
youth said. | Then again the two women gave them meat to eat.
After they had finished eating the two | ate well. After they had
finished eating the Kana-kwe youth came out. "Have you eaten ?" |
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 171
le'anikwap son i'to'ka le*kwap ko'mas lal hon kwai'ice tsawajj; 70
lekwap s J atc i'wil'i kwai'ip yam kwahol t'eapkuna* upkwin e J lac-
to^ona il'i panrka.
panryup ko'macko*na a*wa t'atekwr lanan nawet'ap halikut'ap
ma^wit'ap cr'ho'htfap po'kat'ap o'kciko ko't'ci lesna u*pe ko'mac
kona. e'lacto^ona il'i kwatopa horn tcawe ko*na t'on t'ewanan 75
a'teaiye ? leVwanikwap na*we tenrla e^actol^ona acuwaplja.
l£e't'sanici ho'na'wan tsita. t?oc i'lja ? nawe e'lactokona le'antikwap
kana'kwe tsawa^ yam o'ye lesanikwal$:a lrl luknia tV a*wona-
elate^a. lukno horn tcawe li'l a'teakwin lul^a yaton lit t'o* kwatopa.
luknia t'o a'wan il'i tekan'a. tsawak e^acto^ona le*anikwanan so
ko'lehol a'wan eletun*ona s'anhetocjca. lukno horn tca'we o'kcik
a'teona J$;e*la lukno rwihtohk;ana*wapa luknia tV e'letokna
a'wayupatcikan'a lukno po*fe:a a'teona rwihtohl^ana'wapa eletokna
t'o 3 a'wayupatcikan'a. lukno horn tfeapkuna'we a*lan a'teona hie
acew* olo'i^atipa a't'sanan hrnin lukno i't'eapkul^ena'wapa 85
eletokna tfo luknia a*wa*yupatci^an'a ^ana*kwe tsawak yam
o*ye le'anikwanan ko'lehol teatun*ona anhe'tocnan a*tc elepLnan
s*a*tc rwil'i kwaPil^a.
tfa* c tcic e'lactol^ona an a'lacina' aincokya. imati lak u hol l^ama^a
^ana'kwa'wan ulohnan u'la inre. a'witen t'ewap yam kakwin 90
(70) he said to them. "Yes, we have eaten," they said. "Very well.
Now let us go out," the youth | said. The two went out together.
He went down with the girl to where his children were staying in. |
Going down, they had many large corrals, for deer and mountain
goat and | antelope and elk ( ?), jack rabbit, cottontail, field mice,
all these were in the corral. | (75) There were many of them. He
went in with the girl. "My children, how have you | lived these
many days?" Thus she said to them. All the deer spoke to the
girl. | "Happily, our mother. Have you come ?" | Thus the deer said
to the girl. | The Kanakwe youth said to his wife, "Now here you
have passed them on their road. | Here, where these, my children,
live, this day you have come in to them. | (80) With these you shall
live." Thus the youth said to the girl. | He told her to do all that
would be good for them. "These are my children, the cottontails. |
They will be the first to propagate, and then you will look after
them carefully. | And these are the jack rabbits. When they
propagate you will look after them carefully. | And these are my
children, the large game. | (85) In midsummer they likewise will
bring forth their young. | And these also you will look after care-
fully." Thus Kanakwe youth said to his | wife. He instructed her
in every thing that she should do. When they had settled that | they
went out together. |
Meanwhile the girl's parents were waiting for her. "Now indeed
she is staying far off at Kamap, | oo> the country of the Kana'kwe
in the house of her husband. In four days | she will come to her
172 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
te'teiira an hairi le^wa^a. a'witen t'ewap e'lactoJ^; an a'lacina*
ainco^yapap kwa te'tcina'map a'wan tatcu leskwa^a kwa hinik
a'witen t'ewap yam iHtun'ona penanrl^a. hinik a'witen t'epi-
kwaPip yam il'itun'ona hinik peye^ka. an tatcu yam o'ye yam
95 tcawe le'anikwap e'lactok an a'lacina* kwa rliiet'satinanv^a.
ta''tcic lesnol e'lactok teaka. a'witen t'epikwe'nan kana'kwe
a*wil*i teaka. anhetocnaplca tekwin te'tcip il* a'koa kana'kwe
e'lactoljona lesanikwaka si 5 luka yaton horn tca'le tV i'watenan
tV i'koconan is yam kwahol leapona tV le* rleacan'a. is t'om tsita
100 kwahol lea a'wukoa kwahol a'tcim'ona tV i'leyen*a. lu^a yaton'e
i amate t'o' yam tcawe a'wacuwaplna kwaton*a. tern t'ewani tcim
t'ekohatip t'os yelekan'a. t'om ulohnakwin t'oms so* il' a*nuwa,
le'anikwapa e'lactok rwateka. hrn tenrla eletokna rkoconan
kwanlea i*ko*kcun*a. rko'kcunan amate uhsona yatonan na* a*wa-
5 yupatcrka.
tfewap tcim t'ekohatip alnas a'wacuwa^an kwatojca. kwatop
naw a'wan mo'sona yam tsita ciwan an e J lacto^ona aiyala'ka t'om
il'-ikoa kople'a t'om anhetoclja ke'si? naw a'wan mo'sona e*lac-
to^ona le'anikwap ma ko'wi tela'ap ho*na a-wona'wil^ona ho'n-
10 a'wan yato^a tat'cu yam tfelacinakwin ye'lana kwai'i^ap horn
ulohnakwin horn yam il'-a'tun'ona horn anhetocfca. cokya tV
house," her sister had said. For four days the girl's parents | waited for
her, but she did not come. Their father said, "I do not think | he
said he would bring her in four days. I think | he said he would
bring her in four years," Thus her father said to his wife and | (95)
his children. The girl's parents became sad. |
Meanwhile the girl was staying over there. For four years | she
stayed with the Kana'kwe. When the time came of which he had
told her, the Kana'kwe man, who had brought her, | said to the girl
"Now this day, my child, you will wash your hair | and you will
bathe. Then you will take off the clothing that you are wearing, |
(ioo) and you will dress yourself in something new, which your
mother will give you. This day | <n you will go in to speak to your
children for the last time and tomorrow, just | at daybreak,
you will get ready, and I will take you to your country." | Thus
he said to her. The girl washed her hair. She bathed her
whole body carefully | and dressed herself in fine clothing. After she
was dressed nicely, that day she looked after her deer for the last
time. |
Next day, just at daybreak, she went in to talk to them for the
last time. When she came in | the chief of the deer questioned his
mother, the priest's daughter. | "What did he tell you to do now.
the one with whom you live ?" Thus the chief of the deer | said to
the girl. "Well, after a little while when the one who holds our
roads, our | (io)sun father, comes out standing to his sacred place, j
he will take me to my country. He told me while waiting | to get
JRii'w.'!?*/, !Z<wni Texts 173
yeleptrra horn le^nikwapa ho 3 tse^ap kwap ho' ye'le^aira ?
kwa kwahol horn yelekaptun'ona kwa yu'he^tanre. e'lactolj
le'kwap ma le'hapa kwa t'om hie yu'he'to mo'la kwa t'om atina*-
cukwa. tomt t'om at'suman t'om atine'a. ma u*kwatfcati kwa to* 15
anawana'ma. ho'na t'o a*wan tehaktco'tun'ona uh'sona et peye-
nairte kwa hie t'om mo'la atinena'ma. naw a*wan mo'sona e*lacto^-
ona le'antikwap ma honkwahat'i si* ko'ma hanate kople'a te-
pin*a ? e'lacto^ le'kwap ma ho'na tV temla a*wantehaktcon*a
naw a*wan mo'sona e'lactokona le > anikwap e'lactok nawe tenrla 20
a*wantehaktco*l^a ^:e*si a*wan uya't'ap a*wan hepikat'ap a*wan
su*we tenrla uhsona rhapokanan pehan acnan yam kopan Hat'su-
^a. tcims yam ^akwin a'tun'ona pene yanijdka. ke't'sanici yam
ulohnakwin tfo J oneal ehkupa el kwa tcuw imetcanre ko*wi t'sana-
kwin'te tV oneal ehkuka. tehkwan yalapte hon oneal a^amvwa 25
nawe e'lactokona le'antikwapa sVlactok na wo'pan kwaiMka.
yam ula* inkwin kwatoka. an o'yemci lesanikwaka kec tV yam
ulohnakwin a*n*ona yam tcawe kec tfo yatine^a ? le'anikwap ma
so* yatine^a le'kwap ma honkwahati. si'ana ko'ma hon a*ce
kana'kwe tsawa^i e'lactokona le^nikwap e'lactok rpa'ulja. an 30
o*ts an tsita kwahol utena* an rhapo^a'koa pehan ah^a. i*hakto*ka.
an oyenrci yehkufea. an ryaluka. s'a'tci kwai'ilja. a*tci kwai*inan
ready. Thus he said to me. But I thought, 'What should I get
ready?' j I have nothing to get ready. It is not clear." Thus the
girl I said, "Yes, that is so. Of course it is not clear. He would not
tell you straight. | (15) He is just testing you. And indeed, you |
have not guessed it. You will set aside a portion of each of us. That
is what he was saying | to you, but he did not tell you plainly."
Thus the chief of the deer | said to the girl. "Well, is that so ? Very
well, hurry, what shall I do?" | Thus the girl said. "Well, from
each one of us, you will set aside a portion." | (20) Thus the chief of
the deer said to the girl. From all the deer | she set aside a portion
now, their hair, and their urine, and their | dung. All this she
gathered together and tied in a bundle and thrust into her belt. |
Then she greeted them telling them that they were to go to their
home. "May you go happily. | You will lead the way to your country.
None will be left behind not even the little one. | (25) You will lead
the way and perhaps we shall make our roads go behind." | Thus
the deer said to the girl. The girl came out of the place where the
deer stayed. |
She entered her husband's house. Her husband said to her,
"Have you | just told your children that you are going to your own
country?" he said. "Yes, | I told them," she said. "Is that so?
Very well then, come. Let us go!" | (30) Kanakwe youth said. to
the girl. The girl put on her shawl, | took up the bundle of clothing
that her husband's mother had given her and put it on her head. I
Her husband went ahead and she followed him. They went out |
174 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
^alt s'a'tc a'lja hawikuhkwi. e'lactofe: yalap kana'kwe tenen
ehkwiye.
35 ta**tcic e'lacto^: yu'te'tci^a. kana'kwe holomac alitecnan
hanat ana hecikana'. hapic kec t'o 5 yu'te'tci^a ? le'anikwap sic
ho* yu'te'tci^a e'lactok le'kwap hanat ulat ana hecipt. tern Horn
ulohnakwin holomace le'kwanan kana'kwe e'lacto^ona anhemo*-
tcoka. tens kwa sic el'anre e'lactok le'kwap tcims kana'kwe
40 rlohkeka. e'lacto^ona aniktonan wan'ani ko'ma ko*wi hon yu > -
te'tcinace le'kwanan a*tc i'mu^a. lal a*tci elemaknan a'n'ihap
kwas el'anre e'lactok le'kwap ko'ma wan ho* is tfatfakwin a'ne
tsawak le'kwanan t'atfakwin i'tulapnan yam ^apin ho'i tea'wajk'a
yam anikwanan ak*a yam t'eapkuna*we coh'wita yanteliahna ho'i
45 ya v^ajca. na'le yo'^a. e'lacto^ poakwin na*le i'tulapl^a sP tcim
hons anuwa na*le le*kwanan e'lacto^on an i'poaVpa e^actoki
na*le imiyalto^a. l^ec tV e'l imiyaito'^a 1 na*le le'kwap ma so
ele imiyalto'ka. e'lacto^ le'kwap si* ko'ma hon ye'lahan*a na'le
le*kwap iya e'lacto^ le*kwap sVtci lanakwai'i^a.
so s'a'tc a'^a a'tci hiwala lo'tekanan si 3 wan lHkon'te ho 5 imo*^an*a
tsawak le'kwaka. t?o* ^e'l a*nuwa. yam ^akwin tV a*nuwa. t'om
tatcu ciwan'i yam pi'laciwan'i atinepa horn aincokya a*ciwan*i
tenrta teli^inan ye'lete'una'wa tsawak le'kwap sVlactok: ke'l
a*|j:a. tcim itiwap yam ^akwin te'tci^a.
and came this way. They came to Hawikuh. The girl was behind.
Kana'kwe | went ahead singing, |
(35) Then the girl became tired. Kana'kwe left her far behind. |
"Hurry up! Be quick! Or are you already tired?" he said to her.
"I am very | tired now," the girl said. "Hurry, you had better be
quick! Your | country is still far off," said Kana'kwe. He spoke
sharply to the girl. | "But I don't feel well," the girl said. Then
Kana'kwe | (40) came back to her. He met the girl. "Very well then,
wait. Let us rest a little," | he said. They sat down. Then they got
up. As they were about to go, [ "I'm not well" the girl said. "Very
well, wait while I go to that tree," | the youth said. He went behind
the tree. Because he was a raw person. | and had knowledge,
imitating his child, red deer, | (45) he made himself into that kind
of being. He became a deer. The deer came around to where the
girl was sitting. "All right, now | we shall go," the deer said. He
knelt down for the girl and the girl | mounted on the back of the deer.
"Are you well mounted?" the deer said. "Yes, I | am well mount-
ed," the girl said. "Very well then, now we shall run," the deer
said. "All right," the girl said. Then the two started to run. I
(50) So they went. When they came near the village, * Now
wait, I shall stay right here for a while," | the youth said. "You will
go first. You will go to your house. Your | father, the priest will
tell his bow priest and while they are waiting for me, all the
priests | will prepare prayersticks." Thus the youth said. The
girl | went first. Just at noon she reached her house. I
.DwrftceZ, Evuivl Tv&te 175
ta* c tcic a*tci lak u elemakate^n ^ama*ka naw u*kwe*ka. s'atci 55
tapantin-a*ka. ta* c tcic kana'kwe iskon*te a'teo* 1 ^ t§lahkoha-
l£ana*we. sVwan t'atekwin t'es*am*ap toms lukndkon &*koyeka.
ta ,c tcic e'lactoj^ona a'lacina* aciwan'i luknokon telikhian rkwani-
kamvwap e'lactok tcims ikwalt a*ka. tsawak; inkwin te'tci^a.
^ec*i le'anikwap ke'si. — ma so' i*ya le'kwap kops telina % kops eo
t'om a*lacina* ? kops le* i'tse'ma % — ma ele^an'a ko'na tV tse*-
man^na rtse'ma hon aincokya yelel£ana*wa horn le'ana'ka. —
ma homkwa'hati elahkwa tsawak le'kwap l$:ec leshap hon a*nuwa
e'lactok le'kwaka. wan* i'yu'te'tcinaha tV i'yu'te'tcinahljat'ap
son a'nuwa tsawak le'kwap ko*w a*tc imo*%a. s'tenala^ap sP tcim 65
son a*ce tsawa^ le*kwap tcims a'tci elemaknan sVtc a'lp, e'lacto^
yeh'kup tsawal^ tenen yalap sVtc a\ka.
atci te'tcip Hawikuh hiwaPona a'tcian hatianan tet'una kwe'lip
sVtci luwalakwin itiyuhi. otsona tenen itiyuhip hiwalan tenrla
i*^acetinan u'kwe'ilejca. a*tci antehteonapka. a*tci kwatotunte'a 70
ho'i o'kona hrwala*naye. kwa sic leshol ho* unatinakanre ho 5 i
po't'ikwin. sVtci it"iyula*na sVtci ye'maka. sVtci kwato^a : ko'na
t'on tfewanan a'teaiye s'atci le^kwaka. ^e't'sanici ho'mvwan
tcawa'tci ]&ec ton iya atcia le^nikwap s'rtfina^a a*tcia le'anikwap
s*a*tc i'mu|a. s'atcia wo'la'tifca. sVtc i'to'^a. i*to*na'we a*tc 75
(55) Meanwhile yonder where the two had come from, at Kamaija,
the deer started out. | They followed after them. Then all the
Kanakwe who stayed there discovered it. | Their corral was empty.
So then these cried. |
Meanwhile the girl's elders, the priests, worked on prayersticks.
Then the girl went back. She came to where the youth was staying.
(60) "Ready ?" he said. "They are ready." "Very well, I am coming,"
he said. "What did they say, [ your old people ? What do they think
of it?" "Well, it will be all right. Just as you think | they also
think. | 'While we are waiting, we shall prepare them.' So they
said to me." | "Is that so? Thank you," the youth said. "Then
we shall go now," | the girl said. "Wait, rest awhile. After you are
rested | (65) we shall go." the youth said. They sat down for a little
while. Then after a short time, "Well now, | let us go," the youth
said. They arose and went. The girl | went ahead. The youth
followed her singing. So they went. |
They came to Hawikuh. The people heard them. They looked
out. | The two came close to the village. When the man came close
to the village singing, all the people | (70) rushed out, and watched
them. | The people were standing along the narrow lane where they
were to go in. So many were the people that one could not see them
all. | It was full of people, where they came up to the house. They
climbed up and went in. "How | have you lived these many days ?"
they said, "Happily, our | two children. Have you come?" they
said to them. "Be seated," they said to them. | (75) They sat down.
176 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
i'to'ir tcunap le* wo'la'tihnan s'antekunahna'ka. a*wan pi'la-
ciwan si* luka yatonan ho'na*wan tcawatci 1H ho'nat'on a*wona-
elate^a. koko'na le'a tel£an'a ? pi'laciwan*i le'kwap ma rnamifte,
kwa ho' ant'ewana^a^'a tVna ho* a*wona-elatena'ma. lukate
so yatoire hon a*wona # wil*ona ho'na*wan yatol^a tatcu yam t'ela-
cinakwi rmuna kwatokatuntekwin ko*w ant'ehwetcikwin tomt
telhpnan Heanan hoi yam a'teakwan ho 5 onealan kwai'ikan*a.
le'na te^an * a horn a • tatcu . kana *kwe a * ciwan • i le'a * wanikwap
ma' honkwa'hati ho'na'wan tca'le honkwi'lt lesna te^aira le'a*-
85 wanikwap le'hap hot ka'^i itiwan*a yu'he'totip t'owa ciwan an
tca'we ho'na'wan pLcima t'owaconan ho'nawant'eapkunan kwahol
tem'la aniktcia^a ho'na'wan antecemana telrip'na* ya*'ap le'na
tekana. kwa le'na t'owa ciwan an ulohnakwin ant'ewana i*na c .
kwa ho'na'wan haitocnan team*ekan*a a^'ap hon t'op a'ho'i hon
90 a'wat'an'i. hon ho' hawil'uwil'apa. iskon Ijana'kwe a'ciwan le'-
a'wanikwap ma' honkwa'hati. si' ko'ma hanate a*ciwan*i le'ti-
kwanan t'owa'kwa*w an'ote ya'tinenapka. hana' t'on yam tca'le
kocona'wa le'a'wanikwap t'owa'kwe a*wol$:a kana'kwe koconapj^a.
si' le'na tepiira ak'a l^aki hoi itiwanan yu'he'totip lukni awan
95 ljacima t'owaconan t'eapkunan kwahol tem'la aniktciaka anteceman
teli^'nan ya*'ap hoi o'takak'a a'te'tcina le'na lukni a'wan haitoc-
They set down food for them. They ate. | When they had finished
eating they cleared away the dishes and then they questioned them.
Their bow | priest: "Now this day, our two children, here you have
passed us on our road. | What shall be done?" the bow priest said.
"Indeed it is so. | I have not come to you to stay over night. This
very | <8o> day, when he who holds our road, our Sun Father, | is
about to go in to sit down at his sacred place, | taking your prayer-
sticks, I shall make my road go forth to the place where we stay.
Thus it shall be, my fathers." Thus Kanakwe said to the priests.
"Is that so, our child?" "Indeed, so" it shall be," | (85) he said to
them. "So be it." "Whenever you find the Middle, and the corn
priest's | children desire us to bless them with o ur waters, our seeds,
our offspring, J whatever we possess, they shall make prayersticks
'for us. Thus f it shall be. We shall never stay overnight in the
country of the corn priest. | That shall not be our custom. Becau se
we are other people, we [ (9_o> are dangerous. W e are greedy people ."
This is what Kana'kwe said to the priest. |'TsTEatso? Very well,
hurry," the priest said. | They told those who belonged to the Corn
clan, "Hurry! You shall wash your child." | they said to them.
The Corn clan women washed Kanakwe. | "Now thus it shall be,
so that whenever the Middle is revealed ! (95) and we desire these
people to bless us with, their waters, their seeds, their
offspring, everything that they possess, | we shall make prayer-
sticks for them to dance. When they come here, this shall be their
custom." | Thus the priests said. Therefore now, whenever
Bunzpl, 7jwni Texts 177
nan tel^an'a. a*ciwan*i le J tikwa kowaka laljt'apa li*t Jjana'kwe
o'taj^al^'a awryap imalte a*ciwan*i co'kya lawapt'siclena*we.
lestiklea imacte t'owakwe kana'kwe wo*kocowena*we.
iskon tcims a'ciwan'i yam telil^rnan yelete'unapkoa l^ana'kwe io<
telikinan lea'nap^a. telikinan ilea-nan kwai'inlyahnan yam o/ye 1
lesanikwa^a si* lu^a yat'o'ne hos oneal kwaiMkan*a jje*si hom tsita
horn tca^e. tenas' lilkonte t'ekohanan tfowa ciwan an tca*we
hoi tcuwa tewuko'li'apte a'n'ana yam tse'mak-tfelakwitm^ona
t'o' antse^an'a tsawak le'kwanan yam atatcu a'ciwan'i tenria 5
at'sumel^anan s'iskon kwaPika. kwaPinan s'a^a. ta'htcic e'lactok
s*yam kakwin i'k:a. lesnols a'tea^a.
a tsawak hoi ankoha^anaplja. e^acto^ona. lesna e'lacto^
kwai'ilel^a. hie kwa elanre te'ona a'tsawalri co'li^aka. icaltemhol
haponaiye. kwatikol imats leskwa^a a'm ana he J ko a'imwa. ho 3 10
anipelan*a. tekwan a'wansewahan'a. tens hie ho 5 han'ila tsawa^
le'kwap tomt an hanre a'^eyamo'aiyenaplja. ta*htcic tsawak kwa
tomt hoi ho* jJeyena'ma le^wanan kwai'inans s'a'lja.
e'lactok ^akwin tVtcika lol ye'maka tunu'at'ip hiya ati* tcuwap
i'ya? le'anakap s'ishol kwato^a. cuk cuk cuk cuk kwatop yeli- is
t'elakupt. t'oc i'ya ? le'ana%ap ho* i-ya. ko> t'on t'ewanan a'teaiye
le'kwap ^e'tJsanici it'inaka. le'ana'^ap s 5 rmuka. tsawa^i wo'lunak-
nana' a'wan tatcu yam e*le le'ana'kap e > lactok kacetinan wcrla*-
Kanakwe | come here to dance, always the priests cut prayersticks
for them while they are waiting, | and also the Corn clan always
wash the Kanak*we. I
(too) Then the priest gave Kanakwe the prayersticks which they
had prepared. | (i) He took the prayersticks and as he was about to go
out | he said to his wife, "Now this day I shall make my road go
forth. My mother, | my child, doubtless sometime hereafter, you
shall think to take as your beloved one of the corn priest's daylight
children, | even some poor man." | (5) Thus the youth said. He con-
soled his fathers, the priests. | Then he went out and went away.
Now the girl [ came to her house. That is the way they lived.
The youths there discovered the girl. Thus the girl | came out.
Then some boys who were no good met together all the time in
order to gamble. | <io) It seems one of them said, "I think I shall go,
I | shall woo her. Perhaps she will accept me for indeed I like her". |
Thus the youth said, but his companions just made fun of him. Then
the youth said, | "I am not just talking!" he said and went there. |
Ho came to the girl's house. Hark! The youth climbed up. He
stamped on the roof. "Oh dear! Someone | us) is coming!" She
said. So then he went in. Cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk. He came in|
and stood on the floor. "Have you come ?" they said. "Yes. I have
come. How have you ] lived these days?" he said. "Happily, be
seated," they said to him. So he sat down. "You should dish out
food for the youth," | their father said to his daughter. The girl got
12
178 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tuka. rto'wenawe. tsawa^ i'ton i'mup. i*to*n tcunenan elahkwa
20 le'kwap el rto*wena*we le*kwap tsawak lesnol poa'^a. a-wan
tatcu aiyala^a. honkwat tV kohol ikwe'a ? le^nikwap ma i'nam-
ilte torn tca'PonVna tse'raak-telakwipi^'a ho' i*ya le*kwap ma
lul^ ulati le'kwap ko'tcimat ho* ikwan*a ? hito katsi^i kolehot
pen*e an tatcu le'kwap ma kop ho* ikwan'a ? e'lactok le'kwap
25 lesnol t'ina'^a. ko'wi tenalana t'inan an tatcu leskwa^a ^atsiki
jtewunaknana' le'kwap e'lactolj kwatonan teli'tan i*pewe^a. ele-
pinan kwai'inan sPana kwatoce tsawakona le'anikwap sVtci
kwatol^a. a'tci kwatop a*tcia yantehwa pewi'^a. wan le'na hon
antfewana. tern t'ewan yatonan horn t'eapkuna #0* a*tecujcan*a.
30 hoi tcuwa ko'wi t'sanan'te torn anyetsa^ajap to 5 ainanan lol ton
a*wi*yap tcim son rtse^ak-t'elakwi^aira e'lactok le'kwap wans
atci yant'ehwa tcual*e antfewal^a.
tfewap tcim tfekohatip e'lacto^ pila'^a. s'i'to'wacfea. i'tow
eleptnan tsawakona o'kwi^a^a. sP yu'tso'ya'u. ho'na a'wona-
35 wil'ona kwai'hva ^e*si. tsawakona le'anikwap tsawa^ halicotinan
rmuna pilaknan rkwan-Heye^a. sVtci i'toka. a*tc i'to'n tcunenan
tsawakona a u watepi. lun tenrla kocoka. kusap kwanlea ko*kci
kwan leye^a. tsut?o"^a e'nin ko*kc a^'a tsutto'^a. ya^anan s'an
up hurriedly | and set down food for him. "Eat!" The youth sat
down to eat. When he had finished eating he said, "Thank you."
(20) "Eat well," she said. The youth sat there. Their | father
questioned him. "Perhaps you have something to say?" he said
to him. "Indeed it is so. | In order to take your child as my beloved
I have come." he said. "Well, | it is up to her." he said. "Indeed
what should I say?" "Well, my girl. | say something," her father
said. "What shall I say?" the girl said. | (25) Thus they sat. After
sitting a little while her father said, | "My girl, make up the bed.""
The girl entered the other room and spread the bed. | When it was
ready, she came out. "Come, let us go in," she said to the youth
They | went in together. When they came in there their beds were
spread with space between. "Wait. Thus we| shall sleep tonight-
Then tomorrow you shall go to seek my children. | <30) If any one of
them, even a very little one, reveals himself to you, and you kill him
then when you | come with him, then I shall be your beloved."
Thus the girl said, and for a while | they lay down with the space
between them. They passed the night .|
Next day, just at daybreak, the girl arose. She prepared food.
When the food | was ready she awakened the youth. "Come! Open
your eyes! He who holds our roads | (35) is coming out now." Thus
she said to the youth. The youth suddenly | sat up. He dressed
himself and the two ate together. When they finished eating
she washed the youth's hair. She bathed his whole body, and when
he was dry, | she dressed him in fine clothing. She dressed his
and tied it with a fine red belt. When she was finished | she wrapf
Ii:;::
Bunzel, Zuhi Texts 179
hane'lan peha^a. copon uka. si* t'os a*nuwa. tenas hokairtikol
yam tse'manankwin t'os a'nuwa. tsawakona le'anikwap tsawajj; 40
kwai'inan le'nem imat su'nhakwin tahna s'apL yatoniH hohio
nawe a'teatun'ona lestena'koa al'uka. kwahol nat'sik t'sanapte
rio^ahol t'apte o'kcikhol t'apte kwa hoi u'nam'e. sMtiwap s'imat
hoi ^anakwin te'tcinan s'rtoka. Hon tcunenan hahwa* ana
homkwic lat-al'u antciana wan ho* ko*wi ryu'te^cinat'u. les- 45
nan ana so* a*mrwa yam J^akwi. le J kwanan yam i'tokatean tehilan
Ian rtcul^a. yatoniH allja ^e*si. su'nhan'ihap tcims o'kwika.
o'kwinan yam co*pona rsefarnan a*ka kesi.
Hawikuhkwi ta^tcic e'lactok aincokya^a. sirnhap kwa kwahol
na'hol o'kcikhoi t'sanapte kwa ainananren te'tcika. ko'na t'on so
su*nhakanap^a le'kwap Jtetteanici ^ec t'on a*wiya ? tsawakona
le'anapls kwa he'ko kwahol ainana'man te'tcika. te'tcip sVlactolj
wo'la'tu^a. s'i'to'wena'we tsawakona le^na^ap i*to*n i'mu^a.
yatonil* ale'en'te yam hanela terj*ka 3 en*te t'a-s elt o'ceman-
ace^a. kwa sic rton rhalu^ana'map e'lactok tse'map holno yaton &$
il*i nawe a'tecun yelac^a. le'hatina e'lacto^: tse'map honkwek u
yatoniH ale J en*te s^'ceman acen'iyah^a. rto*n tcunap e'lactojf
tsawakona s'aiyala^a. kwac t?o 3 onahj^anam^a ? le'anikwap ma
up provisions for him. She gave him a quiver with arrows. "So
now you will go. Wherever | (40) your thoughts lead you, you will
go." Thus she said to the youth. Then the youth | went out. It
seems he went towards the west. All day long wherever | he thought
there might be deer he wandered about. Not even a little fawn j
or a jack rabbit or a cottontail did he see. At noon it seems | he came
to some spring. So he ate. When he finished eating. "Oh dear! j
(45) How difficult is this hunting. Let me rest for a little while.
Then | I shall go back to my house." he said. Then he lay down in
the shade where he had been eating. | All day long he slept thus.
Towards evening he awoke. J He awoke and put his quiver on his
back and now went back.
Meanwhile at Hawikuh the girl was waiting for him. In the
evening | (50 ) he came without having killed a single deer or even
a little cottontail. "How have you | come to evening? 1 " he said.
"Happily. Have you all come?" 2 | she said to the youth. "No,
without having killed anything I have come." When he came the
girl I set down food for him. "Eat!" she said to the youth. He sat
down to eat. | Although he had slept all day and had eaten all his
provisions still he was dying of hunger. | (55) "How greedily he is
eating," the girl thought, | "He must have been running after deer
all day!" so the girl thought. However, | even though he had been
sleeping all day he was dying of hunger. When he had finished
eating the g irl | questioned the youth. "What luck have you had ?"
1 Literally, "how have you caused it to be evening?"
2 She addresses him in the plural.
12*
180 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
el*a kwa ho* hot ko*wi t'sanapte hot l^apin a'ho'i a'wunanrel^a.
60 le'kwap ma^onkwahat'i e'lactok le J kwanan e'h le'na ho 3 al'u^a.
kec ho* kwahol t'oman kwantea Heacan*a ? tsawak le*kwap ma hol*o
eles tV kwanleapa tsawakona leVnakap ma'honkwahati ko'ma so*
a*ne. ^et'sanici t'on t'ewanan a*t'eat c u tsawak le*kwanan kwai'inan
t'as yam co'lrkwe hapona'kwin te^cip he — hie uwen i'ya. kops
65 le'atV te J upa hanat'ana ho'na yatine'. an hanre le'antikwap s'rmu-
^a. hanat an*a ho'no yatine' kec tV itahka ? kec tV ciwan an
ta*la^i ? le'antikwanan an hanre tomt ak'a yanroaiyapap poa'ka.
tsawa^i mo'kwa* ko'kci kutci* ko'kci utcun ko'kci kec t'om ten
ansewa^a ? t'ewuna 5 t'o kwantea ko'kci an hanre le'antikwap ma
70 ei'a kwa hot na'hol tomt hot teanant'apte u'na'nrel^a le 5 kwap
kop ma la t'o 5 a*wan kwantea teapa an hanre le'antikwap ma tens
kwas horn a'waiyohnanrljia le*kwap lesna^i an hanre le'tikwap
ma imati t'ewunat horn lesana'^a tsawak; le*kwap ana ko*ma ta ,c tcic
he J ko anuwa tcuwetc'ame co*we*kwe le^ikwaka. lesna hot ha'-
75 im'ona atsawalj anipelna te'tcillta ke'lakwin ko*lea t'opa teVkoa
lesnatfetci te'unap^a kwa tcuwatikot elete'unam'l^a.
ta* c htcic tuwalan ma'kaiakwin tahna manika tcuwa tsawa^i
hie tewuko'lPa kwa kwahol rieana^a kwa ilanre. an hotat'ap
tern t'a lestik rna hie a'tci tewuko'lPa. luwaPon a'wan hie atci
she said to him. | "None. I did not see a single raw person, not
even a little one," | (60) he said. "Is that so ?" the girl said. "Yes.
That is the way I went around. | And now shall I take off all your
nice clothing?" the youth said. "Oh no! (It is all right for you to
wear it," she said to the youth. "Is that so ? Very well, | I am going
now. May you always live happily," the youth said. He went out |
and came again to where his gambling companions were gathered
together. "Hey! Here the mighty one comes ! Well, what | (65) have
you done! Hurry up! tell us!" Thus his companions said to him.
He sat down. | "Hurry up! Tell us! Did you get married? Are
you the priest's | son-in-law now?" they said to him. His com-
panions just made fun of him. The boy sat there. | He had fine
moccasins and fine white trousers and a fine shirt. "So then | she
accepted you ? And so now you have fine clothing," his companions
said to him. "Well, | <70) no. I didn't see even the tracks of a deer,"
he said. | "Well, then how is it that you still wear their clothing?"
his companions said to him. "Well, | she didn't take it away from
me," he said. "So that's how it is ?" his companions said. | "Well,
it seems that's how they treated me," the youth said. "Well then, |
I think I shall go." Thus every one of the gamblers said. And in
that way three | (75) of the youths came to woo her. And to all of
them she did j just as she had done to the first. | Not one of them
did well. |
Meanwhile, below, on the south side of the village, a certain boy |
who was very poor had nothing with which to clothe himself. And
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 181
u'ho*! yam kakwe^koa tepicnan a*tcia am potcipope'a ak*a tsawak so
ampotcipo tfsaira le'cina. lukon co'lipanan a'tsawalj: a-peyep
yanhatia*nan yam hot inkwin pani'nan lesanikwa^a hota le'ani-
kwap kwa*pi an hota le J kwap ciwan an e'le anipehiakan'ona
atsawak kwahol aleye'a a*tsawak co'lipanan le'tikwe^. hanat-
'ana hecina hon rkrce lesnan ho* a'nuwa ampotcipo ts*ana i*yo 85
le'kweka. s*an hota hiyaha ryo horn nan*a hon tewuko'li'a mac
t'om ansewahan'a. honkwat t'a at'sa luwaPona t'om ankohakanan
torn ainana*wa. an hota le'anikwap ma el'e lesnapte ho* a'nuwa
t'a honkwat a*wa kwahol lea*nan'te kwa a*wa ansewahna'map
t?apt hon tcuwa kwahol lea ko'kcipiira ampotcipo tfsana le*kwanan 90
hecina toms i'to*nan koti lewu^a. yam tepiwenre tfsana lihalin
t?san*a rpVunan yam letsilon'kona toms i'yaltopan kwaPi^a. s'a^a.
ciwan an ^akwin te'tci^a. tomt hos lanitelan kwato^a. la
lololo piyah-kwatoka. ko'na t'on t'ewanan ateaiye? ^etJsanici.
le'anakap sl'mu^a. ampo*tcipotlsana s'rto'l^ana^a. lesnol poaye. 95
sVwan tatcu aiyalaka. honkwat tV kohol ikwe'a ? le'anikwa
le'anikwap ma inamilte t'om tca*lona*nan ho* tse'mak-tfelakwi-
l£al£*a ho' rya ampotcipo t'sana le'kwap ma lulj ulati horn tca'le
kotcimat ho* ikwan*a a*wan tatcu le'kwap kotcimat ho* ikwan*a ? 100
his grandmother | also was in the same condition. They were very
poor. The people of the village all | (80) despised them. When they
swept their houses they threw their sweepings on them. Therefore
the boy | was called Little-Dirt-Pile. Now this one heard the
youths talking in the gambling house. ! He came down to his
grandmother's and said to her, "Grandmother!" | he said. "What
is it?" his grandmother said. "To all the boys who go to woo the
priest's daughter, | they give away clothing. So the boys at the
gambling place say. Hurry. | (85) let us eat quickly! So then I
shall go," poor Little-Dirt-Pile | said to his grandmother.
"Alas, my poor grandchild. We are poor. | Will she accept you ?
Maybe she will be ashamed. Then, when the people of the village
find out about it | they will beat you," his grandmother said to him.
"Well even if that is so. I shall go. | Perhaps I shall get some
clothing from them. For even if she does not accept us, | (90) she
way give us fine clothing." Thus Little-Dirt-Pile said. | He hurried
u [ ' and just bolted his food. He wrapped himself in his little ragged
wildcat skin | and just scrambled up the ladder and went out. |
He went there.
He came to the priest's house. He just tumbled in. | Just
rattling the rungs of the ladder he fell in. "How have you lived
these many days ?" "Happily," | (95) they said to him. He sat down,
Little-Dirt-Pile. They gave him something to eat. So he was
sitting. I Then their father questioned him. "Perhaps you have
something to say ?" he said to him. | "Yes indeed, it is so. In order
to take your child to be my beloved | I have come." Little-Dirt-
182 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, \ y
1 ho* antecema e'lacto^ le'kwap luhapa tcimi l^e*si. yalakweika
ke*si. s'imat ho* ciwan an talak tekan*a. ampotcipo t'sana le J -
hatina tse'ma poa'^a. sVlactok lehol kwatonan rpeweka. kwai-
'inan si' ana hon kwatoce e J lactol£ le'kwap ampotcijjo t'sana ele-
5 maknan toms e'lactok an yucikwin yalukwato^a. kwatonan
s'a*tc i'mulja. wan le*na hon ant'ewanan tern t'ewan yaton to
latakajra. tV halowilin hoi tV onahkap tcim son rtse'mak-
t'elakwiljan'a e^lactol^ le'kwap s 3 a*tc ant'ewa^a.
t'ewap tcim t'ekohatip e'lactok pilaknan i'to'wac^a. ele^ap tern
10 he'kwat al'e ampotcipo t'sana. kwa hoi yam ant'ewan J ona aiyu 3 -
ya'nanve al*a. e*lactok o'kwi^aka. ampo'tcipo t'sana halicotinan
pilakup s^'to'^a^a. rto'plp a u w*ateka. lun tenrla Kocona mo'kwa*
ko*kci yuluka. kutcin ko*kci yu'luka. kem utcmre yu'lulja.
kwahol tenrla lea*rya*kanan e'nin ko*kca^*a tsutVl^a. copon
15 ko*kcu*ka. si tenas holte'kwin yam tse'manankwin t'os t?un-al*u-
Jjan'a honkwatt'o halowilin. hoi tV onahkap tcimi son rwil'un*a.
e'lactok tsawakona le'anikwap tsawa^ kwai'inan su'nhakwin
tah'n hoi s'rwa'hilja s'imat hoi naweateanakwin te'tcinanl^awaia-
i'wo'pihan lo'o i*wo*pihan na*w a'teanan rmunan tfewusu penan
20 kwai'i^aka.
lulja yaton "e | ho J n a*wonawil*ona jho'na'wan yato^a tatcu | yam
t'elacinakwi ye'lana kwai'i^a^a | hon a*wona-elate^atea | 1H
Pile said. "Well, it is up to her. My child, (ioo) what shall I say?"
their father said. "Indeed, what should I say? [ <n I wish it," the
girl said. "Now at last! Now it's all over! | It seems that I shall be
the priest's son-in-law!" so Little- Dirt-Pile | was thinking as he sat
there. The girl went into the other room and spread the beds and
came out. | "Come, let us go in!" the girl said. Little-Dirt-Pile |
(5) got up and smiling to himself he followed the girl in. When they
came in | they sat down. "Now thus we shall pass the night. Then
tomorrow you | shall go hunting. If you are lucky and kill some-
thing, then we shall stay together always," | the girl said. So they
passed the night. |
Next morning, just at daybreak, the girl arose and prepared food.
When it was ready he was still | (io> asleep, Little-Dirt-Pile. He
lay sleeping without knowing where he had passed the night. | The
girl awakened him. Little-Dirt-Pile | sat up suddenly. She gave
him something to eat. After he had eaten she washed his hair. She
bathed his whole body, and put fine moccasins | on his feet. She
put on him fine trousers. She put on him a buckskin shirt. | After
she had dressed him in all kinds of fine clothing, she dressed lii»
hair and tied it with a fine red belt. | (is) She gave him a fine quiver
of arrows. "Now, anywhere where your thoughts take you you shall
go about hunting. | Perhaps you may be lucky. If you find anything,
then we shall marry," | the girl said to the youth. The youth went
out. I He crossed over to the west. When he came to a plat-
Bnnzd, Zuni Texts 183
tVna ho* a'wona-elateka. | ^apin a*ho 3 i | tfowa kohan an cPnan'e |
halawotinan'e | lo*o oneawe | lrl tVna ho* a'lea^pa | yam anik'-
wanan ak*a halawotinan'e kro | onean Heana | luka yatarre [ horn 25
a*tatcu I horn a'tsita | hoi ko*wi t'ecokta t'sana | lat'sana | horn t'o J
aiye'tsal^apina'wapa j t'o^a'wan cPnan a^*a | tVna*wan kah-
kwina^'a | yam yir'yackwi teatun'on^al^a | li'l tVna ho* hala-
wotinan a'iea'u |
leVwanikwanan J^apin a'ho'i halawo'tinan a'leanan tcims ele- 30
maknan a'teana ten a'l^a. hoi nawe a'welate^a. fonaiya* ten*a
a'wan t'cupalon a*^a. wo*h'aiyakwin loteljanan sic otsilana
hie saiya tacana akcihnan laku^a. tapnhrte itehka. s*iskon hoi
na*l ainaka ke*si. ampotcipo t'sana t'sikwahnan an Ijem ak*a
cipalan acnan yam ainaka te'an an lo'o wo*tunan tcims cipalan 35
rseto'nan a'k:a j^e'si.
Hav/ikuhkwi tcim itiwap na set-i'lja l$:e'si. na> set i'yap co'we*-
kwe ankoha^anapka he* ampotcipo t'sana na set-rya l^esi. hehe
ya'atu s'imat ciwan an e'lona iH^an'a. co*we*kwe le'tikwanan
i*ka. a*t?anitip a'wan tekwana'koa na'set-i'yap ha — s okan 40
^akwin itiyula'^a. na-seto-ye*makup tu*n lol ye*makup hiya^ati
where there were deer tracks | he took out prayer meal, he took out
shell, and sitting down by the deer tracks (20) he began to pray.
"This day | he who holds our roads, | our Sun Father, | has come
out standing to his sacred place. | Now that he has passed us on
our roads | here I have passed you on your road. | Divine Ones, J
the flesh of the white corn, | prayer meal, | shell, corn pollen, | here I
offer to you. | With your (25) supernatural wisdom you will take
the prayer meal, the shell, | the corn pollen. | This day, | my fathers,)
my mothers, | in some little hollow, | in some little thicket, | you
will reveal yourselves to me. | With your flesh, | with your waters
of life, I I shall nourish myself. In order that this may be, | here
I offer you prayer meal." |
(30) Thus he said and offered prayer meal to the raw persons.
Then I he got up and followed the tracks. Somewhere he overtook
the deer. Among the trees he stalked them. He approached where
they were standing and picked out a large buck | with long
antlers. He shot it. At the first shot it fell. So right there | he
killed the deer, Little-Dirt-Pile. He skinned it, and with the skin |
(35) wrapped up the meat. Then where he had killed it he put down
turquoise for it. Then he put the bundle of meat | on his back
and went. |
Now, just at noon, he came to Hawikuh with the deer on his back.
As he came with the deer on his back the gamblers | saw him.
"Hey! Here comes Little- Dirt-Pile with a deer on his back ! Hey! |
For shame! And now it seems he will marry the priest's daughter."
Thus the gamblers said. | <40) He came. They became very angry.
He passed by their yard with the deer on his back and came close
184 Publications. American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tcttwap i'ya % letikwap tirn lonol a*ne tekwante ist hoi awe'nan
na'le piyana kwatolta. e*lactok oke^a tsawa^ona na-set-i'yan'ona
ankohapura yam a^eia pulahin yatol^anan ^awaian wo'tihnan
45 Isapin a'ho'i a'wan oneal kwatokaka. tcims na*le yat'eka. tfehwiti-
wakwin l£eckw a*]ja ta* c tcic an han*i tehwhViwa na'l an pewup
iskon atci na'le tcua'unan atci miha yanu^a. a*tci takirl^a ta ,c tcic
atcia tatcu anate pon* aclja. utea'^a. na*le ampokli^a^a. uhsona
ele^ap tcims ansamo l^awaiatihnan na'lan kawaianapka.
50 tcims tsawa^ona an iHtun'ona tcims i'to'kal^a. i'to'n tcunap
tcims an tatc ante'kunaka hohio ko'lea lat al*u'koa ante'kunap
peyeka kesi. ko'lehol yam na'l aina*koa peyep elahkwa ho*na*wan
tca'le honkwa t'om tse^makwina^a lew a*nap horn hecotfakwi
^apin a'ho^ oneal kwatona a*tepura. a*wan tatcu le'kwap tcims
55 iskon ampotcipo t'sana hiyawohicna s'i'tahka. ta ,c tcic co*we*kwe
haponan a*tsawak a*pus J ona peya'ka at'anitip ciwan an e'Pona
yil'unan tcims iskon rtehyaka.
le'n ino'te teatifea.
to the woman's | house. Carrying his deer he climbed up. He
stamped as he climbed up. "Oh dear! | Who is coming?" they
said. "Listen, there he goes stamping!" Then unexpectedly through
the hatchway j he dropped the deer. The girl was grinding. Then
she saw the youth who came carrying the deer on his back. | She
jumped across the grinding bin, took up corn meal | (45) and made
the road come in for the raw persons. Then she took hold of the
deer, | and carried it in her arms to the center of the room. Mean-
while, her sister had spread a bed for the deer in the center of the
room. | Then the two laid the deer down and spread an embroidered
blanket over him. They put on him a necklace of beads. Meanwhile
their father made a cigarette of native tobacco. He placed the
blossom on it, and blew the smoke over the deer. When that | was
finished all of them took corn meal and sprinkled corn meal on
the deer. |
^ (50) And now she gave food to the youth, the one whom she wa>
going to marry. When he had finished eating | his father questioner,
him. He asked him where he had been hunting. | He told them now
Then he told them how he had killed the deer. "Thank you, our
child. And now, at last, because of your thoughts, it has come t
this, that into my house | the roads of the raw people will be coming
Thus their father said. And then | (55) indeed Little-Dirt-Pile w;
honorably married. Meanwhile the gamblers | who were alwa \
joking at the place where they gathered, had a great time talkii .
about it. He who had married the priest's daughter | now becar
valuable. ]
This happened long ago.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 185
THE RUNAWAY GIRL (6).
^akrma luwalap ciwani awiten e*l il*i. a*wan hairi kwa hie 60
^a'^i kwahol itonhol ikwani^ana'ma kwa l^a'lp t'apnintholtfapte
Kowi'tfapt'holi okna'map an a*^awu t'ewana* ko'nhol a*sam*a
te'tci oknan rtcwacnan yam hani lesantikwalja t'aptat itciaira
le'kwanan'te tfapninthol t'apte ko'wiholt'apte okna^ana tat'eat
okna itcianan tfomt hoi heyehonr hoi t'apte acnel^anan kwa hie tfo> 65
kohol leaka oka te^nre. tatfeat okna itcianan i*to*wacna itcianan
wapa'anan rleanan teatcinakwin panrnan tatcuya an*sato iala'ti-
na]£an*a. iyo c ho'na'wan tatcu a*tci ho'mvwan otsinakwin a'tci
iyo c tewanako'na sanra te'tci lala yu^makwe^. kop ma hie leal^a
to' ho*i tekan'iha an a*kawu yam han*i le'antikwap yantse'manan 70
o'lactok koyeka. kop ma* la t'o J koyeka koyena'nren ko'lehol t'om
hon anhctocenaw^na tV yam kwahol rto*tun 3 ona tV i'kwaninan
il*ap kop ma t'om hon antikwe*nan le'tikwanan an a*kawu yam
hani anapena*wap e'lacto^: koya jJo'a'fca. elemaknan kwaiMnan
we*sa^aia kwa paMwame lot hoi ma'kaiakwin tahna panrj^a. tcim 75
hoi ma'kaiakwin tahna paniyup liton i'l^a. hie ace* liton r^a liton
ryaptes a*ne. s'imat hoi t'anaiya'kwin te 5 tcinan sic kwanlea temla
kinan tatan s'imiyulanan s'koya-po'ulap ta* c tcic li'wanhol alaho-
ankwin tahna hoi ^atul-ulapna tealan uwanami a'tsawa^ plkwen-
'ona a u wanap^a. lesnoi tfat'an po'ulap ankohakanan uwanam'i so
THE RUNAWAY GIRL (6).
(60) They were living at Kakima. The priest had four daughters.
The youngest sister | never helped with the cooking nor did any
work. Never once, even for a little while, | did she grind. Her elder
sisters alone were always | grinding and cooking. They said to their
youngest sister, "Even though you say you don't feel like working, |
just once, for a little while, grind. Or else, [ (65) if you don't feel like
grinding, just make some pancakes. | You are a good-for-nothing
</irl. Or if you don't feel like cooking, | take a hoe and go down to
■ ■ r t old and help father with the hoeing. | Our poor father and our
poor brothers, | alas every day they labor alone at hoeing. For
what purpose ] <70) are you alive?" the elder sisters said to their
youngest sister. Then the girl felt sorry for herself | and cried.
"Well why are you crying? If you stopped crying and did what |
we told you, if you got to work on the cooking, | then what could
we have to say to you ?" So the elder sisters said. | They scolded
their younger sister and the girl sat there crying. Then she got up
and went out. | (75) She was barefoot and wore no blanket. She went
down towards the south. As | she went down to the south the rain
came. It began to rain very hard. | But even though it was raining
she went along. Then somewhere, she came to some woods. Her
clothes were wet through. | So she sat down against a tree and cried.
186 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol; ^V
tsawa}p po*ulakwin te*tcinan toe tV poulaiye? le*anikwap irl ho*
po'ulaiye e*lactol£ le*kwap kop tV leye*a tsawalj le*kwap ma 1 el*a
horn a'ljawu horn anapenap^atap ak # * ho* kwai'inan ^alema pani'ka.
85 kwa yam ^akwin ikwalt a'naptl^a yam ho' kakwan kwaiMnan kwa
ten tcu horn le*na a u wanan yam kakwin iW a'tunon a^*a ho* yam
Ijakwan il^atinan ho* kwai*ika. le' e*lacto^ ikwap ma ko*ma horn
^akwin hon a*ce. tsawak le*kwap hop t'om kakweye ? e*lactoj£
le*kwap ma is 1H lo'te horn kakweye. tsawalj le*kwap ko*ma itt hon
90 lal t'om ^akwin hon a*ce. e'lactok le*kwap s*a*tci i'wil'i lal hoi
makaiakwin tahna s*a*tc a*ne. kop ana le*a hon hecina a*nuwa?
honkwat horn papa tecukan i'yan'a. e*lactok le*kwap ma*imat
torn ho 3 i*seto*un*a. tsawa^ le*kwanan i'munan e*lactol?;ona s*i*seto*-
nan si* t'o* rhapisl^ajra el t'o' telikwan*te t'unatina*mana tern
95 lja'^i si* tcim t'unati ho* le*kwap tcims t'o* t'unathra. tsawal^ e'lac-
to^ona le'anikwap s*e*lactok tsawaj^onan i'tcupatcup yam telil^i-
mvwak*a tsawal^ e*lacto^ona seto si* keato'ka.
yam telikimv lacowa*wal$:a pi'na^acnan uhsona pi 3 na^*a
t'sum ak*a atci i*keato*nan lehol alahoankwin tahna hoi J^atul-
100 ulapna tealakwin uwananri tsawaju ^aki'ma ciwan an e*l*ona
i set-a*ne. ta ,c tcic e'lactolj hapisnap holomacko'na s*iHn-tinan
yaton kwaton'ihap holomaceko'na yam l^apin ho'i teawa^a.
e'lactoj^ona s*il*i te'tcinan s'a*tc' rmunan si* tcim t'unati hons
Meanwhile, | the Uwananri youth, who lived yonder towards the
south on the shore of the encircling ocean, | <80) found her. They
surprised her there sitting under the tree. The Uwananri | youth
came to where she was sitting. "Are you sitting here?" he said
to her. "Yes, I | am sitting here," the girl said. "What are you
doing?" the youth said. "Nothing. ] My sisters scolded me. There-
fore I came out and came down this way. | (85) I won't go back
again to my house. I left my house, | hoping that perhaps someone
would find me this way who would take me with him to his house.
Therefore when I | got angry at my house, I left it," So the girl
said. " Very well, | let us go to my house," the youth said. "Where
do you live ?" the girl | said. "Well, my house is near by," the youth
said. "Very well, indeed let us | (90) go there to your house," the
girl said. So they went together. Yonder | towards the south they
went. "How can we go faster? | Perhaps my brothers will come to
look for me," the girl said. "Well, perhaps 1 1 might put you on my
back," the youth said. He sat down and took the girl on his back. J
"Now close your eyes. Be sure not to open your eyes until | (95) I
say 'Now open your eyes.' Only then you may open your eyes."
So the youth | said to the girl. The girl got on the youth's back. By
means of his prayersticks | the youth rose carrying the girl. |
With his prayersticks and his downy feathers he made a wind
and with the strength of that wind | they rose. Yonder to the south
to the shore of the encircling ocean, | (ioo) the Uwananri youth
Bunzeh Zuni Texts 187
lo'te^a^a. tsawal^ e'lactokona le'anikwap e'lactok: tfunatip hol-
omacko'na ulohnakwin te'tcilca ke'si. lolhos sVtci i'wokap a'wa*- 5
ka. tepo^alan a*tci t'unayatop lak u hol k;atul-ulap tealan ^akwe'we
kohana. uwanam a*wan kokwe*we kohana t'inap lalhos sVtci
rwoljap a*wa*ne. sVtci l£akwe t'inan i*tiyula*nan si* wan* \v\-
koirte t'o' imoj£an*a wan ho 5 lje'la kwatot'u. ho' ite'kunana tern
antecemana'wap tcim hon kwaton*a. tsawalj le'kwanan kwatoka. 10
yam a'mosona yanikil^a ko'na ton su*nha^anapka ? leVwan-
ikwap ^et'sanici hon su*nha^anaplca ho'na'wan suwe. kop lea hie
tfo' teni^aka? pikamacko'na son tenrl a*wryat'ap t'o 3 sanra
yaluye. le'ana^ap ma* ten hie teni'ka. ho* ^;akrma*kwe ciwan an
e 3 Pona ho 1 il*-rya ist horn aincokya el-uiap ak*a tfo'na ho* yan- 15
te c kunakan*a kwa to 5 kople'at'ap elekan*a ? tsawak le'kwap tcu-
kwatci ten hon anawanap^a. ko'lehol te'onaka hie tV ten'Pka.
kwa el*a teacukwa hon le'tikwaka. ma* ukwat'eat honkwa t'o*
ciwan an e'Pona il* i*ya ma 5 imat t'o' il*i kwatonan t'omte lesnapte
ko ko'na le'at'ap ele]£an*a. an tatcona le*wi ^apin a*ho'i kwahol 20
wo'we a*lataj5a an a-pi'la'ciwan'i uhsona a*tekwin te'tci hon
iteclanapte ma t?a tenat t'os il* i'fea. ma el*e t'os il'i kwatonan lot
kwatonan ko'lehol te'utun'ona tatciman*te to* tekwanan'te
went carrying the daughter of the Kakima priest. | (i) Meanwhile
the girl had her eyes closed. He took her with him far off. | Because he
was a raw person, just before sunset to a far off place he came
with the girl. So they sat down. "Now open your eyes. Now we
are near," the youth said to the girl. The girl opened her eyes.
(5) She had come to a distant country now. So they went along side
by side. | They came up a hill and looked over it. Far off on the
shore of the ocean were white houses. | The white houses of the
Uwananri were standing there. So they went | there side by side.
They came close to where the houses stood. "Now wait, | you will
stay here a little while. Let me go in first. I will ask them. Then, |
do) if they are willing, we shall go in," the youth said and
entered. |
He greeted his chiefs. "How have you come to evening?" he
said to them. "Happily have we come to evening, our younger
brother. Why have you delayed so long? We all came long ago.
You alone j are behind," they said to him. "Yes, indeed it has been
long. The Kakima priest's | (i5)daughterlhave brought. She is waiting
for me outside. Therefore I came in to ask of you | whether it
is all right," so the youth said. | "Now indeed it is as we have
guessed, you were late for some reason. | It could not be for
nothing. So we said. Now indeed it has happened that you | come
bringing the priest's daughter. Well, if you bring her in perhaps |
(20) somehow or other it may be all right. Of all her father's raw
people, all | the winged creatures, her bow priests are the only
ones I we fear. Well, it can't be helped. You have brought her.
188 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
anhctocap al^a lol kwatonan tihkwahna te'mra. an a'mosona
25 le'antikwap ma honkwa'ati tsawafe e^actokona il'i te'tci'kona
le*kwanan tcims kwaiM^a.
kwaPinan el-ulakwin panrnan si tcim son ye'makmra. tV
kwatonan t'o* yanikhra : ho'na a'tatcu ho'n a'tsita ko*na t'on t'ewa-
nan a*teaiye t'o le'kwanan tV t'unatip t'ehwitiwap^oa onea}an
30 a*nap isnokon t'o 3 a'nuwa. lak u tV ho J na*wan t'eckwikwin t'o*
te*tcinan iskon tV t'ekohanan cemanan t'o 3 yalupnan ma'^aiakwin
tahna ho J na*wan a*wo^ana # t'inan a*nan tfewankwin tahna t'ina-
palta paiyan tesanran t'o 5 rmunan tsawa^ tekwanan'te e'lactol^ona
le^ anhe'tocap ma honkwa'ati ten*at ho* lesna te 3 un*a. e'lactok
35 le*kwap tcims a*tci i*wil*i ye*maka. a*tci ye*maknan e'lactok
t'unatip lesnot teaP itiwa awan le'tsilona kwafinap le 5 kon hos
s'atci iwil'i a'ka. a*tci letsilon kwai'inakwin a'tci te'tcinan
s'atci kwatoka.
ko'na t'on t'ewanan a*teaiye horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita ? e^acto^
io le'kwap ketfsanici t'onc a*wi'a ? i't'inaka. le'ani^ap e'lactok ko J -
lehol an he'tocna^koa oneala ten*a yatoka a'wan t'eckwikwin
te'tcil^a. plwaia*t'ihnan a'wan t'eckwan kawaia*nan yalupnan
ma^aiakwin tahna uwanam'i a'wo'J^a t'ina'koa a'ka. t'ewankwin
tahna lempaiyan tesanvakwin te'tcinan iskon i'muka. i'mup
45 uwanam'i a'wo'lja hiwalemaknan iman*te an wo'latuna'we. sVlac-
Well, all right, bring her in. When you go | to bring her in you
will tell her beforehand outside, everything that she should do,
so that when she comes in she may act gently." So the chiefs
(25) said to him. "Is that so?" said the boy who had brought the
girl there with him, | then he went out. |
He went out and came down to where the girl was standing.
"Now we shall go up. When you | go in you will greet them, 'My
fathers, my mothers, how have you | lived these days?' you will
say. Then you will look down the center of the room where the road
of meal | (30) goes. You will go along that. When you reach our
altar, | there you will ask for life. Then you will turn around to the
south | and go to where our women are sitting. | Then you will sit
down in the vacant seat at the eastern end." So the boy instructed
the girl outside. | "Is that so? Then I shall do that," the girl |
(35) said. Then together they went up. After they had gone up
the girl | looked around. There in the center of the roof where their
ladder came out, there they | went together. When they came to
where the ladder came out | they went in. |
"How have you been these days, my fathers, my mothers?" the
girl | (40) said. "Happily. Have you come? Be seated." they said. J
Then, in accordance with what she had been told, the girl crossed
the room along the road of meal. | She came to their altar. She
took up prayer meal and sprinkled prayer meal on their altar. Then
she turned around I and went to the south to where the Uwanam'i
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 189
to£ rto'^a. rton-tcunenan elahkwa le'kwap el itowena*we le'-
ana^a.
le* wolatilcap a*wan a*mosona uwananvi atsawa^ s'lestikwe'ka
si' ho*na*wan tca'le luka t'elinan"e li'l ho'na tV a'wona-elate'ka.
luka t'elinarre yam ko'lea a'ho' a'te'ona t'om son isnokonak'a so
ho* acna'wa. uwanam'i a*mosona le^ikwap ma honkwa'ati e'lactok
le*kwap si'ko'ma hanate a'woka le'ana'l^a. a'wo'j^a rkacetinan
teli*tokwin u'kwatonan mo'tseni^a sa'l ahnan u'man toknan s'an
irmopinapka. an u*mo^anan s > a u watenap^a. lun tenrla koconap-
ka. kuskiinan kwa mihatsinanve yato^anan molimop-ikwin 55
ikunan si* le'natestV ho'i te^ana le'anaknant'ehwrtiwa an paiyan
a*uknan iskon animuknan t'ewusukanapka. an t'ewus a'jJeyel^a.
uhsona ele^anan si* ya'tel^a.
t'ewap canvli i'to*nan si J hons u'kwai J in*a ke'si le'anikap ta ,c tcic
eMacto^ona a'lacina* t'ehnan ten'a tecunap^a. hrwala t'envla eo
pi'laciwan'i ite'kunacun-al'uka. kwahol tcuhol unam'e an tatcu
ciwan'i anela'wa cemap ciwanan anela'wa i'yap ite'kuna'ka. ma
inamilte luka ya*ton*e li'l tfo'na'wan hecot'akwin tVna ho* a*wona-
elateJta. i'mat kwahol pena te'onal^a horn t'on anteeemanap^a.
uhson horn t'on yu J ya'kana*wap uhs' tse'makunan ho* tfewanan 65
te^an'a. anela'wa le'kwap ma i'namilte tecukwa yatonan horn
women were sitting. At the east | she came to a vacant seat and
thrro she sat down. After she sat down, | (45) the Uwanam'i women
;i i .1 nd set down food for her right where she sat. The girl | ate.
After she had finished eating she said, "Thank you." "Eat well," |
they said to her.
They removed the dishes and then their chiefs, the Uwanam'i
youths said, | "Now, our child, this night, here you have passed us
on our roads. | (so) This night into a person just like ourselves | we
shall make you." So the Uwanam'i chiefs said. "Is that so ?" the
girl I said. "Very well, go ahead," she said to the women. The
women hurried | into the inner room. They took a mixing bowl ; they
pounded yucca root | and mixed soap suds for her. When the suds
rose they washed her hair. They bathed her whole body. | (55) They
drifd her, and put over her shoulder a plain white robe. They tied
a tasseled belt] about her waist. "Now this is the kind of person
you will be," they said to her. A seat was placed for her in the
center of the room | and there she was made to sit down. They
prayed for her and taught her their prayers. When this was all
finished they went to sleep. |
Next morning, early, after they had eaten, they said to her,
"Now we shall go out." Meanwhile | (60) the girl's parents had been
searching for her all night. Through the whole village the | bow
priest went about enquiring for her. No one had seen her. Her
father, j the priest, called Hawk. Hawk came to the priest. He
questioned him. | "Now indeed it is true. This day here in your
190 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tca'le e'lactojd tcim itiwapa li'l yam kakwan ikatinan kwai'ika.
t'omt ton hoi i'kna we'sa^aia kwa pa^wam'e kwaPinan imat
holtekwin a*^:a. pi'laciwan'i t'elinan ten*a tecuka. le*wi luwala
70 tenrla tecuka kwahol yu'he'toti na'man antfewako ak*a tV ho*na'-
wan tecinra. ciwan*i anela*wa le'anikwap ma honkwat holi a u waira.
le*kwanan anela*wa ciwan an ^akwan kwaPika. itulohlta tcimna'-
kwe krte'koa a'^a imtel^anan kwili^ana'na we*tsi lete'koa t'a tern
ilulohka. haMkamvna tfa tern lalejja'koa tfa tern itulo'h&a. sic
75 itiwanPhap alnat sic prtul-orlapna teala ten*a sVnap ta ,c tcic
uwananri a'woka yam teazle il'apa yam l^akwan s'u'kwe^a. hie
awe'hiya he'hr kwai'inan e^acto^ hie itiwutcu awe'luya sVwi*-
keatoka. a*wi*^eatoka tea'koa anela'wa manikakoa a*ne. kwa
e'lacto^ona u'nam'e. pikwe'ika. l^al^rmakwin crwan an l^akwin
so i*yap ciwan*i aiyala^a. si* kople'a t'os ulohnan un-al*uka.
ciwan'i anela'wa le'anikwap ma rnamilte lew* ulohnan lana ho*
Uun-al*u^a. kwahol t'om tca'le acena'nra. e*te lesnapte kwa yu'he*-
tanre. hinik hie tcuhol anikwa t'om tcaTona holtekwin il'-a*ka.
a*ma tV horn a'suw'ona kwalaci to 1 yatinet c u. luknokon kwahol
85 a u wanakwa anikwa anela'wa ciwan'i le*anikwap ma* honkwa'ati
ten*at ko'natV peyen'ona ho 5 yatinen*atfa luknokon ite^tcumvwa
house I have passed you on your road. Surely, because you have
something to say you have summoned me. | (65) If you let me know
that, thinking of that I shall always | live." So Hawk said. "Yes
indeed it is so. Yesterday my | child, a maiden, became angry;
and just at noon went out from her house here. | It looked as if she had
gone out for just a little while, for she was barefoot and wore no
robe. But it seems | she has gone off somewhere. All night long
the bow priest has searched for her. All over the whole village [
(70) he has searched. Nowheres did he get news of her, all night long.
Therefore you | will search for her for us." So the priest said to
Hawk. "Well, perhaps somewhere I shall find her." | So he said,
and Hawk came out of the priest's house. He circled around. At
first | he went nearby. He came back to his starting place and a
second time he circled around, a little farther out. | And a third
time he circled around still farther out. Just | (75) before noon he
went for the last time, going along the shore of the encircling ocean.
Just then | the Uwanam'i women came out from their house with
their child. | They came out of a wall of cloud. With the girl in the
center they rose on the clouds. | As they rose above, Hawk went
along below. | He did not see the girl. He passed through the
clouds and came back to Kakima to the house of the priest. |
(80) Then the priest asked him, "What have you seen in the world as
you went about ?" | So the priest said to Hawk. "Yes indeed it is so.
Over the whole great world I | have gone around about looking.
Indeed your child has not died. Nevertheless, | she was not visible.
I think someone that has supernatural power has taken your child
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 191
honkwat tens hot horn tca'le yatakwe'il^a. ciwairi le'kwap so* a*ne.
^e*tsanici yaton kokci t?on su*nha^anapt c u. anela'wa le'kwanan
kwai'inans s'yam kakwin a'nap su*nhap lakhot uwananri yam
a'teawan e'lacto^ona tas il'ap irkwato^a. kwilijtana'na hoi uwan- 90
am'i a'wan pikwan tas e'lacto^ ant'ewap an tatcu tse'ma'wa^ca
kwa sic alna'man lesnate t'ekohatip yam tsawa^ lesanikwaka
aktsiki yutso'ya'u. s'prlaku. a*ma hanat t'a hi* yam a*nana ko-
kwa*kwina pikwenikwin t'a lu'u. ciwan'i yam tsawa^ le'anikwap
an tsawak prlaknan kwa rtona'man yam ^akwan kwaiMnan hot 95
imat yal*an kokwakwina l^akwenikwin tsawalj sVka. hot a*ka ....
itiwap ko'ko a*kwina ltakwenikwin tsawa^ te'tcinan horn a*nana
ko'na ton t'ewanan a'teaiye ? leVwanikwap ^et'sanici ho'na*wan
nana, t'oc rya? le'antikwap — ma ho* i*ya. — kwato ko*ma.
leantikwap koKwakwina tsawa^ona yam ^akwin ikap irkwa- 100
tonan ante c kunanap^a . si J lu^a y aton 1 e ho J na ■ wan nana li • 1 1
ho'na t'o 5 a'wona-elatejta. imat kwahot pena te'onak'a ho J na tV
a'wona-elateka. kokwa*kwina tsawakona leantikwap ma* inamilte
kwili t'ewana yaton*e horn okana'we imat kwahot kole^k'a r-
wi^ati^anan yam l^akwan t'omt konhot ikna kwaPinan imat 5
holtekwin a*J$;a lesna te'onaj^'a ho^a'wan t'on tecunaptunon
ak*a tVna hon a*wana u wanan a^*a t'o'na ho* yatine^can rya.
away somewheres. | Speak to my younger brothers the crows.
They | (85) know how to find anything," Hawk said to the priest.
"Very well, is that so ? | Just as you have said I shall tell them. And
they also will try. | Perhaps somewhere my child has perished/'
Happily after a good day may
and went out. He went to his
the priest said. "I am going now.
you come to evening," Hawk said
house. In the evening, yonder where the Uwananri | <90) were living,
they took the girl in with them again. For the second time | there
at the house of the Uwananri the girl stayed over night. Her father
never slept because of much thought. | So it was that at daybreak
he said to his son, | "My boy, awake! Get up! Let us try again.
Now go to the house of your grandfathers, | the black gods. Now
go along," the priest said to his son. | (95) The youth arose, and
without eating left his house. Somewheres | in the mountains the
boy went to where the black gods had their house. He went along. |
At noon he came to where the black gods had their house. "My
grandfathers, | how have you lived these days?" he said to them.
"Happily, our | grandchild. Have you come?" they said to him.
"Yes I have come." "Very well, come in," | <ioo) they said to him.
The black crows took the youth into their house. <i> They questioned
him. "Now this day, our grandchild, here | you have passed us on
our roads. Surely because you have something to say you | have
passed us on our roads." So the black gods said to the youth. "Yes,
indeed it is so. | Two days ago, it seems, my sister got angry at
something | <5) and went out from her house. It looked as though she
192 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tsawak kokwa-kwin leVwanikwap ma'honkwa'ati. ma* hon
rte^cuna'wa. honkwat tem hoi teap hon a u wana*wa. tsawa^ona
10 le'anikap si* ko'ma hanate lrlkon*te hon u'kwe*nan ta* ( tcic t'o yam
kakwint'os a*nuwa. ko'kwakwina tsawa^ona le^ntikwanan iskon'te
yam J^akwan u'kwe'ika. yam hie ko'wi ho'i te'ona tenvla u'kwe*nan
homo awa^kwe^koa yal'a tem'la ko*kwa*kwin e'lactokona tecunajj-
alca s'rwi'atitca.
m ta ,c tcic tsawak yam ljakwin te'tcip an tatcu aiyala^a. kops le'a
tfom anhetocnappt ? an tatcu le'kwap ma s J a*wa'ka. t'omt li*t
tVna ho* rtse'mak'-rko'kcunal^a tVna li*l ho* yat'inetun'ona horn
anhe'tocnan yam a*teawan*te irkwe^nan s^'wa^a. tsawak yam
tatcu le'anikwap ma honkwa'ati ma ko'ma ilt hon tse'mak-rko'k-
20 cun*a a*wan tatcu yam tcawe le'na le'a^wanikwap ta ,c tcic hoi
^atul-trlapna tealan uwanam awan kakwan e'lactok inre. lak u ol
sic a'witen telit'an hie awe'luya te'tci uwanam awan kakweye.
hacina konhol uwanam a'wan yanhakunan cipololon po't'an e'lac-
tokona ikolo'yan u*kwe*ika. s^'sam^a awchiya* a*wi'l^eato^ap
25 awe'hiya* a*wikeatoJ£anankwin kwalaci a'te'tcinan rnatinanve
hinik lukno uwananri e*lacto^ona hanhnapka le*tikwan koko
a'kwina tem t'a anawanapka. koko akw'ina ten hie pikwe*na e*t ten
tetse'map anikwa kwahol ko*wi t'sanapte ^a^amackona hoi tcuwa
had gone out for a little while. But it seems | she has gone off
somewheres. Because of this, that you may be the one to look for
her for us we have picked you. Therefore I have come to tell you
of it," | the youth said to the black gods. "Well, is that so ? Well,
we | shall try. Perhaps if she is still living somewheres we shall
find her," <io) they said to the youth. "Very well then, come along.
We shall start out from here. Meanwhile you will | go to your
home," the black gods said to the youth. Then | they went out from
their house. Every one of their people went out. [ Everywhere in the
canyons and on all the mountains black gods searched for the girl.
They scattered. |
(15) Meanwhile the youth came to his house and his father asked
him, "What | did they tell you to do ?" his father said. "Well, they
went. | They told me to come here to tell you to make your mind
easy. | They started out from the place where they stay and went,"
the boy | said to his father. "Is that so ? Very well then let us make
our minds easy," | (20) their father said to his children. Meanwhile |
at the shore of the encircling ocean in the house of the Uwananri
the girl was staying. There | even to the fourth inner room the
house of the Uwananri was nothing but clouds. | It was packed
tight with the breath of the Uwananri, full of thick mist | and there
they hid the girl as they came out. And so only the clouds rose.
Now the ravens came to where the clouds were rising. | (25) Where the
clouds were rising the crows came. "I think without doubt | that
these Uwananri have stolen the girl." So | the black gods said. And
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 193
kwahol itehkoa t'opinthol tcu'let'apte hoi hacina al'e lestenapte
a u wan*a a'ho 5 a'te'onak'a a*wan a u wana^alja a'wal'u'ya. 30
no*milta*tci e't anawana'wapte kwas e'lacto^ona il*ap u'kwcna*-
nva uwanam'i e'lacto^ sic a'sam'a te'tci u'kwaPip ko'kwa'kwina
awe'hrya. kwai'inankwin a'te'tcinan t'oms awe'hrya kwaPilena'-
koa le'nap u'kwateman'te kwa hoi e'lactol^ona una'wam'e. e't
awe'hiya e't a'ho'i hie li'lkona hon a'ho 1 a'te^na lesna a'ho^i 35
lesnapa ho'mvwan alacina* yace'kona lukno^on titowena'we
luknokon uwanam'i kapin aho'i a*wiyo*ka a'laci luka a'peye'a.
ak*a e'lactol^ona hanlinapl^a. t'oms aweluya'w alj:*a le'na yam
kwahol utcun tso'ya yulunan hi'nina awe'hiya'w ak:*a rlrmahnan
yam pi'nan al<;*a te'tci a*ho' a*te 5 onak*a awe'luya* u'kwaPip la*l 40
tema'ka a'wunap pitfsemi ti'le J^apal^ana^ana hi'nina i'yetci^a
he*in kwaPina hie lo'tema^a a'wunajia tomt li'^aian'e hi'nina
a'ho*i ak;*a a'waiyutciana. hoi tcuhol hie hiyawohicna yam
tewusu il'teman'a ho'i te'onan ulohnakwin an teatcinakwin Kto-
pin*a. le'na yam aiyutciana aho* a'te'onak'a ciwan an tcawe 45
a'tean'te kwa i'witcemamvwa'man ak'a wan a*watfsuman*a. a*wan
han'ona yanikolowena'we. ukwat ko'tilea ryunap a'te^aen'te kwa
yam ko'lea han*i anape*nan holtekwin an hakenapkoa kwa lesna
i'tse^anam'en yam han*i anajjenape'en'te aiyu*aconan ^a*-
now they had guessed it. The black gods surpassed every one. For
indeed | they are wise. Anything that anyone has dropped,
even if it is a small thing lost long ago, [ even one single grain of
corn, lying in a tiny crevice, even so | (30) they are the ones to go and
find it for them. |
And indeed so it happened. But although they guessed it the
Uwanam'i did not take the girl out with them, | the Uwanam'i girls
alone went out. The black gods | went about. They came to where the
clouds were rising. Thus they went back and forth among the rising
clouds I but nowhere did they see the girl. But | (as) the clouds are
people, just as we here are people. That sort of people they are. |
They are our ancestors, the ones who have died. These are the
rain. | These become Uwanam'i, raw people. That is what the old
men say. | Therefore they stole the girl. They are just clouds, there-
fore, ; when they put on their beautiful garments, they are just
like * he clouds. Therefore they just impersonate clouds | (40) with
theii 'reath, but they are people. And so when | the clouds come
out far off, I when we see them they look like wads of cotton wool
spread out, all of different sizes. | But when Ave see a wall of cloud
rising close by, then it is like smoke. | For these people are wise.
Whoever sincerely | believes his prayers in all the country and
especially upon his field, it will rain. | (45) For thus are these people
wise. Therefore even though these were the children of the priest,
they did not love one another, and so they tried them for a while.
They hid their sister from them. Even though they used to see her
194 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
50 ^amackona a*wan hairi kwaPika tekwin hoi kwa i'towena'wanre
a'ho'i ak*a e*t a*wan koko a*kwina te*cunan*te e*t uwanam'i
a'tsawak e'lacto^ona hanlinapkoa anawana'we. lesnan'te kwa
a u wana*wanre.
su'nhap s*ikwalt yam Jtakwin a*winan si* ^ec hon tenrla a'wi'^a ?
55 kokwa'kwin*a le^ikwanan ma son tenvla a'wi'ka. kwac hoi yu J -
he'to'nan yo*nam*ka ? koko akwhva le'tikwanan i*yantekun-
acna*we kwa hoi tcuwatikol yam unanre'koa a'pcye'a. kwa tfa
e't hoi acena'nra tenat imat hoi acekat'ap hoi tcuwa i'l^olowe-
^atfapte t'omt hoi tetcin al*uwakat'ap hon a u wanawarjka. hoi
eo ko'wi hoi an sanre t'san holi an kwahol leanhol ko'wi ts'anapte
hoi al*ap aj£' hon a u wana*war)ka. kwa e't hoi acena^a. le*wi
ulohnan lana tem'la hon ulohnan u'napa a*wal*ul$:a. ten e*t hon
a'te'tcijta teen'te uwanam'i kakwenan'te ten et imol£an*a. hanat
ko'ma run tcuwatikol yatinece el i'tse^enanrt'u an a'lacina'we
65 ten tenapte ko'lehol yu'he'tothra. koko a*kwin*a le'tikwanan an
alacina'w'ona yatinan kwai'i^a.
l^akrma luwalakwin koko kwhra i'nan e'lactok o'ko* an kakwin
te'tcip e'lacto^; o^o* an tatcu kokokwin aiyala^a. si horn tca'le
koko'na le'a ? tcimte yaton'e tfon ulohna u'napa a'wal'uka.
70 kwac kolehol yu^e'tonan yo'nanvka ? kwa kolehol yi^he'tonan
teanvap kwa t'a al£'ol kole 5 am*e£an'a. ciwani koko Kwhva le*-
doing wrong | they should not have scolded their sister. They should
not have thought of ordering her away. | Now, even though they
have scolded their sister, now they yearn for her. | <50) Even though
their sister had been gone for a long time, still they did not eat, |
because they are human beings. But although the black crows were
searching for her, the Uwanam'i | youths who had stolen the girl
guessed it. And so it was that | they did not find her. |
In the evening they came back to their house. "Have we all
come now ?" | (55) the black gods said. "Yes, now w r e have all come."
"Did she not | become visible somewheres?" the black gods said.
They asked one another. | They told that none of them had seen
her. | "But she cannot have died. Because, if she had died some
place, even if someone had hidden her, | there would have been
some odor around and we should have found her. Or | (60) there
would have been some little scrap of bone, or some little scrap of
her clothing | lying somewheres, and we should have found that.
So she has not died yet. Over all | the great world we have gone
about looking. Perhaps | at that place that we came to, even at the
house of the Uwanam'i she may be staying." | "Very well, one of you
go ahead and tell them. Tell her parents not to worry. | (65) For
eventually she will appear." So the black gods said. [ They went
out to tell her parents.
The black gods came to Kakima village. They reached the house
of the ones who had lost their girl. | Then the father of the lost gir}
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 195
anikwap ma rnamirte luka yaton*e le'wi ulohnan lana tenvla hon
unapa a*wal*uka. kwaholt'om tca'le acena'nra. kwa hoi kowitfapte
an at'e wo^yanre. kwa hoi kowit'apte an sanre ts^napt'holi kwa hoi
al*anre. kwa hoi suskhol kwa hoi we'ma hoi t'om tca'Pona ela 75
leantin-al'ukoa teanre. ten e*t li'wanem alahoankwin tahna j£a'-
tul-ulapna tealan uwananri atsawak ^akwenian ten e*t imo^an'a
t'omte lesnapte kokona le'a ton a u wana*wa. iskon i*mun ak'a kwa
^a'^i litonan i*nanren*te icaltema lo'pot'iye. kokokwin*a an e'lactok
o'koa le'anikwap ti'comaha* ma hinik rnamilte lesna tekan*a. ma 80
al^a Irl horn tca'le kwaiMkatekwin lito rpalto'ka. t'ewana'kona
hacinakona rjoijhrte kwa hokantikol a'wi"telakwina 3 ma. ciwan'i
le'kwan kokona lea'ap ilt elekan'a le'kwap ma is cunte^a an
paiyatamu kakwen'ona lukniakon t'on yatine'na'wap luknokon
to^a'wan tecuna*wa. koko kwina an e'lactok o'koa le'anikwap s:»
ma hinik rnamilte lesnat'ap eleJ^an'a. le'kwa ma lesna te|£an'a.
ten*at le'kon t'on a*j>enuwa. hos a*ne. tfelinan ko'kci t'on a'want'e-
wat c u leVwanikwanan koko kwin'a kwai'inam s'yam kakwin a*nap
ta -< tcic tse'mawalra kwas t'a ya'tema'man ant'ewa^a.
tcimhol t'ekohati a*wan tatcti yam tsawalj t'as lesanikwa^a 90
aktsiki temc tfo al*a ? hana yu'tso'ya'nan t'a hi. hanat paiyatam
asked the black gods, "Now my child, | how was it this day when
you went about looking over the world? | (70) Did she nowheres
become visible to you ? For even if she did not appear to you, |
twilling will happen to you because of it," the priest said to the
bl.i * k irods. ! "Yes indeed it is so. This day over the whole wide world
we I have gone about looking for her. Your child has not died. For
not even a little | drop of her blood is lying on the ground. For not
even a little fragment of bone | (75) is lying any place. No coyote or
other wild beast | is dragging about the body of your child. Prob-
ably yonder to the south | on the shore of the encircling ocean in the
house of the Uwananri youths she may be staying |. So it is that
somehow you may find her there. Because she is staying there | the
rain never comes, although the sky is always full of clouds." So the
bl;i<k god I (80) said to the one who had lost his daughter. "Alas,
I t 1 j nk indeed it must be so. | That is why, just when my child went
cm, ? from here, the rain ended. Every day, | although the sky
is full of clouds, nowhere does the rain come to earth." So the
priest I said. "Perhaps somehow it may be all right," he said. "Well,|
if you tell those who live at Cunte^a, Paiyatamu, they | (85) will
look for her for you." So the black god said to the one who had lost
his daughter, j "Well, I think indeed it is true that that way will be
best," he said. "Well, so let it be. | So you will talk to them over
there. Now I am going. May you all pass a good night." | So
the black god said to them, and went out again to his house. |
And again, because of great thought, he passed the night without
sleeping. |
13*
196 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
kakwenikwan yatine'ce t'a ikina tecuna*wa. an elactol^ o'koa yam
tsawak le'anikwap tsawak pilaknan i*kwani'leyenan t'as i'yo kwa
i'to'na'man cunte^aiakwin a*ka. isko te'tcinan ko'na t'on t'ewanan
95 a*teaiye tsawak le'kwan-kwato. ke'tsanici rt'inal^a. t'onc a*wia ?
le'anikwap tsawak rmuka. paiyatam a*wan mosona aiyala^a.
si* luk: yaton. ho'na tV lrl a*wona-elateka. i'mat kwahol pena
te'onak* a li* 1 ho'na to* a • wona-elateka . paiyatamu a * wan
mosona tsawak'ona le'anikwap ma rnamilte li*l kaki'ma hon
100 hrwalaye. laktfap ha'i t'ewan horn okana* yaPona yam hecot'an*an
i tfomt ton hoi lestena kwai'inan kwa hokanhol i'na^ap 1H ho'n
a'wan anela'wa tecuka rnatikap t'a 1H tecukwa yaton koljwa*-
kwhra yam hie ko*wi kakwen'ona tenvla tecunapka. tern ta
a'wan i'natika. e't kwa ta hot acena'ma le'tikwapte kwahol
5 yu 5 he*tanre a^*a t'a t'ona hon a'wanawanan ak'a tfa ho J tfo^o
yatinekan i'ya. tsawak le'kwap ma honkwa'ati tenat hon i'te'tcu-
na*wa. honkwat ilt hon hoi a"wana # wa. hompic kwa ten* hon
a u wana*wanven t'a lal tVna hon yatinena'wa. tenat yam tV
^akwin te*tcinan le'nate yam tV a^lacina' yatinen*a. cuntekara
io tsawalpna leanal^ap ma honkwa'ati. — e* le'na tekan*a. t'on tse*-
map iko'kcuira. honkwat t'on a'halowil'ap hoi yu^e'tothra.
paiyatanvu a*wa mo'sona tsawaj^ona le'anikwap ma honkwa*
90) Just at daybreak, their father again said to his son, | "My
boy, are you still asleep ? Come, wake up ! Now go again to the
house of Paiyatamu | and tell them that they should look for your
sister." So the one who had lost his daughter | said to his son. The
boy arose and dressed himself and again, poor thing, | without
eating went to Cunte^aia. When he came there he said, "How have
you | (95) lived these days?" the boy said. "Come in. Happily, be
seated. Have you come?" | they said to him. The boy sat down.
The chief of Paiyatamu asked him, | "Now this day here you have
passed us on our road. Surely because you have something to say |
you have passed us on our road." So the chief of the Paiyatamu |
said to the boy. "Yes indeed it is so. Here at Kakima we | (ioo) are
living. Three days ago my youngest sister went out from her house ; |
it seemed but for a little while. But she never arrived at any place. |
Hawk has looked for her for us and he failed to find her. And again
yesterday the black gods, | every one of them, went to look for her,
and they also | failed to find her. 'But probably she has not died,'
they said. | (5) But nevertheless she has not appeared. Therefore
we have been thinking of you . And so I | have come to tell you about
it." So the youth said. "Well, is that so. Well then, we shall try. |
Perhaps indeed we may find her or else, if we | do not find her, we
shall tell you over there. So now, when you | reach your house,
you will tell this to your parents." So the Cuntejcaia | <io) people
said to the youth. "Well is that so ?" "Yes. So be it. Make your
mind | easy. Perhaps if you are lucky somewhere she may appear." |
Bunzel, Z/uni Texts 197
ati ko'ma so* a'ne. yaVton ko'kci t'on su'nhakanapt'u. le'kwanan
kwai'inan s*kart a'ka.
yam kakwin i*nan la^ol cunte^aia ko'lehol an hetocna^oa is
yam tatcut'ap yam a'wokana* yat'ine ma honkwa* ati hon tse'ma-
i*ko*kcunaplta. honkwat i'namilte hoi yu'he'totinan lacik yam
tcawe le'anikwap ta* c tcic cuntekaia paiyatamu a*wa mo'sona
si* hana 5 ko'ma teat'u kesi. tcuwati ko'na ho'na'wan t'eapkuna
tfowa ciwan an tcaTona tecu^ap el'ekarra % paiyatanru a*wa 20
mosona le'kwap ma ak*a ho 5 na*wan to mo'si'ye kole'a tV penap
isnoko tekan'a. le'anaptp ma imat ak'ap luk pulaka luptsina
lulj: mo'siye lukon tekan'a le^wanan yam cohkonan luptsina
ahnan yam teckwan ye'lanan yam cohkonan pu 5 ap pu*laj£a lupt-
sina kwai'inan a*wan onealan a'na pulaka rmunan lesnol cope*- 25
akan pou'ap si luka yaton'e horn tca'le li*l ^aki'ma t'owa ciwan
an tca'le o'koa li'wanan holalaho katul-ulapna tealan hoi uwanam'i
^akwenan i*me le'anakan'ona to' tecukan'a paiyatamu pulaka
le'anikwap lahi^a. a-witenakan rtulohnan skwai'ika. ta'tciman*-
tes lehol uwanam'i a 'wan kakwin a'ka. 30
ta* c tcic uwanam'i ewactok yam hanlinapkoa e^acto^ona ilapa
tfas u'kwe'i^a. hacina ko'ma lo'lipotipLp pulaka ulohnan tem'la
a'witena^an i'tulohka. kwa hoi e'lacto^ona u*nam*en ikwalt i*^a.
So the chief of the Paiyatamu said to the youth. "Well, is that so ? [
Very well, now I am going. After a good day may you come to
evening," he said | and left. He came this way.
(15) When he came to his home what they had told him over at
Cuntekaia | he told his father and his sisters. "Well, is that so ? We
have made our minds | easy. Perhaps it is indeed true that some-
where she may turn up." So the old man | said to his children.
Meanwhile at Cuntekaia, the chief of the Paiyatamu said, | "Very
well now, come on. Let it be now. Which one of our children |
(20) had better look for the Corn Priest's child?" the chief of the
Paiyatamu | said. "Well, since you are our chief, it shall be just
as you say," | they said. "Well, it seems, since this yellow butterfly j
is t lie chief, it should be he." he said. He took his yellow flute | and
st Ins: beside his altar blew upon his flute. A yellow butterfly |
<2.> c, r out (of the flute). The butterfly alighted on their corn-
meal road and there | sat fluttering his wings. "Now this day, my
child, the Kakima Corn Priest's | lost child stays yonder on the
shore of the south encircling ocean, in the house of the Uwanam'i, |
so they say. You will look for her." So Paiyatamu said to
the butterfly. I He flew off. Four times he went around and then
went out. Straightway | <30) there to the house of the Uwanam'i
he went.
Meanwhile the Uwanam'i girls again went out with the girl whom
they had stolen. | The sky was packed tight with clouds. The
butterfly encircled the whole world | four times, but nowhere did
he see the girl. So he came back. |
198 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
yam ^akwin cuntekaiakwin i'yap iskon aiyalatinapip kwa
35 ko'lehol yu'hetam'ona pu'laka jJenap ma ko'ma wan e'lacto^
o J ko an a lacina'ona ya'tinena'wa. tern t?a tfewa ya'tonan hon
i*t'etcuna*wa. paiyatam awan mosona le*kwap a'wan suwe e'lactok
<ykoana a'lacina'ona yatine*kan a^a. kakrmakwin i'nan ciwan
an kakwan paiyatamu kwatonan ko'na tfon fewanan a*teaiye horn
40 a*tatcu horn a'tsita le'a'wanikwap lfe'tfsanici ho } na*wan tca'le.
tfoc i'ya? i'ttna^a. lea*na^ap s'i'mu^a. s 5 an e'lactok o'koa s^te'-
kunaka. ma lu^a tetinan li*l t'o ho'na a*wona-elate*ka. ko-
ko'na le*a tVmvwan t'eapkunan homo ulohnan u*na-al*ul£a. ko*-
lehol peyekoa uhsona ho'na tk) J a*yu J ya"kap uhsona aiyu'ya'na
45 hon t'ewanan a a te|£an*a. le'kwap ma* rnamilte kwa ko^ehol hoi
yr^he'ton' team'apte tern t'a tfewanan ya'ton. hon i'te'tcuna'wa.
paiyatamu a'wan mosona ko'lehol peyekoa an e'lactok o*koa
a'tinapap ma honkwa'ati lesna hon tse'makwi* ko'kcumvwa. ci*-
wan*i le'kwap e* le*na te^ana. hos a*ne tsawal?: le'kwanan kwai'-
50 inans yam cuntekaiakwin a*nap fas tomti leste'na e'lactoj^ona
a'lacina* antfsuniehna a*wantfewaka s'yu'aco-ten'antiha kwa
Ica'ki el hoi i'towena*wam*e kwa ^a*J£i el hoi ya'tema'nra yu'aco-
wal$:*a.
t'ewap t'as paiyatamu a'tsawak yam pulalja itohpanahna iyama-
55 kwin ulohn iPona kwai'ijfana^a hie ta^tciman^te jJulu^a itoh-
panahna lehol iyamakwin tahna wans hie ye*mal$;a. ta'^ic lak u -
When he came to his house at Cunte^aia, there they questioned
him. | (35) The butterfly told them how she had nowhere appeared.
"Very well, then, | let us tell the parents of the lost girl. Again,
tomorrow, we | shall try," Paiyatamu chief said. Their younger
brother | went to tell the parents of the lost girl. When he came to
Kakima, | Paiyatamu entered the house of the priest. "How have
you lived these days, my | <40) fathers, my mothers?" he said to
them. "Happily, our child. | Have you come? Be seated," they
said to him. He sat down. Then the one who had lost his daughter |
questioned him. "Now this night here you have passed us on our
road. | In what fashion has your child gone about looking over the
world? | Whatever he has told you, that you will let us know.
Remembering that | (45) we shall always live." So he said. "Yes,
indeed it is so. Even though | she did not appear anywheres, yet
again tomorrow we shall try." j What Paiyatamu chief had said |
he told the one who had lost his daughter. | "Well, is that so ? Thus
we shall make our minds easy," | the priest | said. "Yes, so be it.
Now I am going, " the youth said and left | <50) and went to Cuntekaia.
And eagerly hoping for just this the girl's | parents passed the night.
They were worn out with loneliness. | They could not eat well and
they never slept because of their loneliness. |
And again next day the Paiyatamu youths brought out their
many coloured butterfly, I (55) he who holds the world above. And
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 199
hot uwanam'i e^acto^ona il*apa t'as u'kwai'L sic awe*hiya
he'in kwai'inan itiwutcu-kwai'i. tern kwa holomac a'wrkeatona*-
man pulaka {$:e*la lak u lehol hie a'po'yakwin rtiyula'up tcim yalu
kvli po't'il^ap laljantapte pulaka tuna-pani'na e^lactok'ona u'naj^a. eo
hie kohol an u^ahaiyan lacow'ona hie kohol awe*luya*wanan
koskwap u*nan e*ha! ma lak u t'o 5 rnatinanre tekarra. pulaka
le'kwanan tcims panrl^a. sic ace hecina pulaka pani^a. yam
ul^ahaiyan u'na^a tekwin rmuluktana pani'^anan e'lactok^ona
yakto^a. ciwan an e 3 le tV lrl utce. le'anikwanan yakto'hap 65
ta* c tcic cuntekaiya pulaka hie ko'homacko'na ukwe'i^a. hie
tco^ikitin i'keatol^a. e'lactokona s'yatfenap^a. s'il'ajja pani'k:a.
s'an kakwin ikwalt il*apa a*wi'ka.
le'na ino*te teati^a.
THE BOX BOAT (7). 70
sona #< tci scrnsti ino*te rmvtsa'lja luwalap t'owa ciwan an tsawafe
hie cocli. yam kwanlea tenrla tosonan yam takuwet'ap yam satowe
yam awekliwe sic tfonri yo'ka. an tatcu anape'ye iteh-kwaPil^a^a.
si* tfa tenat tfo* kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre kwa t'om tse'makwin ajj*a
ho* tewuko'lianre^ana le'anikwanan tenat hoi le'wi hrwala* ya*tci 75
hoi tcu ele le'kwan tV al*un*a le 3 anikwanan ^apnan iteh-kwai^a.
straightway the many coloured butterfly | went up far into the
world above. Meanwhile, yonder, | the Uwanam'i again went out
with the girl, a great wall of clouds | rising, and she was standing in
the center. They did not rise very high. | The butterfly had first
gone up and stood against the dome of the sky. Then afterwards |
(60) the sky filled with clouds. The butterfly was there ahead of
them and looking down he saw the girl. | Just the tip of the downy
feather in her hair peeked out between the clouds. | He saw it
"Aha! There's no doubt that now you are there!" the butterfly
said. Then he descended. The butterfly descended very rapidly.
Stretching out his wings above where he saw the downy feather,
he descended, | (65) and struck the girl. "Priest's daughter, you are
in here !" he said to her, and struck her. | Meanwhile from CunteJ^aia
many butterflies came forth. | They flew up in a swarm. They seized
the girl and took her down with them. | They brought her back to
her house. |
This happened long ago. |
THE BOX BOAT (7).
Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Matsa^a. The
chief priest's son | was a great gambler. He lost all his clothing and
his beads and his earrings | and his fields. He lost everything. His
father scolded him. He threw him out. | "It can't be helped. You
200 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
isnol al*u*ya. sirnhap ikwal rnan nnrlojf hepokanan antfewac-
leka t'ewap an a*wo^ana*we holtikol yalaconan kwai'ip yam
kakwen kwatonan kPl ahnan kwai'inan t'ewankwin tahn a'ka
o ^apteala ten*a polapot'i a'naiye. pola kum lana elakwin te s tcinan
apt'si^a. apUsinan ko'kcunan rtcu'nan yamanan hrnina kume
tfsimvnan aptfsi^a. apt'sinan he*pj%a. he*plinan lepkoskwiw aclta
tepkoskwi* eleljanan ya'tciljatean t'am'e koskunan ye*maknan
yam ]£akwin kwatonan hanela hanlil^a. hepalan acnan tcukin-
6 a'paia acnan kwai'ika. yam kum alkwin te^cinan t'opal^a lenr-
koskuh^a . kwato^a .
kwatonan lenrkoskul^a. ljaptealan al*ap inalilitikaka ponol
a*^a. ponol a*nan l^awionan t'sopa kwatoka. kwatonans l^aial a^a.
hoi te'tcip yato-kwai'ip yam aVan t'am'e koskwihnan i'ton a*ne.
o a* — ne. itiwap t'a i*to. t'a su*nhap t'a rto. lesnahol a*ne lesnol
l£aial a'ne a — a*ne lakhol akw rlohnakwin te'tcip an hanelan
t'en*aiye ke'si. leskwanan helu hapa! tcimi so' o'ceman acen'a.
le*kwan a*ne. trcomaha' mahonkwa lol tcuhol i*mo^an*a ? ama ho 5
we'atcot'u le'kwanan yam a'an tfam'e koskwihnan t'una-kwaPinan
3 we'atcoka. oh — le'kwap ta* c tcic neVe'kwe tsawak ^atsi^ana'-
have no sense! Because of your doings | (75) I will not be poor,"
he said to him. "It can't be helped. Now you will go about in all the
village branches | to whomever you choose." Thus he said to him.
He whipped him and threw him out. |
So he wandered about there. Every evening he came back and
slept in the dirt ovens. | His sisters went out visiting somewhere. |
Then he went into his house, took an ax and went out towards the
east. | (ho) Along the bank of the river was a row of cottonwoods.
He came to a large cottonwood log standing upright | and cut it.
After he cut it he smoothed it. He lay down and measured off his
height on the log. | There he cut it. After he had cut it he hollowed
it out. After he had hollowed it out he made a wooden cover. | When
the wooden cover was ready he plugged the knot-holes with sticks.
Then he went up | and entered his house. He stole provisions. He
made a package of paper bread and a bundle of sweet cornmeal.
(85) Then he left. He came to where his log was lying. On one side
he took off the wooden cover. He entered. |
And after he had entered he put on the cover. It was lying on
the bank of the river. He shook it and it rolled over. | It rolled over
into the river and dropped in with a splash. After it had dropped
in, it floated away. | At sunrise he had come somewhere. Then
he took out the wooden plug from the hole and went along eating. |
(90) So he was going along. And at noon again he ate. And in the
evening again he ate. That is the way he is going. So | he was
floating along. So he was going along. He came to a winding
canyon and now his provisions | were all used up. He said, "Now
I've done it. Now I am going to starve to death." | So he said as he
E'wivzxl, Zvuibi Tvjote 201
koa hoi al'u'ya hatia'nan he — tcuwapi I le'kwap t'a kwil*i-
kana'na we'atcoka. oh — le'kwap ^aptealakwi lanal^we'na
pani^a^a l^awionkwin te'tcip ho — le'kwap is ho* ^ u ' te lilbna i*tul-
apka. ko*wi tanhol i'nan oh — le'kwap he* m ^ llha 5 tcuhol tV
utce 5 le*kwanan ^awrna'kwin rpulahina Kw ^t9^anan kum'e ya- 100
t'enan kaiyahka. ^aiyahnan leskw^ 11 ^ 11 tcuwatci tV tekan*a ? i
le*anikwap ho*o ho* utce le^aniky^an ishol a'l ahnan lemkoskwin
yaktoha le'anikwap a'l ahna* 1 y&ktonap yaltih^a. yaltihap tsawalj
kwaiMka. tsawak kwai'ip l<?§anikwak;a ti'comaha' horn tca'le
holtci tV a'ne ? le'anikwa.p lehol su'nhakwin tahna ho' a*ne. hom 5
hanela t'en'anon^ak'a ho* we J atco J ya le^nikwap si J ana ko'ma hom
ljakwi le'anikwanans s'il'-a'^a.
lu'kanakwi il'i te*tcika a'tci kwato^a a*tci kwatop ho'i potfiye.
t'opa^an a*wotsi t'inayalto a*nap t'opakan a'woka tfinayalto a*nap
a'tci kwatonan hom a'tatcu hom a*tsita hom tcawe ko'na t'on 10
tfewanan a'teaiye ? — ket'sanici ho'na'wan tca'le t'oc rya ? i't'ina^a.
rmu le'anakap rmuka. neVe'kwe leskwanan hanate ho* tca*l
a u wa^a. iskon a*wo^a ^apat'unap^a ^ayusutip an u'mo^ana^a.
a u watena'ka tun tenrla kocona'ka. koco*naknan kusap mi'to'l^a.
went along. "Alas, maybe someone is living around here. Perhaps
I | might call out," he said. He took out the wooden plug from the
hole and looked out. | (95) He called out. "O-o-o-o-o-h!" he said.
Meanwhile Newekwe youth was walking around by a waterfall. |
He heard him. "Hey ! who is that ?" he said. Then again the second
time | he called out. "O-o-o-o-o-h!" he said. He came running
down the river bank. | He came to the river. "O-o-o-o-o-h!" he
said. There he came around from behind the high bank. | After
he had gone a little way, "O-o-o-o-o-h!" "Hey! Perhaps someone |
(ioo) is inside," he said. He jumped into the river and seized the
log, | (i) and took it out of the water. As he took it out of the water
he said, "Whoever may you be?" | he said to him. "Why, I. I
am inside," he said. "Pick up a stone somewheres and strike the
wooden cover," | he said to him. He picked up a stone, struck it,
and it opened. When it opened the youth | came out. As the youth
came out he said to him, "Oh dear! my child, | (5) which way are
you eoing?" he said to him. "Yonder to the west I am going.
But my provisions are all used up, so I called out," he said to him.
"Very well, come, | let us go to my house," he said to him. and took
him with him.
He came with him to Ash-Spring. They entered there. When
they came in it was full of people. | On one side the men were
sitting on the ledge and on the other side the women were sitting
along the ledge. | (io) As they came in he said, "My fathers, my
mothers, my children, how have you | lived these days ?" "Happily,
our child. Have you come? Be seated." | "Sit down," he said to
him. He sat down. Newekwe said, "Hurry > I | have found a
202 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV
is rtoljana'ka. i'toJ^at'ap lesana'lta si* ho*na _ wan tca*le luka yatoire
ho'na'wan hecot'akwi tfo* oneal i'kaka. kwako'tci kole'al te'ona^'a
tV holkon a*ne ? le J analfap ma rnamilte la^ u hol itiwana ho* teaj^a.
ho 5 tosona-t'erj'lja ho* tosona-tfen*ap horn a'lacina* horn ^apnan
horn iteh-kwai^a^a. lehol l^aliciankwin tahna ho* oneal a'ka^a.
20 horn hanela terj'ka. horn hanelan t'en*an ho* ak*a we'atcop horn
lu^ a u waka. le'kwap hayi ho J na*wan tca*le kwa la'^ima tV
a*cukwa le*anaknan uhsite t'eHnan otapka tfehna-t'ewal^a tfewap
canrli pu'ana^a.
iskon ant'ewaka. awitenakan ant'ewap cam'li mi'to'^a mi'to'knan
25 cesatopnan ps ula takupnan sato* pikaiapnan sato*pnan tfsiwulap-
cel^anapnan t'una'konan t'sinaknan a u wati*kona tfsinaknan tfanin
uknaknan pilan IPan pilaknan an onea mu'lonan uknaknan okcik
we-takuknan si* si 3 ho'na^wan tca*le ho'na'wan rcoyalanan alj'a
tV a-nuwa. leana^ap mahonkwahati ko > ma so* a*ne. horn a*tatcu
30 horn a'tsita t'on l^et'sanici t'ewanan a*teat c u le*kwanan elemakup
a u wakona il-a*ka. an lelonalkwin te'tcinan lelonan kwatop anal-
tunan iteh -^aiaka ^aian a*ne.
child!" Then the women put on water. When it was just getting
lukewarm they made soap suds. | They washed his hair. They
bathed his whole body. When they had bathed him they dried him
and did up his hair in a top-knot. | (15) Then he was given to eat.
After he had eaten they said to him, "Now, our child, this
day | to our house you have made your road come. Because of
something wrong | you were going away somewheres?" they said
to him. "Yes, indeed it is so. Yonder at Itiwana I lived. | I lost
all that I had. After I had lost everything my parents | whipped
me | and threw me out. Over to the west I made my road go. | (20>
I used up all my provisions. When my provisions were all used
up I called out | and this one found me." So he said. "Haiyi! Our
child. This very day you | may not go," they said to him. That
same night they made him dance. They stayed up all night. Next |
morning he was initiated. |
So he stayed there over night. Four times he stayed over night.
Then in the morning they did his hair in a top-knot. After his hair
was done I (25) they tied cornhusks over his ears. They put many
strings of beads with earrings hanging from them close around his
neck. They put earrings in his ears. | They painted concentric
circles around his eyes and around his mouth. | They gave him a
wand. They put on him a blue breech-cloth. They gave him a ball
of cornpollen | and hung a rabbit's skin around his neck. "Now,
our, child, with our good wishes ( ?) | you shall go," they said to him.
"Is that so ? Very well then, I am going now. My fathers, | (30) my
mothers, may you always live happily," he said. He arose. | The
one who had found him went with him. He came to where his box
was lying. He entered the box | and the other closed it for him.
Then he threw it into the river. It floated along. |
2?wtvw$, ZZwtvi tFcastd 203
hol te'tcip itiwap yam acowan altinan t'una-kwai'ip itiwap
i'to*nan lesna a*ne. hol te'tcip su'nhap ito'nan ljaian a*ne. a'witen
yato'we a*witen t'ehna'we ^aian a*ne hol te'tcip yatokwai'ika. 35
s^'^a.... luwala'kwin lo'tekanan leskwanan ana ho* tcuwehol
tecut c u le'kwanan tena^a.
ti ta pu*na ti ta pirna
kucaile paiyat y anru
he he he he hai hai hai hai hai 40
le^waka ta* c tcic ko'witean ewactol^ ate ehe koco^e'a. lali^an
tsipolo ewactok: a*tci yam fthe' koco'ye'a kutelap i'tulapnan
tfa tenaka*
ti ta pu*na tita pirna
kucaile paiyat y anru 45
he he he he hai hai hai hai hai
le'kwap ewactol^ ate hatiawa' hayi ha tcirwap we'atco'ya ?
hapic tene'aci ? a*tci le*kwap ko'wi tean kum i*nan t'a tenaka.
At noon he had come somewhere. He opened his window and
looked out. It was noon. | He ate. So he was going along. In the
evening he had come somewhere and again he ate, floating along.
For four | (35) days and four nights he floated along. When he had
come somewhere the sun rose. | So he went. He was approaching
a village. "Now let me | look for someone," he said. He sang: |
Tita puna Tita puna | Ti^a Bina northwest
Kucaile Paiyatamu |
(40) He he, he he, hai, hai, hai hai, hai! 1 |
So he said. Now a little ways off, two girls were washing dresses.
And a little farther on, | two Mexican girls were washing their old
rags. As he went around the high bank | again he sang: |
Tita puna Tita puna |
(45) Kucaile Paiyatamu j
He he, he he, hai hai, hai hai, hai! |
So he said. The girls heard him. "Hayaha! Who is calling out ? |
Or is he singing?" they said. As the log came a little nearer he
sang again, j
1 The song is said to be in the Keresan language.
204 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tita pirna tita pu'na
so kucaile paiyat y anru,
he he he he hai hai hai hai hai
le'kwap tsipolo a'tc hatianan a*tc i'ka ewactol^ a'tci kunreya-
t'enan a*tc kaiyahl^a. konant hoi a*tci kaiyahap tsipolo ewacto^
a'tc i*fea. a*tc inan kwa*pi ? le'kwap ma luk kunre holon tene*a
~>r> hompic koye*a hompic we'atco^a a*tci le'kwap tsipolo ewacto^:
a*tci leskwanan mac el'ea ? ma el*ea ama tena'u hapic kone hapic
we'atco ewactok le'kwap tena^a:
tita pu*na tita pu'na
kucaile paiyat y amu
60 he he he he hai hai hai hai hai
le 5 kwap hiya hito le'kwaka.
le'kwap iskon i'cemal^anapka. a'ho* ewactok a'tci topakeatip
tsipolo ewactok a'tci topakeatip iyanacna^a. t'oms i^anacna^a.
toms tepoalaniktela. awana kalitcic ho^a. hon ^aiyah^a. — el'a
05 ho*na le'tikwanan sic a'yu'te'tcika. i'kwilimakte ryu'tetci^anapka.
ryu^e'tcipinan ewacto^ a*tci leskwanan hiya ana horn seto'u.
hon ryalicna rseto'na a'wanuwa. tena tcuhol tfsumetun'ona* te*-
Tita puna Tita puna |
(50) Kucaile Paiyatamu |
He, he, he he, hai hai, hai hai hai! |
The two Mexican girls heard him and came. The girls seized the log |
and took it out of the water. They could hardly lift it out of the
water. Then the two Mexican girls | came. "What is it?" they
said to them. "Why, this log is singing | (55) or else it is crying, or
else calling out," they said, The Mexican girls | said, "Is that
right ?" "Yes, that's right. Now go ahead, sing, or else cry, or else j
call out," the girls said. He sang: |
Tita puna Tita puna |
Kucaile Paiyatamu j
(60) He he, he he, hai hai, hai hai hai! |
So he said. "Now listen to that!" they said. |
Then they quarreled about it. The two Indian girls were on one
side | and the two Mexican girls were on the other side, and they
pulled at the log. | They almost fell over backwards. "Get out of
the way! It belongs to us! We took it out of the water!" "No, |
(65) it's ours !" they said. So they got very tired. On both sides they
made each other tired. | When they all got tired the two girls said,
"Oh dear, put it on my back. J Let us take turns carrying it and go
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 205
tci^ap an te^arra a'tci le*kwap si* ko'ma i'namitte le*tikwanan
ewactok a'tci rsetcrka. notekla s'a'tc seto'ye. ko'w a*tc a'^ap
tsipolo ewactok a*tc i'seto'^a. tomt ko*w a'tc a'^ap a'tc i'seto'hap 70
yam acowan torn koskwihnan t'una-kwai'ip tsipolo ewactok a'tci
hie a'tc ekcrkci. a*tc e'lomomona lal a'ho'i ta ,c tci a'tci ci'kanaiye.
kwa ate hie hot ko*kcam*e lesn a'wu'nan t'am koskunan i'seto'hap
inahhke'a. kwa holomac set-a*nam*fe:a. etcetpatil^a. etcelpatip
a'up tsipolo elacto^ i'seto J up yucana tcupatciya kwa yu'ktanre 75
set-a"^:a.
a'tci yam kakwin seto-te'tcinan a'tcia tatcu kwai'inan kop
leak* ? holjan t'on kum'e set-i*ya ? a'tcia le J anikwap holon tene J a
hompic koye*a hompic we^tco'ya. makwac ama tena'u tatJcat
kone tatfeat we*atco hapic kop t'i'kwe'a ? tenaka. so
tita pu*na tita pirna
kucaile paiyat y am'u
he he he he hai hai hai hai hai
le'kwap he hi'to. hie tso*ya peye'a. hoi iana te'tcip hon afc'a
hewicna'wa. le*tikwanan yam tekwanan elulanan u'kwatonan 85
itowenap^a. i*towena*wap a'tfsan a'te^na u'kwai'inan i'kocna
And whoever is the strongest | and gets it there, it will belong to
her," So they said. "Very well, that is true," they said. | The two
Indian girls put it on their backs. They were carrying it upside
down. After they had gone along a little ways, | (70) the two
Mexican girls put it on their backs. After they had gone just a little
ways they took it from their backs. | He took the plug out of his
window and looked out. The Mexican girls | were beautiful girls.
They were white as snow. And the Indian girls were dark. | They
were not very pretty. After he had looked at them he put the plug
back in the hole. When they took him on their back | he shook
himself so they did not carry him very far. Their arms got numb.
When they got numb | (75) they put him down and the Mexican
girls carried him. He stayed quietly against their backs. It was
not heavy | and they went carrying it. |
When they reached their house their father came out. "What's
that for? Where did you get that log you are carrying?" he said
to them. "Well, either it sings, | or else cries, or else calls out. Now
go on and sing, or else, | <so> cry, or else call out, or else what is it
you have to say ?" He sang: |
Tita puna Tita puna |
Kucaile Paiyatamu |
He he, he he, hai hai, hai hai hai! |
So he said. "Now listen to that! He talks nicely! When our feast
comes J (85) we'll make money with it," they said. They set it up
in their yard, and went in. j They ate. While they were eating the
206 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol* XV
a'wulacop yato^an pLma'wa{£ a a kume kusnan o'jjol^a. o'kop
a*t?sana unulaptcona*wap tsawa^ el-ule. t'siwulapcehiajia no*tekl
el-irle. no^ekl el-ulap a't'san u'kwatonan lestikwanan tcuwakon
90 utce kumana. — mac el'ea le'kwap el'ea tfsiwulapnajJa pilan IPana
kutciye. t'a okcik we-takuye. le*tikwap kakwen J on i'^acetinan
trkwaPi^a. u'kwaPinan un-ulaptconapka. o'konan tet'unan kwatop
aiyulacina. he — hrto le'tikwanan hana ki'l aha. le'kwap a*wan
tatcu kwatonan kPl lea kwai*ika. o*konan kwato^anan ho^antikol
95 as'elup le — kwi. kum i'cokwilka. tsawal^ kwaPi^a. ti* hai t'oc
utcuka ? le^ana^ap e* le'kwap il*ap u*kwato^a.
iskon tsawa^on i'to'^anapka. si* ho'na'wan tca'le luknianan
to* tse'mak-tfelakwi^an'a. le'anal^ap iskon tsawajj; rtahl^a. tsipolo
ewactoj^on a'tcia yil'u^a. lesna teaiye. holomac t'ewap kwahol
ioo i*ya*se i*to*nan kwas alimana'ma. kwa alimana*men t'elap ewactok
] a*tc alap makaiakwin tahna a'hoMte luwala*kwin a*l^a. te'tcip
kwatopi.
kwatonan hom a'tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko'na t'on t'ewa-
nan a*teaiye ? — ^et'sanici i't'inalja. le J ana^ap rmup s'an wo'lati^a.
s na'le cilea'we hewe a'wo*latiJ£ap i*to*^a. eletokn rtovnan s'an-
i?ewa^:a. tJewap canrli pilaknan sV^a. tsipolo ^akwenikwi te'tcip
children came out and were playing | around. In the heat of the sun
the dry log cracked. When it cracked | the children ran around
looking in. ''There's a young man standing inside! He is striped
all over! He is standing upside down!" | While he was standing
there upside down the children went inside and said, "Someone |
(90) is inside that log!" "Is that true?" they said. "Yes, he is
striped all over and is wearing a woven blue breech-cloth | and a
rabbit skin around his neck," they said. The people in the house
rushed | out. As they came out they stood around looking in. They
looked through the crack. | He looked respectable. "Now look at
that!" they said. "Go on, get an ax!" they said. Their | father went
in and came out with an ax. He put it in the crack and somehow |
(95) pried it open on one side. Crack! The log split in two and the
young man came out. | "Well, were you inside ?" they said to him.
"Yes" he said. He went in with them.
They gave the youth something to eat. "Now, our child, these |
will be your loved ones," they said to him. So the youth married
them. | He lived with the two Mexican girls. Thus they lived.
For a long time | <ioo) they ate some kind of hot stews. He did not
like them. And because he did not like their food, at night, when
the two girls | <u were asleep, he went to the south to the Indian
village. When he got there he went in. |
He went in and said, "My fathers, my mothers, my children,
how | have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated," they
said to him. He sat down. They set down foodfor him. | <5) Venison
stew and paper bread they set down for him. He ate. After he
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 207
an a*woy a'tci leskwanan hokam tfo* i'ya. eha ho* kwaPiljan a*lja.
le* a'tci anikwap lesnahol teaiye.
lesna eletco'ya t'elap tsipolo ewacto^: a'tci rpisatifea. a*tc
utcul^a. t'opa telPtokwi utcuknan hacin an latsin kwai'i^ap t'elap 10
iyam acowakwin yam t'anin ehvnan kwai'inan a*l£a. a'ho'ite
hiwalakwin te'tcinan kwatonan horn atatcu horn a'tsita horn
tcawe ko'na t'on t'ewanan a'teaiye ? j^e't'sanici le'ani^ap i'mup
i'to'kana'ka. iton tcunap le* wo'la'tikap leskwalja si* horn a'tatcu
horn a'tsita hom tca'we lu^a t'eiinan tVn ho' tet'unakan*a le'- 15
kwanan kwai'i^a.
yeliahvnan t'ewankwin t'una yeliala'nan si J hom a'tatcu lul^a
t'ehnan'e J£al hom t'on ona-elatena*wa. le'kwanan yam t'ani'n
tahkanan ha — hai hai hai hai le'kwap ne'we'kw' awitelka.
mikayut'ap mo'tealat'ap melu'natap mo'laknanat'ap mo'tcikwat'ap 20
kwahot kaiyu tenrla wo'pon a'witel^a. tenrla a*wi*ap tsawak
yehkup crtin-kwatoka. ho we — ho we — ho we lal hanre
lestikwanan ho we — otin-kwatoka. oti'-a'wulohka — imtepinan
i't'ina^a. kwahol ^aiyu* yam wo'jionap a'wi'kona wo'tunapka.
wo'tunan sVwa^a. tsawak ant'ewa^a. canrli tcim t'ekohatip 25
kwaiMnan s*a*ka. yam utcukwi te*tcinan aconan kwato^a. kwa-
tonan utcap lesna tsipolo a'tci i'to'l^e'a. kwa V^'P i'to'mVma.
had eaten pleasantly | he stayed there over night. Next morning
early, he arose and went. He came to the Mexican house. | His two
wives said to him, "Where have you been?" "Nowhere, I just
went out," I he said to them. That is the way he lived.
So he went back and forth. One night the Mexican girls were
annoyed. They | <io> locked him up. They put him in the back room
and bolted the door tight. At night | he stood his wand in the upper
hatchway and went out. He came to the Indian | village and went
in. "My fathers, my mothers, my | children, how have you lived
these days ?" "Happily" they said to him. He sat down. | They gave
him to eat. When he had finished eating they put the things away
and he said, "Now, my fathers, | (is) my mothers, my children, this
night I shall show you wonders," he said. He went out. |
He stood on the housetop, facing the east. "Now my fathers, this
night J here you will pass me on my road," he said. He stretched
out his wand. | "Ha-a-a-a! Hai! hai! hai! hai!" he said. Then all
the Newekwe came. | (20) They came bringing roasting ears and
squash and sweet melons and watermelons, and peaches, | and all
kinds of wild greens. When all had come the youth | went first
and they went in dancing. "Howe! howe! howe!" they said. And
then others | said, "Howe! howe! howe!" They went in to dance.
They went around dancing. Coming back | they sat down. They
put down all the vegetables which they had brought with them. |
(25) Then they went out leaving them there. The youth stayed there
over night. Early next morning, just at daybreak, | he went out and
20? Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
yatonkwatop t'elikwitip kwaiMnan t'as a*ne. te'tcip i'to'ljana-
|fat?ap kwaiMnan yam atatc rcemapt'as a'wryapt'as o'tin-kwatoka.
mo lesnahol elute a'teaiye.
ankohal^a. ankohanan ainana^antiha. su*nhap kwaPinan a*^a.
a'ho'ite luwala'kwin te^tci^a. te'tcip i'to'^ana'^a. i*to*n-tcunap
leskwanan si* hom a'tatcu horn tcawetfewa yaton* ho 3 yalakwai'hra.
lu^a t'ehnan yam ulohnakwi ho* oneal a*kan*a le'kwap ma 3 imat
35 hon akc-a'nuwa. ma hon wo*sl-a*wa'nuwa le'tikwap iskon luwale-
ma|a. an aiacina*we ^akwen-ulan temla u'kwaPinan s'ljal
a'wa'ka. t'ewap canrli tsipolo a'te'tcip hiwaPona lestikwanan
hofomacko tekwi a'wa^a. holon t'elinate kwa yt^he'tarrre.
l^at a*wa*ka — . hrpinakwin a*wi*nan tsawak leskwanan si* hom
40 a'lacina'we wan yulal^ati. le*a*wanikwap an a'lacina* i't'inal^ap
tsawa^ kwatok:a. hom atatcu hom a'tsita ko'na t'on t'ewanan
a'teaiye ? — ket'sanici. it'inapi. kec tV iya ? — ho* iya ke*si.
yam o*ye yam tcawe ho' a'wil" iya. — ma homkwa^ti ma' el'e.
ho} yam ulohnakwi tfo 5 te'tcina t'o* yam a'lacina*we antekunahna
45 holon yaiy^ya'nakanuwan yam kole'a pena* po*tca pe'ye'kona
kwa uh'son aiyu'ya'nanre. torn hecot'an utshva. tV iskon te}£an*a.
toman akwanak'a t'oman tfewusu penanak'a an t'eapkunan ciwuna-
went. He came to the place where they had locked him up and
went in through the hatchway. | Then he was inside, and the two
Mexican girls gave him something to eat, but he never ate. | When
the sun set, at dusk, he went out and again went there. When he
came there they gave him something to eat | and he went out and
he called his fathers. Again they came and they came in to dance. |
(30) Thus they lived joyfully.
Then they found him out. When they found it out they were
going to kill him. In the evening he left and went there. | He came
to the Indian village. When he got there they gave him to eat.
After he had finished eating | he said, "Now, my fathers, my children
tomorrow I shall be gone. | This night, to my own country I shall
make my road go." So he said. "But perhaps | (35) we may go
together." "Why, we shall all go along," they said to him.
Then they arose, | his parents, his whole household came out. |
They came hither. Next morning the Mexicans came there. The
people of the village said, | "They went off somewheres far away.
Perhaps during the night, we cannot tell."
They came hither. When they came to Ash-Spring the youth
said, "Now, my | (40) parents, let us wait here," he said to them.
His parents sat down. | The youth entered. "My fathers, my
mothers, how have you | lived these days?" "Happily, be seated.
Have you come?" "Yes, I have come now. | With my wife, my
children, I have come." "Well, is that so? Well, that is good, j
When you reach your own country, you will ask your parents | (45)
whether they have enough sense. Whether all the bad words
which they have said to you, | they no longer know. Then he will give
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 209
Ibarra. le'a'napip. ma honkwa so* a*ne. tfon ^etfsanici tfewanan
a*teat c u le'kwanan kwai^a. kwaPip s^al a*wa'ka.
ma'tsa^akwin a'wi'lja. ko*wi teanhol yam a'tacina* tinanan so
wanani tomt t'inat'u ko*wi tenala'ap ho J i*yan*a. le*kwanan sVJt^a.
yam^akwinte'tcilta. ye'maknankwatol^a. kwatonan horn alacina*-
we ko > t?on t'ewanan a'teaiye* — Jje'tsanici. i'mu leVnal^ap les-
kwal^a kwa ho* rmucukwa. ho 5 hecik;a le'kwap ma ko'mas pene
an tatcu le'aniplp ma i*namitte. horn t'o > itehkwaPil^anan hot 55
le* luwala'we a'tfapana tse'mak-tfelakwi ho* teatunona horn tV
anhetocna horn to 5 yaknah^atapte yam hecot'akwi ho* ikwalt i\k:a.
kwa ho* sanva teanre. horn a*woy a'tci a'tcia a*tacina*we ho* a'wil'
rya. holon yam pena po'tca peye'kona lehol lesnun'a holikol
hecot'an'e hom t'ankohatipa hon isko*n a*tepura. t'a holotap 60
h;rlo le'anikwap raa' honkwa'ati le' hanate an tepicna'we le'kwap
topa ^akwan an tepicna^ap kwaPinan yam a*woy a'wil' i'fea.
u'kwatonan awe'nan hrtet'sina'ko okunan u'kwatolja. tcuhol
a'wacuwa^an i'y a P alu'u^anan pu'anan lesnahot a*teaiye. ko'wihol
tfewap ti^an la'ka. 65
le'n ino'te teatikon ak'a le* ne'ti^an tana.
le* sem kon'i^a.
you his house and there you will stay. | By means of your medicine,
by means of your prayers, his children will increase." | So they said
to him. "Well, is that so ? Now I am going. Happily may you al-
ways | live," he said and went out. He came out and came this way. |
(so) They came to Ma'tsa^a. When they were a little ways off he
told his parents to sit down. | "Wait, stay here. After a little while
I shall come," he said to them and went. | He came to his house. He
climbed up and went in. He came in and said, "My parents, | how
have you lived these days?" "Happily, sit down," they said to
him. | He said, "No, I cannot stay, I am in a hurry," he said to them.
"Very well, speak," [ (55) his father said to him. "Indeed it is so.
You threw me out. | You ordered me to go and live with my loved
ones in any town where I could find them. | Even though you let
mr ?o from you, I have come back again to my house, | but I am
iii > i j< me. I have brought with me my two wives and their parents. |
Perhaps if you take back all the bad words which you said to me,
then in whichever ] (eo> house you may let me have, there I shall live.
Or otherwise, | if you say no, it shall be no." Thus he said to them.
"Well, is that so ? Hurry up, sweep for him," he said, j They swept
the other house and he went out and brought his wives back with
him. | As they entered the doorway they put a mark of ashes before
the doorway. They went in. Whoever | came in to talk to them
was caught and initiated. So they lived. After a short | (65) time
they had a large society.
This is the way it happened long ago. Therefore the Newe*kwe
have a large society. | So short is my tale. |
14
210 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
GHOST WIFE (6).
HanMpirj^a hiwala^a. hie tehtfsinan Ko'kci t'ewaua^ona u*-
70 pinapa. tfewana* a*tsawal£ okcik lata^al^ a'walu^a. ta* c tcic ciwan
an tsawalj: kwa ^a — ki kwaPikwanve a*witen ok:an a'wil'i leshol
antikweka taptat o'keik lata^ana^aira Uewana* a'ts'awa]^ o'keik
iatal^aj^ a'walu'ya. tfewana* o'keik wo*j5una a*wrtela. ciwan an
ewactok yam papa le'antikwap ma e*te kwa kwahol ho' leak
75 il'anre. le'na* teht'sinan a'tfanap kwahol ho'n tcuwa lea ya*naj£an*a
al£ hon tcuwa kwa it'sumana'ma hohio hon tcuwa lat-al'un*a
tsawal^ le'kwaj^a. an a'wo^a ma imat hon tJoman tepiwem'e
ki^ana*wa. u'hsona tfo* uptca*wacnan tV lata^an'a e'wactok;
yam papa le*antikwa ma* hana' ko'ma tsawalj le^wap a'wo^a
so s'an tepiwem'e Jppinap^a. s'uhsona kiyap s'uptca'wac^a. ta ,c tcic
an a'wol^a s*an hanelan-acna'wap t'as upinatela tewana*kona
tfehna* yatowe upina*witela tsawak ant'sumeh ant'ewaka.
t'ewap tcim tfekohatip pilaknan s'kwanileyaka. yam uptca*wac-
kon s^yuli'^a. yulinan s*an a'wo^a apilaknan s'an i'to'we ele-
85 Jtana tsawalj iyo s'i'to'pi. kwa hot al'ukwanre ol£ ikna po'ule.
te 5 tc ho 5 i tea > kona. s'rto'n tcunenan an a'wo|a an hanelan pe-
hana*wap tsawa^yam tepiwem t'sana yrkwahma'nan yam hanelan
i'seto'nan kwaPi^a ike'si.
THE GHOST WIFE (6).
The people were living at Hanlipinka. It was a good winter. All
the time | (70) it snowed. And every day the boys went rabbit
hunting. But the priest's ] son never went out at all. He had four
sisters. These | said to him, "Now why don't you go to hunt
rabbits ? Every day the boys | go out hunting rabbits. Every day
they come bringing rabbits." Thus the priest's | daughters said to
their brother. "Well, but I have nothing to wear. | (75) The winter
is dangerous this way. Someone must give us clothing | so that we
may not feel cold. Then we can go around hunting somewhere." |
Thus the boy said to his women folks. "Well, then we will tan a
wildcat skin for you. | That you will make into boots. Then you
will hunt." Thus the girls | said to their brother. "Well, all right,
hurry up!" the boy said. The women | (80) soaked the wildcat skin
for him. When it was wet he made boots. Meanwhile | his women
folks prepared provisions for him. Then again it snowed, every day |
and at night. During the days it snowed intermittently. That
night the boy passed anxiously waiting. |
Next day, just at daybreak, he arose and dressed. | He drew on
the boots that he had made. After he had put them on the women
arose and prepared food for him. | (85) Poor boy, he ate. He never
went out but sat inside like a woman. | Only thus had he lived.
When he was finished eating the women wrapped up his provisions, |
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 211
kwai'inan lalhok u piclankwin tahna o*kcik lata'kwe awan
onaten'a sV^a. tsawalji ocikwin t'unaye*makna u''lale wetok a-- oo
ne tsawa^: kw* al*ukwam*e hie anrina tcimna'kwe kwaPi. lesnos
a'ka — . s'hol a*tsawal£ okcik tata*kwe a'teana* paltokwin tte*-
tcinan isnakonhol lecoko'kona o'keik a'tecu al*uya kes iyo kw*ap-
ikwanve tsawalji. hoi imat lem cokon alkwin te'tcip lesnol okceik
a*teanan kwatonap t'una-kwatop lo*te o'keik a* ho'ktin kcos- 95
kwap tsawak; halicotinan s J as kwatoka as-kwatonan anahkwvai-
ikanan le-elaiye. kwa ko^ehol ainatuno'na yu'he'tanrep yram
tepiwem t'san ak*a o*kcil£ pehanan s'yatcucleka. o'keik he'tc'alirna-
cap okcik acip les pehanan rleanan t'a lem cokon al'an t'una-kwattop
t?a fop utcap as-kwatol^a holomactean utcap wans a'le teculka. 101
konanthol hecot'apkatean a'le a u wanan le-r^a. le-rnan lem cokoona 1
s'ainaka t'omt hoi fowa'ana. ta* c tcic t'opakan yatona'koa tcuiwa
tsawa^ okcik lata^aka al'un'ona anhatia*nan sMnkwin a*ka. ttem
hie tsawak okcik u'tcana lem cokona a*l ak'a aina as-kwatomap
tsawa^ona yelPawela'nan kop tV leye'a suwe le'anikwap tssa- 5
wak tfunatip elaiye. tsawak he*mokona ko'macko*na okcik seto**ye
ma ho* \r\ okcik ana-kwail^aen t'a t?op u*tcap a^ ho* as-kwatelijpte
the boy put his little wildcat skin over his shoulders, put his pro-
visions I on his back, and now he went out.
He went out and went to the north along the trail of the rab bit
hunters. | <90) The boy crept along in snow-drifts as deep as Ms
knees. [ The boy never went out, he was weak and now for the first
time he goes out. That is how | he went. Somewhere he reached the
end of the tracks of the rabbit hunters. | So there he went about
looking for rabbits in all the hollow trees, the poor | boy who never
went out. Now it seems somewhere he came to a hollow tree lying
down and there were a rabbit's <95) tracks going in. He looked in.
Nearby was the tail of a rabbit, showing at the entrance. Eagerly
the boy put his hand in. He put his hand in and pulled the rabbit
out. I There he stands holding it and doesn't know how to kill
it ! I He wrapped up the rabbit in his little wildcat skin, and stam-
ped on it. He made a mess of the rabbit. | When the rabbit was
dead he wrapped it up the same way and took it. Then again he
looked into the hollow tree lying on the ground, | aoo) and again
there was another inside. He thrust his hand in. It was further in.
So wait, he went to look for a stone. | d) So with great trouble he
brought a stone from some ruins. He brought it and hit the hollow
tree. | He just hit against the wood. Meanwhile, on the other side
of the hill, some | boy who was going around hunting rabbits, heard
him, and went to where he was. Just | as the boy had killed the
rabbit with a stone where he was inside the hollow tree and reached
his hand in, | (5) the other youth came and stood beside him.
"What are you doing, younger brother?" he said to him. | The boy
looked up. There he is standing. The boy who was skillful was
14*
212 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
holomac utcap al£ ho' isno a'le tecu^a is sunhakwin tahna
tepofealan ko'nanthol ho* a'le a u wanan le-rnan alj ho* HI e't lem-
10 cokona ainepte ko'tci lo'o tsawak amin'ona le*kwap ama la*la
tfoman ho* utci c tu tsawal^ okcik seti'kona le'kwanan a'l aiyonan
lemcokona ainaka. konanthol ate lemcokona kuhmokanan s'a*tc
ana-kwai^a okciko koplea tfo* ^e*la yam anakwai'i^a'koa tV
ainaka. kopleap hie t'omt hatcipon*e tsawa^ le'kwap ma*
is yam luk tepi'wenre t'san aj£ ho 5 pehan acnan ho* yatcucle^a
tsawak amin'ona le'kwap kwa lesna lu^ni a* wan haitocnan
teanre horn irna le'na to' ainan*a le'kwanan okcik sakwikoa
yatfenan no'tekla piya*nan lacoktikoa yaktocap s'okcik acep
tci'kwati! le'na lu^nia a'wan haitocnan hie iyo tV yam lje*la
20 anakwai'i^a'koa tV jiotca antewn^a le'anikwap kwa tern Ua
kolehot ho* okciko aina^ana^an'ona horn tatcu anhe'tocnam'^a.
tsawa^ le'kwap ma le'na honkwat hoi t'a tV onahkananan horns
tV u'naj^a. — lesnol ho* s'ainan'a tsawa^ amin'ona le'anikwanan
— Irwanem. su'nhakwin tahna t'anaiya*kwin hie elanaiye lekon
25 tV a't'u tsawa^ al'ulan'ona le'kwanan hapictfom ho* okcik patci*-
t c u? tewu'tca so* onah^a. ko'tci hie a*yukti t'om ho* jJatci c nan
tern tfa lol ho' onahl^an'a hekwatcic ho' elana tenapi tsawak
carrying many rabbits on his back. | "Well, I made one rabbit run
out of here, and now there is another inside, so I reached my hand
in, | but he was too far inside. Therefore I looked for this stone and
over there to the west | on the hill I finally found this stone and
brought it, and even now | (io> I am killing him here in this hollow
tree. But it's awfully hard," said the boy, the stupid one. "Well, get
out of the way | and let me get him out for you," said the boy who
was carrying the rabbits. He took the stone from him | and struck the
hollow tree. Finally they broke the hollow tree. They | made him
come out, the rabbit. "Now how did you kill the one that you
brought out first ? | How is it that it's all in a mess ?" the boy said.
"Well, | (15) I wrapped it up in my little wildcat skin and stamped
on it," | the stupid boy said. "That is not their custom. | Now
watch me. This is the way you should kill them," he said. He held
the rabbit by the legs | with his head hanging down and struck
him behind the ears. The rabbit died. | "Now that is their custom.
Alas, poor thing, the one you first | (20) brought out! You have
done wrong to him," he said to him. "Never before | did my father
instruct me how rabbits should be killed," | said the boy. "Well,
you will do it this way, if perhaps you again have good luck. | Now
you have seen me." "That is the way I shall kill them," the stupid
boy said to him. | "Over this way to the west among the trees
there are many of them. | (25) Now you go over there," said the boy,
the one who was a great hunter. Or else, let me divide my rabbits
with you, | for I have great good luck. They are terribly heavy,
so I will divide them with you, | and then perhaps I shall have
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 213
le'kwanan an a*wokana*wona antse'man sekwat okcik ak*a hanta-
klrca. — tV yam kakwin te'tcinan to* penuwa tV yam a'wokana*-
we yatinenan horn tV antepen*a suwe okcik patci%a. t'a luk'ona 30
horn okcik lata ani^aka tV le'kwanan yam a'wokana* yatinen'a
tsawalj le'kwanan an a*wokana*wona okcik a^*a hantakKcnan
iskon a*tci rwo'ptsi^a.
su'nhakwin tahna tsawak kwa t'ehwa t'enapanr'ona a*nap tfehwa
t'enajtona e*t anhetoc^a tomt tV rtsiko'liyal^ajra kalem tV ikwalt 35
kwai'inan lil tV yam teanakwin rnan yu'camlitapte tfo's a*nuwa.
lHnol al'unte ace* su*nhap kwa kokcam'e. holomac hon l^akweniye.
elanat t'as ujftnan rya l^esi le'kwap t'as iya c hie le* u^ajla la*na.
ma tenat isnol ko*wi ho* al'tura lesa^atip hon tV ko'na anijjeyen-
5 ona camlitapte hos yam ^akwin a*nuwa tsawak amin'ona le'kwanan 40
lamok u su'nhakwin tahnas a*ne. hekwat upinaiye sic' upi 3 a^'a
tekwitco tcimhol t'anaiyakwin kwatonan kwa tern lal holnol
topintholt'apte okcik ainana'man nomilta'tci s'alun-kaceti^a
tomt tonhol ikna halicotinan hehe ya'ana ho^antcimat ho' i'^a
ho^antcimat ho* anuwa ho^antcimat horn Jjakwe honkwa li'wan 45
hompic liwan hompic e*t lekon*te ho* t'un-elaiye le'kwa ko*macko* na
tse'ma. tse'map sic ho^anamaceko'na a*nuwa Ua e*t we'atco ha-
good luck again. For indeed, I know where there are many," the
boy said. He was thinking about his sisters, so he was generous to
hi m with his rabbits. | "When you reach your house you will talk
to t hem. You will tell your sisters, | oo) you will talk to them about
me. My younger brother divided his rabbits with me. He taught
me I how to hunt rabbits,' you will say. You will tell your sisters."
So the boy | said. Because of his sisters he was generous with his
rabbits. Then they | separated. |
The boy who did not know the places went to the west. | (35) The
one who knew the places had told him to go there. "You will just
go around the outside. Then you will come back here | to where
you started out. Then when you come to your own tracks, even
though you think it is early, you will go back. | For to be out here
late in the evening is not good, for we live far off. | And moreover
there is more snow coming now." So he said. And indeed again it
comes, great flakes of snow. | "All right then, I will just go around
a little while. When the time comes as you told me, | <40) even though
it is early. I shall go back to my house.' 1 So the stupid boy said, |
and went far off to the west. And now indeed it was snowing. | The
air was dark withsnow. Then right away he entered the wooded
place, I without having killed a single rabbit anywheres. Finally
he lost his way. | He was just going like one who is crazy. "Oh dear,
oh dear ! Now which way did I come ? | (45) Now which way shall I go ?
Which way is my house ? Perhaps this way, | or else this way. But
perhaps this way that I am facing," he said. He was greatly
worried. He worried which way he should go. And so he called out
214 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
cina upinan rkrtfap kwa tcuhot anhatianam'e tern e*t hc^inairte
we'atcojta hacina urjinan potfan ak*a kwa teha'tanve kwa tcuhol
50 anhatia*nanre lesnol s'isnokonhol ko*wi ts'ana al'mrte su'nhap
isnokon ho'ina^owa tenrlas yam l^akwin a'weletco^atap ta* c tcic
a'lun-kacetin'ona isnakon te'tci al"u*ya ^csi. kwas yam ^akwin
a'na^a sic t'elikwitip tcims upinalta rt'ehwa^ap kwahot tcuhol
teananre tJanaiya tenvla uVwolipap kwa sic hokanhot i #> kowa an
oo yu'he'tanre e*t hie tcim yam kakwin i*na yam tcimna'kwe o'keik
teana' t'atfana lulj teana elairte kwa sic ho^anhol yam i^kona
kwa sic an yu'he'totina'ma. lehapa t?a lesnol al'un'on ho! ts J awafe
t'aphoh" icalte'ma po'uli te*tci ho'i tea'koa tcimna'kwe telipalto-
kwin kwai'inan s'a'lun ^aceti*.
60 ta* c tcic an a*wokana*we s'aincokyan rnati hinik antfewan'iha. —
ten lat al'unan i'teni^ap hot ko'lea yanikwanahna o*tsi antfewanan'a
a*wan tatcu an tsit'onat'ap an awo^ana'wona le'a'wanikwap
ana* ko'ma el hon rtse^ananrce homkwat ilte hoi ant'ewa hom-
pic em*a ona^anan ayuktap ak*a lol wetok rya an tsita an a*wo-
65 ^ana* le'tikwanan yam tse'makwi* ko'kcuna a'peyep homkwatcic
hoi yam alun-kacetco'yan'on aj^a kwa rna'ma lesnates tfelikwitip
mas imat lolo antfewan*a.
But the air was packed full of snow so no one heard him. Even though
there were still people there, | he called out, but because the
air was packed full of snow the sound would not carry. No one |
(50) heard him, although some of them were right there, hunting
a little ways off. In the evening | the people who had been there
all went back home. Meanwhile | the one who had lost his way
werit around always in the same place. | He did not go to his
home. When it was quite dark the snow cleared, but there were
no | tracks. The trees were all covered with fresh snow. Which way
he had come | (55) he could not see. Indeed, although he was by the
tree where on first coming from home he had seen the rabbit |
tracks, on coming out from his home, even though he was standing
right there, which way he had come | he could not tell. So it was,
the boy who had never gone around this way before, | but had
always stayed quietly at home, the one who had lived like that now
the first time had gone out into the wilds | and lost his way.
(60) Meanwhile his sisters gave up waiting for him. "I think he
will stay out over night. | Because if a man goes hunting and is
delayed by something he should know how to take care of himself,
over night." | Thus his father said to his mother and his sisters. |
"Well, all right, let's not worry about it. Perhaps it is true. He is
staying somewheres over night. | Or else he had very good luck and
he is coming slowly because his catch is heavy." Thus his mother
and sisters | (65) said. They cheered up talking about it. However |
the one who had lost his way did not come. When it became dark
this way, | "Well, perhaps I shall stay out over night."
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 215
le*kwanan su'nhakwin tahnhoi lalhok u s'a'^a. akwin panrna-
kwin tunayala'nan hinik liKap elepwra le'kwanan s'akwekwin
kwatoka. kwatonan s'isnol ele tecun tuna'walup lesnol ^awe-pani*- 70
ljatean ku'loctap lekonhol s 5 a*l$:a tsawajp kuloctan tuna*-kwatop
tfekusnuli kwa t'ej^rnanre e*ha honkwa liltfap elekaira le^wanan le*
yam okcik rsetohnan kwatoka ^e'si. ku'loctekwin kwatonan yam
okcik powan a > unan lesnos i*mu^a. jJoa^a. ticomaha' kocikatela.
kwa akli'wanre an't'ewana^ukwa le'kwanan ama ho* akluira rte'- 75
tcit c u le'kwanan isnokoirte ku'towowona'kona lakwimo yam-
tconan as*usunan acka ya*l£anan kwaPinan la' hapok tfsikwacnan
ahitsikanan s^'muka. s'i'munans asusuka — poaye ah — konant-
hol ma*l^e* acl^a s'akluka ele aklikap luhapa homkwatc heko acerra
ho 1 lehati^a kocikat le'nhol akli la*na antfewanan ho'acenacukwa. 80
tsawalj: le*kwanan le's yuptcacnan s 5 u*ptca rkuskal^a wekwi*
ikus^anan s^kwal yu'ptcenan tcims i'tow i'tse'makunan kwa tfa
yam okcik la'kowa kwatikol i'tonanren mu'le te'tci rtowen poa-
pilap ta ,c tcic lal i'yanra piclankwin tahna tcuwa hapa e'le j^akona
tfelaps ryaiyu'ya'Janan yam ^akwen kwaPi^a. e'lacto^i kwaPip 85
tsawakon* akl ankohanan ljeatap ah kop isthd telina le'kwanan
hap e'laclok ikwalt kwatonan yam mo'kwatihnan i'mokwel^a
So he said and went towards the west. He came down an arroyo
and looked | over the edge. "I think it will be all right in here," he
said. He entered the arroyo. | <70> He entered and looked around
seeking a good place. There where the water had come down | was
a little clay hollow. He went there, the boy. He looked into the
clay hollow. It was dry | inside. It was not wet. "Good! I think
here will be all right," he said, | and went in now carrying all his
rabbits. As he entered the cave he | laid down his bundle of rabbits
in the entrance and sat down that way. There he was sitting. "Oh
dear! this is imposible! | (75) One can't stay over night without a
fire!" he said. "Let me try and make a fire," | he said. Then right
there in the clay walls he broke off a root, | and made a fire drill.
When it was finished he went out and gathered sticks. He took off
the bark | and shredded it. He sat down. He sat there bending over
drilling. Finally | the bark glowed. He made a fire. When it was
burning nicely he said, "How fine! 'Now maybe I am going to die,'|
(80)1 thought. But not so. Here I will stay like this over night with
a big fire and I won't die." |
So the boy said. Then he pulled off his boots and dried his
boots. I Then he dried his feet and put his boots on again. Now
he thought about eating. He had not yet | eaten any of the rab-
bits he had killed. He ate only one piece of bread as he sat |
by the fire. Meanwhile, above towards the north, some ghost girl
who lived there | (85) and who came to life at night, came out
from her house. As the girl came out | the light from the boy's
fire rose. "What has happened over there?" she said. | The ghost
216 Publications, American Ethnological Society Voh XV
Jje'si. ko*homaceko'na u^alapte i'owa mok-wa- ko*koi yam pito-
yalun ahnan i*pa*unan kwai^^a ke'si. kwaiMnan tsawajjona akK-
90 kwin s*a*netfu'nayalup la^ol manika tsawa^ona aklap lalhok" s*a*l£a
hap e*lacto^i tsawaljon aklan iy am * a tuniy alanan tsawaj^on
acuwa'lja. tfoc inve ? tcuwapi ? holnaptfo* pani'ka ? tsawa^ona le*ani-
kwap li'wane*ma ma^aiakwin tahna ele isnokon ho* kwato^a
tsawa^ le*kwanan ti'comaha* tcuwapt'on la*]£ o^a lonol al'u*ya ma
95 imatek tfon tcuwa o^an'te yam t'ehwa tenapi ak'a t?on tcu al'u*ya
tsawal^ le*hatina tse*man yam aklan po&-pilap kwato ke'si. e*lac-
to^i toms akololotin kwato.
rt'elakunan tsawakon* aklikwin te'tcinan t^awa^on ani^i^a
horn tatcu horn tca*le ko*nat'o* su'nhapj$:a ? hap e*lactok tsawa^ona
ioo le*anikwap l£e€sanici horn tsita horn tca*le tcuwako*na t'o' t' e ^& n " a ?
l hoKkona hiwalanan t'o* te'ona to^an-a tnn.wn.V hap e'lactc^k le*-
anikwap li*l tealtan hon a'teaiye hap e*lactol£ le*kwap ti'comaha*
haiyi le*tean loc t?on a'teap ho* a*lun-kacetinan li*l ho* we*atconan
al'uka lesnates t'elikwitip ljalem ho* kwatonan li'l ho* tunap lrl
elet'u lestenap li'l ho* kutelan kwatonan e*t ho* kwa* akliwam'e
s an'tJewa tse*man ho* poa*^a. ho* akhi i*tse*makunan isnol lakwimo
ho* a'wantehahp a'kusnap ak ho* asusunan acnan ho* asusu^a^a
girl went back into her house. She took her moccasins and
put them on | now. Although there was deep snow lying outside,
she put on her fine native moccasins, | and taking a white robe and
wrapping herself in it, she went out now. She went out and went
towards the boy's fire. | <90) She looked over the edge. There, way
below, was the boy's fire. She went there. | The ghost girl was
above the boy's fire and stood looking over the edge. | She spoke to
the boy. "Are you staying here? Who are you? Where did you
go down?" she said to the boy. | "Oh somewhere over there to the
south is where I entered," | the boy said. "Alas, what kind of
woman are you that you go about here at this time of night ? |
(95) It seems, even though you are a woman, you know your way
around. You are someone that you go around thus." | So the boy
thought, as he sat thinking by his fire. Now she is coming in. The
girl | enters in falling rocks.
She touched the bottom of the arroyo, and came to the boy's
fire. She greeted the boy. | "My father, my child, how have
you come to evening?" Thus the ghost girl said to the boy.
(ioo) "Happily, my mother, my child. Whoever may you be?
(i) Of which one of the villages are you a native?" the boy said to
the ghost girl. | "Here above on the mesa, we live," the ghost girl
said. "Alas, | is that so ? Do you live right here ? And here I lost
my way and went about calling! [ Then when it got dark I came
in here. I looked in and thought here | (5) would be all right so I
came into this clay hollow. So then I | sat thinking how I should
pass the night with no fire. Then I thought about making a fire.
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 217
ho* ma^e 1 kwaPiljanan ho 3 aklunan wan so* u*ptca* rkuskijja ho*
tenrla i"kusfca*en tcims aJg/a i*to* poa-pilap horn tV a u weatcopi.
ho 3 teclati^a tsawak hap e*le le*anikwap ma lil t'om ahonan 10
^eatap al$:*a ho' kwatonan ho* penap ko*ma lu*u. imat tcuhol
antfewat'o* il'i yemakt'u horn le*anakap al^a ho* rmokwenan kal
ho* tfom cemakan paniyu le*kwan hap e*lactok yose^e^a. kwa tcu-
hol ko anikwananrapte tsawaj^onan aklin una 4 halicotinan sanra
te*tci cema rtse^akunan a^*a cemap. tcuwap ma tsawakona is
ceman hapura ? sam'a kakweye kwa yam tihkwahna ho*i team*on
afc'a tsawa^ona aklin unan sam'a te*tci yam cema i*tse*maku-
ko*ak a cemaka.
paninante horn ha'kapap a^'a t'om ho* rnatinanre yam plkwin
t'om ho* il* a*nuwa hap e*lactol£ tsawa^ona le*anikwap tsawa^ 20
irnap u*lalapte towa mo'kwapa ma rmat lol lo'te tewunat tV
towa mokwap tsawalj le'hatinan tse*mana'ma ma ko'ma wan
i'to* tern t'o* i'tokat'ap tcim hon a'nuwa imat lol hrte to* ^akweye.
tsawa^: hap e'lactol^ona le*anikwap wan a'tci i'wolel^a. hap e'lactolj:
kwa i'tonanran tsawakona il* a'n*ihap ta* c tcic tsawalj jJenan 25
tern to* i'to^atap honkwat tcim hon a*nuwa. hompic kwa hon
a'cukwa. ho* ya*t*sana tsawak le*kwap kop ma 5 le*a*ana uhsi
peyenMha t'a hon ko*macko*n hoi luwalan lanaphoh tomt ko'wihol
I broke off roots right here | and tested them so see if they were dry
and made a fire drill and drilled for fire. | When the fuel glowed I
made a fire. While I was waiting I dried my boots. I | dried myself
all over and then as I was sitting here by the fire eating, }^ou called
1 mo. ! (io) I was frightened," the boy said to the ghost girl. "Well,
I saw the red glow of your fire | rising so I went in and told them.
'Very well, go. Whoever | is passing the night there you will bring
up with you,' they said to me. So I put on my moccasins | and
came down here to call you ." Thus the ghost girl said. She deceived
him. Nobody | had said anything to her. But when she saw the
boy's fire she became crazy and all alone | <is> decided to come for
him. Therefore she came for him. Who indeed | would send her to
call the boy? She lived all alone. She was not a decent person. |
Therefore when she saw the boy's fire she decided all alone to come
for him, j and therefore came for him.
As she came down she said, "They told me not to fail | (20 ) to
bring you with me to our house." Thus the girl said. The boy |
looked at her. Although there was snow on the ground she was
wearing white moccasins. "Well it seems it is close by since you |
are wearing white moccasins," the boy thought. Thinking this,
"Very well, first ] eat, and after you have eaten we shall go. It
must be close by that you live," the boy said to the ghost girl.
Then they argued about it. The ghost girl | (25) wanted to take the
boy away without eating, but the boy said, | "After you have eaten,
then perhaps we shall go. Or else I won't go at all. 1 1 am ashamed,"
218 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tean* hon kakweniye e'lactok le*kwanan kwa sic ampikwe*nam*e
30 tsawaljona il' a'n^hap ta ,c tcic tsawa^ kwa a*na' antecemananre.
imact hoi e J lacto^ona rto'l^an'iha.
ma ko'ma i'to* tern t?o J rtokatap tcim hon a*nuwa tat'cat kwa to*
rto'nanrap kwa ho* akc a*cukwa tsawak le'kwap hap e'lactok
imat imact hoi tsawa^ona il* a*niyahnan ma ko*ma okcik a^*a les-
35 hap tcim ho* i'to'ira e J lactok le'kwap topinte ho* aj^an'a tsawa^
le'kwap ma hol'o kwili yam tap ho'ma'n tV aj£*a tcim hon rwiH
i*to"n*a e'lactolj le'kwap tsawak e*t yam okciJ£ itcema^a t^¥°l
tenala'ap tsawak elemaknan tcims yam okcik powan citci'atrfea
kwili okcik aiyutteana a*tci a*tci akcihnan a*tci a^'aka l^e'si.
40 a*tc akwa a*tci at'ihnan tsawa^ yam hanelan ahnan kwili mir-
yatinan ahnan t'a ^ap ah'nan iskon okcick a*tcia yaltonan muyati
wo'tunan si ko'ma l^alt i'mu hon rtoce tsawak le'kwanan
em' aklu^a t'ekohati hap e'lactok yant'ekwhra poaye. tsawalj
e'lactol^ona itonhaka ma ko'ma ho 1 i*to*tu le'hatinan is yam
45 okci^ ak'a^oat'ap mu'yatinan homan wo*lpo J up tcim ho* i*to*n*a
e^actok le^wap kwa tfa a^ol hapa te'ona tsawak anawanam'en tcic
ko^lehol haitocap lesnate ante'u^a tse J map lesna yacekoa a*-
wito^ana^a tomt kwahol wolpo^ap ahap i*towena*wapte imat
the boy said. "Well why do you want to talk like this ? | There are
not many of us. It is not a big village, only a few | houses where we
live." So the girl said. She could not pursuade him. | (30) She
wanted to take the boy away with her but the boy did not want to
go. | He really wanted to have the girl eat. |
"Very well, eat. Then after you have eaten we shall go. Or else,
if you | do not eat, I will not go along." So the boys aid. The ghost
girl [ really wanted to take the boy away with her. "Very well, roast
the rabbits. | (35) I will eat that," the girl said. "Shall I roast one ?"
the boy | said. "Oh no, two. You will roast one for yourself and
one for me. We shall eat together," | the girl said. But the boy
wanted to keep his rabbits. | After a long time the boy got up. He
untied his bundle of rabbits. | He picked out two, the two smallest
among them. He roasted them now. |
(40) When they were done he took them from the fire. The boy
took his lunch. He took out two | loaves of bread and laid them
down on a flat piece of wood. Then he laid down the two rabbits
with the bread. He put them down. "Very well, sit here. Let
us eat," the boy said. | He made a large fire. It became light.
The ghost girl was sitting in the shadow. The boy | told the girl to
eat. "Very well, let me eat," she thought. "This your | (45) rabbit
which you have roasted and your corn bread, throw into the fire for
me. Then I shall eat." | the girl said. And even then the boy
did not guess that she was a ghost. | Whatever she asked, just so he
did for her. He might have thought this is the way the dead are fed.
Whenever one puts anything into the fire when it burns the ghosts
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 219
kwa hie tsawalj uhsonhoi tse'manam'en an okcik attrnan an mu'-
yati atfu. ^eci tsawa^ le'kwapa tcims ho* i*ton*a e'lactok le'kwanan 50
icelte'ma tekwinakwin tuna-poaye kwa aJ£ol hapa te'ona tsawa^
anawanam'en tsawalj sanra i*to*-poap ta*'tcic tsawak okcil£ wol-
poa'koa sVt'capip yant'ekwnra poanan teamtfea^e'a ti'comaha'
imat hie tcuwa tfo^o aiyutcian*a tewuna* ist ho* wolpoa'koa imat
a't'capipa imat uhsona t'oc itowe'ya tsawak hap e'lacto^ona le'hatin 55
antse'man poan*te kwa t'a hie les'anikwana'ma.
tsawak i'to'n tcunenan yam i'tokate'an le* yam hanela* a'unan
sVlactolj les'anikwaka temc t'o i*to*wye'a e'lactokona le'anikwap
tern ho* ito*wye'a hie t'a to* at'u homan t'o* enra wolpoaka. hap
e'lactok le'kwap tsawak lesnol poapilap okcik wotpoa'koa tern* I 00
a*t'capi tcims teamtfeaka tcunap kec tfo 5 i*to*ntcuneka ? tsawa^
le'kwap ma so* i'to'n-tcuneka si'ana tcimi horn ^akwi hap e'lactok
tsawakona le'anikwap ele lilkon'te horn okcik wo'til^ajra. tsawak
le'kwap hol'o hokanhol kwahol wenre i*nan t'oman i*to*n*a e'lactoj^;
tsawakona le'anikwap kocikat'el'ea a'kliye wenra* a*wo*se kwa G5
le'na aklikwinhol wenra* rcukwa tsawa^ le'kwap ko*na hekwat
akli t'ewanuwaho'li aklalip hokanhol wem* rnan t'oman i*to*n'a
e'lacto^ le'kwap e'te kwa ho* yam okcik wo'punan a*cukwa ho'
ya'tfsana tsawa^ le*kwap ma ulat' i'seto'u ta horn kakwin t'o'
eat it, but it seems ( the boy never thought of that. He scorched
the poor rabbit for her | (so) and he scorched the poor bread. "Is
that all?" the boy said. "Now I shall eat," the girl said. | All the
time she was sitting with her face in the shadow. But even then the
boy did not guess that she was a ghost. | The boy sat eating alone.
Meanwhile when the rabbit which the boy had put in the fire
burned, she sat shading her face and smacked her lips. "Oh dear!
Indeed it seems that you are someone wise. Now it seems that which
I put in the fire | (55) is burning. Indeed, is that what you are
eating ?" Thus the boy thought about the ghost girl. | He sat there
thinking about it but he didn't say anything to her. |
When the boy finished eating he put down what was left of his
lunch where he had been eating. [ He said to the girl, "Are you still
eating ?" The girl said, | "Yes I am still eating. It's too much ! You
put too much in the fire for me," the ghost <eo) girl said. So the boy
sat by the fire. When the rabbit which he had put into the fire
was all [ burned up, then she stopped smacking her lips. "Now have
you finished eating?" the boy | said. "Yes now I have finished
eating. Come on now to my house," the ghost girl | said to the boy.
"Is it all right if I leave my rabbits right here?" the boy | said.
"No, if some wild beasts come they will eat your rabbits," the girl |
(65) said to the boy. "Of course not! There is a fire. The fierce
wild I beasts would not come where there is a fire like this," the
boy said. "Oh yes! Of course | the fire won't last like this all night.
When the fire goes out the wild beasts will come from somewheres
220 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
70 seto-te'tcip hoi t'oman tcuhoi rto-mvwapholi e'lacto^ tsawakona
le*anikwap tcims tsawak yam okcik i'seto'up e'lacto^: yehkup
tsawal^ yam okcik rseto'nan ryalup sVtci kwai'il^a akwe'a. e'lac-
tok yam kwato^atea'kona tsawakona s'il'ikwaiM^a.
s'yam kakwin il* a*ne. a*tci tepo^alan tcim tunayatop iskoirte
7. r > an l^akwen jJo'aye homkwa sam'a l^akweye ho* al'un-l^acetinan
ho* we'atcon al'ul^a hinik e*t horn t'on anhatianap^a tsawak le'-
hatina tse^an s'an kakwin a*tc i'tiyu'la'up an acowa'kona ahona
kwai'ilenajja a*tc a'koa s^'tc rtiyula^ka. s'a'tci kwatoMyahnan
hap e^actolj tsawakona lesanikwaka kwatonan t?o* horn a'lacina*-
80 *ona tfo* yanikhra hap* e*lacto^ tsawakona le'anikwap sVtci
kwato^a. a'tci kwatop kwa tcuhoi utcanre lesnapte tsawak tcimte
kwatonan vanilla horn a'tatcu hom atsita ko'na t'on tfewana*
a'teaiye le*kwapa ket'sanici tone a*wia i't'inaka il*i kwaton'ona
hap e^acto^ yaman'te ansewa^a^a kwa tcuhoi u'tcanre sanra
8:> kakweye yaman'te i*mun haitoca kwa sic telokatil^ana > m*ap
tsawa^ yam okcik i'setohnan letsilo kwatonan'te t?am yala*nan
yam okcik-jjowan rjiya'nan t'ekohanakwi yatop hap e'lacto^: kwa
sic ihahinanre ^ewoVo'kwi sM't'inaka le'kwaye'nap tsawa^ lesnol
i'mu|a.
and eat your rabbits, "| the girl said. "But I can't go carrying my
rabbits. I | am ashamed," the boy said. "Oh, you'd better put
them on your back, and if you bring them to my house | <70) no one
there will eat them for you," the girl said to the boy. | So then the
boy put his rabbits on his back. The girl went first. | The boy
followed her carrying his rabbits. They came out of the arroyo.
The girl | took the boy out at the place where she had gone in. |
She took him to her house. Just as they looked over the top of
the hilJ there | (75) her house was standing. "So you live alone?
Oh dear! Right here I lost my way. | I went around shouting. I
think you must have heard me," so the boy | thought to himself.
They came close to her house. From the windows the red firelight |
shone out. Then the one who was going there came close. As they
were about to enter | the ghost girl said to the boy, "When you
enter you | <80) will greet my parents." So the ghost girl said to the
boy. They | entered. When they entered there was no one inside.
But even so, as soon as | he came in, the boy greeted them. "My
fathers, my mothers, how have you | lived these days?" he said.
"Happily. Have you come ? Be seated." The one who had brought
him, | the ghost girl, herself answered his greeting. There was
no one there. Alone | (85) she was living. She herself bade him
be seated. She did not keep quiet. | The boy took his rabbits from
his back and on the rung of the ladder just where it entered | hung
his bundle of rabbits. He stepped out into the firelight. The ghost
girl | was excessively polite. "Be seated," she said again. He sat
down. I
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 221
i'munan lesnol tunawuloco* ti'comaha' hai loc t'on a'teaiye do
holtcimat ma t'om a'lacimvt'ap Uo* sam inre le'hatina tsawajt
tse'man poayattap ta'tcic hap e'lactok kwa sic tsawa^ona an-
hitia'na'ma lesnol an yalketce'ye'nap an*a el lesnena'ma ho'
yu > te > tcil^a tsawat le'kwap ko'm ana so* i'pewet'u le'kwanana 5
elemaknan yam pewi wo'tihnan akhkana'koa pewu^a. pewunan 95
sPana ko'ma hon ryu 5 tet?cinace ko*macko*na tV al'uka hap e'lacto^
tsawa^ona le'anikwanan les u'ptcac^a lc u'ptcacnan akli^ana'koa
s J an a'kuskan wotapila*nan s'il* itcu^a. s'a'tc alka.
imatcic ka*Jp t?as alaphol t'as ujjinan rka yam yu'te'tciko'a^'a
tsawak t'esakaian alan'te uprnaknan u*-rwo*li§ap yam te*pi 100
wenrc t'sana anahnan aman'te i'yaltonan yam ya > te > tciko > a^*a 1
alaniVwa ta #< tcic se'kwat upinatfewa. tcim t'ekohatip o'kwijja o'kwip
yam kakwan kwato'koa aiyu'ya'na o'kwip kwa hoi Kakwanre
tfunatip ^a^amackon hoi hecot'anan yalakwePkoa tfomt a^apo 1 -
ulapnan tcu'ale. an hapa sawe ke*si ko'na wo*lap hapa sawe an 5
sakwi'koa wo'lap he* — yalakwei^a tcimi ke*si! hai lenhoc tfo* hoM
honkwatcik hie hiyawolucna t'ekohananan tkr'o ho'i ho* le'hati^a
le*kwanan yam l^isPkona le* hap a* sawe wo'tunan yam sakwPkona
hapa sawe wo'tunan s'rmuna-pilaknan yam uptca u'lalan wo*-
lohnan hecina yu'ptcenan yam okci^ letsilona powan piya'koa 10
(90) He sat looking around. "Alas, is it here that you are living ? |
But wherever are your parents that you stay here alone?" so the
boy thought to himself, j as he sat on the ledge by the wall thinking.
Meanwhile the girl was getting very impatient with the boy. | She
loaned against him. "Oh now, don't do that! I'm | tired," the boy
said. "All right, I will fix the beds," she said. | (95) She got up and
took her bedding. She spread a bed by the fireplace. When it was
spread out | she said, "All right, come now, let us rest. You have
w;i Hcod about a great deal." So the ghost girl | said to the boy. She
dn -\ nff his boots. After she drew them off | she put them down
by the fire to dry them. Then she lay down with him. They slept. |
And now it seems that sometime while they were asleep again the
snow came. And because the boy was so tired | (ioo) when it snowed
the snow covered him over, even as he was lying there on the bare
gr< "ind I (i) He picked up his little wildcat skin in his sleep and drew
it r him, and because he was so tired | he slept soundly all night.
An ■!■ it snowed all night. Just at daybreak he awoke. As he
woke up j he remembered having gone into a house, but when he
awoke there was no house. | He looked around for a long time. There
were just walls fallen into ruin and | (5) piles of rock all around. And
still lying there were the bones of the ghost. Just as she had lain
down were the ghost bones. | They lay beside his legs. "Hey! Now
indeed I am destroyed ! Are you this sort of a person ? I Indeed I
thought you were a decent daylight person, so I thought," | he
s aid. He took the ghost bones from around his neck and from
222 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
kwa hoi letsilon piyanre tfomt a'J^ajJoan alulaye tfomt homkwa
hap e'lactok a*ni t'elap te'tci kakwen ko'kci tfekohatip t'omt
a^apo'ulapnaiye t'omt homkwa Uelap te J tci hap e'lacto^ ho*i Ko'kci
t'ekohatip yam tciralairte yam ho'i ko'kci i'tcuwaka tean'te
15 homkwa an sakapoal^a honkwa les hoH.
tsawak iskonhol yam okcik rseto'nan a^apoan kwai*inan tun-
elap tcim yatokwaPip e*ha- honkwa liwanem yatokwai'i ma hinik
yatokwaPinankwin ho* t'un-a*nuwa. hinik li'wankona horn kakwe-
lpkra tsawalj al'un-kacet^kona le'kwanan t'ewankwin tahn hoi
20 a*nap ta^tcic hap e'lactok imat kohol alewu. kwa sic hoi tekwin
atun'ona an yu 5 he*tam*ep s'iskonthol yam antfewa^a te'anthol
i*tulaptcon*te t'as su*nhap t'elikwitip t'as hap e^actok tcims t'a
ryaiyu'ya'kanan fas tapana i*^a.
inkwin te^cinan koplea ana horn tV etci-kwaPilja hap e'lactok
25 tsawalc'ona le^nikwap ma e't ho* yam kakwin a'n'iha tsawa^ le*-
kwap ma ulat lal hon a*ce yam jdakwi t'a tenat hon rtse^ak-
t'elakwi* teaiye ^:e*si. hap e'lactok tsawa^ona le*anikwap kwa e't
tsawak antecemana'ma t'as sewahkanan t'as yam ikakwin il*-a*nap
ta* c tcic tsawa^ kwa yam kakwin rna^an tfas su'nhap tsawa^ona
30 a'wo'ptmvwe i'tse'me'a. honkwat ho'mvwan otsina hoi ace^a
tewuna' kwa i'na'ma le^ikwanan an a'wov^ana'we kwa r^etsa-
between his legs he took the bones and sat up. He unearthed his
boots from under the snow | uo) and quickly pulled them on. He
looked for the bundle of rabbits which he had hung on the ladder, f
but they were not on a ladder but just lying on a pile of rock. "I
suppose | this is the ghost girl's, only at night it is a fine house. By
day it is only | a pile of rocks. And I suppose it is only at night the
ghost girl is a good looking person. | By day, though she lies down
as a good looking person, where she lay | (is) there is only a pile of
her bones. I think she is that kind of a person." |
Then the boy took his rabbits on his back. He left the pile of rock
and stood looking about. | Just then the sun rose. "Oh yes ! I think
on this side | the sun is rising. Well, I think I shall go facing the
rising sun. I think in that direction | my house may be." So the boy
who had lost his way said. He went towards the east. | (20) But
meanwhile the ghost girl had done something to him. He could not
tell which was the way | to go. And he just went in a circle around
the place where he had spent the night. | Then again in the evening
at twilight, the ghost girl | came to life. Again she followed him. |
When she came to where he was she said, "Oh dear! Why did
you go off and leave me ?" So the ghost girl ! (25) said to the boy.
"Well, but I was going home," the boy said. | "Well, rather let us
go to our house. It can't be helped for we | are married now," the
ghost girl said to the boy. But | the boy did not want it. Again she
made him consent and again she took him to her house. | Meanwhile
the boy did not come to his house. Again in the evening the boy's |
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 223
namen yam pPlaciwani cemanap^a. pPlaciwan'i a*wan ^akwin
i*^a. horn a'tsi'ta horn tcawe ko'na ton su'nakanapka. le*kwap
ket'sanici rtfina^a le'anal^ap pPlaciwan rmup ewactol^ luwale-
maknan wo'latuna si* i'to*na*we le'anakap pi'laciwan i'munan 35
rto*^;a i*to*n tcunenan s'i'tehkunal^a mas a*peye imat kwahol pena
te'onaka horn tfon cemapka. pPlaciwani le'kwap ma rnamilte ho*-
na*wan otsina tecukwa camli okcik latal^an a*nan kwa i'na'man
ant'ewa'en t'a luka yatonan hon aincokyapap kwa rna'man
sirnhap t'as lesnate t'elikwitip ak*a tV ho'na'wan itehkunan*a 40
le'wi ho'na'wan tcawe a*tsawa^ okcik latal^aka le*w ulohnan lana
woh'aiya-pot'iye honkwat hot tcuwa tomt hoi teanant'apte holi
tat'cat hoi tcuwa laltema^a t'apte holi tatfcati elatap hoi tcuwa hie
acuwaka'en lol ho'na yatinep uhson hon aiyu'ya'na a'want'ewan*a.
tsawak'ona a*wol$:ana*we pi'laciwani le'antikwap ma honkahati 45
tenhol yu'he*tothva c kwa yalakwe^tun teanre pPlaciwan'i
le'kwanan. kwaPinan sVe'atcon itulap^a. hiwaPona rhatianan
tetunakweMlep we^tcoye^ tecukwa camli ciwan an tsawa^
iceltema pVulikoa trkcik lata^a*en kwa rna^an ant'ewa'en t'a
luk yaton kwa rna'man su'nhap aincokya rnatinan a}£ horn iteh- so
kunan ha^apap aj£ ho* li'lno tVn ho 5 yantehkunacan al'u. honkwat
hoi ton tcuwa una^a^en tfon yatinep uhsona aiyu'ya'na a*want'ewa-
(30) sisters were worried. "Maybe our brother has died somewhere ?
I Even now he does not come," they said. His sisters were not
happy. ] They summoned their bow priest. The bow priest came
to their house, | "My mothers, my children, how have you come to
evening?" he said, | "Happily, be seated," they said to him. The
bow priest sat down. The girls arose. | (35) They set down food.
"Now eat," they said to him. The bow priest sat down | and ate.
When he had finished eating he questioned them. "Now speak.
Surely because you have something to say | you have summoned
me," the bow priest said. "Indeed it is so. [ Yesterday morning
our brother went out to hunt rabbits. He did not come | all night.
And again this day we have awaited him. And | (40) in the evening
;;he did not come. Now again it is getting dark, therefore you will
make inquiries for us. | All of our children, the young men, have
gone out hunting rabbits. Over the whole country | they have
spread out. Perhaps somewhere one of them has just seen his
tracks. ! or else perhaps someone has seen him from far off. Or else
perhaps someone [ has spoken to him. If he tells us this and if we
know it then we shall pass the night." |
(45) Thus the boy's sisters said to the bow^ priest. "Well, is that
so ? I Somehow you will hear of him. He has not been destroyed,"
the bow priest | said. He went out and went about calling out.
All the village heard him. | They looked out. He is calling out;
"Yesterday morning the priest's son, | the one who always stays
at home, went out to hunt rabbits. He did not come last night.
224 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
nantiyahnan al^ horn itehkunan hake'na'we. le ? kwan pPlaeiwan'i
hiwalan we'atco rtulapap a'tsawak tcuw etcame an a'woljcana'wona
55 antse'man tcuw etcame tsawa^ona tecu peye'a.
ta ,c tcic hap an kakwan kwilikan'a'nap ant'ewan'iha hap e'lacto^
t'as yam kakwin tsawakona il*i te*tcip tsawak tunap e*t te*n
ljakweye ti'coma e*t ten kakwen'e kopiclea tV ho'i imat honkwat
Uo* aiyutcian'a tewuna' tV t'ekohatip yam to* l^akwen'e yalakwe*-
60 lel^e'a tsawak le'hatina hap e 5 lactol£ona antse'mam t'as an kakwin
kwilik;ana*na a*tci te'tcinan tV kwatonan horn tfo* a*lacina*wona
tV yanikhva le^anikwap ma le'hapa ho* aiyu'ya'na tsawa^ le'kwap
a'tci kwatonan ko*na t'on su*nha}£anap^a tsawa^: le'kwap ta ,c tcic
hap e'le yaman*te t'as ansewac^e'a. rt'inalpi le'kwap tsawak t'as
65 yam o*kcik rsetohnan tfas yam piya*nan letsilo kwatonan t'am-
yala*nan t'as piya*nan rmup lesnol atci t'as imo^a. tomt ko*wi
tenala'ap tfas hap e'lacto^ i'peweka. t'as ate ah^a.
tcim tfekohatip tsawak pilakup kwas tfa ^akwam'e. t'oms t'a
Jjakwen tea'koa a'Jcapow'ulapnan tsawa^ pilaknan yam o'kcik
70 jjowan i*seto*nan yam ant'ewalja tean kwai'inan t'ewankwin
tahna t'as a*J$:a. fas imat hap e*lactok tsawakona kohol alewup t'as
And again | (50) this day he has not come. In the evening they
waited for him. But now they have given up. Therefore they have
had me inquire about him. | Therefore I go about asking all of you.
Perhaps | somewheres one of you has seen him. If you tell them
that, when they know it they will be able to pass the night. | There-
fore they have bid me inquire." So the bow priest said | as he went
about the village calling out. Everyone of the young men desired
his sisters | (55) and so everyone was talking about looking for
the boy. |
Meanwhile at the ghost's house he was about to stay overnight
for the second time. The ghost girl | again came to her house with
the boy. When the boy looked there, now indeed | there was a house.
"Oh dear! Indeed, now there is a house! What kind of a person
are you ? It seems | you are wise since at daybreak you destroyed
your house. | (60) So the boy thought. He desired the ghost girl, so
again | for the second time they went to her house. "When you enter
you will greet my parents," | she said to him. "Yes, indeed. I know,"
the boy said. | When they went in he said, "How have you come to
evening?" the boy said. Then | the ghost girl herself again
replied to him, "Be seated," she said. Again the boy | (65) took his
rabbits from his back and hung them where the ladder came in on
the rung of the ladder. | Then he sat down. Thus again the two
sat together. After a little | while again the ghost girl spread the
bed and the two slept. |
When, just at daybreak, the boy arose, again there was no house.
Again there were just | rocks piled around where a house had once
stood. The boy arose. He put his bundle of rabbits | ao) on his
Dunztl, Zwtti Texts 225
yam ant'ewal^a tean kwa t'ehwananren ko'wi teakoa lo'te^oa tfas
al'u'ya ka/kamackona yam o*kcik la'koa po*wa seto* al'u'ya. yam
a'wo^ana'we antse^an kwa topinthol o'kcik rto'na'ma hie hoi
tcuwa ha 3 i yato*we yam o*kcik setoye. 75
ta* *tcic iyam ' ulohnakwin kal^al ewactok i * y u J y a *nan yam
k:awu kapil e'lactok atinenap^a. mani^ ulohnan ciwan an tsawa^
o*kcik latakanan al'un-kacetika. hap e'lactok a u wanan yam kakwin
il" a^en yam l^akwan hap e'lactol^ tsawakona il'i ka^ona et yam
ulohnakwin tsawak a'n'ihapte hap e'lactok imat kohol alewup so
a^*a kwa sic an ^akwan tfehwana'ma. ^a^ali ewactok yam kawu
le'antikwap ko'ma ho 1 tap^an a*ne le'kwanan l^a^al e*lactok ryam
ulohnan kwai'ika.
kwai*inan lu^ ulohnanankwin jJikwe'ifea. pani'^a. tsawalj: al'unan
makaiakwin tahna ko'wihol te'an naVe wo*h*aiyap a'wankoha- 85
^aka. ka^al elacto^i wan ho J ke'la na'le yat'et c u le*kwanan pani'^a.
na*le yat'e^a. ainanan t'omt iskon'te tciwa'unan tcims i*^eato*^a.
wans rpitsuliaka tsawak t'at'an po-ulan'te piljal e^acto^ pani'^a.
t'atfan inriyalto'nam loc to* inre ? ^akal e'lacto^ tsawakona le*-
anikwap 1H ho* inre tsawak le'kwap kople'ap kwa tV yam ljakwin »o
a'na^a ? e'lactok tsawakona le'anikwap ma kwa ho* yam ^akwin
back and started out from the place where he had spent the night. |
Again he went towards the east, but it seems that again the ghost
orirl had done something to the boy | so that he could not get away
ti the place where he had spent the night, and again he went
about close to the place where he had been. | For a long time he
went around carrying on his back the bundle of rabbits which he
had killed. | He was thoughtful for his sisters and so he did not eat
even a single rabbit. Now | (70) for three days he had been carrying
his rabbits around somewheres. |
Meanwhile in the world above the Eagle Girls learned of it. | Eagle
Girl told her elder sister. "In the world below the priest's son |
lost his way when he went out to hunt rabbits. The ghost girl found
him and took him to her house. | And now the boy is living with
the ghost girl at her house. But | (80) although the boy wants to go to
his own home, it seems the ghost girl has done something to him | so
that he cannot get away from her house." So Eagle Girl, said to
their elder sister. | "Very well, I shall go and get him," she said. |
Eagle Girl started out from the upper world. |
She started out and passed through into this world. She came
down. I (85) A little distance to the south of where the boy was
wandering around were a herd of deer grazing. She saw them,
Eagle Girl: "Wait. Let me first get a deer, " she said and descended
She seized a deer. She killed it and laid it down right there. Then
she flew up. | First she went around in circles. Then just where the
boy was sitting under a tree Eagle Girl came down. | She sat on
the top of the tree. "Are you sitting here ?" Eagle Girl said to the
15
226 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tenapame kwili t'ewanapte camli ho* yam ^akwan upinan pot'i
ho' kwai'ika. holomacekona ho* i'fea. kwa ho' yam uhohnakwin
t'enapanre. tsawa^ le'kwap ma al^* ho* pani'yu. kwa le'nate hap
95 e'lactok to* iW kakwap kwa elecukwa ho* le'kwan a^ ho* t'om
tapkan paniyu.
J^akal e^acto^; tsawa^ona le'anikwap mahonkwa'ati kop ma ho*
ikwaira ? ma imat tV ko'na peye'ona torn Jjakwin ho J a'nuwa.
ko'tcimatle'a yam ho J ulohnakwin a'nuwa kwa ho 5 t'enapame tsa-
100 wal$; le'kwap ma ko'm hanat ye'maku. li'l tfatfan to* ye'makup torn
i ho 5 isetorra. l^a^al e'lactoj le'kwanan tsawak ljacetinan yam
o'kcik powan seto'kona seto'te t'at'an'e jfcran yemakup le'ana
uhsi rsetoha. lu yam il'alekoan hi* uhsi o'kcik wo'tuce. l^a^al
e'lacto^ tsawa^ona le'anikwap tsawa^ o'kcik i'setohnan yam
5 ant'ewaclekatekwin lanakwai'i^a. yam il*aleko an sa^apoakwin
te'tcinan li'lja o*kciko horn anilikoa ko*wi tfehnan a'najJa yam
anikwananaj^'a t'o i'yaiyu'ya ^anan luka tV o*kcik aj£*a i^e'n
i'telianan ket'sanici tV t'ewanan teat'u. hosVne tsawak le'kwanan
yam hapa saikapoan kwai'inan tcims kaljal e'lactojt inkwin lana-
10 kwaPi^a. te'tcip k:aj$;al e*lactok tsawa^ona aiyalaka kop to*
ikwanan an wo"tufe:a ? ^a^al e^acto^ tsawa^ona le'anikwap li'la
boy. | (90) "Yes, here I am sitting," the boy said. "Why don't you
go to your own home?" | the girl said to the boy. "Well I do not
know the way to my home. [ Two days ago, in the morning, when
the air was full of snow, | I started out from my home. I have
come far. I do not know the May to my country," | the boy said.
"Well, that is why I have come down. | (95) For you to live thus
with the ghost girl is not right. So I said and therefore I have come
down to get you." |
So Eagle Girl said to the boy. "Well, is that so ? What indeed
should I | say ? Yes it seems that just as you say I shall go with you
to your house because, alas, | how shall I go to my own country?
I do not know the way," the boy | (ioo) said. "Very well, climb up
quickly. When you climb this tree | <n I shall put you on my back,"
Eagle Girl said. The boy quickly | with his bundle of rabbits which
he had been carrying still on his back, shinnied up the tree. "Good-
ness ! | Take those things off ! Go on back to where you slept with
that one and leave those rabbits there !" Eagle | Girl said to the boy.
The boy put down his bundle of rabbits | (5) and ran off with them
to where he had passed the night. He came to the bundle of bones
of the one he had slept with. | "Here are these rabbits. You who
used to protect me sometime during the night, with your | super-
natural power, when you come to life, then with these rabbits |
adding to your heart, happily may you always live. Now I am
going," the boy said. | He left the pile of ghost bones. Then he ran
off to where Eagle Girl was waiting. | (io)When he came there Eagle
Girl questioned the boy. "What did you ! say when you put them
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 227
o'kciko horn anil'ikoa ko'wi t'elinan a'napa yam anikwanan a^'a
ryaiyu*ya*kanan luk o*kcik a^*a t'o* i^e'n-i'telianan ^e*tsanici tto*
t'ewanan teat'u ho* le*kwanan ho* a u wo*tu^a. tsawa^ le'kwap
honkwic ten tV pikwe*na kwa yaiyu*yananve kaljal e'lacto^
le'kwan hana ye'maku. \r\ t'atfap tsawak t'at'akwi ye'maknan 15
t'amyatcin kwai*inan rmiyaltoup J^a^al e*lactok tsawakon rse-
to^a. rseto*nans set-i'ljeatoka.
yam pani'nan na*l aina^atekwin seto-te*tcinan sMskon wan* il
i'mu^a. si* wan'it'o* lil ho 5 na*l ainako ale. le^nikwap tcims tsa-
wak i'to*kii. ka^al e'lactol^ yam anikwanana^ra aklul^a. ma^e* 20
yo*ap tsawak na*le ci*le lesnahnan aklp%a. akkwap hecin i*to*^a
i'ton tcunap is yam i'ton etcukoa lal at'u. rnatinanvet'om hap e*le
ho'na tapan i*nan li't i*nan rtowak*a ko'wi tene^ap ak'a elholhon
hom kakwin hon te*tcnra kakal e*lactol£ tsawa^ona le*anikwap
tsawak yam i'to'w etcukoa yam oyan wo'lpo*up si* kalt ye*la*u 25
J£a^al e*lactols: le*kwap tsawak elemakup ^akal e*lactok rpoa*up
tcims tsawak i'tcupatcu.
si* el tV t'unatinanrt'u t'o* i'hapis^an'a tern fea'^i horn ljakwin
hon te*tcinan si' ho* lekwap tcims t'o* t'unatin'a kakal e'lacto^:
tsawa^ona le*anikwap set-i'keato^a. s*a*tc i'pitsulian ye'ma^a. 30
s'tojJ nlohnakwin atci pikwei^a. kwac tenri so* hapisna yu*-
down ?" Eagle Girl said to the boy. "Here are these rabbits. | You
who used to protect me, when sometime during the night, with
your supernatural power, | you come to lif e, with these rabbits you
will add to your heart. Happily may you | always live.' This is
what I said as I put them down for her." So the boy said. I
(15) "Well, you certainly beat all for stupidity!" said Eagle Girl.|
"Well hurry up, climb up, here is the tree." The boy climbed the
tree. | He sat up in the crotch of the tree. Eagle Girl put the boy on
her back. Then she rose with him on her back.
She came with him to the place where she had first descended
and killed the deer. There she stopped for a while. | (20 "Now wait,
eat here. Here lies the deer which I have killed," she said to him.
Then the boy | ate. Eagle Girl, because she had supernatural
power, made a fire. | When it became embers the boy took off a little
piece of deer meat and roasted it. When it was done he ate quickly. |
When he was finished eating (she said), "Here, put in the fire what
is left of your food. No doubt, if your ghost girl | follows us and
comes here, she will be delayed here eating it, and we will have
time I (25) to reach my house," Eagle Girl said to the boy. | So he
put what was left of his food into the fire for his wife. "Now stand
over here,' ; Eagje Girl said. The boy arose. Eagle Girl bent down |
and the boy climbed on her back. |
"Now don't you open your eyes! You must keep your eyes
closed until | oo) we reach my house. When I say, Now, only then
you will open them," Eagle Girl | said to the boy. She flew up with
15*
228 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
te'tcika tsawak le*kwap warrani sVt hon te'tci ^aljal e'lacto^
tsawakona le'analgap sVtc a*^a.
35 ^akali yam kakwin tsawakona seto-te'tcip ta ,c tcic an a'wo'tsina*
^akali a'tsawaki lata 5 i'wo*h*aiya*kat?ap a*tc i*wil*i te'tcinan a'tci
kwatoka. a*wan nana sanra po'ulap tsawakona il'i kwatonan yam
t'ehwitiwa IPakwa a*paiyana inran tsawakona seto invryalto'nan
ha c atu si* tcimt'unati tsawakona le^nikwap tsawak tfunatip holo-
40 maces ko'n hos rka tomthol tsawal$: t'unawulocuka. lesnol kakali-
lacik poaiye. t'onc i'ya ? s'atc i'mu le'a'tcianikwap tsawak pice-
tinan t'unatip lesnol poaiye. hon rya tatcu ko*na tV t'ewanan
teaiye ? tsawak l^akali iVanikwap ho'nawan teazle holti^ap tfo
te'ona le'kwap manik ulohnanan ho* te'ona. ho* ciwan an tsawak.
45 ho 5 yam ulohnana o'keik lata^a^a ho* kwai*inan ho* al'un-^acetika.
horn luk a u wanan horn il'i ycmal^a tsawak le'kwap ma ko'mas
a*tc rmul^a le'anikwap s^'muka tsawal^i.
e^actol^ le an kakal utcun yu'lihap tsawak e'lactokona u'nap kwa
kakali teanre hie le'na ho'i ho'i kcrkci. telPtokwin kwatonan na'le
so ciwe wo'lea kwai'inan tsawakonan wo*la*up si* rto. le'na ta ,c tcic
lil hon a'teaiye e'lactolj le'kwap tsawak rmunan s'rto'ka. i'ton
tcunenan elahkwa le'kwap el rtowena'we iVanal^ap e'lactok
le* wo'la*tunan tsawakona ampatc rmup lesnos s'atci i'wil'i poap
him on her back. They rose in circles. (They passed through into the
other world. "Isn't it time now? I am tired of keeping my eyes
closed," [ the boy said. "Wait, we are almost there," Eagle Girl |
said to the boy. They went on. j
(35) She came to Eagle's house with him on her back. Meanwhile
her brothers, | Eagle youths, had scattered to hunt. When they got
there together they | went in. Their grandfather was sitting alone
inside. She came in with the boy. | In the center of the room stood a
stool of turquoise, and with the boy on her back she sat down on it. |
"Oh dear! Now open your eyes," she said to the boy. The boy
opened his eyes. | (40) "To some far place I have come now!" The
boy just looked around him. There the Eagle | old man was sitting.
"Have you come? Sit down," he said to them. The boy | looked
at him quickly. There he was sitting. "Yes we have come, father.
How have you | lived these days ?" the boy said to the eagle. "Our
child, whence do you | come ?" he said. "I am an inhabitant of the
lower world. I am the priest's son. | (45) I started out from my
home to hunt rabbits and lost my way. | This one found me and
brought me up here," the boy said. "Very well, | sit down, both of
you," he said. He sat down, the boy. |
The girl drew off her eagle garment and the boy saw the girl. |
She was not an eagle. She was a person like himself, a beautiful
girl. She went into the inner room | <50) and came out carrying
venison stew. She set it down for the boy. "Now eat. This is the
way | we live here," the girl said. The boy sat down and ate. | When
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 229
an a'wotsina latakak 1 a*wal*ukoa tcimmvkwe a'wan papa laci
i'l^a ke*si. 55
na J set-i'ya lol teha'to^a. s'ist hoi kwatoka. tsawak unap na*
setoye. ko*na t'on su'nhal^anapka le'awanikwap ^e't'sanici kec t'on
awia ? le'aniptp stmup. i'mup s'a'wan okana elemaknan les
setohka. setohnan tehwitiwa a'up lesnos a'wi'tela. tcuetcunre
kakal a'tsawak na J setopa a*wi*telnan tcuwet'canre yanil^ina te'tci 60
irkwatela. tenrl a'wi'tela.
tsawak ime s'a'wan mo'sona hie a'wan papa laci yam okana
antehkunaka koplea teonaka lul^a tV ili ye*maka ? yam ulohnan
o'kei^ latal^aka lu^ kwaiMnan luk al'un-kacetinan hap e'lactol^
lu^ il'i kakwap ho* tse'map kwa eletunon lestenanre ho* Ink 65
antse* menan a^:*ap lul$:a t'apnak a'lja. ten ho J panrl^a e^actok yam
papa le'anikwap ma honkwa ati ma ele hon latal£ ak*a i*wo*h'aiapip
ishol kwa tV al'upin a'naniyahna'en to* t'ewuacona tV imoke'a
t'aptas t'on rtse^mak-tfelakwi lol t'on imapa elekan'a kwas torn
hon antse^ana'man homo! lata^aka hon a'wal'mra tsawak yam 70
o^ana leanikwap tsa-wa^ sMmat itaha. s'atc rwiHtun'onan okan
a*wotsina*we a'peye'a. lesnos tsawal^ ^a^ali kakwenan s'rme.
he finished eating he said, "Thank you." "Eat well," they said to
him. The girl | removed the dishes and sat down beside the boy.
Thus as they sat there together, | her brothers who had been out
hunting returned. | First of all her eldest brother | (55) came now.
He came carrying a deer on his back. Hark! they heard him.
Then he came in. The boy saw him. He was carrying a deer on
his back. | "How have you come to evening?" he said to them.
"Happily. Have you come?" | they said. He sat down. When he
sat down their sister arose, and took the deer from his back. | She
took it and laid it down in the center of the room. Thus they came
one by one. And every single one of the eagle youths | <60) came
carrying a deer on his back. And every one of them greeted them
as he came in. | They all came. |
The boy was still there. Then their chief, the eldest of their
brothers, | questioned his sister. "For what reason have you brought
this one up here ?" "In his country | he started out to hunt rabbits.
He lost his way and was living with the ghost girl. < (65) I thought
that perhaps this might not be right. I | was thoughtful for him.
Therefore I went to get him. So I went down." So the girl | said
to her brother. "Well, is that so ? Well, all right. When we all go
out to hunt I sometimes, when you do not wish to go out it is lonely
for you to stay here by yourself. | But now, if you take this one to
be your beloved, he will stay with you and it will be all right. |
(70) Then we shall not have to worry about you, as we go about
hunting." So the young man said to his sister. And now the boy
married there. The brothers told their sister that they should live
together. | Thus the youth stayed at the house of the eagles. |
230 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
lesnates tenalana tfelap sVlactok leskwaka. si'ana hon i'yu*-
te^cinace le'kwanan a'tci topa teli'tokwin pikwe^inan na'le uyapa
75 lutsina a*tc ipewunan s 5 a*tci i*tcunan tsawalj: ko'homackcrna
sam'a te*tci peya tcual'e. ticomaha holomaceko'na ho* i'ka l^e'si.
ma ta terrati kotcimat le'a ka'^i yam ulohnakwin ho' ikwatt
a'nuwa ? e*t ten*at fea^i ho* yam ulohnakwin a*na tse'manan*te
kotci'mat le'a' ho* a*nuwa. ma ta ten'ati tsawa^ le'kwanan holo-
80 macekona tse'man kwa ama'map s'an o*yo aiyala^a kople'a tV
tse'man kwa tV ama'ma ? kohomacekona tenalana t'om ho 5 aiyu*-
hatianap kwa tV ama'ma. e^lactok tsawakona le J anikwap ma el*a
kopma le'a hoc tse'manakarra ? tsawa^ le*kwanan s'iskon hoi
tsawak itaha.
85 t'ewap tcimhol t'ekohatip kakali a*pilaknan cipipin rtowenapka
ta ,c tcic a*wan talak cikusna i'tonan lesnos a*tci i'wiW inve. tcimhol
itiwap kakali a'tsawak latakak'a rwo'h'aiya'koa na' seto*pa a*wi-
telap tsawak a*waiyutcian*a lesnot t'ewana' a'waluka. ta* c tcic iJe-
wana* a'tci rwiH imap hie t'ewuacona. e'lactolj an awotsina*
90 tenrla hapop lesa'wanikwaka e*t hon t'ewana i*wiW imap elhol
lestena ho'nan ton anrtse'map hie t'ewuacona ak* ho* tse'mana
honkwat lu^ a*ni hon utcun*e acna'wap honkwat hon holnol
i'wil'i al'up ele^an*a e*lacto^ le'kwap ma teli'tan ho'na'wan t'opa
utcun yetcina piyule. honkwat lu^ ulu'an'a rte'tcap lu^ uhsona
And so late at night the girl said. "Come, let us rest," | she said.
They went through into the inner room. | (75) She spread out a soft
deer pelt. They lay down. The boy | lay there a long time talking
much to himself. "Alas, now I have come far off. | But it can't be
helped. It seems there is no way that I can ever go back to my own
country. Indeed, although I pine to go back to my own country |
it seems there is no way that I can go. Well, it can't be helped," the
boy said. | (80) Thinking how far he had come he could not sleep.
Then his wife questioned him. "Why are you | worried, that you do
not sleep ? For a long time I have been listening to you | and you
do not sleep," the girl said to the boy. "Oh no! | What have I to
worry about ?" the boy said. And so | the boy married there. |
(85) Next morning, just at daybreak, the eagles arose. They ate raw
meat. | Meanwhile their brother-in-law ate dried meat. Thus
the two stayed there together. Just | at noon the eagle youths
who had gone out in different directions to hunt came back one
by one with deer on their backs. | The boy marvelled. Thus they
went out every day. Meanwhile | every day, the two stayed at home
together. It was very lonely. When her brothers | (90) were all
gathered together, the girl said to them, "You think that it is all
right for us to stay home alone every day. | But it is very lonely.
Therefore I have been thinking | that perhaps we should make a
feather garment for him. Then perhaps, | if he goes around with us,
it will be all right." So the girl said. "Well, in the inner room one of
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 231
yulup rnamitte hoino t'on rwiH al*up ele^aira. a*wan mo'sona 95
le*kwap s'a'n uhsona utcun ahnap i'te'tcap tsawakona hie rte'tci.
e*ha honkwa ele^an'a. tenat tfewanan t'ons i*wiW t'un-al'uljaira.
le'anakap tsawak ant'sumehna antfewaka.
tfewap tcim t'ekohatip rfcrnan e'lactokona a*wotsinan latakajja
i"wo*h*aiya^ap ta^tcic a'tc sara* yetcipnan ta* c tcic yam oyenrc 100
an utcun ahnan si 5 yulu. yam oyenrci le'anikwap tsawak Japtli 1
utcun yuluka. yam t'ehwitihwa si* li'akwa apaiyan iman tsawa-
kona animaltan tsawakona e'lacto^ yam u'tcun piyahnan yulunan
tsawakona lesanikwaka. si 5 tV lahip tenat t'om ho* anhiwo'a^an*a.
itulocona awitenakana ho J rtulohnan hons kwai'in*a. e^acto^ 5
yam o'yenvci le'anikwap tsawak lahika ke*si. ta'tcic an o*ye tsa-
wakona anluwo'a^an sVtc rtuloco'ya. awitena^an a*tci rtulohap
tsawak anikwap si 5 hons kwai'nra. e'lactolj le'kwap awe*nakwin
a'tci hrninakanan e^acto^ yam o*yenrci anluwo'atinan ihikPte
kwai'i^a. s J a*tci rjceato^a. lesnol e'lacto^: yam o'yemci anhiwo- 10
'al£ap s'a*tci i'wil'i i*l^eato*^a. sVtci i'pitsulian a*ne.
yam oyenrci lesanikwaka la — k u na'we wo"h*aiye ttoc a'wunaye %
yam o*yem*ci le'anikwap e — ho* a*wunaye. tsawa^ le*kwap
kwati^ap tfcr'o yat'en/a an o*ye le'anikwap lak u ma'l^aiakwin tahna
jJo^nan ho* yat?en*a. tsawajj: le*kwap ho*lo homkwat kwa tfo* tern 15
our I extra shirts is hanging up. Perhaps he might try that one on
to see if it fits. Then if he | (95) puts that on. surely it will be all right
for you to go around together." So their chief | said. They got
the shirt for him. He tried it on and it just fitted the boy. | "Oh yes !
I think it will be all right. Now indeed, every day, you will go
around hunting with us." | So they said to him. The boy passed
the night in anticipation. |
Next day, just at daybreak, they ate and the girl's brothers started
to hunt. I (too) Then the two were left alone. Then she took her hus-
band's I (i) shirt. "Now put it on, "she said to her husband. The boy)
put on the eagle garment and now in the center of the room where the
turquoise seat stood | she made the boy sit down. The girl took
down her garment and put it on | and said to the boy, "Now you
will fly. I will go around blowing you | (5) and after we have gone
around inside four times we shall go out," the girl | said to her
husband. Now the boy flew around. Meanwhile his wife | blew the
boy. So they went around four times. When they had gone around
thus, the I boy knew how to fly. "Now we'll go out," the girl said. |
When they came under the hatchway, she blew her husband up-
wards and together | they went out. | (io) So they flew up. Thus the
girl blew her husband | and they went up together. They went
around in circles. |
She said to her husband, "There a herd of deer are grazing. Do
you see them?" [ she said to her husband. "Yes I see them," the
boy said. | "Which one will you take ?" his wife said to him. "That
232 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
anikwanre. t'sana tJo J yatfip elepwra. isKon'te t'o* yat'e peyenona
na'le tana poan an cowalan mvtsik teakoa sic ele lana tcuale
uhsona kwa hie hoi tsumanre. uhsona tV yat'ip elejptira. an
o'ye leanikwap ma ko J ma ilte uhsona ho* yat'ip elel^an'a. tsawajf
20 le'kwap sa'tci pani'^a.
na'we wo'lraiyakwin a'tci imuluktana panr^a^a an o'ye tap-
nin*te yam na*le yat'ip tsawak yam a'^a^a. t'esanran lanil^a.
kwac tV yam yat'enanrka ? e'lactofe: tsawa^ona le'anikwap ma
el*a tsawak le'kwap ta* c tcic ho 3 yam yat'e^a. e'lactofe lehol ikwa-
25 nan na'le yakna poaye. na 5 le acep e'lactok yam na'le i'seto'up
s*a*tci i*^eato*nan sVtc a*^a.
a*tcia a*wo*tsina* tenrla hapokatekwin yal'u a'tci na'le seto-
te'tcinan ko'na t'on su'nha^anapka ? le*kwap ^et'sanici. ^ec ton
a*wi*a ? i't'ina^a. le'anakap sVtc i'mul^a. sVtcinaya aiyulatina^ap
30 kopsle'a ton al*uka ? kec ho'mvwan suwe ele le'anakap ma sVt
ele lesnan'te lujt yam na'le a'^aka. tfesanran lu^: lanip na*le ana'-
^a. an oye le'kwap t'omt ^akali a'tsawal^ a*cikw%a ten ten'apte
lul^ yanikwatin*a. ko*na hon latenaw'ona luk laten'a. a'tsawalj
le'tikwap lesnol fas a*want'ewaka.
35 tfewap camli fas ci kapina i'to*nan t?as iwo*h*aiya^a. a*tci
t'as yalu i'yutcunan a*witenakan yam ^akwan i*tulohnan kwai'inan
one standing towards the south | <is) I shall take," the boy said.
"Oh no! Perhaps you don't yet | know enough. You had better
take a little one. Standing behind the large deer that you said you
would take | is a fawn. That is large enough. That one that is
lying down | is not very strong. It would be all right for you to take
that one," his | wife said to him. "Very well, that is true. I had
better take that one." So the boy | <20) said. They descended. |
They spread their winges above where the deer were grazing,
and slowly descended. His wife | seized her deer the first time. The
boy let his get away. He dropped down in an empty place. | "Didn't
you get yours?" the girl said to the boy. "Oh ] no," the boy said.
"Well, I got mine," the girl said. | (25) She was sitting clutching
the deer. The deer died. The girl set the deer on her back. | The
two flew up and went away. |
Carrying the deer they came last to where their brothers had all
come together. | "How have you come to evening?" they said.
"Happily. Have you | just come? Be seated," they said to them.
They sat down. Then they questioned them. | (30) "How did you
go around? Is our brother all right now?" they said to her. "Well,
yes, | he's all right, but he let his deer get away from him. He fell
into an empty place and the deer ran off," | his wife said. Then
the eagle youths just laughed. "Well, after a while | he will learn.
He will kill them the way we kill them," the eagle youths | said.
And so again they passed the night. |
(35) Again next morning, early, they ate raw meat and scattered.
Again the two I put on their garments last of all and flew around
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 233
s'a'tci nawe a'tecu^an a*fca. hoi yalakwin a*tci te'tcip lenhol
iyama'koa a'tc rpitsulia mani^a nawe wo'h'aiyan si* tcim son
itehho nawe a'lanan a*wiyat?en"a an oye le*kwap ma hana ko'ma
tsawa^ le'kwap s^'tci pani'^a. sVtci itehho nawe a*wiya€eka, 40
JpsPkoa a'tci a'wiyatJenan lesnol sVtci a'yaknan poa'ka yacep
a'tci tots'ipowacnan a*wi*seto'nan sVtci a*^:a. tcim itiwap yam
kakwin sVtci nawe a-seto-te^tcinan lesnol tsawak yanikwatip
tfewana* a'tci i*wil*i lat-al*uka.
sic tsawak yanikwatinan t'ewana • sanr a tean* te latal • uka . i o
s'yam kakwin a*nan rtse'makunan yam oye lesanikwaka. ana
ho* sam* la*J£ al*ukan*a. tsawa^ yam o*ye le'anikwap ma tVo a*t c u
lesna hon i*wil*-al*up ele tV sic anikwa. yam oyenrc le'anikwa
tsawak kal^al utcun yu'hxnan s'kwaPip ta ,c tcic an oye s'anawaka.
honkwat kolehol tV tse'ma a^*a kwa tV horn it* a'na'nra an oye so
lehati-rtse'makunan yam utcun piyahnan yu'lunan s'tapan
kwai'i^a. nomilta ,c tci il*i^a tekwin lehos a*nap s'an oye a*lahka.
tcimhol elaten^hap luka ulohnanankwin a*pikwe*lenankwin
pikwe'il^a ^e'si.
tsawap pikwe'inan t'una-jianrnan yam ulohnan yam hecot'a 55
unati^a^a. eha ma hinik ist horn luwaPona tej£an*a hinik horn
a'lacina* ist a*te^an'a. tsawak le'kwanan luka ulohnakwin s^mu-
four times inside the house and then went out. | They went looking
for deer. They arrived some place in the mountains | and went around
in circles far above. Below the deer were grazing. "Now we | shall
both take large deer," his wife said. "Very well, come on," | (40) the
boy said. They descended. They both seized deer, j They seized
them by the throat and so they sat clutching them. When they
died I they tied the feet together and put them on their backs. So
they went away. Just at noon | they reached their house, both
carrying deer on their backs. So the youth learned, | and every day
they went hunting together. |
(45) Then, when the youth had learned everything he went hunting
every day, even alone. | Then he thought again of going to his own
home and he said to his wife, | "I think today I will hunt alone,"
So the boy said to his wife. "Well, all right, go. | When we go
together this way you do well. Now you know how." So she said
to her husband. | The youth drew on his eagle garment and went
out. Meanwhile his wife had guessed it. | <so) "Perhaps you do not
go with me because you are thinking of something else," his wife
thought to herself. She took down her eagle garment, put it on, and
followed him. | And so indeed he went off from the place where he
had lived with her, and his wife went after him. | Just as she was
about to catch up with him he passed through the place that leads
into this world | now.
(55) The boy had come through. He looked down and saw the
houses of his own country. | "Ah yes, I think these are my people.
234 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vo^ X ^
lukta'hna pikwe*i^anans paniyu. ta,- f t>oi*> a>x± ^j^ tv/wKwatci
honkwa* tfo* le'na tse'man t?o* sanra al*u peyejta. le'kwanan tenat
60 holon ho* J^ahaiya^anuwan t'om ho* elateira ta'tcat homjttc ho*
anten*ij£anuwan kwa t'om ho* elatena'nren t'o* yam kakwin te*tcip
les'i ho*na*wan utcun s*yalakwai*hra. ace konhol t'om ho* itcema-
Ija. t'o* le'nahot yam ulohnakwin t'o' a*natse*manan horn t'o* atine-
Ijat'ap tihkwahna t'a t'om ho* iW panryuanan^a. e'lacto^ le*-
65 kwan'te t'apan pani'yu.
tsawalj itiwanakanan yam oye s'anhatia'ka. teiriniknatip
ak*a tsawak iyamakwin tfunatip an o*ye t'apan pani'yu. ma t'a te-
nati ten'at honkwat horn t'o* elatenan horn t'o* tihkwahna antse*-
manan horn t'o* ikwalt il'i ycmakun'a. tat'cat tfo* uwe tse*man horn
70 t'o* elatenan horn t'o* utcuhap ma tcim so* yalakwe**inakwin hos
]3ani'yun*a. tsawak le'kwan'tes pani*up he*kwat hie an crye
lesnatik tenamatin panriyu.
ke*sis i*t'e!akutun*ona ko*w etcikwin s*elateka. elatenan kwa
ko'macko'na acuwena*man tatcimantes utcuwan yat'eka. wan*an*i
75 kople'ap horn t?o* kotcilealewu ? tsawak le*kwap kotci tse*na kwa
to' yaiyu'ya'nanvc. le*anikwanan tern kwa aweklikwin i't'ela-
kuna*man utcun ulihap tsawak liwankon*te li'wulin tim-pani*^a.
I think there my | parents may be." So the boy said. He stretched
his wings above this w r orld. | He passed through the entrance and
came down. Meanwhile his wife said, "Now indeed! 1 1 thought you
were thinking of this when you spoke of going alone," she said.
"I wonder | (60) whether I shall catch up with you if I hurry. Other-
wise, if I | delay and do not catch up with you before you reach
your house | our garment will be destroyed. I have loved you
deeply. | If you had told me that you were thinking of going back
to your own country, | then I would have brought you down
properly." As she said this, the girl | u>5) followed him down. [
When the boy had come about half way he heard his wife. He
became aware of her presence | and looked up. His wife was
following him down. "Well, it can't be helped. | Now perhaps if
you catch up with me and still think kindly towards me, | you will
take me back up with you. Or if you think bitterly, | ao> when you
catch up with me you will take off my garment and then I shall
fall to my destruction." | So the boy thought as he descended.
And indeed his wife | was rushing down after him in the same
way.
Now, when he had just a little ways to go to reach the ground, she
caught up with him. As she caught up with him | she did not talk
to him at all but immediately grabbed his feather garment. "Wait ! |
(75) Why are you doing this dreadful thing to me?" the boy said.
"Why indeed! | You know nothing!" she said to him. When he had
not yet come down to earth | she pulled the feather garment from
him, and the boy fell down turning over as he fell. I He fell down
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 235
laninan s'ace^a. s'acenan tcims yam hap e'lacto^ il'i ^akwe^ate-
kwin tcims a*lja.
le'na ino'te teatri^a. 80
THE BEAR WIFE (6).
ma'tsa'ka hiwala'^a ciwan an tsawaki hie coclij^a. iyankolo-
waka. yam a'lacina* a*wa kr'o taku*we sato*we ehe'we l^elutsina*-
we kwahol tenrl utena*we tosana t'erjka. an tatcu Ipikwemos'i 85
anapeka. holtekwin an a*)^aka. kwa tV yaiyu'ya'nanre. torn
tse^akwinak'a horn utena*we horn lo^o yalakwe'kat'ap kwa ho*
tfom il'i ^akwecukwa. eles to y holtekwin a'nuwa. hot yam tse*-
manankwin tV a'nuwa. ma*tsa*ka kakwemos*i yam tsawak le*-
anikwaka. an tsawa^ koye^a. famsakaian kwaPika. lehol lata^an 90
a'ka. t'ewankwin tahna a^a. ^anulapnan ye*maka. lal a*l$;a.
hakwin ona telakwikwin te'tcika. iskon te'tcika. iskon aince
imo'^a. tsawak inkwin te^i^ia. aince ankoha^anan tsawa^
ana'n'iyah^a. aince peka. kopla't tV ana'n'iha ? le'anikwaka.
tsawak yutci'atika. kwas lakunanrka. kalem a*ne aince tsawa^'ona 95
le'anikwalta. ticomaha'. tcuwap tV'o ? tsawaki le'kwa^a. ma
ho^o. kwa torn kohol alewucukwa. aince le'kwalja. tsawa^
teclanici ainc inkwin a*^a. ainc an jioakwin te*tcip hop t?o* a*ne.
and died. When he was dead he went to where he had lived with
1 " -.st girl. |
This happened long ago. 1
THE BEAR W T IFE (6).
They were living atMa'tsa^a. A priest's son was a great gambler.
He played hidden-ball game. | His parents' beads, necklaces,
earrings, women's dresses, fine buckskins |, (85) all kinds of clothing,
he lost. His father, the chief priest, | scolded him. He made him go
off somewheres. "You have no sense. | Because of your doing, my
possessions, my beads, are all wasted. I | will not have you live in
this house. All right now, you will go off somewhere. Wherever
you wish | you may go." So the Ma'tsaka chief priest said to his son. |
ow) His son cried, and naked, he went out. He went off somewheres
to hunt. | He went towards the east. He climbed up at Water-All-
Around. There he went. |
He came to where Black-Paint-Road descends. There he came.
There a bear | was staying. The young man came to where she was
sitting. When he saw the bear, the young man | was about to
run away. Bear spoke. "Why are you going to run away?" she
said to him. | (95) The young man was startled. He did not strike
at her. "Come hither," Bear said to the young man. | "Alas, who
are you?" the young man said. "Why I. I will not do anything
1 Comment of informant: "He had all this bad luck becauce of what he
did to the rabbit/'
236 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
aince le^wa^a. ho* lata^an a*ne tsawak le*kwa^a. wan'i ko*ma
100 aince le'kwaka. sunhakwin tahna aince t'atfan i'tulap^a. ttepalo-
1 kwin kwatoka. ainc e^acto^i le* yutcuh^a. yam utcu*we iskont
a*uka. le'nates hie ho'i yo*ka. hie ciw e*lactoki mokwa* ko'kci
yatonan ko'kci eha t'sinapa yatonan'e acen e'nin ikwiye. e*lactok
elema^a. tsutoye. taku pi^aiapa takuye. le* satow tacana. kwas
5 rhalunanre ho*i ko'kci. e*lactok tsawal^ inkwin rlta. tsawak
e'lactok unati^alja. ticomaha' tcuwatc imat t'o 'o le*hatina tsawak
i'tse'makuka. ace* konhol tsawa^ ya'tsatika. ainc e'lacto^: tsa-
wak'ona s*acuwaka. Uoc hie imacte yam a*nankwin a'n'iha ? le*-
anikwaka. kople*a tsawak le'kwa^a. elan a'na'ma. ana horn
10 kakwin a'ce e'lactok le'kwaka. hop ma t'om l^akweye? tsawal^
le'kwa^a. tsawak le*kwap is lo'te horn ptkweye. e'lacto^: le 5 kwaka.
mac ho* akcap elekan'a ? tsawak le'kwap ma leharia e*lactok
le'kwa^a tan tekwic ho* ya'tsawil'i tsawak le'kwalta. ulat tan el
leskwana'ma. homa sama ^akweniye. le'kwaka. kop ma le*a hon
is a'nuwa ? ma ten ele^an'a le'kwalta. ma wan'i le'kwanan ikwali
yam ainc utcun yulu^a. yulunan tsawal^ona i'setoka. si* tfo*
i'hapis^ana'. le^nikwa^a. le*anikwanan set-a'ka.
to you," Bear said. The young man | went reluctantly to where the
bear was. He came to where Bear was crouching. "Where are you
going?" | Bear said. "I am going hunting," the young man said.
"Well, wait." ] <ioo) Bear said. Bear went around behind a tree
towards the west. | d) She went into a place where she was hidden.
Bear girl took off her clothing and laid down her garment there. |
Then she became this kind of a person. She was just like a Zuni
girl. She had on fine moccasins, | and a fine embroidered dress and
a robe over her shoulder and a green belt around her waist. The
girl | stood up. Her hair was done up in a queue and she had a
double strand of beads around her neck. She had earrings this
long. | (5) She was beautifully dressed and was a pretty girl. She
came to where the youth was waiting. The youth | looked at the
girl. "Alas, who may you be?" the youth. | He turned it over in
his thoughts. Then the youth was very bashful. Bear girl | spoke to
the young man. "And are you really going now to the place where
you planned to go?" | she said to him. "Why?" the young man
said. "Oh don't go! Let us | <io> go to my house," the girl said.
"Well, where do you live?" the young man | said. So the young
man said. "Right near here is my house," the girl said. | "Well,
will it be all right for me to go along?" the young man said. "Oh
yes indeed," the girl | said. "But I am always so bashful," the
young man said. "Well, better not | say that. My house stands
alone," she said. "Well, which way shall we | (15) go?" the young
man said. "Why, that will be all right," the girl said. "Wait a
moment," she said. She put on again | her bear garment. After she
had put it on she took the young man on her back. "Now | close
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 237
lehok u cipapolimakwi yam a'tatcu wema* ^akwenikwi set-a'ka.
cipapolimakwi seto-te^cika. yam kakwi lo'te^anan tsawak'ona
si 3 tfunati le'anikwap tsawak t'unatika. holomaceko'na te'tcika.
kwa ulohnan tenapanve. ti*comaha' ma tfa lo'te tV le'kwaka.
ta tenati hotomaceko'na so" i'ka. tsawal^ le^waka. elactolj yam
ainc utcun ynlih^a. kwas e'le ihahmanre tsawaj^ona il'i te'tci^a.
yam l^akwen il*i ye'ma^a. atci kwatoka. a*tci yaniki^a. horn
a'tatcu ko'na t'on tfewanan a'teaiye ? le'anikwaka. ^et'sanici
ho'mvwan tca J le t'onc i*ya ? i'tfinaka. pilem a'tc yato. a'tcia
le'ana'ka. a'tci yato'lsia. a*tc i-mu^a. tsawa^ rmupa e'lactolp
elemaka. lehol teli'to'kwin kwatoka. heti'ana wo'lul^a. wo'lea-
kwai'ika. wo'la'uka. t'a lehol kwatoka. wo'lea wo'lu^a. wo'lea
kwaPinan wtrla'uka. si 5 hon i"to*ce le'anikwaka. tsawa^ona.
a -to i'wil* i'to'ka. a*tci tcunenan e'lactok le* wo'latuka. tcims
tsawak yam a'tatcu wema'we hoktitacana yunawiko aince tonaci.
j^alutsi wema' a'ciwan'i elkwa tcuhol imetcanrel^ana wema* a*ci-
wani ona'ya'naka ti^ana upe. a'wan teckwin'e tsawak tunak;a
ti'comaha'. hai loc to* le'na a'teaiye. tsawak le'hatina tse'man
poa^a.
an a'tatcu yam tca'le antehkunanap^a hop to* lufea tap^a ?
le^nikwa^a. ma la*k u itiwan*a ma'tsa'ka le'anakanan luljan
your eyes," she said to him. So she said to him and went carrying
him on her back. |
Far off to Cipapolima to the house of her fathers, the Beast Gods,
she carried him. | She arrived at Cipapolima with him on her back.
As they came near to the house | she said to the boy, | (20) "Now
open your eyes," and the young man opened his eyes. "How far
have I come? | I do not know this country. Alas, I thought you
said it was near. | Well, it can't be helped, far off I have come,"
the young man said. The girl | took off her bear garment. She
was beautifully dressed. So she came there with the young man. j
She climbed up with him to her house. They went in. They greeted
those inside. "My | (25) fathers, how have you lived these days?"
they said to them. "Happily, | our child, have you come? Be
seated. Come over here," they said to them. | The two crossed over.
They sat down. After the young man sat down, the girl | arose.
She went into the inner room. She put some blue paper bread in
her basket, | and came out carrying it. She set it down and then
again she went in. She dished out some stew and came out carrying
the stew | <so) and put it down. "Now let us eat," she said to him.
So the young man | and the girl ate together. After they had
finished eating, the girl put the things away. Then | the young man
was in retreat with his fathers, the Beast Gods — Mountain Lion,
Wolf, Bear, Badger, | Gopher, the Beast Priests; none were missing.
The Beast Priests, | the Life Giving Society Priests, were in.
The young man saw their altar. | (35) "Alas, so this is the way you
238 Publications, American Ethnological Society V°t- XV
tatcu lul$: anapenan iteKkwaPikaka. luka itciikwariJ^apa lujf la-
40 ta^an ane le'kwanan yam hiwalakwin ma'kaiakwin tahna teluia
lu^a ho > a u waka. luk ho* a u wanan l£al ho* lujj: il*a*^a. yam a*tatcu
le^'wanikwalja. ho*na*wan tca > le ho*na'wan tatcu luka t'elinaire
ho*na*wan hecot'a'kwi t?o* oneal kwatolja^a. an a'tatcu le'anti-
kwa^a. le*antikwanan si 5 ko*ma ^alt hapo an a'tatcu wema*
45 a*ciwani le'tikwa^a. le'tikwanan tenenap^a. wema* aciwan'i
luwalemaka. otin-i*potika. atfanitil^a. yam tca'lan otip^a. t'elinan
ten* otip^a. a*wan tca*le yutcia poa'ka. t'ehna itiwap tetcune^a.
an oye il*i te'tciko e'lactok lesanikwa^a. si* ana t'elPtokwin le*-
anikwaka. tsawak elema^a. t'eli'tokin a*tc i*wil*i kwato^a. sVtc
50 at^a. iskon a*tc i'wil*uka. isKon hoi tsawak itah^a. lesnol iskon
tsawa^ tea^a. kona t'eftna*we yotipa. kwa tsawak tikilam*en*te
cipapolima talakana'ka.
an oye s'isaka. ]£al yam ulohnakwin tsawak a*na^ i'tse^akwaka.
yam oye lesanikwaka. so' yam ulohnakwin a*na tse'ma. yam oye
55 le'anikwaka. ho* akc a*nuwa an oye le'kwaka. hol*o el*e t'o 5 ime
tsawa^ yam oye le*anikwa^:a. ka'^ip to* a*nuwa le'anikwaka.
a*witen t'ewanan ho* a*nuwa tsawajs; yam oye le*anikwaka. ma
honkwa*ati an oye le'kwal^a. tenati lu^a tfelinan yam a*tatcu ho*
yatinapa ko*lehol eletun*ona ho'na anhetocna^an*a. e'lactoki
live here?" the young man thought to himself. | He sat there
thinking. |
His fathers questioned their child. "Where did you pick him
up ?" | they said to her. "Over there at Itiwana at Ma*tsal^a/' she
said to them. "His | father scolded him and threw him out. After he
had thrown him out, he | (40) went hunting, so he says. I found him
against the south slope of his village. | I found him and brought
him here." | So she said to her fathers. "Our child, our father, this
night | your road has come into our house," his fathers | said to him.
So they said to him and then, "Very well now, come this way," his
fathers, the Beast | (45) Priests, said. So they said. They sang. The
Beast Priests | arose. They were all dancing. There was great exci-
tement They danced for their child. All night | long they danced. Their
child sat there, very much interested, At midnight they stopped. |
His wife, the girl who had brought him there, said to him, "Let us
go into the inner room," | she said to him. The young man arose.
They entered the inner room together. They | <50) slept. So they
were united. So the boy married there. The boy stayed there.
Every night they danced. Even though the young man did not
belong to any society, | he was married at Cipapolima.
His wife became pregnant. The young man was wishing to come
back here to his own country. | He said to his wife, "I long for my
own country." His wife | (55) said to him, "I shall go with you," his
wife said. "Oh no, it is better for you to stay here," | the young
man said to his wife. "When will you go ?" she said to him. | "In
Bunzely Zuni Texts 239
y am oyemci le'anikwafca. ma tenat ilte. ko'lehol ho'na a'tatcu eo
ho'n — wov, V n«, wa uoclwuk xe'Kwa^a. lesnol a*tc i'wil* imo^a.
s*an oye tcawacna lo'tenaiye. yam ^apin ho 5 i teawak*a kwa
tophrte yatcun isanam'ente tcawacan'iha, uhsite t'elinan*e
honkwa tcawacanuwapa an oyemci yam ^akwin a*na peka.
sunharia an a'tatcu wema* a'ciwan'i hapo'ka. uhsite t'elinan*e 65
e'lacto^ yam a'tatcu yatineka. sP luka t'elinan*e horn a'tatcu
t'on haponaiye. lu^ horn il* s ona lehol yam ulohnakwi yam a*laci-
na*we luk a;wan yu'aca. \u\ a'n'iha. tika tVn ho'n yatine'a.
ko'lehol el'etun'ona ton rtse'man'a. yam a'tatcu leVwanikwaka.
ma honkwa'ati. tfa tenati kwa luk lrlkon'te ho'i teanve. luka 70
t'ekohanan ho'i ta* c tcic hon ^apin a'ho'i an a'tatcu wema* a'ciwan'i
le'antikwaka. sP ko'ma J£alt i't'ina^a. lu^a t?elinan*e yam tca'la'ni
alnate hon otiwe. le'tikwana s'tenenap^a. otipka l$:e*si. t'e'lina
ten*a yam teaman oti-t'ewaka. tfekohatirja hiwalan-lani^a. t'elinan
ten'a an oye isanan*te akci ota-t'ewa^a. t'ewap yaton'e an a'tatcu 75
yam tca'le ampeyenapka. si' lu^a yaton'e ho'na'wan tca'le lehol
yam ulohnakwi t'os oneal a*]£an*a. ho'na t'on a'wantse'man'a lo' J o
onea'we halawotinane. lestiklea ho^a a'wunatilsa. ka'kamace-
ko'na ho'na tcuwa a*tena J koa iasai^aiawe. hon a'lacowaye. yam
tV ulohnakwin te'tcinan kcrwi li'l hon a'teona rwite'tci ho'na'wan so
four days I shall go," the young man said to his wife. | "Is that so ?"
his wife said. "Well, this night I shall tell our fathers | and they
will instruct you in what is best for us," the girl | (60) said to her
husband. "That is quite all right. Whatever our fathers | may tell us,"
the young man said. So they were staying there together. | His wife
was approaching her confinement. Because she was a raw person, |
although she was pregnant less than one month, she was about to
give birth. On the very night | when, perhaps, she would give birth,
her husband spoke of going to his own house. I
(65) In the evening, her fathers, the Beast Priests met together. That
very night | the girl told her fathers. "Now this night, my fathers, |
you are gathered together. This one who lives with me, is lonesome
for his country and his | parents. He wants to go. Now we are telling
the society, | and you will think what will be best." So she said to
her fathers. | (70) "Well, is that so ? Well, it cannot be helped. He is
not a native of this place. He | is a daylight person, while we are
raw people," his fathers, the Beast Priests, | said to them. "Very
well now, sit down over here. This night we shall dance for our
child | for the last time." So they said. So they sang and then they
danced. All night | long they stayed up dancing for their child.
At daybreak they stopped suddenly. All night | (75) long his wife,
although she was pregnant, stayed up dancing with them. Next
day his fathers | talked to their child. "Now this day, our child,
yonder | to your own country your road will go. You will think of
us with shell, ) corn pollen, and prayer meal. Moreover, now look
240 Pvbtications, American Ethnological Society Vol* XV
tV Iacowa*we a*wacaira. lacowatfapa halawotinan'e lo #> o onea'we
tsuhapa tV yelete'mra. yam teatcinakwi tV pani'rra. t'ewan-
kwin tahna teatcinapaltan tV ho'n a'lea'upa yam anikwananaj$;"a
lacowa'we halawotinan'e onea'we to^o tsuhapa Heana yam ona*-
85 ya'nal^a yam lacia^a tVna hon yaniktciana'wa. an a'tatcu le*-
antikwana el* anhetocna kwaPikana*wapa iW te'tcPkoa e'lacto^i
]$Mt il" a*^a. yam kapin hoM teawa^'a holomacekoa cipapolima
a*tci kwai'inairte tcim itiwapa a'suwa'kwi yam oyemci il" rnan
iskon yaknahka. si* mas lu'u yam l^akwi. i*natinam*e*hom a'tatcu
so ko'lea torn anhetocnapkoa el tV elate'unanran'a le'anikwana
iskonhol toms a*tci rt'sumekaka. l£et?sanici iJo* yam ulohnakwin
a*t'u. tsawalj yam oye le'anikwap lesnajja lesnatik tV ketfsanici
a*t c u a'tci le'anikwana a*tci i't'sumekana a'tci rwoptsina tsawalj
yam ma'tsa'l^akwi a*napa ta* c tcic ainc e'lacto^i yam cipapoli-
9. r » makwi sVka. yam anikwananaka cipapolimakwi tomt lehol
tenela'apa te'tcika.
ta'^cic tsawak yam J^akwen i'yana hiwalakwin itiyulajca. an
a*lacina # we yu'aco wo'yulapa an ikina topint'ona t'ewana*we yam
a'lacina'we yaiyosej^a. iste pap iya le*kwanan yaiyoseke'a.
100 yam papa ^e*la unajfa. yam Ijakwi ^ena-kwatopi^a. tsita iste
at us. | The clothing that someone gave us long ago is now full of
holes. We have feathers in our hair. | <80) When you reach your
own country, for as many of us as are here | you will make hair
feathers. Hair feathers and prayer meal, shell, corn pollen, | spark-
ling paint, you will prepare. You will take them down to your field.
At the eastern | end of your field you will give them to us. When,
with our supernatural power, | we have clothed ourselves with the
hair feathers, the prayer meal, the pollen, the shell, the sparkling
paint, then with our long life, | (85) our old age, we shall bless you."
So his fathers | said to him. They instructed him well and sent
him out. The girl | who brought him came here with him. Be-
cause she was a raw person, although they started out far off
at Cipapolima, | just at noon she came with her husband to Rock-
Slab. | There she let him go. "Well now, go to your home, but by
all means do not neglect | ooj to do what our fathers have told you,"
she said to him. | There somewheres they encouraged each other
with affectionate words. "Happily may you go to your country," |
the young man said to his wife. "Even so may it be with you. May
you go happily." | So they said to each other. They made one
another strong. They separated. The young man | went to Matsal^a,
while the bear girl | (95) went back to her Cipapolima. Because she
was wise she reached Cipapolima | in just a little while. |
Meanwhile, the young man came to his house. He came close to
the village. His | parents were lonely. They were sick in bed. He
had only one younger sister. Every day | she lied to her parents.
"There, brother is coming," she said but she lied to them.!
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 241
pap i*ya. le' yam tsit anikwaka. t'a hek yoseke'a. tfewana ho'na tfo
yaiyoseke'a. — ma elete lil i'ya. \v\ ye'maku le'kwajJa ma ama
tfuna-kwaPi — tekwancic hokanhoh* t'op rnan*a an tatcu le > anik-
wa^a. an a'lacina'we yu'acowa^a kwa sic a'tfsumanre wo'yulikwi
a*wona-elateria an ikina yam a*lacina*we yatinepa konantholi an
tsita pilaknan letsilo'kwi pitcatcatin a*l^a. kwai'ilen rnarJa an
tsawaki kwato^a. unatil£ana*wapa yam kwahof tenrta teawe
tosa'en tamsakaian kwai'ikoa an a*lacina'we anaiyu*ya*narja
unati^ana*wapa. tsawa^ aiyu'lacina yam talakwe a*wan kwa-
hol lea ko'kci leapa mokwa* kokci leapa ^ewula* kokci kemkutci"
ko'kci kutciye ^emutcun ko'kci utciye e'nin ko'kci alja tsutoye.
an a'lacina* konanthol tepoanpilaknan i'rjiyenaplja. i'mu^a.
tsawaki an a*wokana*we anapenape'en'te elehol aiyu'aca yace^a.
yam aiacina'we a'wona-elatenalapa cipapolima an a'tatcu
wema* a*ciwan'i ko'lea anhetocnapkoa kwas aiyr^ya'nanrel^a.
koatcic anat horn tikwe^a. le'kwanan kwas a'wan lacowa'w
acnam'lja. ta*'tcic an a'tatcu aiyr^ya'napa tea^a. an anhetoc-
napkatea a'wite t'ewapa yam lacowa* Heana^al§:'a cipapolima
oneal kwaPiljanapJta . pil a'wa'^a. tsa wa^ona yam anhetoc -
nap^atea a*wiyap kwa lacowanhol teanvelja. aince i^atifea. i
s^'wa'p. yam ^akwi. lesnas a'tea^a.
(ioo) She first saw her brother. She called into the house, "Mother!
Here | <n brother is coming!" she said to her mother. "She is lying
again. Every day you | lie to us." "Yes, indeed! He is coming!
He is climbing up now!" she said. "Well, | look out, any day he
might come from somewheres," her father said. | His parents were
so lonely that they were no longer strong. Even when they were
sick in bed | (5) he passed them on their road. When his sister told
her parents her mother was scarcely | able to rise. She tottered
over to the ladder and just as she was trying to go up, her | son
entered. When they saw him how he had lost all his clothing | and
gone away naked, his parents remembered. Now when they saw
him he was a respectable young man. He was clothed in the fine
clothing of his wife's people. | <io> He had on fine moccasins, and
fine buckskin leggins, and trousers, | and a fine buckskin shirt, and
a fine belt around his hair. | His parents were scarcely able to sit
up. He shook hands with them and sat down. | The boy's women
relatives, although they used to scold him, had almost died of
loneliness while he was gone. |
So he passed his parents on their road. | And what his fathers at
Cipapolima, I (i5)the Beast Priests, had told him to do he did not
remember. | It doesn't matter what they said," he said; so he did
not make hair feathers for them. | Meanwhile his fathers, knowing
all this, waited. At the appointed time | after four days, they came
to get their feathers. From Cipapolima | they made their roads
come forth. They came this way. They came to the place about
16
242 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ta * c tcic cipapolimakwi an oy e tcawac^a . kwil • i tcawacka .
ta ,c tcic tsawak yam teatcina tJo we yeka. a'witen aptsinan yam
a'lacina* a'wan t T o we ye^a' topokan yam a*t?san a'tcian t'o we yeka.
25 cipapolima yam atfsan atcian tfo we ye^a. lesna haitocnani'lta.
ta'tcic cipapolima wema'we uhsona aiyu'ya'n a'teaka. kwahol
lena'we ho 3 i-ya*ptna'wapa lak u hol cipapolima wema* a'teona tsa-
wakona oye yam a*t?san a*tcia lesanikwa^a. lalek ma'tsa'ka tVna
tatcu ho*]! a*wunaka t , o we ye > koa ho'i-ya^anapka ke*si. laktap
30 a'witen t'ewana* hon teh'alinan kwaiMn*a ho*n a*wunaka t'o we yena 5 -
koa i'tonakak*a hon a*wa*nuwa. aince yam tcawa'tcia le'anikwaka.
lesnol a'teaka. antfsumehlsa. a'witen tfewapa cipapolima aince
maki yam a*tsana a'tcia il*i ukwe'ka. ]£.ai a*wa*l^a. sic tenalana
t'elapa tsawal^ona teatcinakwi awi*na an miyakwi u'kwatoka.
35 yam a'wo^ana* a*wa t'o we ye 5 koa le'nakwi kwa i*to*na*wanre^a.
yam a*tsan a*tcian unaka tfo we yekatekwi lrwankoa i*to'nap]ja.
cotsito kwil aptsinan^e sic ace* we a*tc unapona rto'napjjta. kwa
koti lowumvwanreka. tcim t'ekohatipa sVwa*ka yam cipapoli-
makwi .
40 ta* c tcic tsawak yam teatcinakwi pani'ka. tcim t'ekohatipa
aince an oye yam tcawiH tsawakonani mi* rtona'pe'en tcimhol
a*wa*^atekwi tsawak yam teatcinakwin rnan t'un-al*u^a. yam
which they had told the young man. | (20) There were no feathers
there. Bear got angry. | So they went back. Thus they stayed at
their home. |
Meanwhile at Cipapolima his wife gave birth. She gave birth to two
children. Now the young man planted in his field. He planted four
acres for his | parents. On the other side he planted for his two
children. | (25) He planted for his two children at Cipapolima. So he
had promised. | Meanwhile at Cipapolima, the Beast Gods waited,
knowing all abouts this. | When the crops came to maturity, over
at Cipapolima, the Beast Gods who were living there, | said to the
young man's wife and his two children, "Over at Ma'tsa^a, | your
father has worked for us. What he has planted has come to maturity
now. | (30) Pour days from today we shall go to investigate. He has
worked for us, and we shall go to eat that which he has planted. | So
the Bear said to her two children. | So they waited. They were eager
for it. After four days, from Cipapolima Bear | Woman and her two
children started out. They came this way. Late | at night they
came to the young man's field. They entered his corn field. (35) What
he had planted for his sisters, those crops they did not eat. | In the
place that he had planted for his children, there they ate. | They ate
two acres of sweet corn, the milky ears. They ate nicely. | They did
not disturb the field. At daybreak they went away, back to their
Cipapolima. |
(40) Just then the young man went down to his field. Just at
daybreak, | soon after his bear wife and her two children who
Bunzel, Zuni Teocte 243
miya^ona tekwarrte a'teana ankohakaJka. hc'lic aince teanaiye
le'kwana ele t'unapa lehol am miya* tenrla aince a'teanapapa.
awan tehalilj:a i'tonapkoa les telina wotapan a*ne. ikwalt i'ka. 45
yam teatcinakwin ikwart rnan yam hampokwi rnan iskon yaton-
ili imo^a. su'nhapa yam ^akwi ma*tsakakwi ycmaka. yam
a'wo^ana'we yam a'lacina*we yatineka. t'elina homan aince
tcawil'i homan mi* i'to*napj$:a tealakwa le*nakwi tomt a*wal*uka
kwa i'fcrna*wam*e cotsito le'nakwi i'fcrnapka. yam a'lacina'we 50
leVwanikwalpi. am a'wokana'we le'a'wanikwaka. horn i*to*-
l^ana'we' leshap ho 5 yam mryakwin ant'ewakaira le'kwapl.
sM'to'kana'ka. tsawak rto'^a. i*to # na yam pi'lan'e piyah^a. yam
copon*e piyahka yam wenve rjiyahka rpa'unan yam copon'e
i'kockunan yam teatcinakwin ant'ewakan a*ka. yam mi'yakwin 55
te'tcinan yam mrya'kona al'ulja. t'ekwinapa tomt yu'hatiawacjjja
ai*u^a. kwa hoi teamepa yam hampokwin te'tcinan yam copon*
a'unan yam pa'ure a'unan tfawe hapo^anan aklulja. s^nt'ewal^a.
yam mrya t'ehna itiwapa kwa tcuhol rna'mapa yam hampokwi
ye'ma^ka rtcu'l^a. yam ocokwa yam pPlan'e a'uka. s'all^a. eo
tcim alapa ta ,c tcic cipapolima wema* tem'la a'wan yu'makwe'-
na'koa rto'napik'a a*wike'na rteliana^als/a u'kwe'ka. cipapolima
had eaten the young man's corn | had left, the young man came
to his field. He looked around. | Suddenly he noticed tracks in
his com field. "Oh see the bear tracks!" | he said. He looked
carefully over his whole corn field, wherever the bear tracks went. |
(45i "It looks as though they had eaten their own." He followed
them down and then came back. | He came back to his field, and
came* to his field shelter, and there he sat all day. | In the evening
he went up to his house atMa'tsa^a. | He said to his women relatives,
and his parents. "Last night a bear | and her cubs ate my corn.
Where the field corn was growing they just walked about, | but
they did not eat. But where the sweet corn was growing they ate." |
So he said to his parents. He said to his women folks, "Give me
something to eat, | and so I shall stay over night in my corn field,"
he said. | They gave him to eat. So the young man ate. After he
had eaten he took down his bow | and he took down his quiver, and
he took down his skin blanket. He wrapped himself in it and
clasping his quiver, | (55) he went down to stay over night in his field.
When he reached his field | he went about among his corn. When it
got dark, he just walked about, listening carefully. | There was
nothing there. So he went to his shelter and put down his quiver |
and put down his blanket. He gathered wood and made a fire. And
so he stayed there all night. | When no one had come to his field by
midnight he climbed up in his shelter | <eo) and lay down. He put his
bow down by his head. He went to sleep. |
As soon as he was asleep, now over at Cipapolima, all the beasts |
went to eat the fruit of his toil for them. They came out to add to
16*
244 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
lgal a'wa'^a. tsawaki tcim alapa an teatcinakwi an mi'yakwi
a'wi'na a'wuna'ka tfo we yena^a tekwi cotsito le*nakwi u'kwatona
65 tcims sic kotilewunaplja. sic wotfa'we ^apa^ana rtemana i*to*-
nap^a ^e*si. tsawaljona an oye yam a*t?san a*tcia iW mi*ya rto*-
nap^a. ta* c tcic tsawaki aince koti a*walewuna*wa jJeyekoa yam
hie kapin ho'iwak'a aiyu 5 ya*nap^:a. an oye yam a'tfsan a*tcia
lesanikwa^a t'ekohati^a ^e'si. hons a'wa'nuwa a'ma yam a'tci
70 tatcu antehali koplea antfewa. holon hie ten kwa aiyu'ya'name'en
yam kwahol peye'koa kwa aiyu'ya'name'en ho'na koti a'walewu
tse'manan inasnak'a alawelaiye ant'ewa. an oye yam a't'san a*tcia
le'anikwapa a't'san a'tci yam tatcu ant'ewanankwin a*^a. a*tci
te^ipa ace' alajfet a'tc alanankwi te^ci^a. an ocokwan pPlan'e
75 co'hifi wo'tajSa an a'tci pPlan ahlja an a'tci an pi'lan ko # wi liyala
aptsi^a. tomt a'tci an pi'lan aptsina teala'^a tcukwe* le*nap
ele^an'a a'tci le'kwanan a'tci ant'ehwal$:a. yam tsit inkwin a'tci
te^ci^a. a'tcia tsita aiyalaka kople'a t'o'na tatcu antfewa ? a'tci-
naiya le^nikwa^a. ma kwa tihkwahna tfewulaci tse'mana^a
so samunan antecema inasnak'a alaweia antfewa an a'tfsan a*tci-
yam tsita le'anikwa^a. an tsita i^atika. ho'na a-wuna^a t'o^ye'-
koa hon i'to'na'wapte imat ikane'a tenas kolehol ta ,c tcic ho*
tse'man'a. an oye le'kwa^a. si* ko*ma hons a # wa*ce s^ekohatipt
le'tikwana wema'we yam cipapolimakwi s'a'wa'pL
their hearts. Prom Cipapolima, | they came hither. Just as soon
as the boy was asleep, they came to his field, his corn field. ] They
entered the place where he had planted for them, where the sweet
corn was growing. | (65) But now they spoiled his field. They broke
down the stalks and ate up everything | now. His wife with her two
children ate his field corn. Now the young man had said he would
punish the bear | and because they were raw persons they knew
about it. His wife said to her two children, ( "It is daybreak now.
Now we shall go. Go and look at your | (70) father and see how he
has passed the night. See whether he really is so foolish. | If he was
so foolish as to do what he said he would, if he really intended to hurt
us, | then he will sleep with his weapons beside him." So his wife
said to her two children. | Her two children went to where their
father had passed the night. When they | came there he was fast
asleep. They came to where he was sleeping. At his head his bow |
(75) and arrows were lying. They took up his bow. They cut the
sinew a little. They just cut the sinew of his bow a little, not all the
way through. "So, | good for him," they said. So they went off.
They came to where their mother was. | Their mother questioned
them. "Well, how did your father pass the night?" | she said to
them, "Well, he does not feel kind or gentle. | (80) He wants to
quarrel. He was sleeping with his weapons beside him," the two
children | said to their mother. Their mother became angry. He
worked for us, | and even when we eat what he has planted for us,
R<»m*«?, Z>u*t,i (Pexfo 245
tomt ko'wihol awa'napa tsawa^ okwi^a. yam hampoan pani'l^a. 85
yam mryakwin kwatojia mrya tenrla kwa sic aince a p wan teliha-
lunanve toms lehot ainc a*wan l^eku'monan-alo'ka. tsawalj
ikati^a. yam hiwalakwin tcim yatokwaPip ye'ma^a. yam luwala*-
kwi ma*tsa*kakwi we'atco^a. yu't'so'yana'we' t'elina homan
aince mi* rtcnapka. le'kwanan we'atcopa hiwaPona i*yu 3 ya*na 90
yam inasna^a ihapopina a*tsawa^i aince mi*ya i*to*napkoa wota-
pantin-a'l^a. ta -t tcic an mi' i*to*na'koa tsawa^i yam hiwala tomt
we*atconan kela wotapan-a'^a. ta'*tci an oye aincokya imo'ka
^e*si. onan'te antcupalo^a. tsawak holomac ehkwi te^cika. an
oye alahina-kwaPi^al^a. yat'e^a. tapnin'te ankohana kwai'i^al^a. 95
tsawajj aceka. tcims an oye yam cipapolimakwi a\ka. ta* c tcic
a'ho'i a*yalu a'teHcipa tsawa^ acena'ka. aho'i iskon te'tci yu'la-
k'itika. el*e li'lkonte palto hon a*wi*^a. ampikwe'nanre hon aince
A\)*tapantin-a*napa ko'macko'na hon we'na* ahrnvwa le'tikwana
s'iskon'te aince wotapantin-a'na tsawa^ona il*i matsa^akwin 100
a*wiapa tsawakona an J^akwi kwato|£ana*wapa an tatcu l^akwe- 1
mosi koye^a. an alacina'we a'koyel^a. tsawa^ aince aina'koa
aceka ^e*si. kocona*^a kwanleana^a an akono'^a. iskon palo^a.
ta* c tcic cipapolima wema'we a'te'tcinan yam okana*we ainco-
he is angry. So now I , must think up something," his wife said.
"Yorv well then, let us go. It is daybreak," they said. The beasts
u it kick to their Cipapolima. |
H.i) When they had gone just a little ways, the young man awoke.
He came down from his shelter | and entered his corn field. The
bears had thrown his whole, field into disorder. | Even from far off
he could see that the bears had broken down the stalks. The young
man | became angry. He went up to the village just at sunrise. | He
called out in his village, Ma'tsaka. ''Wake up ! Last night | (90) bears
ate my corn!" So he said. When he called out the people in the
village learned about it. They got together their weapons and
the young men followed the bears who had eaten the corn. | Mean-
while, the young man whose corn had been eaten, right after he had
called out in the village, | was the first to go after them. Meanwhile
his wife. Bear Woman, was waiting | now. She was lying in wait for
him on the road. The young man came there far ahead. His |
(95) wife jumped out at him. She seized him. All at once she found
him and dragged him out. | The young man was dead. Then his
wife went to her Cipapolima. Meanwhile | the people behind came
there. The young man was lying there dead. The people came there
and stopped. | "It is better we come to the end of it right here. If
we are not the more powerful, and we | go on after the bears, we shall
receive many wounds," they said. | <ioo) So right then those who
had gone to follow the bears came back to Ma'tsaka with the young
man. | <n They brought the young man in to his house. His father,
the chief priest | cried. His parents cried. The young man who had
246 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol XV
s kyapl^a. a'wan o^ana-we yam oyemc ainanan yalu te>t )C ik a
a-wan a*wotsina-we anarjenapka. hie kwa tV yaiyu'ya-na^e
le'antikwapa t'a tenat kwa yaiyu'ya-nanre'ka. kole'a hon ay^..
tocnapkoa kwa lestalewunam'kowalfa ho* ikatika. ho* aina^a an
oye le'kwaka. si* ko'ma kople'a tepira l$:e*si ? a*wa mosona le'^ap
in ma kwa hiyohicna acip kwa elecukwa le'tikwana. hon tapn a . wa
le'tikwana. an a*t'san a*tci pit a^a. ma'tsapkwi luwala ma^ka
yam tatcu palokwi a*tci yam tatcu ace'koa a'tci palohp. ^ e hol
cipapolimakwi a'tci yam tatcu el set-a*ka. a'tci cipapolimia^j
te'tcipa wema* a'ciwan'i ona'-ya-naka a*ciwan*i yaincokya. tika
15 yupoljatekwi yam a'tci tatcu el seto-te'tci^a. a*tcinaiya tsita
antfsumeha. rwatenapl^a. a*tci yam tatcu il'i kwatoka. ona\ va .-
nafea tikan upkwi u'kwatoka. t'ehwitiwa yaincokya pewpka.
iskon yam a'tci tatcu t'ewankwin t'una tcu-a 5 uka. ta* c tcic tifcila-
pona i'wokwip yam tfepehan ima. tenenapka. luwalem a ka.
20 a'wulapco^a. wemacnapka kesi. miha pewPka t'a miha yani%a"
a'witen tena* ya'na wenacnapkapa i'y a ^y u> y a "¥^P a i*muna-pila-
kaka. an a'tatcu wema* a*ciwan'i ana-elemal^ana t'elinan ten'a
itulacokanap^a. tfekohatipa koconappt. kwanlea tcim'ona kwan-
leapka. iskon i'ti^iluka. a'witen t'elina'we an tena* pi'la'we kwahoj
fought with the bears | was dead now. He was bathed. He was
dressed. A grave was made for him. There he was buried. |
Meanwhile the animals came to Cipapolima. They were waiting
for their sister. | (5) Their sister, after having killed her husband, was
the last to come. | Her brothers scolded her. "You are very foolish," |
they said to her. "Well, it can't be helped he was very foolish.
What we had told him, he did not do, so I became angry. I killed
him." | So his wife said. "Very well, how shall it be now?" their
chief said. | uo) "Well, if he were really dead, it would not be right,"
they said. "We shall get him," | they said. His two children came
hither. There, below the village of Ma'tsaka, | where their father
was buried, they dug up their father who had died. | They carried
their father's body on their backs over to Cipapolima. | When they
reached Cipapolima, the Beast Priests, the Live-Giving Priests.
were waiting for them. | <15) They brought their father's body into the
place where the society stayed in. Their mother | anxiously washed
her hair. They brought their father in. | They came in to where
the Life- Giving Society stayed in. While waiting for them they had
spread out a blanket in the middle of the room. | There they laid
their father down with his head to the east. Meanwhile the society
people | gathered together in a circle. They began to sing where
their drum was standing. Then they arose | (20) and went around
the room. Now they took away his sickness. They spread out an
embroidered robe, and then laid an embroidered robe over him. I
When four songs were finished they took away his sickness and he
came to life. He sat up. | His fathers, the Beast Priests, made him
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 247
tenrla tfewusu pemvwe anipi^a. yanikwati^a. akwa* ihij^i. a*wan 25
mosona lesanikwaka si' luka yaton'e tV yam ulohnakwin a'nuwa.
le'ana'ka t'om ulohna til^awaka a'ho^. tfo' yam ulohnakwin te*-
tcinan holtikol tikanankwin tV a*nuwa. kolehol t'om hon am-
peye'ona el t'o el'ate'una'man'a. le'anaknan cipapolima an ak:*a
rhapoka yam ye'tcunane mi'le rseto'nan yam akwa' tenrla 30
i'wo'ponapa an oye l^al il*-a*^a.
a*witen t'ewapa yam l^akwin ikwal i'fe:a. an a'lacina'we ace*kona
aiyu'ya'napa yam kakwin ikwal i*^a. cipapolima kolehol anhe*-
tocna'koa yam a*lacina*we yatine^a. ticomaha' horn tca'le el
t'o' el'ate'unanrt'u. kolehol t'om anhe'tocna'koa tV lestelewun'a 35
an tatcu le'antikwapa. ma lehapa le'kwanan rpa^inan kwai'i^a.
tika hapema 5 koa t'una-kwatelan al'ulja. tikilapona tfewu'acona
ii'fnhiapapa co'wekwe haponakwin te'tcilja. iskon elute hapona'-
kii. wan ana lHa kwatot'u. le*kwana iskon t?una-t'ewal$:a. kwas
kolehol anhe'tocna'koa lestelewunam'pi. tfekohatirja yam ^akwin 40
i'fea. tcims alka. itiwapa tern alan-alapa ta* c tcic an tatcu hoi
tikan*e an sakow yaknakwi aincokya. a u wana aktsi^ okwi^a.
hoi ti^anan tuna-t'ewa^a ? yam oye le'anikwapa. yam tsawak
okwi^apa an tsawak pilaknan akli^ana yeleapihipa an tatcu
stand up. All night | they went around the room. At daybreak they
bathed him. They clothed him in new clothing. | Then he joined their
society. For four nights they taught him the song sequences |
<-'>) and all kinds of prayers. He learned them, and medicine also.
Their | chief said to him, "Now this day, you will go to your own
country." | So he said to him. "In your country there are society
people. When you reach your country | you will go to any one of
the societies. Now do not neglect to do what we tell you." | So he
said to him. At Cipapolima, therefore, | (30) they gathered together
what he would need. He put his good luck mile on his back and
carried all his medicine | in his hand. His wife came hither with him. j
After four days he came back to his house. His parents thought
that he was dead, | but he came back to his house. What they had
told him to do at Cipapolima he told his parents. | "Alas, my child!
Don't [ (35) you neglect it! You must do whatever they have told
you," I his father said to him. "Yes indeed," he said. He wrapped
himself in his blanket and went out. | He went about looking in at
all the places where the societies were meeting. It was dreary where
the society members | were gathered together. He came to the
gamblers' meeting place. There they were enjoying themselves. J
"Well let me go in here for a while," he said. So he stayed there all
night. I (40) He did not do what they had told him. At daybreak | he
came back to his house. Then he went to sleep. At noon, while he
was still asleep, his father | was still waiting to know to which
society he should take the prayer meal. "Go on, wake up our son |
and find out in which society he stayed last night," he said to his
248 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ib aiyala^a. hotti^ap ti^anan tV tfuna-t'ewalja imat lekon ho* sakow
yakan*a an tatcu le'anikwapa tsawalj: kwa jiena'man elapila]$:a.
tomt aleawaco J oktonan rtsaKnan tcims aceka. tcims icaltemana'^a
cipapolima s'a'l^a l^e'si.
le*n ino'te teati^a. a^'a ti^a* t'ehya. s^cwi.
so NE'WEKWE YOUTH'S REVENGE (6).
ma ho'na'wan a'lacina. teimi^anan lu^a ulohnanan hrwala* po*t?i
hon a*teaka. hoi cipapolima ti^a tcimipLnap^a. kwahol ko'lea^a
tenapila-tfap tfewusu pena* tern * la rwitohna tcimi^anaplja. ta* € tcic
neVe*kwe tifean*e li'wan em* hie yam u'kwe'^atekwin ti^an
55 rkoatfapte li'wanem hoi yato-kwe*ilenankwin hoi a*witena*na
jjatul-ulapnan imat tcuwa lakon hoi a'tea^a. yato^ an tcawe
neVe'kwe. mi'ton'a. lakonhol ta* c tcic a'tea^a. lu^a ulohnanan
ho'na-wan a*lacina lrlno lu^a yala-ulapna^oa kwahol wema 1
a*leste*na holno awocte*kowa Kakwenipa a 'ho* a'teaj^a. ta* c tcic
eo neVe'kwe ha^ana mi*tona hie pikwe*na ho*i lesnajJa yato^an
tca'le. le'wi ulohnan lana ifopa yaton al'u'ya kwahol an pena*
ryatona te'tci an riena'we: ho* awekli'koa al*u 5 ya le'kwanan
wife. | She awakened the young man. The young man arose. Then
he went and stood by the fireplace. His father | (45) questioned him.
"In which society (fid you stay last night ? For now I | must take
corn meal there," his father said. The young man did not speak.
He stood up. | He just bit his lips and scratched himself. Then
he died. And this time, really, it was the end. | And now he went
to Cipapolima. |
This happened long ago. And therefore the societies are valuable.
That is all. I
NE>WE KWE YOUTH'S REVENGE. (6).
Well, in the days of our ancestors, at the time of the first be-
ginning, this country was full of villages. | We lived in them. Some-
wheres at Cipapohma the societies had their first beginning. All
of their customs, | their song sequences and their prayers, everything
has been passed down since the first beginning. Now | the NeVekwe
society belonged here on our side, right at the place where we had
come out, | (55) even though they were society people. It seems that
here at the place where the sun rises, somewhere along the fourth |
rim of the encircling ocean, some people were living. They are the
children of the Sun, | the NeVekwe. They did their hair in horns
on their forehead. Over there they were living. Here in this
country | our parents were living, right here in this valley surrounded
by mountains like some wild animals. | Making their homes in caves
the people lived. Meanwhile | (60) the NeVe*kwe who tied his hair
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 249
iyam ulohna'koa yupiyala'koa mo we yatcu tfina'koa yam hie
pikwe'na ho'i te^na^a al*u J ya. ho* iyaixra ulohna'koa ho*
al'u'ya le'kwanan lulj:a aweklina*koa al'u'ya. hie kwa* yaiyu'ya'-
nanve hie jh^su puckwe*na ho'i an ta*tcu hij^a vjitp-^a amjjeyeka.
hie tihkwahna ho* acna rnat ll ^j anan Joins u'nap sic yam ko*na
antse'man'ona. le'wi lrhio HU1 f a i? , -^o"tJi > kona a'woj^ al^*a kotile'a
ho*i tealic an tatcu "V^sona JSyu'ten'iJfa. sic an rnatikapL
t'as ^atthok u m wan ^^in a*na^a peyep ko'ma to' yaiyu'ya'na i
homo luwalawa'kona to* al*un*a el t?o* a*wo|a hanhnanrt'u an
tatcu y«-*ofca le ; anikwap ma' le'hapa horn t'o* ko*lea ampeyena'koa
ho 5 tse'ma ^e*si. yam tatcu le'anikwap ma^onkwa^ati an ta*tcu
yatoka le'anikwap yam l^akwan kwahol lea ryalipman mokwa*
kokci yu'lunan ^eptci-yala ko'kci yu'lunan |em'e utcun ko'kci \
yirlunan kokwa*wan pilan tsinal-yala rpilana kwahol tem'la
a*tcim 5 ona le-iya*J£anan camli la^ol ka'tul-ulapnan yatoka kwai*-
ilenanhol tsawa^ neVekwe mitona s'kwaPinan s^alt a*^a. yam
anikwanan a^'a holomackona kwai*en'te tcim itiwap l^akrma
hiwala'kwin inan kwa luwala'kwin kwatona'men tomt hiwalan i
mani^a'koa pi'kwe^a.
ta*'tcic imat ist t'owa-yalan a*lac a'wan coton' piya tfecian
a'loctan tcuwan hie a'wop te*tci ^akweniye. a'witen^na kwahol
on his forehead was a very powerful person. Because he was the
Sun's | child. He could travel across the whole wide world in one
day. And whatever he said his words | were inverted. His words
would be, "I travel along the ground." So he would say. | But he
traveled through the upper world along the Milky Way and where
the stars were scattered because he was a very powerful person. |
When he said, "I travel through the upper world," | (65) (he meant)
that he traveled along this earth. He had no sense at all. | He was
an exceedingly funny person. His father, the Sun, spoke to him. |
But he gave up trying to make a nice person of him. He just
looked at him, | and let him do just as he pleased. Here, in all the
villages full of people, he misbehaved with the women. | Although
his father forbade him, he could do nothing with him. |
(70) Now again he was talking of coming here to Itiwana.
"Now you be sensible | when you travel around among the villages.
Don't you steal any women," his | father, the Sun, said to him.
"Yes indeed. Of whatever you have told me I am thinking now."
So he said to his father. "Well, is that so?" his father, | the Sun,
said to him. At his house he changed his clothing. He put on fine
moccasins | (75) and put on fine fringed leggings and a fine buckskin
shirt | and he kilted himself with an embroidered dance kilt. He
dressed in all | new clothing. Then early in the morning leaving
the encircling ocean where the sun rises | NeVekwe Top-knot
started out and came this way. | Because he was wise, although he
was far from where he came, just at noon | (80) he came to the village
250 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
hie mihe* a't'sina te'tci a'wan ikwani*nan j^alt manij^hoi a*wan
85 teatcinaye. a'wan miyaye. hie ko*macko*na a'wan mit'owanap
topakan mo'tealapi^a ko*macko*na t'owanaye. kwahol yam mi'he*
a*t'sine*nap^a. sic itiwan holihap e'wactolj a*tci a'wan hani te'on
a*tci leshol rkwaka: sic horn no'tekla poa-yu'tetci^a. wanan
hon yam teatcinakwin yam lenakwin yu^te'tcina' a*ce. hon mi*-
90 lenakan a*ne. hon ye'maknan mPleup uhsonan hon itiwap i'tona-
wa. cwactoj^ a'tci le'kwanan yam ak'a miseto'nan ye'maktun'ona
pitoyala i*wo*pona*nan sVtci yam teatcinakwin panrnan yam
miya'kona lesnol sVtci miyacanan al*ulta.
ta'tcic neVe'kwe tsawak sVtcinaiya inkwin te'tcinan tern
95 holomac tean rnan kwa tern ewactok a*tci acuwanve. l^e'la tfas
a'tcinaiya anipu'su^an'te acuwen a'tcinaiya inkwin te'tcip ewac-
tok atcinaiya u*nap tsawak hie tophol kwanleapa tcuwapi he'kwic
lulj tsawak aiyuluchV iknan'te holon he'kwic kwa yaiyu'ya'-
nam'e pekwa les'ina ewactok le'kwanan yam kawuan i'tcukwato-
100 Kanan yam kawu aincakwakwalpp at'i telokana' tcic imat tfopa
i ko'lehol ho'i te^an'a. an kawu yam hani le'anikwap se*kwat
tsawalj: ko'homacko'na pene kwa sic e^lactol^ a'tcia anhitiya'na'ma.
s'a'tcinaiya lesanikwaja li'i tVnac teatcinaiye ? lukac tVna
of Kakima. He did not enter the village, but just | passed by below
the village. |
Now it seems that there on Corn Mountain at the place called
Where-the Ribs-of-the-Ancients-Hang | in a cave were living some
women all alone. There were four of them. | They worked only at
embroidering blankets while there below were their | (85) fields.
They had corn fields, and in them were many corn plants. | And on
the other side was their melon patch. Their corn plants had grown
tall. They embroidered ceremonial robes. | Just before noon two
of the girls, the two younger ones, | were working thus. "Oh! I am
tired of sitting with my head bent over ! | Let us rest for a little while
and go down to our fields, where | oo> our crops are growing. When
we come up wc can boil the corn and eat that for our dinner." | So
the two girls said. They took with them white blankets in which to
carry the corn when they came up. | So the two went down to their
field. | Thus they went around among the corn plants picking the
ripe ears. |
Meanwhile Ne'wekwe youth came to where they were. He was
still | (95) at some distance and the girls had not yet spoken to him
but he first | spoke to them joking. He came to where they were. |
He looked at the two girls. The youth was dressed entirely differ-
ently. "Who is it? Although | he looks like a respectable young
man, still he has no sense, | to talk the way he does," the girl said.
She stood close to her elder sister and put down her head | (ioo) and
whispered to her. "Shame on you! Keep quiet! Never mind what
other | ( L) people may be," the elder sister said to the younger.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 251
miyarre luptc tfo'na mo'teala mo'lan'e ? a'tcinaiya le 5 anikwap
e* atci le 5 anikwap hop t'o 5 n l^akweye ? a'tcinaiya le'anikwap 5
ma hatci lak u iyam-a horn kakwe eVactok atci neVe'kwe le 5 -
anikwap hie to 5 na*n ho' le*na tfunap kokwatewutcina to 5 na le*nap
ho' topol i*tse 5 maku. a'tcinaiya le 5 anikwap kople 5 a t'o 5 tse'ma
a*wo^ a*tci le'kwap maco penap isnokon t'on tse 5 man'a tsawak
le'kwap ma a'ma pene honkwat kwahol ko'kci t'o 5 penap isnokon 10
hon rtse'makun'a. tatcat kwahol po'tcakona t'o 5 tse 5 man*a penap
kwa isnako hon tse'macukwa. ewactok a'tci le'kwap ma hon
ryani'tcupalowenawa. tsawak a'wojs; a'tcinaiya le'anikwap heto'ci
han*i yam han'i le 5 anikwap ma t'o 5 ulati an han'i yam kawu
le 5 anikwap hon i'yani*tcupalonan tcuwehol a u wanakap kople 5 a is
tekan'a ? ewactok a*tci neVe'kwe le'anikwap ma } tcuwahol a u wa-
naknan ocokwinahJ£an*a neVe'kwe le 5 kwap ma ko 5 m hanate
imat t'o 5 antecema. ko'ma to ke'la i'tcupalot'u ewactok a'tci
neVe'kwe le'anikwap ula ton ke*lakan*a a*tcia le'anikwap ma
ho*l*o kwa hon ke'lacukwa. t'o 5 k:e*lal^an*a ak'ap t'o 5 haitoce 5 a. 20
atci neVe'kwe le 5 anikwap ma ko 5 ma hanate ele so ke'lapura.
neVe'kwe le 5 kwanan ko 5 ma a'tei lil ye*la 5 u. t'ewankwin t'una ton
elal£an*a. el iyo t'on yalupnam't'u a'tci t'u*na* i'wiyat'e. a'tcinaiya
le 5 anikwanan t'ewankwin tfuna a'tcinaiya rwojjap ela'nan a'tcian
Meanwhile | the youth was talking continually. He did not flirt with
the girls. | He said to them, "Is this your field ? Is this your [ corn ?
Are these your melons and your squash?" So he said to them.
(5) "Yes" they said to him. "Where do you live ?" he said to them.
"Well our house is up there," the two girls said to NeVe'kwe. | "As
soon as I saw your crops I thought it looked like a feast for the
katcinas. But since I found out that they were your crops, | I have
been thinking of something else," he said to them. "What is it that
you are thinking?" | the two women said. "Well, if I said it, you
might think that were true," the youth ] (io> said. "Well, go ahead,
say it. Perhaps you will say something nice, and then | we shall
agree with you. Or else, if you are thinking something bad to tell
us, then we will not agree with you," the girls said. "Well, | let's
play hide and seek," the youth said to the two women. "How about
it ister ?" she said to her younger sister. "Well, it's up to you," the
you 1 i^<t sister | (is) said to the elder. "Well, if we play hide and seek
and someone is caught, how | will it be?" the girls said to
NeVe'kwe. "Well, if anyone is caught, | he shall have his head cut
off," NeVe'kwe said. "Well, all right, go ahead. | It seems you want
to do it. Very well, you hide first," the girls | said to NeVe'kwe.
"No, rather you go first," he said to them. "Oh | (20) no ! We won't
be first, you should be first because you suggested it," | they said
to NeVe'kwe. "Very well then, come on. All right, I shall be
first," I NeVe'kwe said. "Very well, you two, stand here. You
will stand facing the east. | Now don't you turn around. Now you
252 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
25 mas'ian ye'la'nan t'omt a'witenal^an rtetcuna masina^'a a'nan
yam anikwanan aj^'a yam tatcu yatofe: inkwin ye'maka.
yam tatcu lu^a yato^a inkwin ye'makup l^ec Uo* ye*maku ? an
tatcu yatolga le'anikwap ho' ycmaku neVe'kwe le'kwap an tatcu
yato^a e*t aiyu'ya'nan'te ko'le i'yanhe'tocna'wap yanhatia'en'te
30 kop to' lewu^ana ye*maku ? yam tca'le le'anikwap ma la*k u
ewactofe a'tci im'onakwin hon ryani'tcupalowenawe. a^* ho'
ye'maku. ne'we'kwe yam tatcu le'anikwap ma ko'ma tomtit'apte
li'wanem homan masikwin i'mu. he'kwatcic t'om a'tci a u wan*a
yatoka yam tca 5 le neVe'kwe le^nikwap s'an masikwin rmup
35 ta* ( tcic ewactojt a*tci t'ewankwin t'un ela%a. si* a'tcinaiya le'ani-
kwap lal£hol yato^ iman imapte a'tci anhatia'wap a'tcinaiya
mas'anhol pene lestena a'tci hatia'nan a'tci yal'upip kwas ishol
teanrap s^wactok a'tci tecu^a.
yam miya'kona yam mo'teala pika'kona a'tci tecu^a. a'tci
40 a u wan rnatikanan yam ela'l^a tekwin a'tci te'tcip a'tci teana*
Uunap t'omt a*witen kwas lal holjantikol a'n'ona teananvap hinik
iyamakwin ye'ma^a. an l^awu le'kwanan yam co'tonan i'pehahna
uhsonal^a i'kwi^acl^a. yam e* te'on ak'a kwa kwij£a kohana kwi-
pm'e hie ^awalolo yam co^o'nan i'kwi^acap co*to*nan kwipb
46 piwalolo i'^aliptp tah^ap J£ale yucanatikap a'tci kwi^a^alan
tfunakwatop la^'ol yato^ iman an mas'an poan'te ko'wi an lapa-
two cover your eyes," | he said to them and stood them side by side
facing the east. | (25) He stood right behind them and just took four
steps backwards. | But because he was wise he climbed up to the
place of his father, the Sun. |
When he climbed up to the place of his father, the Sun, "Have
you come up ?" his | father, the Sun, said to him. "Yes, I have come
up," NeVckwe said. Although his father, | the Sun, knew all about
it, and although he had heard all that they had told one another, |
(30) he said to his child, "What have you come up here for ?" "Well,
over there, | where those two girls are standing, we are playing hide
and seek. Therefore I | came up here," Ne'wekwe said to his father.
"Very well, if you want to try, | sit here behind me. But maybe
they will find you," | the Sun said to his child, NeVekwe. So he
sat down behind him. | (35) Meanwhile the girls were standing
facing the east. "Now!" he said to them. [ And although he was
sitting far off, where the sun is, they heard him. ] It was as though
he was speaking right behind them. They heard him and turned
around, but he was not there. The girls hunted for him. |
They hunted for him among their corn plants and their squash
vines, but | (40) they failed to find him. They came back to where
they had been standing. There they saw his tracks ) going just
four paces, and then there were no tracks going in any direction.
"I think | he has gone up above," the elder sister said. She took out
her rib. I With that she drew milk from her breast but, because she
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 253
powan Ko'skwap sVtci unati^anan torn son a u waka. lak u tfo*
yatoka iman an mas'an tV po'waye. hana* panryu. ewactok
atci ne'we'kwe le*anikwap tcukwa'tci ta^tciman'te ho* pcyeka.
t'oms a*tci a u wal£a. t'os yalakwai*hra. t'a tenat kwa t'o yaiyu*ya'- so
nanre. le*na te*onak'a t'ewana*kona torn ho* ampe'yeka. t'oms
ho* ani'natil^aka. tern t?a t'o* kalem a*na pe'yip t'o* yaiyu'ya'na
luwala'wa*koa tfo* yaiyu*ya'na ho*i teaptun*ona torn ho* ampeyeka.
hana* lu*us pani'ce. t'a tenat kwa t'o* yaiyu*ya'nam*e. an tatcu
yatoka yam tca*le ne'we'kwe le'anikwap tcims yaiyu*anikto'nan 55
pani'^a. paniyup ho 5 iyo hai kwac hie t'o* aiyutcianan*te ani-
kwam'e^a. ten'anre t'om hon a u waka. si* ta' c tcic tfo* tfewankwin
tfuna yclanan t'o* tJuna i'wiyatfip ta* c tcic hon i'tcupalon'a ewacto^
a'tci neVe'kwe le'anikwapi. ten*at homkwat t'o* hakrwiHn ho'na
t'o* a u wap kwa torn hon ocokwiheukwa. kwa tfo' ho'na a u wana'map 60
ko'lea to* haitockoa t'om hon ocokwahna. ewactok a'tci ne'we'kwe
amkwanan tfewankwin Uuna a*tc ela'na a*tc an mas'ikwin ye'lanan
Uorat a'witena^an i'tetcunap a'tci mas'ina^a a*nan yam hie anik-
wanan ak*a an lapapowan a'tci i'miyalto'lja. e't tse*map a'ho*i
a'yuktfapte yam tern hie l^apin' ho*i leste'na yam a'tci ho*i te*on*- 65
a^a a'tci an lapapowan rmiyaltapte hie aiyutcianairte kwa hon
was a maiden there was no white milk. | Her milk was clear like water.
She pressed the milk out on the rib, and the | (45) clear milk dripped
down. She held it out. When the liquid became still they looked
down into the drop of milk | and there where he was sitting behind
the sun they saw the tip of his hair feather | peeking out. "Now we
have found you! There you | are sitting in back of where the sun
s! Come on, come down," the two girls | said to Ne'we-kwe. "So
t did happen. I told you so ! | (so> They found you right away. Now
ndeed you will be destroyed. Well, it can't be helped. You have
no sense. [ That is the reason why every day I have talked to you. |
But I couldn't do anything with you. When you came talking this
way I always told you you should be sensible. | That when you
went about in the villages, you should act sensibly. Well, go on
now, go down. It can't be helped, you have no sense," his father, |
{55) the Sun, said this to his child, Ne*wekwe. And now he went
down, expecting to be punished. | "Poor thing even though you
thought you were wise, you did not know enough. | Without any
trouble we found you. Now you will stand facing the east. | When
you turn around then we shall hide," the two girls | said to
Ne'wekwe. "Well, it can't be helped. Perhaps if you are lucky |
(60) you will find us and then we won't cut off your head. Or if you
do not find us, | then, as you decided, we shall cut off your head,"
So the two girls said to Ne'wekwe. | They stood him facing the east
and they stood at his back. | They took four steps backward and
then because they had supernatural knowledge | they perched on
his bunch of parrot feathers. One might think that people (65) would
254 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV
kwic tfa ne*we*kwe aiyutciananve^sL honkwic ewactojg a'tci
ne*we'kw* aiyatcrrra. a'tci aiyutciana^a lehapa tern ulohnana
tcim*ona ulohnan kapinap le*na a'ho*i a'teaka. hie a'waiyutciana*-
70 koa a'laci a*peye*a*. ma } ten hinik i'namilte a*witelin l^apinap
le*na a*ho**i a*tean*te a'waiyutciana'ka.
u'kwat ewactok a'tci ne*we'kw*an lapapowan a'tci i'miyaltapte
kwa a'tcinaiya an hatia*nam*en a*tcinaiya teatcina*koa tecu^a.
sic a'tcinaiya a u wana rnatiptnan si*ana a*tci ljalem a*ne. hop
75 ton a*^a ? a'tcinaiya le*anikwap ho 5 iyo hai kwac hie hiyawohicna
t'o* aiyu'tciananre honkwatckwic t'o* aiyutciana hon le'hatika.
hon teclarjka. honkwa kwa hie fa t'o* aiyutcia*ona teanve. a'tci
le*anikwanan an elan'te a'tci ipulahina pani'kap hie tsawal^ tecla-
ti'nan ti'comaha' hai*i lo'ce t'on lo'te teapte kwa t'o*na ho* a u wa-
80 nanrka. a'tcinaiya le*anikwap ma* li'l t'om an lapajJowanan hon
elayaltoka. kwac ma ho*na t'o' anhatia*nanvka? a'tci le'anikwap ma
ela t'a tenat imat ho* hanasima*ka. ho* hai'tocka. t'en'as yaman'te
horn t'on ko'alewuira. a'tcinaiya le*anikwap raa } ko*na to* hai-
tockoa t'om hon ante*un'a. lu^a yaton*e atnate t'o* yam yatol^a
85 tatcu t'o* u'naiye ke'si. t'om son lukate yaton'e tfoms son oco-
kwahn'a. t?a tenat t'o* lesna haitocka. a'tci le'anikwanan an ltawu
yam ti'muci hxptsina i'pehahnan li*l<:a lufe: u*na. lu^a^'a t'oms ho*
ocokwahn'a. elactok ne*we*kwe le*anikwanan hakana an mrtonan
be heavy. But because they were creatures just like raw persons |
they perched right on his bunch of feathers. And even though he
was wise, [ Ne*we'kwe was not w r ise enough, after all. The two
girls | surpassed Ne'wekwe. They were remarkable. This was
because the world was still ] new. When the world was raw, people
used to be like this. They were very wonderful in those days [ the old
people tell us. And I think that indeed it is true. When the earth
was raw | even living people were wonderful like this. |
So. indeed, now when the girls perched on NeVelwe's bunch of
parrot feathers, | he did not hear them. He searched for them all
over the field. | He failed to find them. ''Come now, you two, come
here. Where | (75) have you gone?" he said to them. "Poor thing,
well, you really | are not so wonderful, after all. We thought that
you were very wonderful. | We were afraid. But now you are not the
wonderful one after all." So they | said to him, and jumped down
just where he was standing. Now^ the youth was frightened. | "Alas !
Oh dear, alas! Even though you were right close to me I did
not find you," I (8o> he said to them. "Why, we were standing right
here on your parrot feathers. | Didn't you hear us?" they said to
him. | "Oh no! Well, it can't be helped. I have been unfortunate.
I have agreed and now you yourselves | can do something to me,"
he said to them. "Well, just as you agreed, j we shall do to you.
This day for the last time your Sun | (85) father you shall see. And
now this very day we shall behead you. | It can't be helped. Thus
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 255
yat'enan t'uni l£eato*ka an han'i neVe'kwe sakwPkona ya'Uip s'a'tci
neVe'kwe oco'kwihka. a'tci an hrnhr an han'i sakwPkoa yatfip 90
an ^awu asi'koa yat'ip an hrnhr sVtci rko'lonikaka rlea*ne yam
teatcina parto a'kwen panrnan kwahol la*we tenrla lapo't'i'koa
a'tci Hea kwatonan hop lott'ap elekan'a % hop lo hrnin a'mra %
a'tci le'kwanan a'tci el'e tecul^a. a'tci kawe panrjcatean kupo-
wo'nan a'tci te'tcinan lrltap elepura. a'tci le J kwanan sVtei 95
kupowo'nan neVe'kwe an hrnin ulunan s'a'tci ansopuka. a'tci
tVpilolol^anan si'ana tcimi koci kwa tcuhol a u wacukwa tealata*
tecunapura. litokap ho'na'wan litol^a teana* yalakwaPikap kwas
yu'he'tocukwa. a'tci le'kwanan tcims s'a'tci yam neVe'kwe
oco'kwin inkwin te^cinan an kawu yam mi'yahkona rseto'u. an 100
han'i newckwe oco'kwin i'lea*u. sVtci yam kakwin a'tci oco'kwin 1
lea ye'maka. a'tci yam l^akwin oco'kwin il'i kwatop a'tcinaiya
a*kawu aiyala^a. kop t'on uhsi tfap^a ? a'tcinaiya ^awu le'ani-
kwap ma hatci yam hon mi'yan imap hatci ho'na inkwin i'nan
i'yap i'tcupalona haitocap kwa* e*t hon antecemana'ma kwa sic 5
ampikwe'na'ma. tcuwehol a u wana^a koplea tekan'a ? hon
le'anikwap ma 5 tcuwahol a u wana^ap oco'kwihna^an'a. le'kwap
kwa* e't hon antecemananrl^a kwa sic ampikwe'na'map ma }
you have agreed," they said to him. The elder sister | drew out
from her dress, her yellow thunder-knife. "Here, see this. With
this I I shall behead you," the girl said to NeVe'kwe. She seized
him by his top-knot | and pulled his head backwards. The younger
sister held NeVe'kwe by the legs and they | (90) beheaded NeVe'kwe.
The younger sister held the body by the legs, | the elder held it by
the arms, and they were carrying the body away to bury it. | They
carried it down to the end of the field into an arroyo which was full
of brush and all kinds of small shrubs. | "Where do you think will be
best? Where shall we put the body down?" |they said. They looked
carefully. Where the water came down | (95) they came to a mud
hollow. "Right here will be all right," they said. They | put
Ne'we'kwe's body down in the mud hollow. They covered him
over with sand. They | smoothed the place over. "Come now.
Nobody could possibly find him even if | they should look for him.
When it rains the rain will obliterate our tracks, | so that they will
not show." So they said. Then they | (ioo) came back to where
NeVe'kwe's head was lying. The elder sister put on her back the
corn which they had picked. | (D The younger sister carried
Ne'we'kwe's head. So they went up to their house carrying his
head. | When they entered their house with the head, their | elder
sisters asked them, "Where did you get that ?" the elder sister said
to them. I "Well, when we were staying at our field he came to where
we were staying didn't he ? | (5) When he came he suggested that we
should play hide and seek. At first we didn't want to. | But we
couldn't hold out against him. 'If anyone is caught, what shall we
256 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ko*m hana tfo* I£e*lat c u hon le* anikwap hol'o tfon ^e*latu ho*na
10 le*anikwap ma* ulat t'o* ^e*lapin*a al^ap t'o* haitoce'a hon le*ani-
kwap j^e'la ho'na anrtcupalo'l^a. yato^ inkwin ye'maknan
yatok imap hon a u waka. lal hon ta #< tcic i'tcupakrnan hon an
lapapowan i*miyalto*up kwa ho*na a u wana > m , ap ak*a son oco*-
kwihka. e*wactok atci le*kwap ko*ma a'tci 1H lu^a te*lanan ulu.
is lesnan ton akoskup a^:*a kwa* tcuhol unacukwa. honkwat tcuhol
tecuira. le*hapa rnatinanre tecunakan*a. a'tcinaiya kawu le*-
anikwap sVtci te*lanan oco'kwin ulunan a*le pis ak*a an altunan
animup lesnos ne*we*kwe oco'kwin il*apa kakwenap ta* c tcic ne*we*-
kwe an a'lacina* anico*kyan rnatip kwas yam kakwin te*tcina*map
20 an a'lacina* tecunap^a.
i'tse*makunan an tatc*ona yato^a aiyalatinal^ap e*t acekona
an tatcu yatoka aiyu*ya'naivte kwa t'a j5ena*map ta* c tcic rna-
tinanre. tecunatun*ona an tsita tse'manan an a*nan'ona rcemaka.
tci*pit?ap yacit'ap kotcit'ap ona*wiatci uhson imat an a*nanholi
25 ne*we"kwan tsita an a'nan*ona yatinep an kakwin hajJop a*wan
tsita lesa*wanikwa}$:a €o*na*wan nana a*witen tewanhol 1H kwai-
*inan lehoi halona itiwanakwin a*ne pene kwai'en lewi t'ewap kwa
i'na*map aj$*a ton tecunaptun*ona ak'a to*na ho* rcemaka. le*a*-
wanikwap hana*ha ho*na*wan nan'a ha'i le*nhoc tfa tewu^a. ma*
do ? ' we | said to him. * Well, if anyone is caught, he will be beheaded, '
he said. | We didn't want to but we couldn't hold out against him.
'Very well, you go first,' we said to him. 'Oh no. You go first,'
(io) he said to us. 'No, rather you go first because you sugges
ted it,' we | said to him. So he hid from us first. He went up
to where the sun is. | We found him sitting in the sun. Then after
that we hid. We | perched on his bundle of feathers. He could not
find us. So we | cutoff his head." So the girls said. "All right. Now
put it here in this jar, | (i5) and cover it over so, with the flat stone
so that no one may see it. Perhaps some one | may hunt for him.
Certainly, without doubt, they will look for him," their elder sister
said. | So they put the head into a jar. And put thin stones over
the opening. | So they were living thus with the head of Ne*we*kwe.
Meanwhile Ne'we'kwe's j parents were waiting for him in vain. W r hen
he did not come to his house | (20) his parents hunted for him. |
They worried about him, and then asked his father, the Sun. | But
even though his father, the Sun, knew that he had died, he did not
tell them. Meanwhile | his mother, who did not give up searching
for him thought to send for his grandfathers. | Porcupine and
Chipmunk and Wood Rat and Skunk, these it seems were his grand-
fathers. | (25) Ne'we'kwe's mother told his grandfathers and when
they came to his house their I mother said to them, "Your grand-
child left here four days ago. ] He talked of going over to Halona-
Itiwana when he left. Now, all these days, | he has not come, so I
have sent for you that you might look for him," | she said to them.
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 257
holon tern hoi ho*i teljaiva. honkwat hoi yam yalakwe^ko^'a 30
kwa rna'ma. an a'nana le*tikwanan J^awaia'c tepura ? le'tikwa
ma 5 le'hapa icaltema uhsona hon il'apa. neVe'kw^m tsita an
anan'ona le'a'wanikwap ma'honkwa'ati. ten elepin'a. hon
i'te'tcuna'wa. si* hanate ko'ma le'tikwanan an a*nana hiwale-
maku an tsita elemaknan J^awaia* wo'lahnan ansanro an a^nan'ona 35
kawaia* i*yutsip hons a-wane tenat holonhol tern ho'it'ap lolon
ko'wihol tfelinan a*napte lolon il'ajia a*wi'an*a.
an a*nana le'tikwanan u*kwe*nan wo'^api-hiwaknan yams
^awaia^ jkalem neVe'kwe i *^atekwin ^awaiana'wap l^atol i'^ate-
kwin Jjawaia* onealan'e yo'ap awiten t'ewana hoi neVe'kwe i*}£a- 40
t'apte tcimhol a*^a. leste*na iteana^ap l£als a'wa'lja. is a^uwakwin
a* wrap kwa ^alem kwatona'men le*nem ma^aiakwin tahna
hmialyalto onan panrnankwin le J konhol teanap he — ho^a'wan
nana ma t'a itiwanakwin a*ne le'kwanan yam ^akwan kwaPil^a.
honkwa* tern t'a yosekaka. kwa honkwa itiwanakwin a'na'ma 45
honkwa* tfa hie hottekwinhol i'tse'maku. an a*nana le^ikwan'te
i*l$:a tea'koa s't'apantrn-rya. is lumal-yalto onan pani'nan teanan
pani'nap iskon hoi an a*nana t'apanti'n pani'nan s^al o*tcina
telula ten*a i'katea'koa an a'nana t'apantrn-rya. ^aki'ma luwala*-
kwin a-wrap kwa hrwala'kwin kwatona'men luwalap manika'koa so
teana hoi i'nap isnokon an a'nana tapanti'n i'ya.
''Alas, our poor grandchild, haiyi! and is this what he has done?
Well, I (30) either he is still alive or else he has perished. | Still he has
not come." So his grandfathers said. "Is there any prayer meal?"
tiny said. | "Yes indeed. We always have that," NeVekwe's
nrn >t her I said to his grandfathers. "Well, is that so ? Then it is all
right. We | shall try. Very well, come now," they said. His grand-
fathers arose. | (35) His mother arose, took a handful of prayermeal
and to each one of his grandfathers | gave the prayermeal. "Now
we are going. In case he is still alive | when the night has advanced
a little we shall bring him right here."
So his grandfathers said. They left. Standing side by side with
their | prayermeal they sprinkled their prayermeal hither where
Ne'we'kwe had come. | (40) Their prayermeal became a road and
although Ne'we'kwe had come four days before, | it was as if he had
just gone. His tracks were still there. They went this way. There
to Hole-in-the-Rock | they came. They did not enter but went
around to the south, | passed Corn-Cobs-Above where the road
descends. There were his tracks. "Hey! our | grandson! But he
said he was going to Itiwana when he left home. | (45) But perhaps
he was lying again. Perhaps he did not go to Itiwana. | Perhaps he
was thinking of going somewheres else," his grandfathers said, | as
they came. They followed along his tracks. There at Corn-Cobs-
Above where the road descends | his tracks descended. There his
grandfathers followed him down. This way, | close to Squirrel- |
17
258 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
lesnates acekatekwin a'wrap an occrkwihrra^a teair at?e tf g0 -
kopo^atean uteaiye. u"teap ana' tcukwa'tci li'l acefea. ma te^una
1H lulta an at'e tea'kona lu^a utea kwaPil^a. le^ikwap kw^ s i c
55 utea* telihahinanre. a-ma li'wanem uteana a'naiye. le'tikw^nan
utea* ten'a sVwa-ne. nomilta' < tci an hrnin ulikwin a'te'tcip kwa
sic utea telihahina'map tcukwa'tci li'l jJaloye. le'tikwanan a'hana
an hrnin palohnapl^a. le* palohnan isk'onte an lunin a*unan tcims
an ocokwin lean-ti f n-a*^a tea'koa at'e t'sokopokateakona iftean
eo a'na*kona tcims a'wa^a.
ta* c tcic ewactok kwahol ko'leyena a'yu'te'tcinan le* neVe*-
kw'an oco'kwin ulihna analtina'wap oco'kwin te*tci tean'te kwa
hoi pu'su t'ewana pe'ye'a. lesnol e'wactok ocokwin il'apa kakwen-
ikwin an anana t'apanti'n te'tcip sic itiwap lak u sic a*wan Jjakwin
65 a'ye'maknan yam alea^a kwimin ak*a ewactok a'tcutcuna'we
yato'tapte ewactok ya'tela. sVwan ^akwin u'kwatonam oco'-
kwin hanlinan leapa u*kwai*ip he* kwatcic ewactok acekona
ya'tela. an hrnin alkwin a-panrnam an hinin i'leanan s'a'wa'pi,
yam anikwanan ak*a holomacko'natapte ten*am*e a'te'tci^a.
70 an l^akwin il'apa te'tcinan kwa mi'he* a't'sina*wanre a'witen
Grove where he had come his grandfathers came after him. j (so) They
came to the village of the Kakima. He had not entered the village.
Around below the village | his tracks went and there his grand-
fathers came after him. j
And so it was they came to the place where he had died. At the
place where he had been beheaded, where his blood | had soaked
into the earth, were many flowers. When they saw the flowers (they
said), "Aha! Now it is just as we thought. Here he has died. Yes,
look | at these here. Where his blood has been these flowers have
come out," they said. | (55) The flowers do not stop here. Come,
hither the trail of flowers goes along," they said. | They went along
the trail of flowers. So indeed they came to where his body was
buried. | Here was a profusion of flowers. "Indeed, it is as we
thought. Here he is buried," they said. His grandfathers | dug up
his body. When they had dug it up they laid down his body. And
then where they had taken his head, wherever his blood had
dropped down and the flowers | (60) had grown, they went.
Meanwhile the girls got tired of what they were doing | and took
out NeVe'kwe's head. When they took off the cover, although it
was only a head, | he always had something funny to say. So the
girls kept the head. | His grandfathers followed him to where they
were living. Just at noon | (65) they climbed up there to their house*
They spat their sleeping potions over the girls | and although it was
daytime the girls slept. They entered their house | and stealing the
head went out taking it with them. However the girls slept like the
dead. | They came down to where the body was lying, and taking
his body, they went away. | And because they were wise even
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 259
pewunan iskonan hrnin tcuwa'unan an oco'kwin animunan a'witen
mi'ha yamvnan an tsitat'ap an a*nana rhiwayulapnaknan s'tenanap-
lj;a. an tenanap^a. a'witen tenan ya^ap sic i*muati^a. aptena-
^ana*na tenan kwai'ip ryaiyu'ya'l^anan i'muna-pilakanan ha*-
hwa haiyoc alna-limi^aka. le'kwap el'a tV acel^a an a*nana le'- 75
antikwap ma el*a kwa ho* acenam'ka. ho* ama4imikaka. le'-
kwanan t'a kwas am pikwe*name.
s'iskonhof ne'we'kwe tsawa^ ikwalti ho'i yo'ap ta c tcic an tatcu
yato^a ewactolj a'tekwin po*tc i'tse'makwika. kocikat hie t'apnijja
a*wa t'opa uwelana ante'u&atfap t'omt hoi hon tcuwa teal tse'- so
macukwa. ta^tcic tV lesnati uwelana a'wante^n'a. yatol^a
yam tca'le le'anikwap mahonkwa*ati kwa holomac t'ewacukwa.
t'ewan yaton rnatinanre tern t'a ho" a'nuwa. neVe'kwe tsawak
le'kwap an tatcu yato^a yam tcaMe an pula^a ho'i ya*]£aka.
an cohkonan acnan iskon pu'lai^a u'tcu^a. si' luka t'ewan yaton 85
tfo' le-a*nuwa yato^a yam tca*le le'anikwap s'ant'sumehna
a'want'ewal^a. t'ewap yatoka kwai'iniyahnan si' horn tca'le
lu^ia yaton* hoi yam aceka tekwin t'os a'nuwa* ko'lea t'om ante*-
unapkoa ta* c tcic tV lesnatik irwelana a'wante'mra, yatoka
yam tca'le le'anikwanan kwaPip ta* c tcic an tca'le cohkonan Hea*- 90
nan kwai'inan tfas fcal a'^a.
though it was far off they came to their destination without
delay.
<T They brought him to his house. They spread out four white
blankets without embroidery, | and there laid down his body, and
put down his head. | They spread four white blankets over him. His
mother and his grandfathers stood around him and sang. | They
sang for him. When four songs were ended he stirred. When the
fifth I song began he came to life. He sat up. u 0h dear, | (75) have
I overslept?" he said. "No, you died," his grandfathers | said to
him. "Oh no, I didn't die, I must have overslept," | he said. Again
he wouldn't be convinced.
And so then NeVe'kwe youth becane alive again. Meanwhile his
father, | the Sun, was entertaining bad thoughts about the girls.
"We cannot possibly stand for this. | (80) When someone inflicts
a great injury we must not think lightly of it. | Now, in the same way,
you will inflict a great injury on them," the Sun | said to his child.
"Well, is that so ? I will not put it off too far. | Tomorrow without
fail I shall go again," NeVe'kwe youth | said. His father, the Sun,
created a butterfly, for his child, j (86) He made a flute for him, and
put the butterfly in it. "Now tomorrow | you will take this with
you," the Sun said to his child. So eagerly waiting | they passed the
night. Next day the Sun was about to go out. "Now, my child, |
this day there where you died you shall go. Now according to what
they have done to you, | you will inflict on them an equally great
injury." So the Sun | (90) said to his child. He came out. Mean-
17*
260 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt 7 i w XV
yam ace^a tekwin rnan s'ewacto^ ainanapkoa a*wan fekwin
ye-makup tfas ewacto^ mi'he- a-tfsinemrwe. lesnol yam m iha
anhaponap a*wan awe'nan ye'likoskunan yam cohkonan p U ap
95 pulaka kwai'inan a'wan mi'anan rmup hiya ha el'u' k^akap
lut wo 5 le hie tso'ya 1 hon yat'enapce. lesnan hon lu^a an te\i a £ na
hon mihe* a*t'sinena*wa. ewactok le'tikwanan pulaka yat'ena*-
wetihap la'hinan hie tomt ko'wi rtfehwa pulaka rmup lesnol yam
t'eli'tan pulaka yat'enawetiyahnan al'acnawulena'wap pulaka
loo anakwai'ip s'tapantrn-kwe'nan s'imactol yat'ena'wetiahnan s > ta-
l pantrn-a'pL ta* c tcic tsawak yehkunan a*nap an pulaka s*ta-
pan-a*ne ewactok a*yalu pulaka yatfen-rnen'te lehos s'a'wil*
a*ne. i*l£ean yacentiahnan'te hie imacte ka'^i yam pulaka ya-
tfenaptun'ona a*pena a'wa'ne.
5 sic lehol pulaka ewactol^ a*wil" a*nap ta ,c tcic lahacoman^anan
neVe'kwe tsawak yaincoky i'muljatekwin pulaka ewacto^ tsa-
wa^on ainanapkoa a*wil*i te'tcip yam cohkonan tahljap iskon
pu'laka kwatojja. tekwans isthol ewacto^; a*wulapka. tsawa^ona
u'natikanan ati tcuwap lol inre ? ewactok le^ikwap ma* ho*o
10 tsawak ewactok leVwanikwap hop hon tapan-tin-ryan'ona ?
ewactol^ le'tikwap kwap ton tapantin-i'ya ? tsawal^ le'awanikwap
ma kwako'na hie wo'le tso'ya hon tapan-tin-rya ewactok le*-
while his child came out carrying his flute. | Again he came this
way. |
When he came to the place where he had died, he went up to the
house of the girls who had killed him. | Again the girls were em-
broidering ceremonial blankets. So | they were gathered together
over their blanket and he stood in their doorway blowing his
flute. | (95) The butterfly came out and rested on their blanket. "Oh,
how pretty ! What is | this beautiful creature ? Let us catch him,
so we can copy him, | in our embroidery," the girls said. They were
about to catch the butterfly, | but he flew off, and settled just a
little further off. So in their | room they were trying to catch the
butterfly. They ran around after him. Then the butterfly | <ioo> flew
out. They went out after him. Now they were really going to catch
it. | (i) They went after it. Meanwhile the youth went on ahead.
The butterfly | followed him and the girls came last. Always it just
eluded them as they came this way. | They were dying of thirst.
Now they were really going to catch the butterfly, | they were
saying as they went along. |
(5) As the girls went along after the butterfly, meanwhile at Black-
Butterfly-Spring | Ne'we*kwe youth sat waiting for them. Where
the butterfly alighted, the girls | who had killed the youth came
after it. He held out his flute and there the butterfly entered. The
girls came around there in surprise. | When they saw the youth, "Oh
dear! For shame, who is staying here?" the girls said. "Why, it's
I," | do) the youth said to the girls. "But where is the one whom
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 261
tikwap kwa ho* irnanre teawak le'kwap ko'na hinik e*ttV u'nalja.
ewactol^ le'tikwap kwac \c& ^anam'e son i*]£ea-yacantiha ewacto^
le'tikwap ma ele'te 1H ^anaye. leVwanikwanan pma*kwin a"wiW 15
te'tcip ewactok tutunawetiyahnan kanan i'tcukwato]£ana*wap
heko kusna kwa hiyawolucna pnam*e. ewacto^ sic i'ljeana-yace'n-
tiha ana tewulaci. hop fcanaye ewactok tsawakona le 5 an tikwap
ma* lrlkon*te pinaye. ma tcakwat tetfunati le 5 tsawa^ ikwanan
katihnan lsawasep ewactofc u'napap e't hiyawahicna kawe. eha* 20
le'tikwanan t'a tutuna*wetiyahnan ^anan rtcukwatol^ana'wap
tas heko kusnaye. ana tewulaci kop ho'na'wan tV l^anan ale'a
at'sa son ikeana-yacentiha ewackxk le'tikwap ti" ma hiyawohicna
kanaye tsawal^ le'kwanan ^atihnan ewactol^ a'kahp e't hiyawohic-
na pin apte ainanapko a^:*a kea*wa^"a a'wat'sume'a. 25
isko ewacto^ tutun i'natinan tsawakona lesantikwa^a hop
ma na tV kakweye ? ko'man yam ljakwin ho'na a*wiH ewactok
le'tikwap ma is lo'te ma' tetfunati lak u yu'heto horn ^akwen
po'aye tsawak ewactok le'a'wanikwap ana ko'ma le'kon a*wa'ce
le'tikwap tsawaS^ ewactolj sVwil* a*£a. lesna yaiyosekanan yam 30
^akwin sVwiH a*^a. ewacto^ a'yu'te'tcinan hop tot t'om ^akweye
le'tikwap li*l tepol^alanan horn ^akweye leVwanikwanan yaiyose-
plna yatoniW awiH a*^:a.
we were following?" | the girls said. "What were you following?"
the youth said to them. | "Why. some kind of beautiful creature.
We are following him." the girls said. "I didn't see it," the youth
said. "Oh, but I think you saw it," the girls said. "Is there no spring
around here? We are dying of thirst," the girls | (is) said. "Why,
yes indeed. Here is a spring," he said to them. He came to the
spring with them. | The girls were about to drink. They bent their
heads over the spring | but it was just a dry hollow. Truly there was
no spring. The girls were dying of thirst. | "Oh, now be kind. Where
is the spring?" the girls said to the youth. | "Why, right here is
water. Just look," the youth said. | (20) The girls saw him dip up
the water and feel the water. And truly there was water. "Oh yes," |
they said, and again they bent down to drink. They bent their heads
over the spring | and again there was only a dry hollow. "Oh now,
be kind ! What have you done to our water ? | Have pity, we are
dying of thirst," the girls said. "Well, but truly, | there is water,"
the youth said. He dipped up the water. He threw the water over
the girls. And truly, | (25) although there was water, because they
had killed him, he was tormenting them with thirst. |
Then the girls could not drink. So they said to the youth, "Well,
then where | do you live ? Very well, take us with you to your
house," the girls | said. "Oh, it is nearby. Look, over there, you
can see plainly where my house | stands," the youth said to the
girls. "All right, let us go there," | <30) they said. The youth took
the girls with him. So he deceived them. | He took them to his house.
262 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
yam ptkwin te'tcinan s'a'wiH kwatonan ]^ec t'on a*wi"a ? a*wan
35 tsita leVwanikwap — son a*wi*a le'tikwap — i'tfinapi leVwani-
kwap s'rt'inalca. a'wan tsita sVwrtol^aka s^'tonape'en t'elap
a'yu'te'tcPen'te okmvwetihap a'wan tsita a*wa mi'tihap tcucnap-
ka. tcucmvwap a'wan tsita yam a^e # imat kohol a'walewup kwa
sic tcu'latsapinanre t'omt hoi ha^it r^ahkwina tepoa'ka ta* c tcic
40 a'wan tsita kwatop kwa tens o'lutsi^ amvwa'map sic tenalana
tfelap wans tetcunap hinik hie t'on a'yu'te'tci^a a^*a kwa t'on
o'lutsi^amvwanre le'a^wanikwap tetcunap a'wan pewe rwo'yohnan
si* ya'tel^a.
s'iskonhol u*la t'inap t'ewana* kwahot kole'a^'a a*wa tfsumanakap
45 sic ewactol^ yu'teclatinap iskon hoi t'ina^a a'witen tfewap tsawa^
awan kakwin a*wil-i*nan*te kwas tewulaci a'wiW i'nanrka. lumal-
yaltokwin a*wil'i pani'nan haldwal^a ayaktohap pu'laj£ awkrnan
yam tutun rnatijanapte tekwin a'te'tcinan tcims iskon tutunap-
ka. a^*a iskon lahacoman J£ana tVcina.
50 le'na ino*te teatij^a.
The girls became tired. "Just where is your house?" | they said.
"Right here on this hill my house is," he said to them, but he
deceived them. | All day long he went with them. |
When he came to his house, he took them in. "Have you come
now ?" their | (35) mother said to them. "Yes, we have come," they
said. "Be seated," she said to them. | They sat down. Their mother
gave them to eat. After they had eaten, then in the night, | even
though they were tired, they were going to grind. Their mother
brought out corn for them. They took the corn off the cob. | As
they were taking the corn off the cob their mother, it seems, did
something to the grinding stones, | so that they could not break up
the corn. They just kneeled there with the sweat running down their
faces. Meanwhile | (40) their mother came in. They had not yet made
fine meal. It was very late | at night. "Well now, stop for a little
while. I think you are very tired and so you | have not made it into
fine meal," she said to them. They stopped and she spread out beds
for them. So they slept. |
So they stayed in their husband's house. Always she tormented
them with some kind of hard work. | (45) The girls lived there in
great suffering. After four days the youth | took them to their house.
But he did not bring them there kindly. As they were coming down
from Corn-Cobs-Above he struck them with the yucca carrying
ring. When he struck them they turned into butterflies. | Then they
flew to the place where they had been unable to drink. There now
they drank. | Therefore the name of this place is Black-Butterfly-
Spring.
(50) This happened long ago. |
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 263
A MEXICAN TALE (7).
sona'tci so*nsti ino'te. lirnan hiwalaye ta* c tcic tcuw tsipolowa
ko'macko'n tcawiH t'opint aktsik t'sana. ^awana-tanakwin
tsimlacil^ t'ayoc^an eletco*ya ta^tcic t'apalan set-ryap an we*sa-
koni anikto*na kwai*ile*a. kwai*ilep lesnahol teaiye. kowihol t'ewap 55
tfas tfayo^an a*ka kawana-lanakwin te*tcip l^acita tcutapona tcu-
l^aiaiye lesanikwanan t'oc t'ayoh^an i*^a % — e\ kople*a ? le'anikwap
ma tfo le*na t'ayohnan t'apalan seto-te*tcip t'om aniktocna kwaPilen-
*ona t'oc itcema ? — ma i*me kople*a le*anikwap. ma la*k u t?o'
te'tcip t'om aniktona kwaPip tV il'i'yana* t'om ho* luk a-wutshra 60
le*anikwanan olhe* a'wunapt^a. a*wuna^ap — e* hama c . ho* il*
i*yan*a le*kwap tcim t'o* te*tcip t'om aniktona-kwai*ip kwa tfo*
kwatona*m*en t'o* i*l* i*yan*a le'anikwal^a iya le*kwanan s 5 a%a.
s*a*^a. yam ^akwin te'tcip kwas a* we*sakon*i kwa i*na*map
an aktsik:t'apte kwai*i^a kwai*ip lesanikwanan hehe ya t'o**o! 65
kop lat t'o* kwai*i! — kop ma le*a — ma ho* le*na t?ap set-i'yap
horn aniktocna kwai*ilen*ona horn ancemana'ka. ma imat torn
ho* il* a*nuwa le*anikwanan s*il* a*l^a yam aktsiki il'i te*tcinan
lrla t'o* cemen*ona le*anikwanan yam aktsik uk;a. utsip s*he"
a'wu^a he* a*wutsip tsimlacik s*a*£a. 70
A MEXICAN TALE (7).
Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Las Lunas.
Now a certain Mexican | had many children. There was one little
boy. The old Mexican used to go the Rio Grande | to pick up kind-
ling. When he came back carrying his load of wood his | (55) little
puppy used to come out to meet him. So he lived. Every few days |
he went for wood. Now he reached the Rio Grande and there a
catfish was swimming. [ He said to him. "Have you come for wood ?"
"Yes, why?" he said to him. | "Well, when you come this way for
wood, and go home carrying your bundle of wood, do you value the
one who comes out to meet you ?" | "I don't know, why?" he said
to him. "Well, | <eo) if you will bring here whatever comes out to
meet you when you get back, then I will give you this," | he said
to him, and showed him gold money. When he showed it to him,
"Oh all right. I | will bring it," he said. "When you get back and
he comes out to meet you, you | will not go in, but you will bring
him here," he said to him. "All right," he said. And so he went. |
So he went. When he came to his house his little puppy did not
come out, | (65) but on the other hand his boy came out. When he
came out he said to him, "Alas ! You ! | Why have you come out ?"
"What's the difference?" "Well, when I came with my wood he
has asked me for whatever | comes out to meet me. Well, it seems |
that I must take you with me," he said to him. So he went with
him. When he got there with his boy | he said to him, "Here is what
264 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
ta* c tcic ^acita aktsikonas picita tcu^aiap aktsi^ akci tcujjaiap
lesnahol a'tci teaiye. l^ana manilj:akwin mansanat'ap motcikwatfap*
uwamo'we sinuwe'la lesnan mojjiyacap uhson i'towye^ leninatfap
ili ye*ma^;a lewalti liana*kwin il'ite'tci^a. iskonhol a*tci teaiye.
75 a'tci teaka —
aktsik tsawa^ yo*^a. le*nem kowi il* a*ka. hi — itiwap hie
t'ekali. hie t'ekalip ta ,c tcic maw* e'le ko'witeanhol poaye ta ,c tcic
kacita leskwanan aktsi^i — ama tV uhs alat'u le^nikwaka
akts'ik iya le/kwaka kawionan kwaiMnan maw* alalja. piclankwin
so tahna kuyalakwin a'tc i'tapai itiyulaka. a*tc i'tapai ye*mal$;a tsa-
wak t'una-ye'makup ko'witeanhoh" te*tci na'le tapan a*ka — tepoka-
lan tapai yatop ya*to jjiyahnaiye. a*tc a'l^a — a*tc kuyalakwin iti-
yula'nan a'tc itapai ye'maka. a'tc itapai ye'makup su'nhanaiye.
le'nemtapte s'a'tc a*ne hie ko*w ehkwiye. a*tc a*^a — a'tci tepo-
85 kalan tunayatop tfewul itiwa kakwe lomomom poaiye tsawa^
tepo^alan yatop kwas ishol na'le. su'nha^a tsawalj: leskwanan
trcomaha tcuwatcimat ist l^akweye. ama ho 5 iskon ant'ewan'a
tsawak le J kwanan kakwin inkwin a*k:a. te'tcinan te'tcip kwato^a
kwatop kwa tcuhol tcu'wa. le*n aklikanan lempaiyan poa^p
90 iskon imulja. t'unatip aklikanan iyama ana wo*j>on t'ap ceocicna-
powan yaltoye. ahnan ponacnan pVkhpL po'n terjkanan t'unatip
you asked for." He gave him his boy, and he gave him the money. |
(70) After he gave him the money the old Mexican went. |
Meanwhile the fish took the boy around with him, the fish was
swimming around and the boy swam with him. | So the two lived.
Under the water they picked apples and peaches and | grapes and
plums. All of these fruits, and these he ate. So in that way | he
went up the river with them. He came with him to Blue Doors
(Las Vegas). There they lived. | (75) So they lived. |
The boy became a young man, He took him off a little ways.
Well, just a noon | it became very warm. It became very warm and
now antelope girl was standing there a little ways off. Now | the fish
said, "My boy, try and run after that one," he said to him. | The
boy said, "All right." He came out of the river and ran after the
antelope. Towards the north | <80) one behind the other, they came
to Clay Hill. They climbed it one behind the other. As the boy |
looked over the top of the hill there was the deer just a little ways
ahead. As he ran over a little hill | after her, the sun sank. So they
went. They came close to the Clay Hill. | He climbed up after her.
As he climbed up behind her it was evening. | So in that way they
went along. She was just a little ahead. They went on. | (85) They
came over the top of a little hill and there, in an open valley, a white
house was standing. The young man | crossed the hill. Now, the
deer was gone. It was evening. The young man said, | "Oh dear!
It seems some one is living there. Perhaps I had better stay there
over night," | the young man said. He went towards the house. He
Bunzd* Zuni Texts 265
lempoan iman an wolahye ma imat ho' lulj i*to*n'a le J kwanan
imunan rtcrfea ii*r teunenan imia-pila*nan pokKka pokli imo^a — .
tenalana t'elap tfunatip t'opa t'elPtokwin altinap alna'ka-lempoan
poap kwatolta'ma imat ho* alaira le'kwanan i'tcu^a. Q$
sonsti' i'tcunans allja ah — t'elinan itiwap alan o'kwip e'lac-
to^ pakw*ale le*nahol keckwiye. tsawak o'kwinan le'nhol asi
yatfe^a. le'nas yatenan le'nhol as*e'a e^actofe leskwanan l^ec tfo*
o*kwi^;a le'anikwap e* ma so* okwika le'anikwap hayi lak luk
t'elinan kwa hom tfuna'm* ant'ewaira t'ewan camli tV pilakup 100
ist lempaiyanan t'om kwanlea wo'li^ana tV pilaknan tV ikoconan 1
tV i'toen tfo* yam a'lacina' yantekunaptn'a. kop ho* ikwan'a
le'kwap ma 1 tV lesa'wanikwanan hom e'laclo^ yilunMha tV
le'a'wanikwap antecemana'wap hon i'tse'mak-t'elakwi t'el£an*a hop
ma hom a'lacina" ^akweniye ? tsawa^ le'kwap ma hom wow a*tci 5
tJenapi tenat to* hiwala'kwin te^cinan tV a*ne — tV yam a'la-
cina* kakweninkwin tV te'tcip hom tu*c a'tci poa'up ma } imat ton
a'lacina* kakweniye tV le'kwanan tfo* pani'nan t'o* kwaton'a. to
kwatonan tV itehkunan*a c . tV itekun*anap torn kohol ani^ap ma
ten hom t'on a*laeina*we ma t'oc ^awana-lanakwin t'ayocjgan eletcop 10
reached it and entered. | When he entered there was no one there.
There by the fire-place a chair was standing. | (90) There he sat down.
He looked at the fire-place. There, a sack of tobacco and a bundle
of split corn husks | were lying on top. He took them and rolled a
cigarette and smoked. After he had finished his cigarette he looked
around. | There a table was standing, all laid. "Well, it seems that
I shall eat this," he said. | He sat down and ate. After he had
finished eating, he sat down by the fireplace and smoked. So he
sat there smoking. | Late at night he looked around. He opened the
door into the other room, and there a bedstead | (95) stood. He went
in. "Well, it seems I shall sleep here," he said, and lay down. |
Well, to go on, after he lay down, he slept. A h!
In the middle of the night he awoke and a girl | was lying beside him.
She hugged him this way. And the young man awoke. So he
grabbed her arm, | and holding her arm felt her body. The girl said,
"Did you | wake up ?" she said to him. "Yes, I woke up," he said.
"Is that so? Now this | uoo) night you shall sleep here without
looking at me. Tomorrow morning, when you get up, | <i) there on
the chair, your clothes will be lying. .You will get up and bathe
and eat, and then you will ask your parents." "What shall I say ?"
he said. "Well, you will say to them, *A girl wants to marry me,'
you | will say to them. And if they wish it, we shall be one another's
loved ones ." "But where | (5) do my parents live?" the young man
said, "Well, my two animals | know the place. So when you reach
the village, you will go there. When you | reach your parents'
house, my two horses will stand still. 'It seems my | parents
live here,' you will say and alight. Then you will go in. You |
266 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
t'om we'sakoni aniktona kwai'ilep t'om uhsona picit ancemap
t'om ho* aniktona kwaiMp horn il* a'nan horn tfo* halisonan €o y
he'tihnan tV ak'a kwawopul^a. tfo* le'a'wanikwap mac ana kwa
mac e'lactok kwahol il'i t'om le'anakap ma imat kwahot il*i tfe-
15 wuna* lu^c: an t'atapololon'e tfa lu^ an tu'ci t'a lu-^ an kwanlea'we
tfo* le'kwap mac an ho'i Ko'kci t'om leanakap ma rme kwa tern
lja^i ho 5 yato unara'e to 5 le'a'wanikwanan to* ryan*a*la^ kwa horn
tV unam 1 ant'ewan*a t'a* Uewani t'a kwili t'ewana t?a ha J i t'ewana
a*witen t'ewana camli horn t'unati^an'a le'anikwap s'a'tc al^a.
20 t'ewap camli tsawa^ pilaknan tftinatip lemjiaiyanan an utcu*
wo'lika lal t'a kirtciwe tumokwa*we tcalekun lewan'i ta'kune
kutane asuli'we mokwa'we po 5 yan*e uhsona kwani*le%a kwanr-
leinan rkocolca rkoconan rpicl^a t'unatip lemjJoanan an wo'lahip
s'rto'ka i'to*n tcunenans kwai'il^a kwaPip t'am elan t'u'c a'tci tfa-
25 tfapololon seto-poa^a ma* imat luk ak* ho J a'nuwa le'kwanan
kwatonan s'a'^a. . „ .
elehol itiwap s'teHcil^a te'tcinan luwala*kwin kwato^a tern
hie t'trci ate a*ne. sVtc rpoaka a'tc rpoa'up tsawa^ panrnan
sVka. te*tcip tekwanakona tsim laci^ rtulaco'ya. t'rya le'anikwap-
30 e*h le'kwap a*tci kwato^a. a*tci kwatonan kwap t?o' ceme'a le'ani-
will go in and ask them. When you ask them, they will say some-
thing to you. 'Yes, | uo) but you are my parents. Did you
not go down to the Rio Grande for wood ? | And did not your puppy
always come out to meet you ? And did not the fish ask | you for
that? And when I came out to meet you did you not take me
there? You sold me. You | got money, and with it you started
a store.' So you will say to them. 'Well, then, | how is it ? Has the
girl got anything?' they will say to you, 'Well, it seems she has
something. |(15) Now this is her wagon, and these are her horses, and
this is her clothing," | you will say. 'Well, is she good looking?'
They will say to you. 'I don't know. | I haven't seen her by day/
you will say to them. Then you will come back. | Now you will pass
the night without seeing me and tomorrow, and the day after
tomorrow will be the third night. | Then on the fourth day, in the
morning, you will see me," she said to him. So they slept. |
(20) Next morning, the young man arose. He looked around and on
the chair a shirt was lying |, and trousers, stockings, a vest, a coat, a
necktie, | an overcoat, gloves, shoes, and a hat. He dressed himself
in these. | When he was dressed he washed himself. After he had
washed himself he combed his hair. Then he looked around. The
table was laid for him | and he ate. When he had finished eating he
went out. As he came out, by a post were standing two horses |
(25) harnessed to a wagon. "Well, it seems I shall go in this," he
said, | so he got in and went.
When it was nearly noon he arrived there. When he arrived he
entered the village. | The horses kept right on going, and then they
Rwn.vfil 7itifni Tfioris 267
kwap el*a kwa kwahol ho' cemana'ma le'kwap ho* oyyiluniyahnan
a^'aUo'n ho' yantekunahkan i'ya le'kwap ma ta c tcic oyyilunaknana
t'a hie ho^a^wan tse'makwin ak'a taptholi' — ma tVna*wan tse*-
makwin a^*a: horn t'on a'lacimvwe. imat t'oc ^awana-tanakwin
t'ayockan eletco'^a tfo* tfapalan set-ryap t'om we'sakoni aniktona 35
kwai'ilep uhsona ^acita tcutapona t'om an cemap t'oms watsita
kwa torn anikto'nan kwai'ina'map t'om ho' anikto*na kwaPip
horn tV il a*nan horn t'halisolja a^*a tV he'tihnan tV air a kwa wo* -
pu^a. le'anikwap ti'comaha' ma lesna teatika. ma imat hie horn
tV tca'le le'anikwap e*h ma ak* ho* i*ya le'anikwap laci^ penan 40
mac an e'lactok: kwahol il'i ? ma imat kwahol il'i t'ewuna* luk: an
tfatapololon*e t'a lu^ an kwanlea'we. — kop e*lactok unahnawona
mac ho*i ko'kci ? ma'i'me kwa ^al£ u'nam'e le'anikwap ama tk> J
u'nat'u ta* c tcic o'tsin o*fe ho'i ko'kcanan tse'mak-tfelakwap aiyu-
lacnra. le'anikwanan hapia* a*wu^a t'a letci'we. a'wuknan s^'- 45
to*nap^a. i'tona tetcunenan tsawa^ a*^a.
elehol sirnhap te'tci^a te'tcinan t'uc a'tc poalj i'nan a*tcia
po > anan kwatoka. kwatop an lempoanan i'to* wo'lalup i'kocolja
rkoconan rpicnan i'tona. i*to*nan tcunenan lesnahol poayaltoye.
tenala'ap i'tcu^a al^a — . so
stopped. When they stopped the boy descended | and went there.
When he came there the old Mexican was walking up and down the
yard. "You come," he said. | (30) "Yes." he said. They went in.
When they went in he said to him . "What do you want ? " | "Nothing.
I don't want anything," he said. "I want to take a wife | and so I
came to ask you about it," he said. "Well, go on and take a wife.
It's none of our business!" "Oh yes, indeed! It is your business.
You are my parents. Did it not happen that you used to go to the
Rio Grande | (35) for wood. And when you came carrying your
bundle of wood your little dog used to come out to meet you ? | The
catfish asked you for that, but your dog [ did not come out to meet
you, but I came to meet you j and you took me with you, and you
sold me in order to get money, and with this | you opened a store,"
he said to him. "Alas! Yes. That is how it happened. It seems
indeed | (40) you are my child," he said to him. "Yes, therefore I
have come," he said to him. The old man speaking, | "Well, has the
girl got anything?" "Well, it seems she has something, since this is
her I wagon, and this is her clothing." "What does the girl look
like ? j Is she nice looking ?" "I don't know, I have never seen her,"
he said. "Well, you | had better see her. Now if a man is married to
a good looking woman he will be respected," | (45) he said to him.
He gave him candles and matches, and after he had given them to
him, I they ate. When they had finished eating the young man went.
When it was nearly sunset he got there. When they got there the
two horses stood still, and where they | stood still, he went in. He
went in and the table was laid with things to eat. He washed
268 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tenalana t'elap crkwip e*lactok l^eckwiye. e'lacto^ leskwanan Jjec
tV o'kwi^a ? le'anikwap e* — kops t'om a*na^a ? — ma antecemana*-
we. le'kwap mahonkwahati kwa horn t'o u'nam antewaira t'a
t'ewan'i kwili t'ewana t'elap ahiate e^lacto^: le*kwap s'a'tc a%a,
55 tsawak alea yosejte'a. ah — tenala*ap e'lactol^ona tcuta* yat'ena
lapal^e'a. lapa^ip e'lactok hie ala. aspanrka aspanrnan letcin
alokalja. alo^anans hapian tah^el^a. tah^ap hapian el aloap ye'ma-
pifea. e'lacto^on u'naye hie e'ko'kci hie taiya* kwhve ol hesatoj>a
olo mo*t'sana takuye. olo mo't'sana takup le'n u*nulaptco 3 ya e'lac-
60 tolj hie hrmomona. ti — comaha hom katsi^i hai t'oc le'inai!
elahkwa le'kwap hapian an icana t'soko'atil^a t?soko J atinan
e'lactoljona t'unhecokopan i'kah^ap lopa t'unatil^a t'unatip tsawa^
yam hapian pu^alja pu*ap hapian aklahp e'lactofe: leskwanan hiya
ha t'o J o. kwac t'o* yaiyu'ya'nanre tse'map t'om ho 1 aiyuterj'^a
65 le'anikwaka le'anikwanan si' ala ^e*si tenat kona le*a t'o* t'unakan'a.
tsawa^ona le'anikwap tsawa^ e'lactok rl^eckwip awel les*ma itce-
ma'en holi le'anikwal^a lesnapte tsawak e^acto^on as'ip el iyo
ko* hom t'as iya le^nikwaka tsawak telokatikiinan allja.
himself | and after he had washed he combed his hair and ate. As
he finished eating he sat down to one side. | <50) After a while he
lay down and he slept.
Late at night he awoke and the girl was embracing him. The girl
said, | "Did you wake up ?" He said, "Yes." "Well, how did things
go with you ?" "Well, they want it." | he said. "Well, is that so ?
You will pass the night without seeing me, and | tomorrow and the
next night, for the last time," the girl said. So they slept. | (55) The
young man just pretended to sleep. A h ! After a while
he took hold of the girl's shoulders | and shook her, but the girl was
sound asleep. So he reached his hand down. He reached down and |
lit a match. When it was burning he held out the candle. He
held it out and when it was burning well, | he raised it. He saw
the girl. She was very beautiful. She had black hair, and gold
earrings, | and a necklace of gold beads. She had a necklace of little
gold beads. He looked her all over. The girl's | (60) body was white
as snow. "Oh dear, my daughter, is this how you are ? | Thank you,"
he said. The candle grease ran down. It ran down | and splashed on
the corner of the girl's eye. She opened her eyes. As she opened her
eyes the young man | blew out the candle. As he blew out the candle
the light went out, the girl said, "Alas, | for you. You have no
sense. Don't you realise I forbade it?" | (65) she said to him. So
she said to him. "Well, go to sleep now. And after a while you
will see what must happen." | So she said to the young man. The
young man embraced the girl. "Get away. Don't do that, you don't
love me!" | she said to him. Well, even so, the young man stroked
the girl. "Oh, poor thing, | you can stroke me a little while," she
said to him. So the young man kept quiet and they slept. |
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 269
t'ekohatip s*an ^akwe yalakwaPil^a. yalakwaPip naw* a* wan
onan t'omt lupcinan tsawak aleto'ye. yato kwai'inan ko*w imilja 7<
yatop tsawak Hainan sic alka. ah — sic yatofea an ^alnawajta sic
kal^a o'kwi^a. o'kwip t'oms naw a*wan lupcinan a*nan aleto'ye
imunan pila^anan ticomaha' ho^amp ho* rl^a holon li*wan*i
hompic li*wan*i le'kwanan t'ewankwin tahn a'l^a. a*nan yaton il*
a*ne. hi — c itiwap hie yu'te'tci^a yu^te'tcinan t'am telnan acnan 7;
i'temanans a'^a. heluhapa' tcims so 5 o'ceman acen*a. t?a ten*at
kwa ho* yaiyu'ya-nanre le'kwanan a*l^a. tepokalan t'unayatop
su'nhaka. su*nhap susl£ a u wanan a*lacmvwap yam t'amtelnan
mrnu^an a*ne. hie ma'witetc otti sus^ alahmvwap ma*lesta coyote
le'kwan a'ne. le J kwan a'nap wenva* teml anhapo^a yirnawik 8c
yat'ena*wetihap he'eo t'atan ana-ye'ma^a iskon imaltop yuna*wik
towowo'a oo — le'ana^a.
tcimtap lo'tekoa towowo'a tenalana t'elap lafteptrnvwe hie
tehna*w itiwap t'unatip t'ewankwin tahna akliye. akliap tcuwa-
tcimat lak u ant'ewan-a le'kwanan wema* antehwana'wap panrnan 8£
sVka. inkwin te'tcip le* ho'i Ian inre inkwin te'tcinan an t'unatip
le* wa^aci lana ala-pilaye. lesanikwa^a tfoc iya le^nikwap e*. . . .
le'kwalja rmu le'kwap tsawak i'mu^a. rmup lesanikwa^a si J hon
i'tse'mak-t'elakwip te^an-a. iya tsawak le*kwap i'to'^a. yam wa^aci
At daybreak her house had vanished. The house had vanished |
(70) and the boy was lying on a trampled deer trail. The sun rose,
and after he had mounted a little way, | the young man warmed up
in the heat of the sun. Then when it grew very hot | he awoke. When
he awoke he was just lying on a trampled deer trail. | He sat up.
"Alas ! Whence have I come ? Perhaps this way, | or else that way,"
he said. He went towards the east. All day | (75) he went along.
Just at noon he became very tired. When he became tired he made
himself a cane | and went along with the cane in his hand. "It
serves me right. Now I shall die of hunger. Well, it can't be helped |
for I have no sense," he said and went along. He came over the top
of a little hill, | just as the sun was going down. After the sun went
down, the coyote found him and ran after him. | He went along
shaking his cane. He smelt like an antelope so coyote ran after him.
"You damned coyote," | <80> he said, as he went along. So he went
along and all the wild beasts came after him. Wolf | tried to catch
him. He climbed a tree and there he sat while wolf | howled,
e ow! e ! Like that. |
At first they howled nearby. Late at night, a little further off. |
At midnight, he looked around and there in the east, and there was
a fire. When he saw the fire he said, "It seems someone | (85) is
camping there." The beasts had all gone off so he descended | and
went. When he came to the place there a giant was staying. When
he came to the place he looked at him. | There a large steer was lying
by the fire. He said to him, "Have you come ?" "Yes, !" | he said.
270 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV
90 i'to'nan lehok u cimukamon t'sana tsawakon' utsip i'to'ka a'tci
i'to*n tcunenan kucicci — yam kanan tenvla tutuka. tutunan
tsawaj^ona lesanikwanan si 3 to* wa^ac ainanan t'a ala-pilanan tfo*
homan i^anan*a le'anikwap tsawak wakac ainanan t'sikwahtcip
ta ,c tcic s'a'^a. mo we yatcun lana a*niyahnan lesanikwanan eltci
$r> telikwan'te ^akwekwin kwatonanrtfu lak u li*wan t'ewankwin
tahna ^akwekwi. an le'anikwap iya le'kwalja s'a'ka yatonil'i tsa-
wal$; ikwanipt. su'nhap i'l$:a. i'yap t'as ate i'to^a tfa kcrwi tsawa-
l£ona ci t'san u^a tsawa^: i'to'ka — i'to*n tcunap t'a yam kanan
tenrla tutuka t'as tsawal^ wakac ainaka. ainanan t'sikwahka
100 tfsikwahnan ala-pilaka t'as lelon i'l^anika i'^aninan s'a'tc ant'ewaka.
i tfewap tjamli tfas uh'son i*to*k;a. i'to'nan tsawa^ona cit'san uka
tsawa^ na cit'san utsip tsawak i'to'ka. i*to*n tcunenan t'as wal^ac
ainako '*, s ala-pilaka ala-pilanan t'as i'plnika. ele^anan tsawa^
leskwanan r Q — hwana ama ho* kwatot c u le'kwanan lemaltinan
5 kwatop le> t'u'c ^ na pVule. lepilan awakon tcim'ona uletcinan
pacten* yaltoye. t'u <ii Kskwanan trcomaha koplat tV kwato? —
ma honkwa'ati hi kwai'icehonkwat ryan*a tfewan canrli anap t?o 5
kwatonan horn t'o' kwai'i^ap "W yam teakwin tekwin hon a-nuwa
"Sit down," he said. The young man sa,t down. He said to him,
"Now | let us live together." "All right" the young man said.
He ate. | oo) After he had eaten his steer he gave a little chunk to
the young man and he ate. When they | had finished eating,
kucicicicici, he drank all the water in his trough. After he had
drunk | he said to the young man, "Now, after you have killed a
steer and put it by the fire to roast, then you | will fill my trough
with water," he said. The young man killed the steer and skinned it. |
So now he went. As he was going Morning Star said to him, "Now
don't | (95) you dare enter the house. (Stay) over there to the east |
of the house," he said to him. "All right," he said. So (Morning
Star) went. All day | the young man worked. And in the evening
he came. When he came again the two ate. And again | he gave
the young man just a little scrap of meat. The young man ate. When
he stopped eating he drank up his whole through. | Then again the
young man killed a steer. After he had killed it he skinned it. |
(ioo) And after he had skinned it he placed it beside the fire. So
again he filled the trough with water. After he had filled the trough
with water they slept. | (i) Next morning, again they ate that. W T hile
they were eating he gave the young man a little scrap of meat. | He
gave the young man a little scrap of meat and the young man ate.
When they finished eating, again | he killed a steer and again he
laid it down by the fire. After he had laid it by the fire again he
filled the trough with water. When it was finished the young man |
said, "Oh dear! I am tired! Let me go in," he said. He opened the
door | (5) and went in. There a great horse was standing inside.
A new saddle and a saddle blanket | and a bridle were hanging up.
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 271
le'anikwap tsawalj kwaiMfca. kwa^inan t'ewankwin tahn pikwekwin
kwatoka. kwatop he^api ^an'ule ppyalan itetcunan piya kwatoka. n
piya kwatonan it'sia'ati^a. kwaW^a. kwaPinans imap s*i*ka. i*yap
tsawa^ sakwan ikwiye lesanikwanan kop tV ist i*na\ ma ho*
atciana lanrnan ho rt'sia^atika . le*kwap leskwal^a atciaire —
kopla^t tV horn tca'Pona tJsia'atika tern ho* an luk tfsia'ati le'kwap
homan t'sia'atina'l^aka horn t'atciaire le'kwanans yam yanMHJ£ it
rnape. i'napenan yam wa^ac o'kolowan ko — m utenen ohe
ulihnan tsawaljon ica^a^a icakanan pisena ikuka. ikup sVtc
i'to'^a. a'tc i'to'n tcunenan kucicicici t'as yam pwe tenrla tutujta.
tsawak t'as wakac aina^a. ainanan ala-pila*nan i'^ani^a elepinan
a*tc ant'ewaka. a*tc ant'ewaknan t'ewap canvli pilaknan t'as ate 2(
rto^a. i'to'n tcunenan t'as tutuka. kucicici ptnan t'enptka s'a'^a.
a*nap tsawak t'u*c utcukwin kwatoka. keci ? le'kwap eh le'kwap
hana kom horn ya*ka le'kwap pacten piyah^a. piyahnan pacte*ka.
pacte'nan awako yaito *^a. yattonan ist t'siptekwi yalton rlea'u
ta samonan*e rwo'punap s*a*tci kwaPil^a s'a'tci kwaPinan ist 21
yam kwatoka tekwin hi alyalace tsawa^ kwatonan he^api'we
aiyala^a le* tsikon tana lea kwai'ijta. cowalakwin yalto'lta. is wakaci
The horse said, "Alas! Why have you come in?" "Well, | is that
so ?" "Go on, get out. Perhaps he will come. Tomorrow morning,
when he goes, you | will come in and take me out and we shall go to
where we are going to stay." | He said. The young man went out.
He went out and went in to the east of the house. | (io> As he went in
he stepped on some molten lead on the edge and fell in. | When he
fell in he cut himself. He came out and stayed there. So (Morning
Star) came. | The young man had tied something around his leg.
He said to him, "How did you hurt yourself ?" "Well, I | fell down
on a knife and cut myself," he said. Morning Star said, "Knife! |
Why did you cut my child ? Only if I say to you, 'Cut this,' | (i5>then
you have to cut it, for you are my knife." So he said, and scolded
his tool. | He bit into the thigh bone of the steer; K'o m!
he drew out the marrow, and rubbed it on the young man. After
he had rubbed the grease on, he tied a cloth about it. After he had
tied a cloth about it they | ate. When they finished eating,
kucicicicici, again he drank up all his water. | Again the young man
killed the steer. He killed it and laid it down by the fire. He filled
the trough. When he finished | (20) they went to sleep. After they
had slept, next morning, they arose, and again they | ate meat.
After they finished eating, again he drank, kucicicicici, again he
drank up all his water. So he went. | After he had gone the young
man went into the horse's stall. "Ready ?" he said. "Yes," he said.
"All right, hurry up and get me ready," he said. He took down the
bridle | and bridled him. And after he had bridled him he saddled
him. When he was saddled he said, "Take that brush that is lying
there [ (25) and take the comb." So they went out. After they came
272 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tsukakwi lesnah le'anikwap lesnahnan l^ekwai'inan pij^aial^a
hanat' hecina ryarra le'kwaka tsawalj: imiyalto'lja. imiyaltop sVtc
30 ana^a su*nhakwin tahna a*tc aniya. a*tc anryap ta^tcic mowe-
yatcun lana leskwanan he — kwa hinik tfo 3 laninanr^a. hinik
t'om ho 3 aiyuterjka tekwin t'o 3 kwato^a. ho 3 a*ne ho* te'tcinan
t'om ho* ainan'a. leskwanan iloh^al^a. wi — wi — kwilikan hoi
rte 3 tcunan i']&a>- i" va P kwa tsawak tcu*wa t'unatip an kakwen
35 a'akwatetnap^a leskwanan he'e tealata horn tV tca 3 le. t'om ho*
elate'nan t'om ho* iteh ainana le 3 kwanan a'tcia tapan a*^a. a*tci
elateka. tsawal§: leskwanan he — rya ^e*si le 3 kwap wan hie
i*t c u le 3 kwap lon'hol pi 3 na yal lela tsawalj leskwanans i*l^a le 3 kwap
is yam t'siptekwin iteh-yato^a le 3 kwap yam masikwin ipakuna-
40 yato^ap t'apot'hva yo'^a. kwa kole 3 a pikwai 3 itun teanrap elehin
i*tulapip fas a*tc holomac a*ka. i'tulapnan s 3 a*tcia t'apan a*l$;a.
a'tci elatenan he — tealata horn atfsume 3 a le'kwap t'as tsawa^
yam samonan iteh-yatopLka lanil^a walo — ko*macko*n ]£atul-
ulapnan laka. t'as elehin itulapip t'as a'tc a*ka. a'tcia tapan alja
45 — ha J iikana*n a'tci elatep s 3 is yam tsu^akwin ipaku le 3 kwap yam
tsukakwin iteh-yatokap t'as kecikwakwana yo'^a. yo 3 ap t?as elehin
rtulapip tfas a*tc holomac a'lja. tfas a*tci elateka. he. . . . tealata
out he said, | "Go and scrape off a little piece there where you fell
in." The young man went in and scraped off a bit of lead. | He
came out carrying a big crescent. He tied it behind the saddle. |
"Cut off a piece of the stomach of that steer," he said to him. He
cut it off and tied it with thongs in front of the saddle. | "Now
come on, hurry up, he will come," he said. The young man mounted.
After he had mounted they | oo) ran off. They ran off towards the
west. As they ran off Morning Star | said, "Hey! I think you fell
down! I think | you went in where I forbade you. Well, I shall go,
but when I get back | I shall kill you," he said and turned back.
Wi i ! Wi i ! He came with only two |
steps. When he came the young man was not there. He looked
around. The door of his house [ (35) was wide open. He said, "Hey!
In vain are you my child. When I | catch up with you I will kill
you both !" he said. He went after them. | He caught up with them
and the young man said, "Hey! he is coming now!" he said. "Wait
until | he comes," he said, Already they felt his breath. The young
man said, "He has come!" he said. | "Throw your brush behind
you," he said. He threw the brush backwards over his shoulders. |
(40) It became a forest. There was no way to pass through, j So he
went around the side. And again they got far ahead. After he came
around he followed them. | He caught up with them. "Hey! In
vain you torment me!" he said. Then again the young man | threw
his comb behind him. It fell. There it was shining. It was a large sea. |
Again he went around it and again they got ahead. He followed
them. | (45) For the third time he caught up with them. "Now
nunzei, aum 1 exis z/a
horn an a*ne tfo'n ho* ainarra le'kwap an t'u'ci leskwalj si horn i'to^a
le'kwap yam hel^apr yaltohnan t'u*c rto'pina'ka rcelkanan si'-
hacin rmiyalto' le'kwap tsawak hacin imiyaltop lin li — tci t?o —
t'o — an tfowo'akaka. acip s'a*tc a'l^a.
a*tc a*ka — polanankwin te'tcinan a'tc ho'i kwin anikto^a.
an t'uci leskwanan tV acuip hon ainan*a le'kwap hop to' a*ne
le'kwap ho' iyanrakwin a'ne le'kwap an tfirci isatci'atinan halpt
yatcup acejja. uhsona tsawak wahta tfsikwahnan yirluka a'tci
pa'in a'^a a'tci pehan acnan a*tci itehkaia^a. a*tc itehl£aia*nan
an t'uci leskwanan si' kwa hon letimap elecukwa an tfu'ci sic tfirci
laci alasani le*w hekwana lana topa^a tfuna kusnaiye sithetca-
'atinaiye hie an awokon laci si' le'nap elekan'a ak'a kwa tcuhd
torn ainacukwa to' le* utcukwi te'tcinan to ikwanan ainceman'a\
kwa kwahoi ikwanan kirvva le'kwap elet'e. t'om a'mo'tcikwa t'ana-
yawe mansana pela u*wa sinuwela mo'tcikwa t'san'ona tenrla
aptsi( lip i'ketiptn'ona uhsona tepikwai'ina mo'piyapan^a. t?o le'-
anikwanan. — iya le'kwap s'a'tc a-^a. a'tci te'tcinan tsawak kwa-
toka. hop le* a*k;a ? le'kwap teli'tan utce le'anikap horn an cemana*-
we le'kwap ance*manakap kwai'ika. t'oc i'fea ? le'kwap e' le'kwap
kop tfikwe'a ? t'oman ho' ikwanikan'iha. — kwa kwahoi ikwanin
throw your piece of tripe," he said. | He threw his tripe of his
shoulder and it became great canyon. Then again | he went around
it and again they got far ahead. Again he caught up with them.
"Hey! In vain | you run away from me. I shall kill you both!" he
said. The horse said, "Now give me something to eat," | he said.
He took down his lead, and gave it to the horse to eat. He ate
enough. | (50) "Now sit tight," he said. The young man sat tight.
Li— tci — li — tci bang ! | bang ! bang ! He shot him. He died. And
so they went. |
They went along. They came to a cottonwood grove. There
they met a black man. | The horse said "When you talk to him we
shall kill him," he said. "Where are you going?" | he said. "I am
going upstream," he said. His horse reared. | (55) He kicked him on
the forehead and he died. Then the young man skinned him and
put him in a sack. They | wrapped him up with blankets and threw
him into the river. After they had thrown him into the river | his horse
said, "If we look like this it will not be right." His horse | was
an old sorrel horse. He had great ridges on his back and he was
blind in one eye. One hip was higher than the other, | and his saddle
was old. "Now this will be better! because then no one | (60) will kill
you. When you come to the king's palace, you will ask for work.
'There's no work,' he will say. 'Oh yes.' You have peach trees,
and apples, and pears and grapes, and plums and apricots. If you
cut them all down new ones will come up and so every year you will
have fruit.' You | will say to him." "All right," he said. So they
went. When they got there the young man went in. | (65) "Where's
18
274 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol- XV
kuwa. — ele'tfe. — ma ko'ma pene. ima t'o* aiyu'ya'na le^naptp
imat ho* t'anaiya tenrta aptsiclen'a. — k'ocikatanel'e an o'ye le*-
70 kwap ko'na uhso r^etijpin'ona tepikwaPinan mo'jJiyana kwahol tJo*
he* tosona'ma rtowen*a le'anikwap le*a leskwanan ma' honkwa'ati
tenat lak u t'anaiyan'te ^akwan t?o 5 kakwe^ana le'anikwanan kiletfap
aswelat'ap he'lenre a'wutsip kwaPiJta. ]&ec t'oman sewaj^a e*
yam t'u'ci le'anikwap s'atc a'l^a. atci te'tcinan he'aniyanahnan
75 kwato'^a. kwato*nans i'mu^a. t'ewap canrli an ewacto^ lesa*wani-
kwa^a hi" i'to^ace. a'wan hani i'to^akan a'^a. i*to^akan te*tcip
ito'^a iton tcunap e'lactok a*^a a'nap tfanaiya tenrla kumoh-
kaka. uhson i'ljetil^a. telakwai'ip hie tem*l uteaiye imopiyap^a.
ta'tcic e'lactok i'to^a^an eletco'ya. t'omt i'to^anan hecin eletco'ya.
ho mo*piyakwap le*a yam t'anaiya* t'apte rna i'towe'ya lesnahol
teap holomac t'ewap l^ati^akwan rkoco'ya rkocop e'lactok i'yap
kwa tcu'wa acowan t'unakwai'ip i'koco'ya tsam ko'kci tsam lo-
momone. i'koconan yam mekwico yu'lunan kwanrleyenan kwa-
to^a. e'lactokona lesanikwanan hai \&c t'o* i*ka. — camPhol ho' i'ka.
85 le*anikiwap i*to*ka. itokatap a*tc im'e. yatoniH inre. lesnas il* imo-
the king?" he said. "He's in the other room," they said to him.
"Well, call him for me," | he said. They called him and he came
out. "Have you come?" he said. "Yes," he said. "What | have
you to say?" "I want to work for you." "There is no work." |
"Oh yes there is!" "Very well then, speak. It seems that you
know something," he said to him. "Well, it seems I | had better
cut down all your trees." "Certainly not!" his wife said. | (70) "If
I do that, new ones will come up and every year you will have
fruit. | You will not lose any money and you will have plenty to eat,"
he said to him. The king said, "Is that so ? | Well, the trees are over
there, and you will stay there in the house," he said to him. He
gave him an ax | and an adze, and a shovel. And he went out.
"Well, did he consent to it ?" "Yes," | he said to his horse, and so
they went. When they got there he unsaddled his horse | (75) and
went in. He went in and sat down. Next morning he said to his
daughters, | "Go give him something to eat." The youngest sister
went to take food to him. When she brought the food there | he ate.
After he had finished eating the girl went back. After she had gone
he chopped down the whole orchard. | Then new ones came up and
in the spring they were all covered with blossoms. There were many
peaches on the trees. | Meanwhile the girl went there to take him
food. She just took him the food and hurried back. | <80) The peaches
ripened. Now the king although he had a great orchard, had to buy
his food. So he lived | over there. After a long time he went to bathe
in the ditch. As he was bathing the girl came, | and he was not there.
She looked out of the window, and there he was bathing. He was
a handsome youth. | His body was white as snow. After he bathed,
he drew on his negro skin, dressed himself I and came in. He said
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 275
J£e'a\ ho'lomac tfewap an tftrci lesanikwanan ama hon le* acuwa-
^ace le'anikwap kop hon anikwan'a ? — kwatik yam e'le Uon iH^an'a
le'anikwap a'tc a'^a. a*tci te'tcin'an a'tc kwato^a. hop a'^a ? hop
lc'a ? ancemana^ap kwai'i^a. tfoc i'^a % le'anikwap ho 3 i'^a. mas
fiene hinik tV kohol ikwe*a. — ma' rnamilte Uoman ho 5 t'anaiya* 90
ikwaniljaka. tV i*na J te*tcitap kwa lesna teame a^* ho* iya. le'kwap
kop le'a tepura ? — ma rnamilte yam e*le kwatik hom t'il'ikana
le'kwap hana'ha hom ew hie a*wuwe kwa e'le antecemanacukwa.
le'kwap ma ama rte'tcu. — iya le'kwanan leskwa^a ^iitsi^i in-
eselita kwaiM. he — le'kwap kwai'i le'kwap kwai^ka. kwa pi? 95
kop t'ikwe J a ? pitsiki kwac i?o 5 lu^ iWcukwa ? — ma* el*a kwa*
te'atitco ho* leshol rn* rl'ame^aniha le'kwanan kwato^a. ukwetci
ma J ama t'a t'opa. — l^atsijd sensio'na hai ^alt kwaPi! — kwai>-
inan kwa'pi kopt' rkwe'a ? — katsilp kwac lu^a ilanre^an'a ? —
ma eta ana' le'kwanans kwato^a u'kwetci kwa antecemananre. — 10
ama t'a t'opa. — ma ho* i'te'tcut c u ^atsil^i anserrna he — J£al 1
kwai'i ! kwac lulja ilanrekan'a ? ma* ela le*kwanan kwato^a.
hana'ha tfopint etciye kwaito^at uhson hie ho 3 i ko'kci. — ma
ama i'te^cu. — ^atsiki anhelina he — ^alt kwai*i. le'kwap kwai*-
i^a. kwa-pi ? kop tV ikwe'a ? le'kwap ^atsi^i kwac tV lukanan 5
to the girl, "Oh! Have you come?" "Yes, I came long ago," |
(85) she said to him. He ate and after he had eaten, the two stayed
there. She stayed there all day with him. So she always stayed
there with him. | After a long time his horse said to him, "Come, let
us go and talk to the king," | he said to him. "What shall we say ?"
"One of his girls should marry you," | he said to him. So they went.
They got there and went in. "Where did he go ? Where's the | king ? "
They called him and he came out. "Have you come?" he said to
him. "I have come." "Well, | oo) speak. I think you have some-
thing to say." "Yes, indeed it is so. I have worked for you on your
orchard, | so that now you owe me something, and that should
not be. Therefore I have come," he said. | "How should that be?"
"Indeed it is so. You will let me have any one of your girls," he
said. I "Alas, my girls are mean. The girls will not want it," | he
said. J "Well, let us try." "All right," he said. "My daughter,
Inezelita, | (95) come out!" "Yes," she said, "Come out!" he said.
She came out. "What is it? | What have you to say?" "My girl,
you don't want to marry this man, do you ?" "Certainly not! | For
shame! I wouldn't marry such an ugly man," she said and went
in. "Just as I thought." | "Well, try another." "My girl, Ascen-
cion," "What?" "Come out here!" She came out. | "What is it?
What have you to say?"' "My girl, you don't want to marry this
man, do you?" | (ioo> "Goodness no!" she said and went in. "I
thought so, she doesn't want it." | (i) "Well, try another." "Very
weU, I'll try. My girl, Anserina." "Yes!" "Come out here! | You
don't want to marry this man, do you ?" "Oh no!" she said and
276 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
tse'mak-t'elakwi'cukwa ? le'kwap ma ko^ma KociKat a*wa tatcu
kole haitocap holo le^kwana'cukwa. le'kwap anapena^a. hie he'-
kwa anhelina kwa yaiyu 5 ya*nam*e leVnaknan anapena'ka. 8*11*
a*k:a. s'a*tc i'wil'Pya.
10 lesnas te'ap ta* c tcic tseyi^akwi yu'Ia^a pewo. hvwaPona lestik-
wanan le* an tala^: mosa*t c u le^anilpip an o*ye s 3 an hanela*waca
le* an a*tsawaki si 5 horn a*papa el ton a'wekwam*et c u. t'on aiya-
lu^an*a. isko'n s 5 a*wa*ka. a'te'tcinan rtona'ka. i*to*na te'tcunenan
rwolohka. iwolap yam t'u'c he^api i*tol£aka. em* i*tonan hacin
is imiyalt'u. le'kwap tsawak imiyartup litci lintci tV — tfo* — a*patcu
la^a. ta* c tcic tsipolow yu'tulaka hiwalakwin a'te'tcina le* an tala^
aceka. le'ana^ap anhelina koya acen*iha. tenala*na tfelap i'fca.
ko*macko* tsihe* poyaltiha. an oye kontcunap il* a*ka yam kakwi.
t T as kwiHkan yu'laka pena yo*ka. an t'irci leskwanan si* hon yam
20 kon ho*i te'ona hon tekan*a le* an t?u*c ikwap tsawak yam mekwic
le* a'uka tsam ko*kci an t'uc ahona tcinapa an awakon tcim'ona
s'a'ka. luwala*kwin te'tcip a'ho 3 unatiljanapka ti*comaha! hai hike
le > hol i*na! honkwat tcic lestina hon le'rhatil^a tcim hon tatc
il*a*wa an o*yona hon tsi't il*a*wa le'ana^a. s'a'wa'ka. a'te^tci^a
went in. | "Too bad! There is only one left, and that one is the
prettiest of all." "Well, | go on, try." "My girl, Angelina!" "Yes?"
"Come out!" he said. | <5) She came out. "What is it? What have
you to say?" she said to him. "My girl, you don't want to take
this man to be your beloved, do you?" he said. "Very well. If
our father | asks us to do anything surely I would not say no,"
she said. He scolded her. "Your'e a fool! | Angelina, you have
no sense!" he said to her and he scolded her. | So she went with
him, and they lived together. |
(io) After this had happened the people at Chaco Canyon were
talking about war. They said, | "Let the king's son-in-law be chief,"
they said. His wife fixed provisions for him. | He said to the king's
son, "Now, my brothers, don't you go ahead. You will go
behind." | So they went. When they arrived there they ate. After
they had finished eating | they came out of ambush. As they were
fighting he gave his horse lead to eat. After he had eaten a lot, |
(15) "Sit tight," he said. The young man sat tight, li-li-li-li-tci !
to-to-to-to-to ! He killed the Navahos. | Meanwhile the Mexicans
ran aw T ay. They reached the village. "The king's son-in-law | was
killed," they said. Angelina cried. She was going to die. Then late
at night he came. | He carried a great string of scalps. His wife
stopped crying and he went with her to his house. | Then again they
talked about war. His horse said, <20) "Now we | shall be the kind of
people we really are." So his horse said. The young man put away
his negro skin. | He was a handsome youth. And his horse was
a handsome bay with a curly mane and a new saddle. | So they went.
When they came to the village the people looked at them. "Oh
yam t'irc rto'p^a hel£apiwe rcelna^a. hecina! hacin imiyahVu 25
imiyattup an t'irc r^atilja li tci h tci to'
to 5 - - tV paterj^aka. s'a motsikwacnaplja, komacko*n tsihe'we
le'na teatip sic le*a i'mosu^a. ino'te le'na teatikon ak:a tsipolo'
tewuko'liya te*en*te o*kan tse^akwin ajfa yelekanana. le* sem
koni^a.
AHAIYUTE CONTEST WITH THE BEAR (7), 30
sona'tci sonst ino'te* l^akrma hiwalap ta* c tcic t'owayala aince
an hie uwanapa tuyapap tVupiapap kuyajSap tawi mo'yapap
kwa ka — ki tcuhol ye'makna'ma t'ewana* hoi ^akrmakwe aye*-
makuntihap kwa ainc a'ye'ma^ana^a ta'tcic o'pumpiyan ahaiyut
a* tci a'tcian hotiW kakweye. canrli rto'napVen an suwe leskwanan 35
ama kakrmakwin a'ce le'kwap hana* ko'ma am papa le*kwap
s'a'tci pani'lja. a'tci panrnan a'tci iwa'hii^a* elehol i'towena^ap
a*tci pLki'makwin i*ka a'tci a*ho 5 unapanan he — tcuwam lukno
le*tikwap kwa luwalan a*tci yemakna'men a*tci pikwaPi^a a'tci
lak u tsiyalaknanakwin a'tci te'tcinan a'tci lak u tsiyalaknanakwin 40
te*tcinan a*tci tutuka. a'tci tutun tcunenan s J a*tci ye*maka. a'tci
ye'makup a'ho'i lestikwanan he" tcuwam uhsa't'san a'tci ? kop
dc.-t r ' Is this I what he looks like ? Perhaps this is the way he looks
is what we thought. But now he shall be our father, | and his wife
sha II be our mother," they said. So they went. They arrived there. |
(!'■•») He gave his horse something to eat. He filled up on lead. "Go
on, sit tight." | He sat tight and his horse reared, K-li-li-li-li-tei !
To -to to-to ! I He killed off all the Navahos. They scalped them. They
took many scalps. So they did and he became a great king. This
happened long ago. Therefore, although the Mexicans | (30) are poor,
they get along all right because of their wives. So | short is my tale.
AHAIYUTE CONTEST WITH THE BEAR (7).
Long ago, in ancient times, the people were living at Kakima.
Now on Corn Mountain was a bear. | There were many wild fruits,
cactus berries, and yucca fruit, and pinon nuts, and acorns. | But
no one ever climbed up. All the time the Kakima people wanted to
go up, I but the bear would not let them come up. Meanwhile at
Sack-of-Flour-Hanging the two Ahaiyute | (35) were living with
their grandmother. In the morning, after they had eaten the
younger said, | "Come, let us go to Kakima," he said. "Very well,
come along," the elder said. | They came down. They came down
and crossed over. When it was just about time to eat | they^ame to
Kakima. When the people saw them, "Hey! Who ar^these?"
they said. They did not go up to the village. They passed by.,
(40) And there they came to Bird-Snare-Place. Therje they came
278 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
a'tci lewul^an ye*maku ? — ma > i'me imatcic a'tc acen^yahna ye*-
maku le'ana^ap sVtci ycmaknan s'a'tc a^a. piclankwin tahna
45 a*tc a'lja. ko*w a'tc a'nan he'co t'atfakwin a'tci te'tcip hie kuyoye
hie kuyops'a'tci i'munan a'tci kuyoce* a'tc kuyocep wetsim tenala'-
ap sunhakwin tahna ainc i'l^a. ainc i'nan ah rjjoa^a. toms
ona* lomoman'e ah — — kwa a*tc u'nanre kuyoce'a hie tenala'ap
aince leskwanan he* hie tcuwa t'on pikwaPen aiyutciana ?
50 an suwe leskwanan woh kwap ma ^ol hon aiyutciana ? tV
ulat aiyutciana 1 imat aiyutcianon al$:*a fom kwahol tenrla uwana'-
we. le> a'tci anikwap ma i'me t?o' tern ula kwa tern lo^kwa ahaiyut
leskwanan kop ma lea tern ula kwa tern lo'*kwa aince leskwanan-
ma } hon i'yatfs'umana'wa. — ma tV ulati tcuhol ana'nap kwa luk: an
55 uwana* teacukwa lal tcuhol kwa ana'na'map lukan uwana* te'^an'a
le 3 a'tci anikwap ma hanat ko'ma. — ma sP ko'ma tcuwanti^ap 1&e*l
a'nuwa ? ma ko'm hanat hPu tV haitoce'a a'tci le'anikwap ainc
a'^a. piclankwin tahna a'lja. t'anakwin kwatonan tenala'ap kwai-
J ika lak u hoi ye'laka ha as'pipan elaiye. tenala'ap la^anhol
60 i'ya. kow a*nan tena'^a kuhaiya 4 kuhaiya* kuhaweti kuha
weti ha ha . t'akwicnans ipaktco tahtcic a'tci teala
tse'man kuyoce*a. ta'tcic ainc* i'ya. Kuhaiya Kuhaiya kuha weti
to Bird -Snare -Place | and drank. When they finished drinking
they climbed up. As they | climbed up the people said, "Who are
those two little boys ? What do they | want to go up there for ?" |
"I don't know? It seems they want to go up there to get killed," |
they said. So the two went up there. They went towards the north, j
(45) After they had gone a little ways they came to a pinon tree.
There were many nuts. | And the two sat down where the nuts were
and picked them up. As they were picking up the pinon nuts,
after a little while | Bear came from the west. Gr-r-r-r-r! He stood
there. | His teeth were white as snow. Gr-r-r-r-r-r ! They did not
look at him. They went on picking up nuts. After a little | while
Bear said, "Hey! Perhaps you surpass me in power." | (50) Younger
brother said, "Oh, but how would we have power? You, | rather,
are more powerful. Because you are the powerful one, everything
here belongs to you." | So they said to him. "I don't know. You
just stand over there somewheres," Ahaiyute | said, "Well, why
should we wait around here for a little while ?" Bear said. | "Well,
we shall have a contest." "Well, as you wish. If anyone runs away,
this | (55) fruit will not be his. And whoever does not run away to
him this fruit shall belong." | So he said to them. "Very well, come
on." "Very well, now which one shall go first?" | "Well, you go
ahead, you suggested it," they said to him. Bear | went. He went
towards the north. He entered a grove of trees and after a while
he came out. | There he stood. Hah h ! He was
standing there with his arms stretched out. After a while | (60) he
came towards them. After he had gone a little ways he sang:
Bunzd, Zuni Texts 279
kuha weti ha ha ha foms i'pololo-paniya kwa
ate unanre a'tci kuyoce'a. t'oms t'a t'akwicnan ipaktco^a. a*tci
inkwin i^a. kwa a'tci koyutcina'nra. he* hie tcuwan ton 65
uwe\ a'tcian le'anikwap kop ma le'ap hoi hon uwekan'a ? t?o*
ulat uwe. si* amatcic lu'no le'kwap sVtc a'^a. piclankwin tahn
a*tc a'ka. tfanapaltokwi atci teHcilja. a'tci te'tcinan tukwina tuyaye.
a'tci tuyacnan a'tc aiyanpokw ikanan atci yu'li^a. a'tci yulinan
s'a'tci kwai J i^:a. a'tci kwai'inan ko'w a'tc a'nan a*tci tenaka. sawic 70
kuyani sawic kuyani ha ha le* kwanan s'atc ponon rya.
t'oms aince somul^aniwacan jkwiye. ko'w* a*tc a*nan atci pilaknan
atci tenaka sawic kuyani — sawic kuyani ha ha a'tci
le'kwap a'tc unati^ap atijfa-panrnan'e. iJoms a*tc helimuna htci
ainc ana'^a a*tc aniyalufca. t'uc a* wan onan rtapan-tim 75
Bear comes.
Bear comes.
Bear is sick.
Bear | is sick.
Hah! Hah! Hah!
He pulled up trees and scattered them around. Meanwhile the two |
paid no attention to him. They went on picking up pinons. Now
Bear was coming.
Bear comes.
Bear comes.
Bear is sick. |
Bear is sick.
Hah! Hah! Hah!
He just rolled down towards them, | but the two did not look at him.
They went on picking up pinons. He just came tearing up trees
and scattering them around. | (65) He came to where they were.
The two didn't move. "Hey! One of you | is mean!" he said to
them. "Why, how are we mean? You rather are mean!" "Weill,
now then, go ahead and try," he said. So they went. They went ito
the north. | They came to the edge of the grove. When they canne
there there were many black cactus fruit. | They picked the fruit
and turned it inside out. Then they drew it over them. | (70) So they
came out. They came out and went a little ways. They sang: |
Sawic kuyani
Sawic kuyani
Ha h! Ha h!
So they said and rolled over. | Bear stood clenching his fists. They
went a little further. Then they got up | and sang:
Sawic kuyani
Sawic kuyani
Ha h! Ha h!
280 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
pani'^a rtapan-tim pani'nan himalyaltokwins i'tun a ? ka. i'tuna'up
sVtc* a'we^tcoka ooh ooh ooh s'a*tc a'we'atcon-
a'ne lak u hakwin-onakwi a*tc iteh-yemakaka. s^'tc i'ka tfowaya-
lakwin a'tc i'nan s'atc kuyo'hka. s'a'tci ku*powacnan a'tci su'yoh-
80 ka. a'tci su'powacna a'tc he'^anac^a. a'tc tuyac^a.
ta ,c tcic ^aki'ma hiwalan a*ho*i lestikwanan tcuwanko'na a*t?san
a'tci a'tc i'kona s'hinik a'tc a'ceka. le*tikwap wetsim tena'la'ap
sVtci lak u hol t'unayalajta. a'tci tfunayalanan s'a'tci panr^a. elehol
su'nhap s'a'tci jSanr^a. a'tci pani'yup ewactok ljawicnan kwaPile
85 atcia les'anaknan hayi hop aince ? ana'ka Jce'si. — mac el'ea ? —
hc^n uwana'we ^e'si' — mahonkwa — e\ t'ewan hon camliap hon
a'ye'makun'a — iya* a'tcia le*ana^ap s'a'tc a'ika opumpiyakwin a'tci
te'tcil^a. a'tci te'tcinan s'a'tc* ant'ewalja. t'ewap canrli a*tc pilaknan
a*tc i'toka. a'tc i'to'en s 5 a*tc a*ka. a'tc ^akrmakwin te*tcip ewactok
90 rwosli^a. a'tsawajs: ihiki a*ye*maka. a'ye'maknans kuyocna^a
ham'e supia wo'yoana'wap ta^tcic hanre t'awe 5 moyocna*wap
ham'e tuyacna'wap ham'e ts'upiacna'wap kwahot teml i'kwana c
su'nhap a'ho' tsi'lapani'yu. lesnas a'teaiye.
So they | said. He looked at them. They were streaming with
blood and covered all over with mud. | (75) So Bear ran away. They
followed him. He came down the horse trail, and they followed
him | down. He went by way of Corn-Cobs- Above. So they went
that way. | They cried out "O-o-o-o-o-h ! O-o-o-o-o-h! O-o-o-o-h!"
So they | kept on shouting. They chased him up Black Clay Trail.
So they came, j When they came by Corn Mountain they picked
pinons. They put their pinons in a sack and then picked cedar-
berries. | (80) They put their cedarberries in a sack and picked yucca
fruit. They picked cactus fruit. |
Meanwhile in Kakima village the people said to one another,
"Those two children | who came here, I suppose they have died,"
so they said. After a little while | the two boys looked over the edge.
They looked over the edge, and so they came down. When it was
nearly | evening they came down. As they came down the girls were
going out for water. | (85) They said to them, "Say, where is Bear?"
"He has run away now." "Is that true?" | "The wild fruit is
ours now." "Is that so?" "Yes. Tomorrow morning we shall
go up." | "All right," they said to the boys. So they went.
They came to Where-the-Sack-of-Flour-Hangs. | When they came
there they stayed over night. Next morning they arose | and ate.
After they had eaten they went. They reached Kakima. | <90) They
joined the girls. The young men went along and all of them climbed
up. They climbed up and picked pinons, | and others picked cedar-
berries. Meanwhile others picked acorns, | and some picked cactus
fruit, and some picked yucca fruit. There were all kinds of work. |
In the evening the people came down in single file. So they
lived. I
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 281
holomac t'ewap tfa a'tci te*tcip t?a ye'makna t'a hanre kuyocna'we
ham'e t?awe > mo > yocnawap ham*e tuyacna'wap ham'e ts'upiacna*- 95
wap lesnas ikwana. ahaiyutJ a*tcia tse'makwin a^'a yeleka. le'n
ino'te teati^a. le* sem koni^a'.
AHAIYUTE KILL CLOUD SWALLOWER (9).
son a ,c tci sonsti ino'te* tfewankona ahaiyute a*tci kakwevka.
a'tci yam hot il*i ^akwe'lja. an suwe hon ko'tci lata^ace. holtekwi 100
hon a*wa*nuwa. t'owayalakwin hon ko*tci lataljan'a. — ma ko'ma 1
sPana. le J an suwe le^waka. sVtci yam pi 5 lan*e Heyav^a. sVtci
t'owa valakwin a'l^a. sMskon a*tci ko*tci la^a. sVtci a*witen ko'tci
lakii. sirnha^a sVtci yam l^akwin a*ka sVtci yam hot inkwin
te'tcika. hiyaha' horn a*nan a'tci le'kwa^a ^ec t'on i'ya le'kwa^a. 5
s'a'lci lal kwato. s'ukwato^a. s'a'tcian hota an hekusna wo'lean'e
s'yain okcik wo'lea s^wo'latujca. si 5 hon i'tonapce a'tcian hota
Jo'kwal^a. a*nan a'tci le'kwa^a t'on al'uya. itcitol t'on lata^an'a.
el telikwan'te tfewulanakwi ton a*namt c u. iskon a'ho'i laten'ona
pikweye. ma efapa. kwa hon a'cukwa. a'haiyute a'tci le^kwalsa. 10
s'ya'telfca.
t'ewap camli s'a'tc okwika. hota' spilaku. s'a'tcia hota pila^a.
si'ana i'tonapce ahaiyute a*tci yam hota le'anikwa^a. s'a'tcia
After a long time the two came there again. So again they climbed
up. And some picked pinons, j 05) and some picked acorns, and
some picked cactus fruit, and some picked yucca fruit. | There was
all this work. Because of the thoughts of Ahaiyute, this was
accomplished. So | it happened long ago. This short is my tale. |
AHAIYUTE KILL CLOUD SWALLOWER (9).
Long ago in ancient times on the eastern road the two Ahaiyute
lived. I (100) They lived with their grandmother. The younger brother
said, "Let us hunt field mice. Which way | (i) shall we go ?" "Let
us hunt field mice on Corn Mountain." "Very well then, | let's go,"
the younger brother said. The two took their bows. They | went to
Corn Mountain. There they hunted field mice. They killed four
field mice. | In the evening they came back to their house. When
they came to their grandmother's house, | (5) "Hiyaha! my grand-
children. Have you come?" she said. | "Come in now." They went
in. Their grandmother dished out corn mush for them. | She
stewed the rabbits and set the stew down for them. "Now let us
eat," their grandmother | said. "My grandsons," she said, "you are
always going around. Tomorrow, when you go hunting, | don't you
dare go to the Great Plain. There live people who will kill you." |
(10) "No indeed! We won't go there," Ahaiyute said. | They went to
sleep. I
282 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol- XV
hota okcik wo'lea'we wo'latu^a. s'i'tonap^a. tetcune^a. si*ana
is suwe Jata^ace. sVtci le'kwa^a. sVtci cojion'e ahpL s'a'tci
lata^an a'|:a. s'a'tci tfewulanakwin a*ka. s'a'tci yam nana awal^a
yeye. a'nan a'tci yeye le'kwa^a hop t'on a*ne ? le'kwa^a. el
tefikwan'te tfon li'wan yatonanrt'u. a'tcia nana yeye le'anikwa^a.
ist a'ho'i laten'ona a*tcia nana yeye le'anikwaka. ho'jJi ? ahaiyute
20 a'tci le'kwal^a. li'wanem yatonakwi iskon a'Wi laten'ona iskon
^akweye. elapa kwa hon a'cukwa ahaiyute a'tci le'kwal^a. tcu-
wajii ? a*tci le'kwajja lo'okwittco a'tcia nana yeye le^nikwa^a.
sVtci u*na^a. si 3 hon ainan'a' a'tci le'kwaka. ahaiyute an suwe
yam pPlanan co^e yalto^a. s'an suwe ipaku^a. lo^okwiltco
25 s'acel^a. s'ahaiyute yam timuci ulihka. si* tJo' moyatcunlana
te^an'a s'a'tci le'anikwaka. s'a'tci li'wan t'ewankwin an ike*nan*e
ipaku^a. uhsona mo-kwanosena yo'ka.
le'na ino'te teati^a. le*wi sem koni^a.
AHAIYUTE KILL SUYUKI (9).
30 son a ,c tci sonsti ino*te. hecotfan luwala%a yalalana suyu^
^akwe'^a. ta* c tcic co'hiwayalan ahaiyute a'tci pikwe'lja. ahaiyute
atci yalalanakwi tata^an a*^a. yalalanan ahaiyute a'tci ye'mal^a.
Next morning they awoke. "Grandmother, get up!" Their
grandmother arose. | "Come, let us eat!" the two Ahaiyute said
to their grandmother. Their | grandmother dished out rabbit stew
and set it down before them. They ate. They had finished. "Come
now, j (15) younger brother, let us go hunting," They said. They
took their quivers | and went out to hunt. They went to Great
Plain. There they found their grandfather, | Dormouse. "My two
grandchildren," Dormouse said, "where are you going?" he said.
"Don't | you dare cross over there," their grandfather Dormouse
said to them. | "There are people who will kill you," their grand-
father, Dormouse, said to them. "Where?" Ahaiyute | (20) said.
"Here on the other side the cannibals | are living." "Oh no, we
won't go there," Ahaiyute said. "Who are they?" | they said.
"Cloud Swallower," their grandfather, Dormouse, said. | They saw
him. "Now we shall kill him," they said. The younger Ahaiyute |
fixed his arrow on his bow. Now the younger brother shot. Cloud
Swallower | (25) died. Ahaiyute drew out his thunder knife. "Now
you will be the great star," | they said. They threw his heart to
the east. | It became the morning star. |
This happened long ago. So short is my tale.
AHAIYUTE KILL SUYUKI (9).
(30) Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Hecota.
On Great Mountain Suyuki | was living. Now at Arrow Mountain
the two Ahaiyute were living. Ahaiyute | went hunting on Great
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 283
suyuk an octa a*tci tfuna-pani*up suyulj an aiyatu^a. ahaiyute an
suwe a'lak'a Jjujiafca. suyuk okatsi^i yam akhkwin imo'l^a. ahaiyute
an suwe a'le ipakuna-pani v^al^a. suyu^ ofcatsik t'unikeatoka. 3
a€i*]£a. nan atci le'kwaka. a*tci paniu' le'kwaka. kopla*ti? le'-
kwaka. ho' hepalon*iha suyuk okatsi^i le'kwaka. hop hon panhnva
ahaiyute a'tci le'kwafca. iskon'te a*tci paniu*' suyu^ o^atsiki
le'kwaka. lalhol hon panhnva atci ahaiyute le'kwaka. s'a'tci
panrlca. si' atci i'mu. suyu^ o^atsiki le'kwaka. katt i'mu an 4
suwe suyut o^atsiki le*kwafca. kopkvti ? le'kwaka ahaiyute an
suwe. torn ho 5 mekwican'a suyulj okatsi^ le'kwaka. iya c le'kwaka.
ahaiyute an suwe s'an rnruka. s'an rmup ahaiyute t'sana me'^wic
^a. hiyaha' hie fom me'Kwi* suyiuj: okatsik: le'kwaka. hie me'kwi*
ahaiyute t'sana le'kwaka. suyufe; okatsi^i ahaiyute takimoakwin a
uteka ahaiyute t'sana ace^a. si' am papa' l^alt i'mu suyuk okatsik
le'kwaka. suwe al^a. suyuls; okatsi^ le'kwaka. s'ahaiyute am
[>itpa suyuk okatsik s'an rmuka. suyu^ o^atsiks ahaiyute am
papona tfas mekwic^a hiyaha' hie tV me*kwi* suyuk oljatsn^i
ahaiyute am papona le'anikwa^a. hie me*kwi* le'kwaka ihaiyute 5(
am papa to' me'kwi' le'kwaka. suyn£ okatsik: ahaiyute ai papona
takimoakwi uteka. ahaiyute s'acefca. helu hapa' le*tci tu'na ho*
Mountain. They climbed Great Mountain. | Suyuki looked down
on thorn from her cave. Suyuki put her stones on the fire. The
younger Ahaiyute | spit on a stone. Suyuki old woman was sitting
by her fireplace. The younger Ahaiyute [ (35) threw the stone down
at her. Suyuki old Woman looked up. j "Oh dear, my two grand-
children," she said, "come down," she said. "Why?" | they said.
"I am going to make hepalokd" old woman Suyuki said. "Where
shall we come down ?" | Ahaiyute said. "Right there you can come
down/' old woman Suyuki | said. "We'll come right down," the
two Ahaiyute said. They | (40) climbed down. "Now sit down," old
woman Suyuki said. "Sit here, | younger brother," old woman
Suyuki said. "Why?" the younger Ahaiyute said, j "I will pick
off your lice," old woman Suyukisaid. "Allright," hesaid. | Younger
Ahaiyute sat down beside her. As he was sitting beside her she
picked lice off little Ahaiyute. | "Oh my! you have lots of lice," old
woman Suyuki said. "Oh lots of lice," | (45) little Ahaiyute said.
Old woman Suyuki bit little Ahaiyute on the nape of his neck. |
Then little Ahaiyute died. "Now elder brother, you sit down here,"
old woman Suyuki | said. "Your younger brother has gone to
sleep," old woman Suyuki said to him. Then the elder Ahaiyute |
sat down beside her. And now again old woman Suyuki | picked lice
off of the elder Ahaiyute. "Oh dear, you have lots of lice," old
woman Suyuki | (50) said to the elder Ahaiyute. "You have lots
of lice," she said. "Little Ahaiyute, | you have lots of lice," so old
woman Suyuki said. Then again she bit the elder Ahaiyute | on the
284 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV
alewuniyahka. s^tocle suyu^ okatsijp elemaka. yam atpokwi
te^cika. yam a J le atih^a. a'u^a. t'a t'op atih^a. t'a a'ul^a. ahai-
55 yute an suwona ah^a a'lanankwin yaltoka. t'a am papona ahl^a.
a'lanankwin t'a yaltoka. suyul^ o^atsi^ a'le ahlja. a'tcia waiya^a.
ahaiyute a*tcis hepaloye. s'tenalaka. s'hinik t'on a^*a. suyu^
o^^tsik le^kwa^a. ahaiyute an suwe hepil^a. t'a am papa hepil^a.
s'a'tci. kwai^a. suyuk okatsil^ ahaiyute t'sana uteka u'sati'
60 uhs hepiko'we ahaiyute t'sana le'kwa^a. t'a am papona ute^a.
u'suti' uhs hepiko'we ahaiyute am papa le'kwaka. suyuk okatsifc
i'katu^a. a'le teyan te^al peyecukwa suyuk o^atsi^ le'kwaka.
ahaiyute a*tci wo'lea^a te'lanankwin kwatolja. suyu^ ol^atsiki
ahaiyute tfsana utel^a. u'sati' uhs hepiko'we ahaiyute a'tci le'kwapi.
65 suyu^ oljatsiki elemaka. yam wo'leaka te'le kuhmo^a^a. wo'leaka
te'le teyam te^al peyecukwa le*kwaka. suyuk o^atsi^i. ahaiyute
a*tci s'an no^ekwin a'tci kwato^a. suyuk okatsiki hatsitsi^a^a.
s'acel^a. suyuk okatsiki s'aceka. ahaiyute a'tci s 5 an no'lekwin
sVtci kwaPil^a. suyu^: okatshp ahaiyute a'tci t'sikwahka. sVtci
70 ahaiyute sVtcian ti'muci ak*a t'sikwahlja. helu hapa' letci t'om
hon alewuniyahka ahaiyute a'tci le*kwanan. si*ana yam kakwi
nape of the neck. Ahaiyute died. "Good. This is just what I |
planned to do to you." Old woman Atocle- Suyuki arose. | She came
to where she was heating stones in the fire. She took out a stone
and laid it down. Then she took out another, and laid that down. |
(55) Then she picked up the younger Ahaiyute and laid him down
on the stone. Then she picked up the elder one | and laid him also
on the stone. Old woman Suyuki picked up a stone and laid it over
them. | Now the two Ahaiyute | she made into hepaloka. It was
long enough. "Now I think you're cooked just right," old woman
Suyuki | said. The younger Ahaiyute urinated and then the elder
urinated. | Then she took them out. Then old woman Suyuki bit
into little Ahaiyute. "Ugh, | (60) that is urine," Ahaiyute said to her.
Then she bit into the elder brother. | "Ugh, that is urine/' the elder
Ahaiyute said to her. This old woman Suyuki | got angry. "Well,
what of it, stones should not speak," old woman Suyuki said. |
Then the two little Ahaiyute went in to a large cooking pot. Then
old woman Suyuki | bit into little Ahaiyute. "Ugh! you're eating
dung," little Ahaiyute said. [ (65) Old woman Suyuki arose. She
smashed her cooking pot. "Well, what of it, a cooking pot should
not speak," old woman Suyuki said. | Then the two little Ahaiyute |
entered her nostrils. They made old woman Suyuki sneeze. | So she
died. So old woman Suyuki died. The two | Ahaiyute came out
from her nostrils. The two little Ahaiyute skinned old woman
Suyuki. | <70) Ahaiyute skinned her with their thunder knife.
"Good. This is just what | we were planning to do to you," the two
little Ahaiyute said. "Come, | let's go home," Ahaiyute said. Now
Bunzel, Zuni Texts 285
ahaiyute a'tci le'kwa^a. tcim hecotfakwi a'hoM enva i'to^a. a^*a
hecot'akwin a'ho'i ema'^a.
le'na ino'te teati^a ahaiyute a'tcia tse^akwina^'a.
SAND HILL CRANE (9).
so'n a^tci sonsti ina'te. tona a'teanakwi tona ^akwenika. topakan
yatonakwi kolokta lacik ^akweye. lrwan ho 5 al^anan a*ne le'kwaka.
kolokta lacup le'kwaj^a. yam witcina t'omt yatokanan allja.
le'na ino'te teatifea. le'wi sem koni'^a.
sh*- had eaten many people at Hecota. Therefore | people at
H< rota increased. |
This happened long ago because of the thoughts of Ahaiyute. |
SAND HILL CRANE (9).
Long ago in ancient times the turkeys were living at Turkey
Trnoks. On the other | side of the mountain was living an old
Sand-Hill-Crane. "I think I shall go over there to sleep," he said. |
So the old Sand Hill Crane said. He just stretched his neck over
t > the other side of the mountain and went to sleep. |
This happened long ago. This short is my tale.
PUBLICATIONS ISSUED BY THE AMERICAN
ETHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ETHNOLOGICAL
SOCIETY. Vols. I— III, 1845—51. (Out of print.)
BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN ETHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1860—63. (Out of print.)
D. C. H. Berendt, Analytical Alphabet for the Mexican and Central
American Languages (printed in facsimile). (Out of print.)
TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ETHNOLOGICAL
SOCIETY. Vol. III. Reprinted in 1909. $ 2.50.
PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN
ETHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I. Fox Texts, William Jones. 1907. 383 pp. $ 3.00.
II. Wishram Texts, Edward Sapir. 1909. 314 pp. $ 3.00.
III. Haida Songs, John R. Swanton; Tsimshian Texts, Franz Boas.
1912. 284 pp. $ 3.00.
IV. Maidu Texts, Roland B. Dixon. 1912. 241 pp. $ 3.00.
V. Koryak Texts, Waldemar Bogoras. 1916. 153 pp. $ 2.00.
VI. Ten'a Texts and Tales from Anvik, Alaska, John W. Chap-
man; with Vocabulary by Pliny Earle Goddard. 1914.
VI + 230 pp. $ 2.50.
VII. Part. I. Ojibwa Texts, William Jones. Edited by Truman
Michelson. 1917. XXI -f- 501 pp. $ 4.00.
Part. II. Ojibwa Texts, William Jones. Edited by Truman
Michelson. 1919. X + 777 pp.; 2 plates. $ 5.00.
VIII. Part I. Keresan Texts, Franz Boas. XII + 300 pp. 1928.
$ 3.00.
Part II. Keresan Texts, Franz Boas. 1925. 344 pp. $3.00.
IX. Kickapoo Texts, William Jones and Truman Michelson;
collected by William Jones, translated and annotated by
Truman Michelson. 1915. 143 pp. $ 2.50.
X. Passamaquoddy Texts, John Dyneley Prince. 1921. 85 pp.
$ 1.50.
XI. The Relationship Systems of the Tlingit, Haida and Tsimshian,
Theresa Mayer Durlach. 177 pp. $ 2.50.
XII. Menomini Tales, Leonard Bloomfield. 1928. XVI + 608pp,
$ 5.00.
XIII. Yuchi Tales, Giinter Wagner. 1931. X + 357 pp. $ 3.50.
XIV. Dakota Texts, Ella Deloria. 1932. XVI + 280 pp. $ 3.00.
XV. Zuni Texts, Ruth L. Bunzel. 1933. VIII + 285 pp. $3.00.